Communism In America, Part 5

By Pastor Roger Anghis

April 30, 2023

There has been talk about the nationalization of all our industries. That is what Hugo Chavez did in Venezuela when he took power. All industry under government control. The USSR operated that way up until the USSR fell in 1989. What most people do not realize is that JFK set in motion the plan to do just that, in the case of a ‘national’ emergency.  That was Executive Order 11000, Assigning Emergency Preparedness Functions to the Secretary of Labor.[1] This gives the Secretary of Labor the right to take over every and all industries, food production, and manufacturing if it is determined that the emergency calls for that type of action. I assure you that if that ever happens, we will never see free enterprise again.

These provisions have been put in place over long periods of time from Truman to Biden. All are designed to remove rights and freedoms a little at a time. I believe it was Rahm Emanuel under Obama that stated “Never let a crisis go to waste”. Nixon issued Executive Order 11647[2]  to allow the government to take over agriculture and food dispersion and dividing America into ten different regions and to coordinate all manufacturing and agriculture ‘for the benefit of all.’ That is 100% communism.

Then we have Executive Order 11731[3] which incorporates Medicare in the federal government. Keep in mind the Constitution does not give the government the right to be involved in any of these areas. They simply said they can take control if they feel the need to do so. Also, keep in mind that they can cause the ‘crisis’ that will give them the right. What they did during COVID with the jabs and the lockdowns was just a sample run to see if they could get away with it.

Now the Democrats are calling for free college for everyone. There is no way government can pay for this but that has never stopped them before. Free college is a communist provision that we should reject like the plague. Some states are giving illegal free college so they can get their votes. I do not know of a red state that is doing this only blue states. We have had ‘free’ K-12 for many years but we are taxed for that however, but they are no longer places of education but indoctrination centers into the Marxist/communist ideology.

We can see what they have done to accomplish their goals but what are we doing to not allow that to happen? Not much. Too many people have stood back and allowed the government to do whatever it wanted. The ground they have taken they will not give up easily. Why are we where we are on the road to communism? Simple. We do not know our rights and too many people do not care either. We do not know our rights because those rights are no longer taught in our schools and the ‘adults’ in charge never saw to it that they were. Now we have federal government involvement in our education, medical, and welfare systems as well as the feds telling us what kind of car to drive, what kind of house to live in, what kind of foods we can eat, what kind of stoves, dishwashers, and refrigerators we can use. If we do not stop them, they will not stop and end up controlling everything we do, which is just what they want.

John Jay, the first Chief Justice of the United States Supreme Court stated: Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.3 Advise that was followed by our earlier generations but has been ignored by the last six or seven generations.

Our nation was designed for a free people. Being free is what most in this nation believe is a result of being born in America. Partly true. We have NOT been taught that each generation must fight to keep that freedom in one form or another. Ronald Reagan warned us: “Freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We didn’t pass it to our children in the bloodstream. It must be fought for, protected, and handed on for them to do the same, or one day we will spend our sunset years telling our children and our children’s children what it was once like in the United States where men were free.”

Our nation has been slipping away from us at an exponential rate for the last two years. The Biden administration and the democrats are pushing their agenda as hard as they can and most people sit back and say we have to do what the government says. No, we don’t. The government only has power that is given to it by the people. The federal government has taken authority that it has no right to take. If not stopped we will be no better than Cuba, Venezuela, or some other third-world banana republic.

If we want to become again the great nation we once were we have to get back to doing what made us great in the first place. We put God first, and lived by Biblical principles, each person developed his/her character to be honest and trustworthy.  When someone tried to introduce an ungodly idea or philosophy, we rejected it immediately. If we try rejecting ungodly ideas today, we are attacked and charged with bigotry, homophobia, racism, and the list goes on. This is because we stopped standing for what is right. The foundation of society is one male, one female family and even that is under attack.  We are shamed by people who are really one gender but ‘feel’ like another and called names for not accepting them the way they are when the truth of the matter is they refuse to accept themselves for who God made them. I assure you, God didn’t make a mistake and put a girl in a guy’s body. The mistake is on the person.

Our future depends on how we address this present situation. If we ignore it our children and grandchildren will live in a world that knows no freedom. If we fight and call on God to help us, we will preserve the greatest nation the world has ever known.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes

  1. Executive-order-11000-assigning-emergency-preparedness-functions-the-secretary-labor
  2. Executive-order-11647-federal-regional-councils
  3. John Jay, “The Correspondence and Public Papers of John Jay”, Henry P. Johnson, editor, (New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1890), Vol.I, pp. 163-164, from his “Charge to the Grand Jury of Ulster County”, September 9, 1777



Bedtime Prayer: The Cure for Insomnia

By George Lujack

April 30, 2023

Insomnia is a common sleep disorder that can make it hard to fall asleep, hard to stay asleep, or cause you to wake up too early and not be able to get back to sleep. You may still feel tired when you wake up. Insomnia can sap not only your energy level and mood, but also your health, work performance, and quality of life.[1]

A good night’s sleep is essential for the mental and physical well-being of a person. Very often the cares, stresses, and worries of life are carried by us into bed as we attempt to fall asleep and they wind up keeping us awake.

MATTHEW 6:25-34 (TLV):
“So I say to you, do not worry about your life—what you will eat or drink, or about your body, what you will wear. Isn’t life more than food and the body more than clothing?

Look at the birds of the air. They do not sow or reap or gather into barns; yet your Father in heaven feeds them. Are you not of more value than they? And which of you by worrying can add a single hour to his life? And why do you worry about clothing? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow. They neither toil nor spin. Yet I tell you that not even Solomon in all his glory clothed himself like one of these. Now if in this way God clothes the grass—which is here today and thrown into the furnace tomorrow—will He not much more clothe you, O you of little faith?

Therefore do not worry, saying, ‘What will we eat?’ or ‘What will we drink?’ or ‘What will we wear?’ For the pagans eagerly pursue all these things; yet your Father in heaven knows that you need all these. But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things shall be added to you. Therefore do not worry about tomorrow, for tomorrow will worry about itself. Each day has enough trouble of its own.”

*See also: Luke 12:22-31.

THE POWER OF BEDTIME PRAYER

Anxiety, cares, stress, and worries can lead to sleeplessness and insomnia. Not worrying about the concerns of life, even though we are commanded by Yeshua (Jesus) to do so, is often easier said than done. There is more that we can do than attempt to will ourselves to not worry about life in order to get a good night of sound sleep. We can pray.

MATTHEW 11:28 (NKJV):
“Come to Me, all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.”

Can it really be so simple that people who suffer from sleepless nights due to insomnia can come to Yeshua (Jesus) in bedtime prayer and He will give us rest in sleep? Yes!

Bedtime prayer changes a person’s body chemistry dramatically enough to induce restful sleep. When a person goes into silent (non-verbal) bedtime meditative prayer, the neuromuscular system begins to relax to the point of drowsiness. After drowsiness comes sleep.

MATTHEW 6:7 (NKJV):
“And when you pray, do not use vain repetitions as the heathen do. For they think that they will be heard for their many words.”

Normally, repetitive prayers are to be avoided. When a person repetitively prays in order to get to sleep, he or she is not praying in such a manner solely in order for God to hear the prayers.

A person praying to get to sleep prays repetitively for the purpose of putting him or herself into a tranquil state in order to induce sleep. Bedtime prayers are prayers of adoration, praise, love, and worship to God, who cares for us even in our sleep.

PSALM 46:10 (NKJV):
Be still and know that I am God.

In order to sleep, we must be still, physically and mentally. The best way to induce sleep through prayer is to make your place of rest a calm, peaceful environment. Then place yourself in the most comfortable sleep position and pray bedtime sleep prayers repetitively until you fall asleep. If you wake up during the night, repeat the procedure until you fall back asleep.

There are many bedtime prayers for a believer to choose from. The following two bedtime meditative prayers are designed to help a person fall asleep…

WHO CLOSES MY EYES…: A BLESSING AT BEDTIME

Praised are you, Adonai, our God, Ruler of the universe, who closes my eyes in sleep, my eyelids in slumber.

May it be your will, Adonai, My God and the God of my ancestors, to lie me down in peace and then to raise me up in peace.

NOW I LAY ME DOWN TO SLEEP [EDITED]
Now I lay me down to sleep, I pray the Lord my soul to keep sleep.
Angels watch me through the night, and wake me with the morning light.

When a believer invokes the power of prayer over sleeplessness and insomnia, he or she releases the power of Almighty Elohim (God), who promises to provide us with good, restful sleep.

PSALM 127:2 (NKJV):
For so He gives His beloved sleep.

PROVERBS 3:24 (NKJV):
When you lie down, you will not be afraid; Yes, you will lie down and your sleep will be sweet.

ECCLESIASTES 5:12 (NKJV):
The sleep of a laboring man is sweet.

PHILIPPIANS 4:13 (TLV/NKJV):
I can do all things through Messiah (Christ) who strengthens me.

Believers should consider discarding all sleep medications, some of which may be harmful to a person’s short-term and/or long-term health, and instead come to Yeshua (Jesus) for rest in sleep.

MATTHEW 11;28 (NKJV) [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“Come to Me [IN BEDTIME PRAYER], all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest [IN SLEEP].”

YouTube Video: BEDTIME PRAYER: THE CURE FOR INSOMNIA

© 2023 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Mayo Clinic, “Insomnia, Symptoms & Causes,” © 1998-2023




‘Casting Down Imaginations’

By Rob Pue

April 30, 2023

All of humanity was born to worship.  We have an instinctive need to reverence our Creator.  This is just how God made us.  In the beginning, mankind had a close relationship with Him.  But in Genesis Chapter 3, we read of how the king of demons, Satan, tempted Eve and caused her to doubt what God said.  And the rest, as they say, is history.  Adam followed Eve in her quest for forbidden knowledge and power, and together they traded perfect communion with God for a life of pain and toil, of blood, sweat and tears… of thorns and thistles, culminating in death and then the judgment.

But that need to worship never subsided.  It’s woven into the very fabric of our souls; that innate need to revere the One who created us — to worship Him, and to somehow return to Him and re-establish that bond that was broken so long ago.  It’s the one and only thing that will ever satisfy our souls;  and the one thing that we will never find apart from Him.

The problems we encounter in this life begin the minute we depart from our Lord and try to do life on our own.  The consequences of this are immediate and devastating.  This is what happened to our first parents.  This rebellion is the “sin nature” that we are now all born with, so that even today there exists within us a great turmoil, a constant tug-of-war between our desire to know God and worship Him and our desire to stray away from Him and worship something else.

Now, God created us with minds to think and reason.  He doesn’t hide from us, and then expect us to have blind faith in a Creator we can never know anything about.  On the contrary, He makes Himself abundantly visible to all who have eyes to see.  We are without excuse.  The Bible makes it clear that we are able to know God, by the things that He made.  In other words, by observing His awesome Creation all around us, we know that God exists.  What’s more, He provided us with a book, The Bible, the very words of God Himself, so that we can know Him more;  and He did not spare even His own Son for our sakes, so that we may RETURN to Him and restore that perfect relationship, as He welcomes us back and draws us close to Himself with loving arms of compassion.

Let’s summarize these points:  We are born with the knowledge of God and with a desire and PURPOSE to worship and glorify Him.  This knowledge of God and desire to worship Him is reinforced as we observe His Creation all around us.  We also have His written Word to teach us all we will ever need to know.   Yet, many of us still prefer to deny Him, to run and try to hide from Him, because His light exposes the darkness of our sinful hearts.

Now,  what happens when we do this — when we deliberately choose to deny God?  Romans 1, starting at verse 28:  “Since they did not think it worthwhile to retain the knowledge of God, He gave them over to a depraved mind, to do what ought not to be done.  They have become filled with every kind of wickedness, evil, greed and depravity.  They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit and malice.  They are gossips, slanderers, God-haters, insolent, arrogant and boastful;  they invent ways of doing evil;  they disobey their parents, they are senseless, faithless, heartless, ruthless.”   The heart of man, apart from the renewing and regeneration of Christ is hopelessly lost.  The Bible says it is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked.  Surely it is obvious that this is true.  Even little babies, as precious and as “innocent” as they are,  do not need to be taught to sin.  We are all born with a self-centered, sinful nature.

Depraved minds.  But you see, even depraved minds STILL have that in-born desire to worship that we are all created with.  And so, apart from Christ,  we begin to invent things to worship that will fit conveniently into our lives without requiring anything of significance on our part.  As if we can fulfill our need to “worship” but still live as WE choose, accountable to no one.  Deep thinkers with depraved minds will expand on these thoughts to create entire religions and theologies.  In other words, we use our IMAGINATIONS to invent things to worship, instead of God.

What is the root word of “imagination?”  It is “IMAGE.”  We create an image to worship, — one that is to our liking.  In modern times, this “image” is usually an unseen thing — an invisible “god,” theology, idea or concept.  But in ancient times, man built idols and graven IMAGES to bow down to as a substitute for the real thing…  Rather than worshiping the Creator, they worshiped and served created THINGS.

In Exodus, Chapter 20, God gave His eternal laws to mankind, written with His own finger on tablets of stone.  The Ten Commandments.  And first on the list was: “You shall have no other gods before Me.”  Why do you think this was the first, and most basic law God gave to us?  Because He knows the heart of man, and our need to worship.  He also knows how susceptible we are to demonic deceptions.

Let’s read more of this Scripture.  “You shall not make for yourself an image in the form of anything in heaven above or on the earth beneath or in the waters below.  You shall not bow down to them or worship them…”  But yet what has mankind done?  Turn again to Romans, chapter 1:  “…although they knew God, they neither glorified Him as God nor gave thanks to Him, but their thinking became futile and their foolish hearts were darkened.  Although they claimed to be wise, they became fools and exchanged the glory of the immortal God for IMAGES made to look like mortal man and birds and animals and reptiles.”  Then in verse 25:  “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served created things rather than the Creator.”

There is nothing new under the sun.  Mankind has been worshiping idols in vain ever since Satan deceived Eve in the garden.  It’s our eternal struggle to worship, but yet to worship without submitting ourselves to God’s authority.  So we use our imaginations to create a god to suit our selves… ultimately, one that WE, ourselves, control.  Most of us no longer carve and mold a golden calf or a totem pole.  But we invent gods in our minds that suit us better than the one TRUE God of heaven.

This is what is happening still today.  Even professing Christians are not immune from idol worship, and many create a god in their own image that bears little resemblance to the God of the Bible.  How many liberal Christians will admonish you if you “judge” or speak firmly about sin, repentance and holy living?  How many will declare it is not “Christ-like” if you confront the evils and wickedness of our day, such as abortion or sexual depravity?  “You’ll never win them to Jesus if you don’t welcome them and love them,” they say.  Or they’ll declare, “MY god would never condemn anyone to hell…MY god is a god of love.”  Religious people are great at creating gods in their own image;  in their own imaginations.

Those who do not know God, those who are not diligent in studying the Scriptures are easily led astray and deceived by Satan.  Paul warned the Corinthians, “I am afraid that just as Eve was deceived by the serpent’s cunning, your minds may somehow be led astray from your sincere and pure devotion to Christ.  For if someone comes to you and preaches a Jesus other than the Jesus we preached, or if you receive a different spirit from the one you received, or a different gospel from the one you accepted, you put up with it easily…”

To the Galatians he wrote, “I am astonished that you are so quickly… turning to a different gospel…  some people are throwing you into confusion and are trying to pervert the gospel of Christ.  But even if we or an angel from heaven should preach a gospel other than the one we preached to you, let him be eternally condemned.”

Today we have many who profess to be Christians, but who deny the truths of Scripture or pervert the word of God by compromising it with their own imaginations.   And throughout the history of mankind, Satan has been at war with us, seeking our eternal damnation by luring us away from the pure word of God, with enticing things that appeal to our carnal natures.  Paul warned us of angels preaching false religion, tempting us to worship something other than God Almighty.  Scripture also tells us that Satan masquerades as an angel of light.  This is the same angel that appeared to Mohammed, calling himself “Allah.”  This is the same angel that called himself “Moroni” as he appeared to Joseph Smith, the founder of the Mormon religion.  This is the same so-called “angel,” who appeared to Satanist Aleister Crowley, and declared, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”

What it really comes down to is that we, in our sinful, human natures, are still trying to achieve what Satan promised Eve so long ago in the garden:  that we can become LIKE God.  In fact, many New Age religions will even teach that we can BECOME gods ourselves if we follow the path of “enlightenment.”

But let me clue you in to something that seems, to me, to be elementary, yet so elusive for so many:  as human beings we have two choices:  we either worship God or we worship Satan, in any number of disguises he will appear to us in, whichever disguise he knows will appeal to us most.  There are NO OTHER alternatives.  It is one or the other.

I was speaking to a New Ager recently and she was trying to explain to me how she prays to the Universe and how if she thinks good thoughts and surrounds herself with positive energy, the Universe will reward her with the desires of her heart.  Her ultimate hope for eternity is that her body will return to “star dust,” and that her soul will return to the Universe where she will be reincarnated, hopefully to a much higher, developed sentient being on this planet — or perhaps another planet, because as a citizen of the Living Universe, we do not limit ourselves to just the narrow mindedness of Earth.

Now, this woman reveres the “Universe” or the “Living Universe” as the ultimate “higher power” or “thing” that she worships.  She rejects the Bible and the God of the Scripture because she tried Christianity and it didn’t “work” for her.  In her mind, she cannot understand why anyone would follow a book so full of rules and laws and things that limit her freedom, words written by MEN thousands of years ago… words of superstition and bigotry and things that are clearly so old fashioned and irrelevant.  Now she is much more enlightened and on a “path” that appeals to her way more than the narrow-mindedness and confining dictates of a religion that limits her freedom to do as she pleases.  And, as the Wiccans say, “if it hurt no one, do as you please.”

Not knowing the Bible, the word of the eternal Creator, she does not realize that Scripture describes her to a tee:  in short, this woman “worships and serves created things, rather than the Creator.”  You see, in her mind, the Universe is the biggest, most powerful thing she can imagine.  (There’s that word again:  “imagine!”)  But she neglects to remember that the God of the Bible CREATED the Universe!

Why would you worship and serve a created thing rather than the eternal One who created it?  Friends, be warned, that those who DO, and deliberately choose to deny God and persist in their rebellion, will eventually be given depraved minds.  They will no longer be ABLE to discern the truth, even when it is staring them straight in the face.  It will be nonsense to them.  Good will be bad and bad will be good.  That’s what it means.  I believe there are many in the world today, who have passed this “point of no return” already.  Since they did not think it worthwhile to retain the knowledge of God, He has turned them over to depraved, reprobate minds.

We are seeing a lot of this lately.  In fact, I believe we are nearing the close of time, the last days, and people are choosing now to seal their fate, and pick their eternal destinies.  It is a scary thing, but know this:  God has never condemned a single soul to hell who did not have ample opportunity to know Him and return to His loving arms.  The spiritual forces of darkness surround us, unseen as they are, but no less real.  Satan and his demons are contending for our souls and many are being led astray and deceived.  The most insidious part is that he rarely comes in his true form, but rather, as “enlightenment,” as a more pure, loving “path” to “god.”  So now, more than ever, we must remember the words of Paul to the Corinthians:  “Though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh.  For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds, casting down IMAGINATIONS, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.”  Study and KNOW God’s word, dear friends, and you will not be deceived by the schemes of the devil.

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 153.




Woke and Communist Kissing Cousins!

by David Masters

April 29, 2023

How To Escape The Prison For Your Mind

The political ideology of communism has been a topic of discussion for a century. With its roots in the writings of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, communism advocates for the abolition of private property and the establishment of a classless society in which the means of production are collectively owned and managed. One of the most contentious debates regarding communism is the question of whether the left-wing actually wants to destroy the current system and replace it with communism. While some on the left do indeed advocate for a complete overhaul of the current economic and political systems, not all of them support the implementation of communism.

For those on the left who do support communism, their argument is that the current system is inherently flawed and perpetuates inequality and oppression. They argue that capitalism, which is based on the accumulation of wealth by individuals and private companies, results in the exploitation of workers and the perpetuation of poverty for many. According to these leftists, communism provides a viable alternative to the current system by advocating for the collective ownership and management of the means of production. This, they argue, would eliminate the profit motive that drives capitalism and would allow for resources to be allocated in a more equitable and efficient manner.

Woke ideology is a term that has gained increasing prominence in recent years. It refers to a movement that focuses on issues of social justice, such as racism, sexism, homophobia, and transphobia. The term “woke” originally emerged in African American Vernacular English as a term for being aware of the social and political issues that affect marginalized communities. However, its meaning has since expanded to include a wider range of issues.

The woke ideology is rooted in the belief that society is riddled with systemic oppression and that individuals and institutions have a responsibility to address this oppression. It emphasizes the importance of recognizing and acknowledging privilege and how it impacts one’s worldview and experiences. It also recognizes the importance of intersectionality, or the idea that different forms of oppression are interconnected and intersect with one another.

One of the key aspects of woke ideology is the emphasis on language and the power dynamics that are embedded within it. Advocates of the movement believe that the way we talk about things can reinforce harmful stereotypes and perpetuate oppression. As a result, there is a push to use more inclusive language that reflects the diversity of people’s experiences and identities.

Another key aspect of woke ideology is the call for action. Advocates believe that it is not enough to simply acknowledge and discuss issues of oppression. Rather, they believe that individuals and institutions have a responsibility to take concrete steps to address these issues. This can include things like donating to organizations that support marginalized communities, participating in protests and demonstrations, and advocating for policy changes.

Critics of woke ideology argue that it can be divisive and that it promotes a victim mentality. They argue that it focuses too much on individual identity and ignores the importance of common values and goals. They also argue that the movement can be intolerant of differing opinions and perspectives.

Despite these criticisms, the woke ideology has had a significant impact on social and political discourse in recent years. It has spurred conversations and debates about issues of social justice and has led to concrete changes in some areas, such as corporate diversity and inclusion initiatives. “Woke” and communist ideologies are both political movements that advocate for social and economic equality. However, there are some key differences between the two.

Firstly, “woke” ideology is a relatively new term that refers to a set of beliefs and values related to social justice and anti-oppression. It focuses on issues such as race, gender, sexuality, and other forms of identity-based discrimination. In contrast, communism seeks to create a classless society where the means of production are owned and controlled by the community as a whole.

Secondly, “woke” ideology tends to be more decentralized and focused on individual action and consciousness-raising. It emphasizes the importance of individual experiences and personal identity, whereas communism tends to prioritize collective action and the needs of the community as a whole. Additionally, “woke” ideology is often associated with liberal or progressive politics, whereas communism is often associated with more radical leftist politics. While there are some similarities between “woke” and communist ideologies, there are also important differences in terms of their historical context, priorities, and political strategies.

However, opponents of communism argue that it is a failed ideology that has led to the suppression of individual freedoms and the violation of human rights in the countries where it has been implemented. They point to the authoritarian regimes in countries like the Soviet Union and China as evidence of the dangers of communism.

Moreover, critics argue that communism ignores the realities of human nature and the inherent desire for individual autonomy and self-determination. They argue that the collectivization of resources and the elimination of private property would lead to a loss of personal freedom and choice, and would ultimately result in the erosion of individual rights and liberties.

The erosion of individual rights and liberties is a serious issue that can have significant negative consequences for individuals and society as a whole. This can occur through a variety of means, such as government policies or actions, cultural attitudes, technological advancements, or societal changes.

Some examples of erosion of individual rights and liberties include:

Government surveillance: Governments may conduct surveillance on their citizens without their consent or knowledge, which can infringe upon their right to privacy and freedom of speech.

Censorship: Governments or other entities may restrict or censor certain types of speech, which can limit individuals’ freedom of expression and access to information.

Discrimination: Discrimination against certain groups of individuals based on characteristics such as race, gender, sexual orientation, or religion can limit their opportunities and access to resources.

Restrictions on movement: Governments may impose restrictions on the movement of individuals, such as through curfews or border control, which can limit their freedom of movement.

Economic inequality: Economic inequality can limit individuals’ access to resources and opportunities, which can impact their ability to exercise their rights and liberties.

Atheists may have a variety of beliefs regarding the existence of evil, just like people with religious beliefs. However, the belief in the existence of evil is not necessarily tied to the belief in the existence of a deity or religion.

Some atheists may believe that evil is a subjective human construct, created to describe actions or behaviors that are considered harmful or immoral by society. Others may believe that evil is a real and objective force in the world, but do not attribute it to a supernatural source or deity. Ultimately, whether or not an atheist believes in the existence of evil may depend on their personal beliefs and worldview.

It is generally not in the interest of any group or individual to seek an economic collapse, as it would result in widespread suffering and chaos. However, some extreme anarchist or anti-capitalist groups do seek to destabilize or overthrow the current economic and political system, which they view as exploitative and oppressive. They may engage in acts of sabotage, protest, or other disruptive activities aimed at disrupting the functioning of the economy.

[BIO: “David, as a talk radio host and counselor, combines the wisdom of Judeo-Christian spirituality with the insights of modern depth psychology. With clarity, sensitivity, skill and powers of discernment, he brings callers to their own awareness and the healing powers that lie within the human soul. His wise practical counsel combined with the observation exercise bring much help to a wounded world. I count this gifted healer among the most talented of our time. He brings to clients a rare combination of depth and skill guided by the qualities of presence, understanding, strength and love flowing from the center of his own being. I am honored to have him as a colleague in the healing professions.” – Robert Contadino, M.A,, Ph.D. Rehabilitation Counseling and Clinical Psychology]

© 2023 David Masters – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Masters: snowman4848@gmail.com

Website: “How To Escape The Prison For Your Mind




How the Politician Criminals Fleece Americans

By Karen Schoen

April 29, 2023

I knew when I was teaching as I watched the standards getting lower and the books providing less education that the results would be devastating. Well today we see those results and yes they are devastating.  If the Globalists/Communist/Democrats/RINOS/ELITE/Fascists had their way we will be dead, after they finish experimenting with us.  Right now I feel like we are playing chicken. Whereby  the Biden administration of incompetence requests something so ridiculous just to see how far they can go to get us to comply. Don’t fall in the trap. Be prepared, polite and ask questions.  Remember, they lie all the time. When they have no facts, they call you names.  Usually you will be called a racist.  I ask them to give me an example of an action where i was racist.  They can’t find one.

Making an example of us brings them lots of cash for the cause – Owning and controlling all means of production and distribution of everything. Destroy America and enforcing Communist Chinese policies. We will all be equal in poverty.

This is an example of how the politician criminals fleece Americans.

A non-governmental organization (NGO) founded by former Presidents Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, Barack Obama and backed by a litany of multinational corporations are teaming up with American Express to fly migrants into the United States.  This is the same group that managed the $3 Billion collected by taxpayers to help the people of Haiti. The unaccounted for money never made it to Haiti. The sending companies are cleaning out their prisons and mental institutions by sending those criminals into America’s interior cities. How can I murder you, let me count the ways…

It is the same thing with abortion.  Did anyone ever ask “what is an abortion?”  According to  18 U.S. Code § 1841 – Protection of unborn children This law calls the unborn, CHILDREN

If a criminal kills a pregnant woman they get charged with 2 crimes.

Abortion calls the same unborn a fetus and abortion killing the fetus is fine.

According to US Code 18 abortion is murder.

Lets call abortion what it is…murder of babies. Stop being nice.

Question: How according to Code 18, is abortion allowed?

Clinics and Doctors are committing murder.

How can I murder you, let me count the ways…

To make matters worse the Biden  Administration is allowing millions of unvaxed illegals many with criminal pasts into America to replace us. A new group from poor countries will be happy with crumbs, and will drive down wages. Now Americans will lose everything again and face the risk of illness.. PREPARE. Depressed people commit suicide, drink, take drugs and commit crimes. The are on a crash course to destroy and demoralize Americans so they can move in and take over. How can I murder you, let me count the ways…

Did you hear about the UN report that declares pedophilia is a Human Right.

The schools will be the perfect place to promote this. Biden said he will not protect girls sports. this is part of their desire to erase women. So I would ask, can a woman get an enlarged prostate? Erectile dysfunction? Can a man provide breast milk? Can a man get ovarian cancer?   Let’s kill their spririt, maybe they will get depressed and commit suicide. No my child you are not god. You can’t change your sex from what G-D has given you.  How can I murder you, let me count the ways…

The disgrace that we call our military is evidence that the education has failed dramatically especially in the common sense area. The skill set that our leaders have is almost unrecognizable. How can I say that you ask? Did you listen to General Millie? He went to Congress and is advocating for electric tanks. What a moron. What a supreme waste of taxpayer dollars. How/where will they be charged? listening to that idiot speak,  how did he become a general? How did he become in charge of anything military? And they’re surprised that no one wants to join the military? After all Climate change  is way ahead of national security and safety. How can I murder you, let me count the ways…

The illegals will flood our schools. Classes will be over crowded. Get your kids out of government indoctrination clinics where all they will learn is to hate and be groomed to be some pedophile’s toy.   Illegal immigration and immigration are a big issue as they will change the face of America in the image Obama wanted when he said he would transform America and make it a lot browner. How can I murder you, let me count the ways…

Remember: Everything is connected. Nothing is random, Everyone follows the same plan. ALL PLANS ARE BASED ON LIES.

Globalists only care about MONEY, POWER and CONTROL

© 2023 Karen Scoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

Podcasts and Articles: Karenschoen.com, karenschoen.substack.com




Political Correctness is the Incubator of Islamofascism

By: Amil Imani

April 28, 2023

First published in 2007

Time and again we are told by the politically correct “experts” not to worry about Islam posing a threat to our way of life. We are repeatedly lectured that only a very small minority of Muslims are troublemakers who are giving the peaceful masses of Muslims a bad name. We are also informed that the terrorists, who happened to be Muslims, are disaffected and young. And not to worry, since as the fire of youth turns to ashes of old age the rebellious will mellow, as they always have.

With heavy assurances like this, coming from so many know-it-all authoritative figures, we can sleep soundly without the aid of sleeping pills. After all, people reason that these pundits are “experts” whose job is to know and tell it like it is. Those who voice contrary views must be a bunch of racists, and alarmist hatemongers. Who is right?

Wouldn’t be more prudent to let the facts settle the matter, rather than blindly accepting either position? Of course it would, except for one huge problem. In the face of threats, people tend to go to the mind’s medicine cabinet and take a few denial and rationalization pills, in the same way, that it is the aspirin bottle they turn to when a headache strikes. Why not? We are the Easy Species. We love effortless, quick, and simple solutions. And that’s not invariably bad. It has given us all kinds of labor and time-saving devices.

Yet, the Islam problem is very real and deadly. Neither the pronouncements of the experts nor the tranquilizing pills of the mind can make it go away. It is here and it shows every sign of imposing itself on us. Let us look at some of the facts.

* Not every Muslim wears an explosive vest ready to detonate in the midst of a crowd of innocent civilians, yet there are more volunteers for the mission than there are explosive vests. The Islamic Republic of Iran, for instance, hasn’t even officially joined this form of jihad. Yet, by its own admission, it has over 10,000 volunteers trained and ready to be deployed, and thousands more queuing to join in. This time around, the jihadists heading for Allah’s heaven might come fitted with nice little suitcases of dirty bombs instead of the bulky explosive vests. Recall that it took only 19 of these killers to launch the aerial mass murder of 9/11 that killed 3,000 people, shattered our open trusting way of life, and cost us billions of dollars.

* The jihadists are not confined to a minority of disaffected Muslim youth. How young are Bin Laden, his deputy doctor of death Al Zawahiri, Mullah Omar of the Taliban, Khamenei, and Rafsanjani of Iran, just to name a few? How disaffected are they? Muhammad Ata, leader of the 19 airborne thugs and the decapitator of Wall Street Journal reporter Pearl was somewhat younger, yet well-healed and Western-educated.

* Just coin some terms such as the “Melting Pot,” or “Multiculturalism” and you have the problem solved? Roll out the red carpet for the immigrant Muslims, treat them as you would your own citizens, give them stipends, medical care, and free education and they will integrate seamlessly into society. No such thing at all. The idea of a Melting Pot may work with people who come from different lands to make the new country their home. The Islamists, on the other hand, come with the belief that they already own the place and want to make it part of the Ummah. Some forty percent of second and third-generation Muslim Britons reject British democracy, express their allegiance to Islam, and want to live under Sharia. So much for the Melting Pot comfort pill.

* The new Islamist arrivals take advantage of the provisions of the most benign system known to humanity, democracy, to implode it from within. Muslims, by sheer numbers, will soon be in a position to vote out democracy in many countries. They are already doing that in bits and pieces. They are imposing many of their values, in a number of societies, even while they are in the minority. Politicians, hungry for votes and devoted to the practice of political correctness bend backward to accede to Islamists’ demands.

* As for Multiculturalism, it is even more of a delusion than the Melting Pot myth. It is a second-generation Comfort Pill. Since the Melting Pot proved to be worse than a placebo, the politically correct gave us the new pill. A glance at Europe shows how Multiculturalism in fact has served as the incubator of Islamism in no time at all. Europe’s Multiculturalism is rapidly birthing a Uniculturalism, if the Islamists’ medieval way of life can be dignified as a culture.

* Respect for diversity, separation of religion and state, and freedom of belief and expression, are pillars of democracy, yet anathema to Islam. In no Islamic land do you find an ecumenical organization? It is only in non-Islamic countries that the shameless duplicitous Muslim, be he an imam, a mullah, or a regular run-of-the-mill faithful of Allah, meekly participates in ecumenical feel-good gatherings.

* To Muslims, no other religion is deemed worthy of recognition, much less accommodation. There is no church, synagogue, or Buddhist temple in all of Saudi Arabia. They are barred. The Islamic Republic of Iran’s raft of genocidal pogroms includes the heinous practice of bulldozing even the cemeteries of its Baha’i religious minority. The Islamic tyranny of the mullahs imprisons Christian Iranians for celebrating Christmas. Egypt denies its own citizens’ identity cards for refusing to lie and fake their religious beliefs or disbelief. The ID cards are required for education, securing work, receiving medical care, and just about every right of citizenship. Without it, a citizen is literally subjected to a slow death.

* In Islam only Muslim men, and, to a lesser extent, Muslim women, are entitled to certain rights. All non-Muslims, including the so-called people of the book, namely Christians and Jews, are at best second-class subjects, subjects who must pay the back-breaking Jizya, poll tax, for their “sin” of not converting to Islam. So, as Islam makes its inroads in new lands, as its membership swells through explosive birth and conversion, secular democracies will be inevitably replaced by Islamism with its stone-age Sharia laws. The best offer that Islam will make is to spare the non-Muslim’s life if he puts on the heavy yoke of Jizya for the rest of his living days.

* Not to worry about the horrific things that are happening on the other side of the world? If Muslims act heinously toward non-Muslims, it is just how things are in those countries and is hardly any of our business. This is the same attitude that set the Islamization of Europe on a seemingly irreversible track. One European country after another is rapidly buckling under the weight of Islamism.

* Most importantly, not to worry about the Islamization of our country? After all, Muslims are about 6-7 million in a population of nearly 300 million, you reason? That even a smaller number of these Muslims are hothead radicals, while the majority is just like everyone else? But small minorities can overwhelm the majority by use of coercion and deadly force. Islamists are notorious for their dedication to the use of force for achieving their aims. The Taliban were a very small minority in Afghanistan, the Islamists were a tiny faction in the 1979 Islamic Revolution of Iran. Both overwhelmed the masses and imposed their reign of terror. The terrorist Hamas is also a “minority” in number, yet it rules the Palestinian Territory. Hezbollah of Lebanon is a minority, yet it has taken the country to the verge of destruction.

* Islamists are Islam’s locomotive that takes the wrecking-ball Islamic train on its demolition course. Islam and democracy are incompatible. As democracies practice their magnificent accommodating belief, they knowingly or unknowingly lay the track for the advancing wrecking train of Islam. We, in the United States of America, must resist Islam while it is still gathering momentum unless we wish to end up in the same fix as the Europeans.

* We, in the United States, further need to embark on a comprehensive legal, educational, and social campaign to eradicate the deadly plague of Islam. By effective action, we even save those peaceful Muslims from their own affliction. I am not hatemongering. I would love to see all Muslims become ex-Muslims and full-fledged members of a diverse tolerant democratic society. It is a statement of fact about what Islam is. Islam is a highly communicable pandemic-violent disease that demands urgent and serious containment.

Europe is already badly infected with Islamism. It is the coal miners’ canary. It is telling us that the next stop is America. We must act and act now. We must not sacrifice our cherished way of life and our children’s lives at the altar of political correctness: the incubator of Islamofascism.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Why Not RFK Jr.? Just in Case You Were Curious…

By Kat Stansell

April 28, 2023

The nephew of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy wrote a block-buster book, The Real Anthony Fauci, which not only laid bare the covid scam but also eviscerated the fraudsters that were behind it. He became instantly famous for it and has been on the talk circuit since its publication in 2021. America was delighted that FINALLY, someone with a BIG NAME had poked the malevolent Fraudci in the face, and gone VERY public doing so.

Now, RFK, Jr. is running for President of these United States. In an election cycle that promises vast criminality, fraud and angst among voters, RFK, Jr. hopes that he will be the grand solution. He hopes that those who still suffer from Trump Derangement Syndrome, despite the strong and free country that Donald Trump produced, will take heed and come to him. He also hopes that those who wanted someone new, but are increasingly gagging on DeSantis, will switch to a fresh face who was on their side with the Covid scam.

Not so fast, Mr K. Not so fast. After all, in the introduction to the book on Fraudci, RFK, Jr. reminded us that he “IS still a Democrat”. That is what everyone must remember.

I know that I espouse getting rid of party labels, but the next paragraphs will make more sense if I hang with those useless tags just for the purpose of this article. The name, “Kennedy” and the Democrat party go hand in glove.

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., is the son of Bobby Kennedy, the slain U.S. Senator and US Attorney General, and nephew of the murdered John Fitzgerald Kennedy, our 35th President. The fact that another Kennedy is in the fray, with the nerve (and clout) to facing down the mass murderers and their Covid tool, is almost enough to garner him loads of sympathy and “atta boys”. Not so fast.

RFK, Jr. has been in the national spotlight all of his life, from sharing the famous gene pool to his own appearance on the national scene, so when he spoke out against the Covid scam he became an instant hero.

The first that most might remember of him, was as a pallbearer at his own father’s funeral, while still in high school. RFK’s toddler cousin, John-John, grabbed the national heartstrings in the same way, as he saluted his father’s caisson as it was pulled through the streets of Washington, DC. RFK, Jr.’s educational background was the usual “upper crust” (now known also as Globalist) retinue: Harvard, London School of Economics, University of Virginia stuff.

As a young DA in Manhattan, he was arrested and charged with heroin possession. But, as with any Dem, even back then, it was “no harm, no foul”. He did his penance to the law, after his conviction, by working for an environmental group. Sure, anyone else would have been locked up. Remember that, even back in the 80’s, the law treated folks like RFK, Jr., differently.

This Kennedy scion has spent most of his life as an environmental lawyer, protector of waterways, indigenous rights and renewable energy. He founded the Pace University Law School Environmental clinic to train young up-and-coming environmentalists, while working with a number of different firms. Long an advocate for “the environment”, as in a UN Agenda 21 advocate, Kennedy has been prominent in many big-name lawsuits and clean ups against polluters, including the one in in Pensacola, of an old Superfund site. So, he has done some good. Where he got the “smarts” about Covid and Fauci that were in the book is still unclear.

One particularly amusing case was his victory against a gun club in Connecticut, charged with shooting lead slugs into the ocean. I’d love to ask him how he justifies the murder of the seabirds and marine mammals by the wind turbines polluting our offshore world. And with the incredible unrecyclable waste produced by those bladed monstrosities as well as solar panels and electric car batteries, after their productive lives are over. But then, I have to remind myself . . . he IS a Democrat, and that kind of hypocrisy is their middle name. Silly me.

Also, RFK, Jr., while against the vax, was in favor of the Covid lockdowns, and felt that lifting them would return “risks of the status quo, and pour billions into polluting industries.” Before UNA 21, however, the US was making great headway in cleaning up our air and water. Yet the environment had to be turned into a battle ground for the cause of taking down the USA.

The slogan, “I’m a Kennedy Democrat,” may have some appeal to the old Blue Dog Democrats, who are still searching for the party of his uncle and dad. However, many younger Leftists don’t even know the name, “Kennedy”, due to the Marxist erasure of history from schools, or what reverence and reference comes with that lineage. Nor, do they care. Of course, it’s not just Kennedys they don’t recognize, it’s also anything and everything about America’s incredible history, but that’s for a different day… Enough said.

This is just a reminder that, as DeSantis continues to soil himself and his reputation, voting for the latest Kennedy is not the answer. RFK, Jr. still belongs to the hard left of the new definition of our political choices: Communism vs. our Constitution. And, he is a member in good standing, of the swamp. After all, he was the first to remind us all “: “I AM still a Democrat”.

Oh yes…his son, Connor, is fighting for Zelensky in Ukraine – AND, RFK, Jr., himself, has been listed on the manifesto of the Lolita Express. He admits to two trips. Why not? The family definitely has a way with women (think Chappaquiddick) and, He IS a Democrat. Lol.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robert_F._Kennedy_Jr.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/opinion/flashback-robert-f-kennedy-jr-once-called-for-koch-industries-and-exxonmobil-to-be-put-to-corporate-death/ar-AA1a7uf8

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-11355821/Conor-Kennedy-talked-way-fighting-Ukraine-war-despite-having-no-combat-experience.html

https://www.2ndsmartestguyintheworld.com/p/addendum-3-another-former-associate




The Aftermath when “The Machine” (Fake Government) is Gone

By Andrew Wallace

April 28, 2023

I must assume that The Machine (fake government) will be removed by Congress, demands of the people, governors, elections, economic collapse, revolt, or a combination.

Again, this paper is only pointing out obvious methods for removal of The Machine, which consists of the unconstitutional Departments of Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, Housing and Urban Development, and the worst of all, the Federal Reserve Bank. This is the tip of the iceberg.

You will note that I did not include federal law enforcement and the courts as an option to remove the Machine, because they are so corrupt. Even the Supreme Court is complicit.

This is a very complex subject with many ramifications, so let’s concentrate on the “guaranteed economic collapse” over which the government now has no control.

The collapse will result in a Revolt. Noted Economists agree that a collapse is eminent.

Half of the population is supported directly or indirectly by the government (fake and real).

This is both the government’s greatest protection against revolt…and its biggest nightmare.

I say this because if the government fails to deliver effective purchasing power, there will be an instant revolt by their communist supporters, Lenin’s “Useful Idiots”, in the inner-city plantations and universities.

The MAGA Patriots would lose any reservations they might have had, and will defend themselves with deadly force against expected looting and crimes by Communist thugs from the cities. At this point there would be no effective police protection because there is no way to pay them. It is the Wild West, ruled by vigilante enforcers of Law and Righteousness.

Government has no power to stop the inevitable, because they have no ability to stop the total collapse of the economy.

The cupboard is bare; the government is bankrupt. Only the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) still has their ill-gotten gains.

Government officials are viewed with contempt and distrust, and have mostly gone into hiding or have left the country. Remember the fate of supporters of King George during and after the Revolutionary War.

Communities will develop militia units for self- defense, and will attempt to live by the Constitution and God’s laws.

They will form Revolutionary Courts to mete out justice to which actors and officials of The Machine would no longer be immune, as they are now.

Most citizens in “flyover country” are armed to the teeth with ammunition and emergency food.

Without a viable currency, it will be impossible to ship food or anything else into the cities.

Urban populations will attempt to move into rural areas, but will be resisted because they are feared, have nothing positive to offer, and will be perceived as dangerous parasites.

Americans have seen the constant and violent criminal activity of city residents, and they would not be welcome in rural areas. I suggest that they would even be violently opposed.

Only the ignorant and those with no choice had remained in the cities before the collapse.

I am painting a dark picture of life after collapse of the economy and the government, because it will be a disaster of unimaginable magnitude. Commerce will be reduced to gold, silver, and barter. There will be zero government services. Complex medical care and medicines will not be available. Stores and banks will close. There will be little travel. Cell phones and communication may not exist. There will be no food available at any price. Money will be next to worthless, thanks to the Federal Reserve Bank. Credit and debit cards will be useless.

The Communist cities will be killing fields dominated by thugs, burning and looting. These cities would be worse than active war zones.

Nothing will remain but smoking and stripped buildings of no value.

One of the major causes of the economic collapse are the financial conglomerates that produce nothing and have destroyed the American Dream (home ownership and equity) for average Americans. They caused a housing bubble by buying homes and apartments, then leaving them empty for the appreciation they generated.

The Machine (fake government) has the upper-hand only so long as it can continue to pay people off, but that is going to end soon. It is impossible for government to change its course…its agenda is to destroy this country.

In other words, the sooner that The Machine is out of business, the better, for the longer they remain in power, the more economic destruction takes place.

Put another way, “The Warfare-Welfare-Fiat Currency-Communist-Racket” is ending in a disaster of gigantic proportions.

 For a better understanding of the process you should read about the fall of Rome. The similarities of the factors contributing to the collapse of a mature civilization is eye-opening!

Again, I have sacrificed a boatload of details in the favor of brevity and readership. But, I am satisfied that I have given you an accurate presentation of reality.  You can fill in the blanks and modify the forecast as it applies to your local conditions.

God Bless You and Our Constitutional Republic!

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Why Did Tucker Carlson, the Most Watched Journalist in America, Get Fired?

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 27, 2023

The Military Industrial Complex corporate heads engineered the Vietnam War.  It cost us 58,479 young American lives.  It killed 2.3 million Vietnamese.  For what? Answer: money.  The same corporate heads orchestrated the 20-year wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.  It cost us 7,100 kids killed and in excess of 30,000 soldier suicides. Those fraudulent wars cost us $6 trillion.

Why has Biden spent $120 billion in Ukraine?  Why are there U.S. soldier boots on the ground over there?  Answer: Military Industrial Complex corporate heads.  What’s to be gained: money.

The Mainstream Media fails at every level to inform the American people. They watch the invasion of our southern border, but address it as little as possible.  They watch the drugs cross over and into the bodies of our kids.  They fail to report on it year after year. Hundreds of thousands of deaths of our citizens—-yet nothing being done to stop the flow from Mexico.  They watch criminal DA’s in big cities completely flaunt our laws—-and do not report what’s happening.

Then, along comes Tucker Carlson.

For several decades, Tucker Carlson has proven that he is the finest, smartest, and most dependable journalist in America.  He brings the facts, the realities and the enlightenment to citizens in the USA and Canada.  Let’s face it, we hunger for the facts. But we do not receive them from ABC, NBC, CBS, CNN, NPR and PBS.

None of them will cover the fact or investigate the fact that Joe Biden suffers from dementia/Alzheimer’s Disease—-and is totally unfit for the office of president.  And yet, he’s running for re-election.  He’s almost certain to die in office.  An incredible 72 percent of the American public do not want him to run, but if he does, the democrats will support him.

Can our country be any more screwed up than that?

I interviewed my Canadian journalist friend in Vancouver, BC, Tim Murray.  He’s one of the level-headed writers trying to educate his countrymen/women as to Canada’s predicament. Canada is being invaded just like America.  Trudeau ranks right up there with Biden in the stupidity quotient.

Tim, give American readers an understanding of why Tucker Carlson got fired.  I’m betting he was turning up more and more heat, more and more facts, more and more understanding—-and those corporate-heads could not handle it.  Am I wrong?

Murry said, “When I first heard the news of Tucker Carlson’s firing 24 hours ago. I was instantly enraged— and the feeling has not diminished.

“Friends have told me that no worries, he will go on to better things.  As the saying goes, when one door shuts another one opens. But there is little consolation to be found in the assurance that he will return on another platform, and be more richly remunerated to boot.  The reality is, however, that TV is still King, and that a very great number of people who need exposure to the kind of information that his program has afforded will no longer see or hear it.  Relatively few of us “stream”.

“This circumstance is particularly devastating to his Canadian viewers. Carlson was our “Radio Free Europe.” By consistently interviewing Canadian dissidents he gave them a pipeline to a vast constituency of Canadians who instinctively understood that their state broadcaster and its clones were lying to them. Despite the laudable efforts of outlets like Rebel News, Truth North and The Western Standard, most skeptical viewers lacked the ammunition to fire back at them—or the dupes in their social network who parrot CBC talking points. Blood relatives being the most notorious of them.

“Moreover, many of the American commentators that Carlson hosted—people like Victor David Hanson or Heather McDonald or Dr. Scott Atlas for example—articulated views that resonated with Canadian patriots.  They helped us understand that while we are nationalists, we are part of a transnational movement. Brothers in Arms. We differ on several issues, but we are in unison on the ones that count most.

“That being the case, those patriots who love liberty must take an interest in the struggles of patriots in other lands, especially the lands closest to theirs, geographically, ethnically or culturally.  Their tribulations are ours as well. What happens to Tucker Carlson or Mark Steyn or Christine Anderson matters to us, even if some of us have not heard of some of them.

“The question is, how can we help each other? What can we do, as Canadians, to send Fox News a message? How can we offset the loss of Carlson’s show with gains on other fronts?

“I didn’t know what to do with my anger. I cursed. I kicked the chair. Then I stormed outside,  grabbed an axe and took it out on logs that needed chopping. Venting pent up rage in such a manner is both understandable and forgivable.  But it’s a temporary fix, and it doesn’t punish our oppressors or hit them where it hurts them the most.

“In fact, the wisest of their strategists know that providing harmless outlets for discontent serve them best.  By allowing us to let off steam they can better manage us, and by obliging them in that fashion we in effect become our own controlled opposition. Keyboard warriors too often think that simulating action with online rants is equivalent to actual action.

“But merely writing about our predicament and leaving it at that accomplishes little .  As our Marxist foes remind us, understanding the world does not change it. It is about praxis, comrades. praxis. If you can’t get out on the street and demonstrate, or run for office, or launch a petition, you can at least financially contribute to those who do.  Now of course there are dozens of causes that warrant financial support, and those of little means or scarce dollars like me cannot help them all. But we must help some, even if in small amounts.

“An hour after splitting wood and clearing up debris from our last mega-storm, I was physically exhausted. So, I went inside and went to my computer, found the website of the United Conservative Party of Alberta, and then made a donation to their campaign war chest. We can’t vote our way out of this global mess, but we must at least hold the line while we can.

“Premier Danielle Smith and her party are the only governing politicians left to defend our fortress. She is not a messiah and doesn’t cover all policy bases or match all of our views.  But she is fighting for our most basic liberties. Freedom of speech, the right to make our own medical choices without coercion, and provincial sovereignty are most salient. You know she is on the right track when you take notice of who is more hysterically determined to bring her down.  The rule is, if CBC journalists want to destroy you, your cause is righteous.

“Alberta is our Alamo, and we can’t afford to surrender it. Daniel Smith must be re-elected.   Do it for Alberta. Do it for Canada. And do it in honor of Tucker Carlson’s accomplishments.”

As for this journalist, for the life of me, I do not understand why the liberals are trying to destroy America. They are undermining the Constitution at every juncture.  They are turning our kids against our flag, against our cultural values and against everything that has made America the most successful country in history.  If we keep traveling on this lawless, ruthless and treacherous path, I fear for our children. I fear for our viability as a civilization.  If we keep making more “Detroit, Michigan”  cities as we’re seeing in LA, NYC, Chicago, San Francisco, St. Louis, New Orleans—we are in for a horribly rough ride.

Example here in Denver this week, three teens threw rocks at passing cars.  One rock hit the windshield of a very attractive high school girl, Alexa Bartell. Killed her, instantly.  They go to prison and she’s dead. What’s wrong with Generation X, Z, Trans, et al.?

We need Tucker Carlson because few other journalists possess the courage, the guts and the voice to inform Americans and Canadians.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Why Do They Want These Things?

By Lee Duigon

April 27, 2023

I’ve been asking this question for quite a while, and I’m still waiting for an answer. All these crazy, self-destructive public policies—why does anybody want them?

Okay—let’s bring drag queens into public schools, libraries, YMCAs, and everywhere else we can get into, and have them interact with, oh, five and six-year-old kiddies. We are talking about men who feel compelled to pose as bizarre caricatures of women. And we’re holding them up to children as… role models? As what?

Why do you “progressives” want this? In what way is it desirable?

Let’s use the public schools to encourage children to clamor for “gender reassignment”—‘cause they’re born into the wrong bodies, don’t you know—but we can fix that with puberty-blocking drugs and irreversible surgery—and let’s try real hard to conceal this caper from the children’s parents. We don’t really expect the parents not to notice, and they’ll probably object—but that’s why we have the FBI, isn’t it? With any luck, every kid we touch will become a lifelong medical patient (millions and millions of dollars for their (ahem!) doctors)… and sterile, too. They’ll never be able to have children of their own.

Why do you want this?

And by all means, let’s have lots and lots of censorship! Why should anyone who disagrees with us be allowed to say things in the social media? They think they can bad-mouth the government, the universities, the woke corporations—well, maybe they’d better think again. After all, anyone who’s not a Democrat, an atheist, or queer is, like, totally wrong and shouldn’t be heard from anymore. Why even have an Internet, if people are going to go there just to say wrong things?

Why do you want this?

One of the truly great things about China is that there’s only one political party. How great is that? Imagine how simple our politics would be if anyone who stood up to The Regime got tossed into a prison camp. We’re making progress in that direction, indicting Donald Trump and all, but there’s still a long way to go. Shouldn’t a politician who stands for wrong and evil things, like conservatism, wind up in jail if he loses an election? But if there was only one party, the Democrat Party, that you could vote for—well, then, the right people would win: all the time.

Why do you want this?

And why shouldn’t the FBI spy on and intimidate parents who don’t like some of their local school board’s policies? Who do they think they are? School board members are infinitely smarter and better and cooler than all those stupid parents. Aren’t they entitled to a silent compliance? And while we’re on the subject of school boards, of course we should let them—encourage them, even—stir up racial animosities! Why even be an educator, if you can’t make people hate and fear each other? How else is The Party supposed to stay in power? Divide and rule, baby!

Why in the world do you want this?

We’ve only mentioned five of these wonderful policies that people should just shut up about and obey the government, and there are so many more—letting men compete in women’s sports, refusing to prosecute criminals, banning gas stoves, lockdowns, wiping out our nation’s borders, handing out college degrees in ridiculous pseudo-subjects, etc., etc. This is what Fundamental Transformation’s all about! This is why we have a Democrat Party. This is the legacy of the Obama presidency, and the mission of Joe Biden’s.

(Why, why, why would you ever want any of it?)

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week at my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Drop in for a visit—while it’s still alive. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




The Real Tucker Carlson Scandal

By Cliff Kincaid

April 27, 2023

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

Many conservatives are despondent over Tucker Carlson’s firing. But they should wipe away their tears. Tucker used his show to promote some conservative causes, but he also spent a lot of time hyping inane and bizarre stories about UFOs, animal rights, and the virtues of conservative homosexuals. He even aired a show about cattle mutilations, supposedly committed by outer space aliens. The promo showed a cow being sucked up into a flying saucer.

“Tens of thousands of animals found dead, mutilated, and gutted,” said the Fox promo. “Who is doing it and why? In this shocking episode, Tucker searches for answers…”

What he was searching for were gullible viewers, willing to believe anything.

He pushed hot buttons and threw red meat, all of it designed to attract viewers and make money for Fox. I salute his coverage of the January 6 “insurrection,” demonstrating through the film footage released to him by House Speaker Kevin McCarthy that law enforcement authorities orchestrated or encouraged the attack on the Capitol. It was entrapment, designed to discredit the Trump movement.

But airing a show like this, while padding it with insights from People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA), demonstrated he was not a serious conservative.

In the latest such example, he interviewed PETA Director of Outreach Ashley Byrne “to discuss New York City’s rat problem, why humans are to blame and how to get it under control.”

Clearly, Tucker was making lots of money for the Murdochs before the Dominion lawsuit hit, with discovery in the proceedings exposing his double-talk about Trump and his supporters. Anyone reading the internal emails and text messages from within Fox had to admit that leading personalities like Tucker were two-faced and insincere.

Nobody with serious conservative credentials could defend Carlson in the wake of those embarrassing disclosures.

Equally important, on one issue where he remained steadfast and apparently serious, he became a vocal opponent of Ukraine’s ability to defend itself against Russia, and was compared to Walter Duranty, the former New York Times correspondent who whitewashed Stalin’s crimes against Ukraine when it was a Soviet republic.

No legitimate conservative would excuse or rationalize the mass murder of tens of thousands of Ukrainians.

Coming less than a week after the Dominion settlement, in which Fox paid $787 million, the timing of the firing of Tucker Carlson raises important questions. His double-talk about Trump and Trump supporters, as revealed in the Dominion suit, meant that Fox could not afford to go forward with the case and do damage control after Tucker’s predictable melt-down on the witness stand.

But the other important firing was that of the Fox News Senior Executive Producer of Tucker Carlson Tonight and Vice President of Tucker Carlson Digital Products, a defendant described in another on-going lawsuit as “the powerful gay man” behind the show an identified as Justin Wells.

The other lawsuit involves Tucker and this (former) producer, accused by his former head of booking, Abby Grossberg, of helping create a hostile work environment that included disparaging remarks about women and minorities.

The producer has defended himself in the past, in the face of criticism by the homosexual movement, by re-tweeting a statement that read, in part, “…under his vision, Tucker Carlson tonight boasts a heavy rotation of popular LGBT guests.”

This is true. Indeed, Tucker featured “Gays against Groomers,” an attempt to differentiate gays from gay predators. The “Gays Against Groomers” founder, Jaimee Michell, was on Tucker’s show, treated with kid gloves.

But Tucker was not alone in going soft on the gays. Richard Grenell , who is openly gay, was hired by Newsmax, a competitor to Fox, as a vice-president, “national security contributor” and “executive for international partnerships,” whatever that means.

The former Acting Director of National Intelligence, Grenell’s interview on the topic of Gay Pride 2020 is still available on the intelligence agency website, where he describes working with the Harvey Milk Foundation to launch global campaigns to decriminalize homosexual activity. This started under Trump.

Grenell said, “I am incredibly proud to work with my friend Stuart Milk. Stuart’s energy and personality inspires me. Our work to decriminalize homosexuality around the world is a monumental task.”

I don’t know why Newsmax has decided to go in a gay-friendly direction, an approach on a global level which strikes conservative Christians as Marxist imperialism. But it will not endear these concerned citizens with a nice feeling about the channel. It’s a bad move when the channel is trying to sound more conservative than Fox.

I wrote a February 18 column, “Fire Tucker Carlson and Don Lemon,” which has now come to pass on the same day. In my view, Tucker went over the edge with his promotion of a communist rally against Ukraine in Washington, D.C. His denigration of the fight for freedom in Ukraine, in the face of a brutal Russian invasion, is just unconscionable. He has openly complained about alleged NSA surveillance of his personal communications.

But the Abby Grossberg suit may have been what caused the Murdochs to fire Tucker Carlson and his producer. Fox News denies the allegations but the suit is still outstanding.

Glenn Beck says Tucker’s firing is “a dark day for the conservative movement,” adding, “We’re looking at the death of Fox News.”

Beck knows better than this. Once a host on the channel, he was fired by Fox after exposing George Soros. If Fox died, it died years ago.

The channel has always been about making money, but has gone through a series of sex scandals involving its founder, Roger Ailes, and one of its stars, Bill O’Reilly. It looks like another scandal with sexual or sexist overtones is in the making. This seems to be the real reason, on top of the Dominion disclosures, why Tucker had to go.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Time For The Pundits to Explain the Big Ruse

By Jeffery Dover

April 26, 2023

Day in and day out, we are inundated with articles and video about what is “wrong” in our country.  Ground breaker in talk radio, Rush Limbaugh made millions telling us about it.  Presumably it’s equally lucrative for people like Hannity and Levin – not to mention many others.  Is it just for the money?  Are they being honest with us?  I don’t think so.  Otherwise, they would make sure we all understood the Big Ruse.

What are conservative pundits really about?  Are they really about solutions?  When one has a plumbing problem, does one merely say “Oh, looks like the toilet is overflowing.  Yes, it certainly is overflowing.  Look!  Now there’s water on the floor.  Um, and it’s getting deep.  Looks like it could go into the living room.  Yes, it has reached the living room and it’s soaking that Persian rug…” and so on?  Or does one say “The toilet’s overflowing.  Quick, close the supply valve!”?  Isn’t the latter more likely the response?  Our pundits go on and on and on about what’s wrong in America…but does one ever hear them saying what to do about it? It seems that they’re perfectly willing to let the water run and merely converse about it, explaining everything it is doing but making no suggestions as to how to stop it.

Shouldn’t “what to do about it” be obvious by now?  Let’s look at those things which we have done, as conservatives, to effect a comeback to our nation’s founding principles and ideals which absolutely has not worked:

We have believed in and voted Republican time and time again.  Each time we tell ourselves that “this time they won’t pull away the football!”

It is “solutions” which are lacking, not analysis.  Prior to Limbaugh, we had only the few tepid views of “conservatism” which the liberal media would allow to be aired while literally everything else was wrapped in strong Leftist bias.  That was more than thirty years ago.  Today is a much different time.  We now know beyond any reasonable doubt what is wrong.  It’s past time for solutions.

In 2016 America elected Donald Trump and his “MAGA” agenda.  People who opposed his bid called him a “populist”, a term used to describe a politician who intends to represent the will of the people within the confines of the US constitution.  Of course, in using that term, they separated the populist from the non-populist politicians who had no intention of representing the will of their voters.

The GOP congress squashed Trump’s agenda, their own voters’ agenda.  With no support in any of his agenda items from the GOP-controlled congress, the president nonetheless managed to keep the United States out of the Paris Accord and its statutory assault on American sovereignty.  His refusal of the Trans Pacific Partnership killed that attack on US sovereignty and industry as well.  Americans, wanting the return to the nation’s roots, had seen president Trump as a vehicle for that return, passing over the usual GOP suspects in the primary.  Completely ignoring that fact, the GOP congress went on to defeat both the president and their own voters.  They not only pulled away the football, leaving us on our backs, but they threw the ball away as well.

What is it that the pundits don’t get about all this?  For all their powers of observation, for all their calls for “conservatism” and “patriotism”, for all their leads into the halls of power whence comes their information, what do they not understand about “solutions”?  It’s as plain as day that “voting Republican” isn’t a solution.  Yet, if anything, that’s what the pundits preach or suggest, if not straight forwardly.

Are the pundits blind to the fact that there has been no movement whatever away from those things which they decry?  Are they ignorant of the fact that there has been no movement toward anything resembling founding ideals?  Are they really motivated by turning the country around or are they only there for the money and the fame?

Do pundits ever wonder why the GOP members of congress who appear to be honest don’t publicly call out those who demonstrably are not ?  Why don’t the pundits call for those members of congress to tell their voters who those dishonest types are and what they are doing?  Journalist and book author Peter Schweizer knows, as many others do too.  If he knows, then those sitting in congress know.

Why aren’t our reps telling us “I really wanted XYZ bill introduced and passed, but the House Speaker said that ABCD Corp. and Joe Blow Elite opposed it and they spend $20 million a year with us, so no dice.”  Voters do not get the information they need from members of congress. When one writes to their representative about a policy question, one only gets a bland, form letter and usually no response which directly addresses the question posed.  Why aren’t the pundits telling us these things, using their pulpits to demand that those in congress answer us?

That pundits now need to offer solutions is not meant to say that analysis should be totally abandoned in favor of chasing remedies.  There’s room for both – and we need both, as circumstances are always evolving.  However, we need for people to recognize that the GOP is not the answer we are looking for.  It cannot be that answer, for if it was, our return would already be well underway if not complete.

In previous articles I’ve spoken of the need for a fighting force for our side in congress.  Because we have none, and no one can claim with any credibility that we do, why is there such reluctance to create it?  Where is it even being discussed in any meaningful numbers?

Why aren’t the pundits telling us that the GOP has proven beyond doubt that we don’t need them?  Who created the party anyway?  It was people like us!  What makes us think that we have to be stuck with and live by their rules?  Let’s create our own organization, as they created theirs.  Let’s run it by our rules, very different rules, not by their rules.  Why aren’t the pundits who make millions from our patronage, urging us that way? Are they unable to think outside the box?

The realization that we are without effective representation is no secret — yet our answer it seems, is to keep doing the same thing while the country descends into some dystopia.  That’s redolent of a familiar definition of insanity.  Bearing in mind that “hope” is not a strategy, isn’t it time for action instead?  Isn’t it time to take a different action?

Of course, when we finally come to that decision, the naysayers will be front and center.  They are never absent, never on vacation, alert 24/7 and always ready to say “you can’t do that”, “It will never happen” or “you’re doomed to failure”.  They’ll trot out any number of “reasons” to support their negativity, their “can’t do” spirit.  I like to call such people “sessile”, a marine biology term meaning “attached to the bottom” or just “permanently attached” to a base.  History usually proves such people, devoid of imagination and ignorant of history, to be wrong.  They are the same as those who insisted that the earth was flat, that the sun and the universe revolved around Earth or those who said that the Colonies would never defeat England.  Then there are those whose only purpose is to defend the status quo.  It’s not that they fear that we will fail.  They fear that we will succeed!

Our defeat of the British in the American Revolution illustrates the fact that you don’t even have to be especially good to win!  However, to win, you must make the attempt.  You’ve got to put yourself out there.  You must also have a formula which will work when you do win.  The patriots of 1776 put themselves out there and got lucky.  They also had a winning formula to implement following their unlikely victory.

We don’t have to go to war first to put together a winning formula!  It’s time to reject the Republican Party which has failed to work for its voters.  Because its very structure permits our opposition to work within it, it will always fail for us.  That they intend to represent us faithfully is merely a now tired ruse, which has played out for a long time. It’s also time for the pundits to explain to their audiences why a new party is needed and how it should be formed to prevent deviation from the goals which must be achieved to put the United States back on a winning, totally sovereign track where the individual and individual prerogatives are once again free from excessive control by a federal machine.  By all means, vote for Republicans while it’s being built, but be sure to build the new force!

C’mon Tucker, Levin, Hannity, Savage, Bongino, Ingraham and the rest of you guys!  Start working on the solution!  The GOP isn’t it.  One of its own senators, Hawley, said as much.  Then watch those who actually follow through suddenly get screams to stop from the neocons and the globalist Left.  Those Leftists/Laissez Faire types will suddenly begin to preach, in effect, “Save the GOP!” They know very well that a new party will completely destroy their ruse, their means of control…and there, friends, will be the last bit of proof of that Big Ruse which keeps us heading into dystopia.

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




The Unthinkable Has Happened

By Pastor Glynn Adams

April 26, 2023

“The kings of the earth set themselves and the rulers take counsel together against the LORD and against His Anointed, sayng, ”Let us break their bonds in pieces and cast away their cords from us.’”

What has happened in our nation since the late 1800s is exactly what our Founding Fathers feared the most – a big, intrusive totalitarian government!  How this happened is not hard to understand if you have been paying attention to what has been going on in our nation.  Over the years many progressive Marxists have published books explaining in detail how they would accomplish such a feat.  Any college student in our universities has been approached or been indoctrinated and enlisted in the New World Order Revolution going on in our nation.

Our Founding Fathers gave us a Republic – a self-government system but to maintain this Republic you must have citizens who are virtuous, righteous, and a working knowledge of the Constitution and the Word of God.  The citizens would have freedom – to do as we ought to do but not total freedom to do whatever we want to do.  Obedience to God and His ways and to love your neighbor as you love yourself.  Of course, most of our pastors and our religion is false and our children are no longer allowed to pray, read God’s Word, and post the Ten Commandments and our Constitution and Bill of Rights have not been taught in our schools since the 50s and we refuse to resist the evil before us so it is no surprise we would become a pagan nation.  So get prepared to cast our demons from church folks and citizens!!!

How did they capture our nation and move us from a Christian world view to an intrusive totalitarian government?   Klaus Schwab and his World Economic Forum go back to Nimrod and the demonic occults and pagan gods that are so numerous in this nation and Europe.  They have used the Marxists Ideology system to accomplish the capture of this nation because when it is implemented in a nation, it will change the thinking of a nation very quickly.  This “shadow government” of wealthy elitists in international banking, politics, media, and industry is behind these efforts to create a demonic New World Globalist government, monetary system, and universal world religion.

These experts and esoteric researchers claim that the Illuminati, the pop culture moniker for the elite and their interlocking networks of transnational corporations, international banks, government agencies, think tanks, foundations, and secret societies – are behind the push of our American culture to create a global government, economy, and religious system not seen since the Tower of Babel.  The inner core – the Committee of 300 is a highly organized secret society with tentacles reaching into every level of government of the world, backed and run by men of the highest education and intelligence, with vast resources at their disposal.

These elites have thousands of foot soldiers (useful idiots) that implemented the changes in America.  Alice Bailey wrote 24 books totaling thousands of pages written under the direction of a spiritual guide somewhere in the demonic spirit world.  She wrote that in the future, words would be about socialism, collectivism or group thinking – not about individualism or dissent.  Friedrich Nietzsche gave America postmodernism that holds that truth and reality are created by man and not by God, that something is true if it works for you.  Postmodernism is a dominant worldview in America today largely because Friedrich Nietzsche is one of the most widely read authors on college campuses.  His war on Christianity in America and his influence in the false interpretation of Scripture is very evident in our churches today.

The Frankfurt School, a Marxists think tank directly connected to Karl Marx.  They begin the war on Christianity, the war on the family, the education of our children.  The original strategy to destroy America came from Communists Antonio Gramsci who realized in order to win a Socialists victory, cultural institutions would have to be infiltrated and subverted.  Gramsci realized that America was steeped in traditions of freedom and liberty would never succumb to a frontal assault.

Gramsci wrote eloquently of a “quiet” revolution – one that would transform a culture from within by changing the basic worldview of each and every institution in society.  He also cautioned that this revolution would be “a long march through the institutions”, not a blitzkrieg of change.  So clear was his strategic thinking that Gramsci targeted Christianity specifically as the greatest philosophical adversary along the way.  These people expected pushback but the pastors and church slept through it all!!!!

Betty Friedan gave us feminism and her organization gave us the warfare against the masculine gender.  The idea was to change men from an authoritarian personality to a more docile and submissive personality – to wit feminize men.  Betty Friedan was the co-founder of the National Organization for Women (NOW), a radical feminists’ organization.  They fought for change in divorce laws and illegitimacy to undercut the family and she led women to challenge men for leadership.

Then there was Saul Alinsky, a disciple of Gramsci.  Alinsky detailed the need to penetrate the middle class and re-organize from within.  Alinsky articulated tactics for infiltrating every conceivable social institution, including churches.   Alinsky betrays the secret that the globalist’s vision is threaded through a diverse assembly of influencers; thanks to a strategy created by the devil himself.  It explains their hatred of Christians and the biblical worldview.  It also reaffirms the point that we are in a spiritual battle and the prize is hearts and minds.  The pastors and church still has not responded to this war of destruction!!!!

Alinsky says that only one thing is important to build the mass power base of what he calls the army.  Until he has developed that mass power base, he confronts no major issues.  Until he has those means and power instruments, his “tactics” are very different from power tactics.  Therefore, every move revolves around one central point:  how many recruits will this bring into the organization, whether by means of local organizations, churches, service groups, labor unions, corner gangs, or as individuals….. Change comes from power and power comes from organization.

We see no war, we have no army, we make disciples of our religious systems, and we have no organization and no plan and therefore no power.  I have discovered through painful interviews with pastors that many evangelical pastors are among the most uneducated men I know when it comes to understanding the times, the worldviews of our enemy, and the philosophies ruling our day and how to biblically destroy arguments raised up against the knowledge of God in 2 Corinthians 10:3.

Since the late 60s and into the 80s, the Marxists were creating crisis after crisis.  They had the God is dead movement, the feminists’ movement, the war on the male gender, the gay agenda, the war on our culture, the war on marriage, the war on our children in reference to immorality, the war on education, a war on our history, a war on our Constitution, a war against capitalism, the war on the institutions in our nation, and the war on the churches.  They were relentless to find creative ways to assault our Christian values and pollute our culture and the church remained neutral, apathetic, and silent. Another problem we had with pastors and church members in the early 80s, is they saw all this as a “fade” that would pass.  They refused to listen as we told them this was a deliberate, planned, systematic attack on Christianity and our nation.  Pastors and church members saw each individual crisis as individual events that had no connection to one another.  They just could not “connect the dots.”  I found it amazing just how religious people were and the level of deception (brainwashing).  It was a sad day for those of us who were on the front lines in battle against this demonic enemy while the pastors and churches mocked us – “there are no Marxists in America!!! – you are radicals outside the mainstream of Christianity!!”

Absolutely nothing has changed with our pastors and church members since the early 80s.  These evil cabals of Alkisky and company have made more disciples than the church in America has made and they have influenced more citizens for evil than Christians have for good!!!  They have put hundreds of thousands of disciples on the streets in America and have graduated millions of students from our public schools and universities that willingly carry out the order from their Marxists masters to further degrade this nation!!!

As a result the Marxist ideology continues to advance in America.  Their army of warriors and change agents are everywhere influencing the culture and they can gather a crowd in a moment’s notice to protest and intimidate Christians or whoever needs intimidating.    They have a plan and are unified and the churches in America have not learned what you can accomplish in unity and one accord.

These God hating revolutionaries have clearly beat the American Church at their game.  Christians are supposed to be learners of Christ and His ways and Jesus gave us all power and authority to go into our nation making disciples, teaching them to observe all things Jesus commanded us and to influence our culture from the ways of Satan to the ways of God.  It is clear Christians have not done this because the God haters has influenced this nation and are making disciples of many of our citizens and especially our children and they have changed this nation from a God worldview to a Satanist world view.  .

What else can I say?   Out of the mouth of Karl Marx, Saul Alinsky, Nietzsche, Antonio Gramsci and the Frankfurt School it should be noted that each man who were disciples of the Marxist Ideology because it changes a nation’s thinking very quickly also studied the Bible.  They quickly noted the church in America was disobedient and was not seriously teaching the Biblical life of God but were apathetic, asleep, and very passive.  Even Carl Marx noted “we know it is impossible to change a nation that is following and obedient to their God and living by His ways.  Therefore we shall infiltrate and subvert the American culture and one day their nation will fall like ripe fruit from a tree.”

Is America’s sun beginning to set?  “Men, like nations, think they are eternal.   In the springtime of youth, an endless summer beckons.  As you pass 70, it is harder to hide from reality, as you lose friends and relatives.  Nations also have seasons.  Imagine a Roman of the 2nd century contemplating an empire that stretched from Britain to the near East thinking, “This will endure forever.”  Forever was about 500 years.  Not bad but gone!!!

France was pivotal in the 17th and 18th centuries but is now becoming a Muslim nation.  In the 19th and early 20th centuries, the sun never set on the British Empire and in the 1980s, Japan seemed poised to buy the world.  Today its low birth rate and aging population, an industry exists to remove the elderly who die alone.  In 1945 at the midpoint of the 20th century, America’s prestige and influence were never greater.  Thanks to the “Greatest Generation” we won a World War, reduced Germany to ruble and put the “rising sun” to bed.  We build skyscrapers and sent rockets to the moon and had unprecedented prosperity..

But where is the glory that once was America’s?  We have moved from a free economy to socialism, which has not worked anywhere in this world.  We have gone from a republic guided by our Constitution to a regime of revolting New World Order elites.  We have less freedoms with each passing year.  Like a signpost to the coming “reign of terror”, the cancel culture is everywhere.  We have traded the American Revolution for the Cultural Revolution.” (America’s Setting Sun” Author unknown)

A book all military leaders study is by Sun Tzu, “The Art of War.”  Sun Tzu says, “if you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the results of a hundred battles.  If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will also suffer a defeat.  If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle.  He also said if you are not prepared for war, you will lose.”

During World War II, American General George Patton was to face Germany’s Field Marshall Rommel in a critical tank battle for the first time.  Field Marshall Rommel was known throughout the world for his expertise in tank warfare and had written a book on tank warfare tactics some years before the war.  The battle was fought and General Patton destroyed the tanks and forces of Field Marshall Rommel.  As General Patton was looking through his binoculars at the devastation of the German forces, he said, “Rommel, you magnificent bastard, I READ YOUR BOOK!!!!!”

In America, we have an enemy working to destroy us; we are neither prepared and, we do not know who we are in Christ or as citizens.  We do not know our enemy and way too many see no war at all and are unprepared.   Look at the books our enemies have written telling us what they were going to do in America but many have not “read the books.”

This war we are in is no “fade” but a planned systematic warfare on our nation and if we do not make an effort to understand what they are doing, who they are, and how they are doing it, we shall continue to move away from God and more judgment and the loss of everything we hold dear in this nation.  I have attempted to explain the best I can what is going on and why and who!!  Frankfurt School, Saul Alinsky, Antonio Gramsci, Betty Friedan, Klaus Schwab you magnificent bastards, “I READ YOUR BOOKS!!!!!”

God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Brannon Howse, Religious Trojan Horse, Joel C. Rosenberg, Implosion, Joshua Charles, Liberty’s Secrets, and others too numerous to name)

© 2023 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




This Is ALL Government Sponsored, & So Are The Death Threats…

By Bradlee Dean

April 26, 2923

“Where there is darkness, crimes will be committed.  The guilty one is not merely he who commits the crime, but he who caused (Or allowed) the darkness.”

If you have not yet understood who is behind all of this immorality, debauchery and abominable activity being pushed upon the people in this country, you need look no further than the government that the people have allowed (Psalm 94:20; Amos 3:3).

Friends, this is a mere exhibition of those who are behind the scenes.  These are the ones that mean to bear rule over the American people (John 8:44).

Above are American military heads, abominable men dressed as women (Deuteronomy 22:5).

The Child Trafficking Documentary Some In Congress Did Not Want You to See

Not only are they advocating the unthinkable, but now they are even calling forth what they call “transgenders” to incite murder against those that would oppose them in their criminal efforts (John 10:10).

AOC Caught Using Burner Account To Incite ‘Unhinged’ Trans Person To Murder Conservative People

“Kill Everyone Now!” Wyoming Rep Posts Video/Picture Calling For Murder Of Those Opposing Trans-Delusional Agenda

If you are wondering why the Supreme Court is refusing to enforce the law against these said crimes, simply look to who the government appointed to the bench, none other than Elena Kagan.

[Rumble Video]

Also, look to the politicians that have been exposed for their crimes, by name, against children and in some cases, their own.

[Rumble Video]

In conclusion: Friends, Robert Kennedy was right when he said:

“Every time we turn our heads the other way when we see the law flouted-when we tolerate what we know to be wrong-when we close our eyes and ears to the corrupt because we are too busy, or too frightened-when we fail speak to speak up and speak out-we strike a blow against freedom and decency and justice.”

In other words, for us to stand down on these crimes indicates that we are just as guilty as those who are advocating for them.

These criminals need to be brought to justice.  Mercy to the wicked is cruelty to the innocent (Proverbs 17:15).  Enough!

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Web of Dystopian Tyranny, Part 2 – The Medical Industrial Complex

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 25, 2023

The Medical Industrial Complex

“The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining super capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control…. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.” —Congressman Larry P. McDonald, 1976, allegedly killed in Korean Airlines 747, purportedly shot down by the Soviets

Communism is the final logic of the dehumanization of man. The industrial civilization of the Western world has no intent to destroy man’s freedom or to deny his personality. But Communism does. Denying God, it reduces man to a robot.  —Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen

Today we are engaged in a final, all-out battle between communistic atheism and Christianity. The modern champions of communism have selected this as the time, and ladies and gentlemen, the chips are down, they are truly down.  —Joseph McCarthy, US Senator and Communist Hunter, 1950

When the road looks rough ahead, remember the Man Upstairs and the word, Hope.  Hang onto both and tough it out.  —John Wayne

A few months ago, I went to a new physical therapist and asked at the end of the first session why she and all the other therapists were masked up. She said because the flu, Covid and RSV were going around. I told her there have been 45 years of mask studies, one even completed by Stanford in 2020, that state they are worthless and actually harmful. She said, “Oh no, Knoxville had a drop in C-19 when we were forced to wear masks, and I’ve had five C-19 shots.”

I got up from the table and told her, “Then I won’t be back because your stupidity could actually hurt me.” I forgot to cancel the next appointment and before I did, the secretary called me and told me that my PT was out sick. I said, “That’s not surprising,” and cancelled all appointments.

This is the state of our Medical Industrial Complex today. Total compliance!

The Enemy

The world is divided into two parts, the Communist world and the non-Communist world.  The non-Communist world is the target.  Communist ideologies are completely contrary to those of our Judeo-Christian civilization.  It is by their motto, “the end justifies the means” that Communists rationalize, without any qualms of conscience, every inhumane and perverse act of cruelty imaginable. Link.

The medical industrial complex is now run by globalist depopulation and eugenics advocates, i.e., the United Nations, Schwab, Harari, Gates, the World Health Organization, the FDA, CDC, NIH and others. They are hellbent on controlling the entire population of the world, or what will be left of it after the majority of humanity has expired from their lethal mRNA Spike Proteins.

It looks like we can’t win a fight with America’s enemies, and yet we must.  In a life and death encounter, we know surrender is death.  If you don’t fight the ocean current, you drown.  If you quit running from a fire, you die.  If you don’t fight the bad guys, you get torn apart.

So, what will it be America?

Better to die on your feet than live on your knees.

First, The Good News

Informed Consent Action Network (ICAN) attorneys have won religious exemption to vaccination in Mississippi for school children.  ICAN secured an historic and critical win with a ruling from the bench following an evidentiary hearing, where a federal court has ruled that the First Amendment requires that, by July 15, 2023, the State of Mississippi afford its residents a religious exemption for their children to attend school without one or more state mandated vaccines!

As initially reported on December 20, 2021, ICAN’s legal team, led by Aaron Siri, prevailed in the San Diego Superior Court, striking down San Diego’s Covid-19 vaccine school mandate.

It was Aaron Siri who pursued a lawsuit against the FDA to release the interim documents that Pfizer created as part of its rollout of the mRNA injections.  These documents showed what happened to people when they were injected.  The judge who heard the case was asked by the FDA to keep the documents hidden for 75 years.  The judge said no and the documents were released.

Those Pfizer documents contain evidence of the greatest crime against humanity.  The documents proved that the “vaccines” were a failure and that the third largest side effect of the jabs’ failure is COVID.

In January of 2023, ICAN, through its attorneys, sent a letter to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) demanding an explanation for its inexplicable decision to broaden the heart health parameters for pilots.

ICAN will now fund any legal challenge to every single state that mandates its students to receive a COVID-19 vaccine and will continue to be on the frontlines defending your civil rights!

With the medical industrial complex advocating mRNA jabs for all hogs, cattle and chickens, there is an urgency in growing your own vegetables and canning them.  However, there are places available to purchase meat that is free of growth hormones, antibiotics and mRNA injections.

Alderspring Ranch carries a variety of pure wholesome beef, pork and lamb without the negative additions.  Check out their website, as they have weekly specials.

Melaleuca’s Riverbend Ranch is another source for excellent beef.  Join Melaleuca.com.

The C-19 injections contain Spike Proteins (SP), mRNA and lipid nanoparticles covered in polyethylene glycol which is a petroleum product.  None of these contents are good for the human body.  That is why so many are working to save those who took any number of these injections.

There is hope.

To cleanse your body of that evil, please visit FLCCC.net and click on Treatment Protocols, then on I-Recover, Post Vaccine Treatment.

Dr. Peter McCullough’s Substack page shows Nattokinase eliminates the SP.  He sells Nattokinase through “The Wellness Company,” but it can also be purchased on the web.  Required dosage is 2000 FU, and $30.00 will purchase 270 capsules.

Naomi Wolf at Hillsdale

In her speech to Hillsdale College, Naomi Wolf exposed the Pfizer documents Aaron Siri was instrumental in getting released.  Both the FDA and Pfizer knew the dangers of the injections prior to their documents being released to the public.

Naomi stated, “It’s not even the deaths, it’s not even the disabilities, but in the center of these documents, there is literally a Mengele type experiment at a grand scale on human reproduction.  It was a 360-degree experiment on how to disrupt and impair human reproduction.

“Women were told not to get pregnant, but out of the 270 women who did get pregnant, Pfizer lost 234 of the records they were to keep, which is illegal.  Of the 36 women left, over 80% of them lost their babies by spontaneous abortion or miscarriage.”

Naomi Wolf explained, “This is a bioweapon and we’re under attack.”

But wait!  Guess who helped to make those billions of vials of poison injected into humans from two months old to the 90-year-old nursing home patients?

A German company made the Pfizer injections, but that’s not the whole truth.

Naomi told her Hillsdale audience, “Pfizer is a German-Chinese company and their subsidiary, BioNTech, which they purchased right before the pandemic, is a German-Chinese company.  BioNTech signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with Fosun Pharmaceuticals in 2021.  Fosun Pharma is wholly owned by the Chinese Communist Party. It is one of the biggest pharmaceutical companies in China.  Every corporation in China is run by and answers to the CCP.  So, it’s nonsense for Dr. Fauci to think that Wuhan is a bunch of independent scientists scampering along doing nice things for America.  They’re run by the CCP and the People’s Liberation Army of China.

“Fosun Pharma, whose CEO is a senior official in the CCP, didn’t just sign an MOU with BioNTech.  But in 2021, if you look at the SEC filing, which is our stock exchange filing for BioNTech, it shows a 100% completed tech transfer of the technology, the IP, from BioNTech to China.  Right now, in 2023, if you get a Pfizer injection, you’re getting an injection whose IP (An IP can mean the formula that they’re using; it can mean the data harvested from using it; it can mean the manufacturing process; or any of those), all of which is owned by China now when it goes into your American body.”

Included in her hour-long speech was her statement regarding shedding.  She said, “In the Pfizer documents, Pfizer defined exposure to the vaccine as skin contact, inhalation and sexual intercourse especially at conception.”

Babies born to vaccinated mother are showing chromosomal abnormalities.

Her entire speech is exceptional; please take the time to watch it.

False Shepherds

It appalled me that Franklin Graham told people, “If Jesus were here, he’d support getting a COVID ‘vaccine.’”  I highly doubt that, but what happened to Graham after he took the jabs?  He ended up with pericarditis and had to have surgery at Mayo Clinic.

The Southern Baptist Convention is urging an expansion of Red Flag laws.  I guess they don’t read their Bibles.

Walter Reed suddenly cancelled soldiers pastoral care for Catholics and replaced priests with woke secularists.

Many herald the C-19 jabs from their pulpits and their websites, telling people to make sure they’re “vaccinated.”

Others are silent about the evil facing humanity.

The Medical Industrial Complex

In February of 2022, I wrote an article about Dr. Richard Day and his 1969 speech to an audience of physicians.  Day was most likely involved in early plans to destroy America’s healthcare.  He told his audience they could not take notes or tape the speech, but Dr. Lawrence Dunegan went home and recorded everything he could remember.  Two of his three tapes were transcribed.  Their plans for healthcare are all but completed.  Please read the medical goals listed by Dr. Day in the above linked article.  They are shocking.

Was the CIA involved in planning this pandemic?  Yes!  Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.’s book, The Real Anthony Fauci, states that there were over 20 “pandemic” simulations beginning in 2000, and Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci and the CIA were involved in every one of them. “The CIA wrote the script, high-level CIA officials participated in every one of those pandemic simulations.”

Let’s face it!  Our entire government was in on the COVID scam including the eugenics, depopulation, propaganda and mainstream media promotion of these toxic injections.

Were we lied to about the number of deaths from COVID?  Yes!  Were the tests run at cycles too high to purposely show false positives? Yes!  Could someone pass the virus if asymptomatic? No!  Was social distancing valid?  No!  Were masks beneficial? No! Was the lockdown effective in stopping the viral spread?  No!

In fact, researchers are now claiming long COVID is caused from mask wearing.

Representative Thomas Massie (R-KY) has published leaked documents showing that primary care and family medicine doctors and others were bribed to recommend vaccinations for COVID-19 to their patients.

Have the AMA, CDC, FDA, NIH protocols saved patients?  Hell no! The dissident doctors, scientists and healthcare workers know there were repurposed drugs (inexpensive and available) that could have saved up to 86% of those who perished.

It is undeniable that in October of 2019, EVENT 201 Pandemic Simulation Exercise occurred, hosted by the Johns Hopkins Center for Public Security, in collaboration with the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum. It was planned and executed.

A million Americans died because of hospital protocols for COVID, and now more are dying from Big Pharma’s C-19 injections.

Lies, lies and more lies.

Now they want to know who did not comply with their propaganda.

In February of this year, National File reported that the federal government is tracking the unvaccinated or partially vaccinated with a special insurance code that is entered in your electronic medical file.

Ever think of lying to your physicians?

US Department of Defense

All of this was forecast years before the “gain of function” by our Department of Defense who decided we needed to join with the Chinese on bioweapons.

Sasha Latypova, who worked for pharmaceutical companies for over 25 years has exposed the US Department of Defense (DoD) involvement in the three-year nightmare of Sars-coV-2.  She revealed the DoD as the main player in the weaponization of the Wuhan vaccines, saying that it is in direct collusion with Big Pharma in faking clinical trials.

But it wasn’t just the DoD.  Latypova said the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) give different grants and contracts for the development of these kinds of things. “So, these contracts are all with DoD and BARDA as well as the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). They actually merge into the same organization and report to the executive branch of the government.”

In an excellent interview with Maria Zeee, Latypova goes on to talk about the filthy production conditions of the plants producing the C-19 injections and how a vaccine trial auditor was fired after reporting clinical trial fraud to the FDA.  Believe me people, the FDA has long been an enemy of the American people.

Conclusion

Investigative reporter, Leo Hohmann wrote that the US Senate declared the case closed on the origins of C-19, literally whitewashing the crime of the century.  Hohmann writes, “Once again, the U.S. government, investigating itself, withholds vital information from the American public.”

What our government did was join forces with the CCP to depopulate and cripple America, probably making her ripe for the Chinese invasion.

This is treason and murder.

The final part of this trilogy is about Medical Perversion.

Part 1, 2, 3, More Archives

© 2023 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




Really, What More to Say?

By Lex Greene

April 25, 2023

If you can see all of evil hell swirling all around you at this late date and still not get it, nothing I can say will change that. If you think you can defeat this evil divided, unfunded, distracted, and demoralized, while evil is entirely united and globally funded against you…nothing I say will change what you think, no matter how wrong you are.

If you think any political figure, any TV talking head, any scientist or doctor, all of whom lied to you about CV19 and their lethal fake “jabs” are going to save any of us, nothing I say will change your mind. You’re not living in reality.

If you think we have until 2025 and another stolen election in 2024 to stop the final destruction of the USA, nothing I say can jolt you awake. If you think political profiteers will help, wrong again.

In fact, nothing anyone says from this point on can change the course of history. All of us who write in a desperate attempt to “reach” you in every column or essay, are out of words. Anyone not already “reached” is “unreachable.” Anyone still not ready to stand together to defeat evil…will never be ready to stand together.

Everything that needs to be said has already been said… many times, by many writers, for many years.

There is a mountain of “actionable information” at your fingertips now, but none of it has caused anyone to take any appropriate actions on that information. More information will not change that.

The end of the USA is now near, and during the 40 years I have rang the liberty bell in an effort to wake up the “sleeping giant,” nothing by anyone has changed the course of history.

Let it be written that I never gave up on you or my country. But I can see now that the vast majority of you gave up a long time ago.

Nothing I can say will change this sad and demoralizing reality. Actionable information, we have. The will to live free, we do not have as of today.

Time for me to lay down my pen again… until the moment arrives when things are so bad, that you will have no choice but to stand together and fight for your own existence.

I cannot help people unwilling to help themselves, and neither can anyone else.

When America fails, it will not be the fault of politicians or globalists. History is full of tyrants, criminals and corrupt politicians taken down by their people. This time, the fault will rest with the American people who sat silent and let it all happen. There will be no one else to blame and the world knows it, even if, the average American no longer does.

God forgive us for the hell we have doomed all future generations to! God bless all who tried in vain. The sleeping giant is on life support! Remember, friends won’t just tell you what you want to hear, they will tell you the truth that you need to hear!

© 2023 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




An Example of Why the United States is Not a Democracy

By Paul Engel

April 25, 2023

  • The United States is a constitutional republic, not a democracy.
  • I have to wonder if all this concern about the “American Democracy” is really about turning us into a democracy?
  • What we saw in Nashville last month is an example of what America would look like if we continue down this road to a democracy.

After the mass murder in Nashville, I was not surprised by the politicians and advocates rushing to microphones, many before the bodies were even removed. I wasn’t surprised by the demonstrations, especially after it was announced that the murderer identified as “transgender”. What happened in the Tennessee legislature was shocking, too, it and the aftermath is an excellent example of why the United States is a republic, not a democracy.

I grind my teeth every time I hear someone refer to our “American Democracy” or some variation of that. They grind because the United States is NOT a democracy, but a constitutional republic.

We are now forming a republican government. Real liberty is neither found in despotism or the extremes of democracy, but in moderate governments

Alexander Hamilton – Federal Convention, June 26, 1787

For years I have not only taught that fact, but why it’s so important. Over the last few weeks I watched as an example of the problems with an “American Democracy” played out in my home state of Tennessee.

Timeline

On Monday, March 27, 2023, at 10:11AM, a mass murderer shot through a glass side door at The Covenant School in Nashville, TN. Members of the Metro Nashville Police Department were notified at 10:13, were onsite by 10:23, and dispatched the murderer approximately two minutes after they arrived. This murderous act of a disturbed individual led to the expected calls to further infringe on the people’s right to keep and bear arms. This included a demonstration at the Tennessee State Capitol.

On March 30, 2023, approximately 1,000 people arrived at the capitol building in Nashville to demonstrate for more restrictive gun laws, many of whom made their way into the capitol itself. At that time, three members of the House interrupted legislative business by going to the podium with a bull horn to lead protestors in the galleries in shouts for more “gun reform”. The following Monday, resolutions were brought to the floor to expel the three legislators who led the disruption, as allowed by the state constitution:

Each House may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its members for disorderly behavior, and, with the concurrence of two-thirds, expel a member, but not a second time for the same offense; and shall have all other powers necessary for a branch of the Legislature of a free state.

Tennessee Constitution, Article II, Section 12

Two of the three legislators, Justin Jones and Justin Pearson, were expelled, while the resolution against the third, Gloria Johnson, fell one vote short. This led to immediate reaction from both the political and the talking head classes, claiming the move was everything from unconstitutional to undemocratic. They were invited to the Whitehouse, and Vice-President Harris went to Nashville to visit them (though she didn’t have the time to meet with the families of the victims). Shortly thereafter, first the Metro Nashville Council and then the Shelby County Council, voted for interim representatives to hold their seats until the next general election. Both councils voted unanimously to place the expelled legislators as their own interim replacements. Now the U.S. Dept. of Justice is considering an investigation into their expulsion. However, there’s a problem. The Tennessee Constitution has a clause to deal with vacancies in either house of the legislature.

Vacancies. When the seat of any member of either House becomes vacant, the vacancy shall be filled as follows: …

(b) When less than twelve months remain prior to the next general election for legislators, a successor shall be elected by the legislative body of the replaced legislators county of residence at the time of his or her election. The term of any Senator so elected shall expire at the next general election for legislators, at which election a successor shall be elected.

Tennessee Constitution, Article II, Section 15

I did a little checking, and confirmed my suspicions with the website for the Tennessee Secretary of State. The problem is that the next general election for legislators isn’t until November 5, 2024. That means there are more than twelve months before the next general election for legislators, and sub-paragraph (b) is not the controlling law, sub-paragraph (a) is:

(a) When twelve months or more remain prior to the next general election for legislators, a successor shall be elected by the qualified voters of the district represented, and such successor shall serve the remainder of the original term. The election shall be held within such time as provided by law. The legislative body of the replaced legislators county of residence at the time of his or her election may elect an interim successor to serve until the election.

Tennessee Constitution, Article II, Section 15

As of the time of this writing, the two expelled legislators have retaken their seats, in violation of the Constitution of the State of Tennessee.

Democracy in Action

Why do I find it so egregious to refer to the United States as a democracy? Because of what’s happening in the Tennessee legislature, and what I believe will continue to happen, is exactly what a democracy is: Mob rule.

Democracy is nothing more than mob rule, where 51% of the people may take away the rights of the other 49%.

Attributed to Thomas Jefferson

That’s right, what happened in the Tennessee capitol on March 30th, was democracy in action. It’s actually worse than mob rule, since only three legislators not only denied the other 94 members of the Tennessee House the right to speak, but they denied the rights of millions of Tennesseans the right to representation. In effect, Mr. Jones, Mr. Pearson, and Ms. Johnson established taxation without representation for the State of Tennessee. For this they were legally and constitutionally punished. This theft by these three agitators was rewarded by the fawning national attention they received, but the real slap in the face to all Tennesseans was the Metro Nashville and Shelby County councils choosing to ignore the Tennessee Constitution by not only choosing their successors, but to choose the usurpers as their own interim replacements. Add to that the cheers and accolades showered upon them, as they made their triumphant yet illegal return to the capitol. This rewarding of bad behavior has no good end. I do not think I exaggerate when I say we are witnessing the end of the republic.

Look what has happened in cities like Chicago, Los Angelos, New York, and San Francisco. When the “justice system” stopped punishing bad behavior, that behavior rapidly grew. When it was announced that people would not be prosecuted for “petty crimes”, those crimes grew as well. Let’s not forget the riots in Kenosha, St. Louis, and other cities, which went on for days because the police were prevented from arresting those demonstrators who had become violent. You can see this lack of justice all the way back in the “Occupy Wall Street” and “Capitol Hill Organized Protest” (CHOP). When bad behavior is rewarded, it grows.

Now what have the people of Nashville and Shelby County taught by these legislator agitators? They can stop debate on anything they don’t like and get away with it. Sure, they may be expelled, but their cohorts in city and county government will simply restore them to office, even if it’s illegal. This means the state’s legislative process can be held hostage by any member willing to debase themselves as these three did. How long before others learn of this new found power to squelch debate? How long before the legislative process comes to a halt because radicals on both sides are unwilling to debate and compromise? How long before the republic stops functioning?

What would happen if the legislative process were to grind to a halt? Sure, there would be no new laws, but there would also be no funding for programs, for law enforcement, for infrastructure, or even for salaries. How would we pay for our schools, get our driver’s licenses, or repair our roads? How many Tennesseans would call for Governor Lee to do something? I’m reminded of the wise words from George Washington in his farewell address.

The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism. But this leads at length to a more formal and permanent despotism. The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.

Washingtons Farewell Address 1796

Even worse, what if this cancer were to spread? What if legislators in other states realized they would be lionized for disrupting the legislative process? If you think only democrats would do such a thing, think again. How many other states would crumble and fall under such an onslaught? What if this cancer were to metastasize all the way to the United States government? We’ve already seen plenty of Presidents willing to rule by fiat. Do you really think they would not do so again in a situation where the legislature was paralyzed? What can we do?

Conclusion

These are perilous times in which we are living. If you also live in the State of Tennessee, I recommend we do a few things.

I have sent my state representative and senator a proposal for an amendment to the Tennessee Constitution that would prohibit an expelled or disciplined member for being eligible as a successor until a general election for their seat has been held. I recommend you do the same, but that is just the beginning.

The people of Tennessee must stand up and take control of our legislature. First, we must meet with our state legislators and impose upon them the importance of insuring the legislative process is allowed to proceed without the extortion of disorderly behavior. Let them know that we will support them when they enforce the Tennessee Constitution, including when the expected backlash comes.

Next, we need to tell the Speaker of the House, Cameron Sexton, that he must refuse to seat these two interlopers as they were not legally chosen for their seats. Also, in the future, he must refuse to recognize any member who is expelled and restored as his or her own successor when it comes to debates on the floor or committee assignments. If the people of Nashville and Shelby County wish to punish the state for punishing their bad legislative actors, then we must punish them for denying us representation. This would, of course, create a tremendous backlash among the rabble rousers, especially those in political office and the media. We must prepare for that. Not only must we convince our representatives to support Speaker Sexton in such a move, we must be willing to do so ourselves.

We also need to encourage Governor Lee to protect this state from illegal federal interference. Unless and until the federal government can show probable cause that a legitimate federal law was violated, any threatened investigation into the expulsion of these two troublemakers will be opposed within the state. Should a federal actor attempt to violate the sovereignty of the State of Tennessee by investigating what is a state matter, they should be arrested of obstruction of justice and interfering with the state’s government. We the People of Tennessee must be willing to support Governor Lee in such an endeavor, and we need to let him know that now.

Think of how much time, effort, and money we Tennesseans devote to things like sports. How many people take the time and spend the money to go to a Titans or Predators game? What about traveling to watch the University of Tennessee, Vanderbilt, or other college teams play? How much time do you devote to NASCAR, hunting, fishing, or other endeavors? The future of the republic lays in your hands. Won’t you devote some time, effort, and money to make sure you can continue to live free?

This must be a litmus test for all elected officers at all levels. Either they help insure the future order of the legislative process or they lose their next election, no compromise. This is also a litmus test for every Tennessean. It’s not good enough to wait for someone else to do something. It’s not sufficient to simply write letters or post tirades. Either get up off your butt and do something or suffer the shame and ridicule from others when the republic falls and the empire of mob rule takes over. As Thomas Paine said:

THESE are the times that try mens souls. The summer soldier and the sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of their country; but he that stands it now, deserves the love and thanks of man and woman. Tyranny, like hell, is not easily conquered; yet we have this consolation with us, that the harder the conflict, the more glorious the triumph. What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly: it is dearness only that gives every thing its value. 

The American CrisisThomas Paine

America is in no less a crisis today. Are you a summer soldier or sunshine patriot? Will you shrink from the service to your state and your country? Or will you stand with me and earn the love and thanks of all Tennesseans and, in fact, all Americans? The choice is yours.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Urgent Warning: Livestock mRNA “Vaccines” Status

By: Devvy

April 24, 2023

The Internet has been burning up over the past few weeks regarding mRNA “vaccines” being given to cattle.  But, what’s the truth?

Cattleman’s Group Denies mRNA Vaccines in U.S. Beef Supply, April 9, 2023 – “But Congress has removed country-of-origin labeling for beef imports, and China is already experimenting with mRNA technology on livestock, notes lawyer Tom Renz.

“The National Cattleman’s Beef Association (NCBA) released a statement last week denying that U.S. cattle are receiving the COVID mRNA vaccine.  “In a brief Wednesday statement titled, “NCBA Statement Correcting Internet Falsehoods About mRNA Vaccines in Cattle,” the NCBA claimed that mRNA vaccines are not currently licensed for use in the U.S.  (Note:  Then how did Shannon Cooper below double vax his cattle with mRNA technology?)

“There are no current mRNA vaccines licensed for use in beef cattle in the United States. Cattle farmers and ranchers do vaccinate cattle to treat and prevent many diseases, but presently none of these vaccines include mRNA technology.”

“But this doesn’t necessarily mean there is no mRNA product in the beef, or there won’t be in the future.  Attorney Thomas Renz warned that since Congress removed country of origin labeling on beef imports, the U.S. beef supply could already be tainted with mRNA product from the likes of China and other countries.”

“Surreptitious Insertion of mRNA Could Be in the U.S. Food Supply RIGHT NOW” (Rest at link.)

This is very similar to an article I wrote Dec. 14, 2005, I Can Still Hear Their Screams.   I’m going to make a point here in a minute.

“The men grabbed each cage off this huge truck and threw them to the ground – as high up as 30′. The cries of these adorable dogs and cats as they hit the ground sent me into shock. Several dogs and cats crammed into each cage, many already bloodied and many whose bones would break upon impact. I can still hear their screams.

“As I watched the video progress, I realized that I was crying. The screams of live dogs and cats as they were skinned alive, their big eyes begging for mercy and receiving none, ripped my heart out and brought incredible rage from deep down inside. The next shots of cat pelts laid on the floor with all the dead bodies still twitching in piles cast aside like garbage, would have driven someone with a weak stomach right to the bathroom. It hardened my resolve against trading with barbarians. I can still hear their screams.

“More pictures of dogs being chained – the worker jerking and tightening the chain while the eyes of incredible pain stared at the camera – prepared them for skinning, alive. I don’t know what sound you call dogs and cats as they are being choked and then a knife taken to them right then and there and skinned. To me, it was screams so horrific, I can still hear them two days after I watched the video.

“This is an everyday operation by “businessmen” who drive their trucks on the street like a produce truck would in the U.S. It’s estimated these barbarians skin millions of dogs and cats every year – while they are alive. As I watched these “workers” go about their barbaric practice, I wondered how Americans could continue supporting them with their consumer dollar? That is Communist China in all its brutality.

“The skinning of live dogs and cats is done for money. These barbarians sell the pelts and toss the “meat.” These pelts are illegally being intertwined with fake fur for many retail items being sold in the U.S., i.e., doll clothes and into fabric for human garments, i.e., parka hoods and sweaters. That’s right: That Christmas gift sitting under the tree – if it came from Communist China – most likely is made from the fur of a dog or cat skinned alive. The EU refuses to ban this barbaric practice; it is condemned and illegal in the U.S.”

God has a special place in Hell for those savages.  China uses other countries to facilitate moving certain animal fur to get around U.S. laws.  Surreptitious:  obtained, done, made, etc., by stealth; secret or unauthorized.

Dying For Fur: A Report On The Fur Industry In China, Jan. 10, 2013 – “Investigators went inside of Chinese fur farms to ascertain the condition of animals on these farms, as China is the largest exporter of fur. This is the first report of its kind; the original report was conducted in 2004-2005 with updates made to the report in 2007. The investigation revealed that animals were kept in inhumane conditions and many were skinned while still alive; some animals remained conscious five to ten minutes after their skin had been removed…

“More than 95% of fur clothing produced in China is sold to overseas markets, with 80% of fur exports from Hong Kong destined for Europe, the USA and Japan.  The country’s expanding product range includes pelts, full coats, fur accessories, such as scarves and hats etc., toys, garment trimmings and even furniture. A random market survey in boutiques and department stores in Switzerland and London discovered fur garments labelled “Made in China” among top fashion brands…

“Animals are often slaughtered adjacent to wholesale markets, where farmers bring their animals for trade and large companies come to buy stocks. To get there, animals are often transported over large distances and under horrendous conditions before being slaughtered. They are stunned with repeated blows to the head or swung against the ground.

“Skinning begins with a knife at the rear of the belly whilst the animal is hung up-side-down by its hind legs from a hook. A significant number of animals remain fully conscious during this process. Supremely helpless, they struggle and try to fight back to the very end. Even after their skin has been stripped off breathing, heartbeat, directional body and eyelid movements were evident for 5 to 10 minutes.”

Horrifying, isn’t it?  It killed me to watch those underground videos by good, decent Chinese people who were trying to expose the truth about such barbaric treatment of helpless dogs and cats.

So, could a mRNA vaccine be surreptitiously injected into cattle here in the U.S.?  Well, read below because it’s already been done.  Where would the vials come from and are they the same for pigs?  Since those junkyard dogs in Congress have removed country-of-origin labeling for beef imports, an mRNA “vaccine” could come from someplace like Communist China.  Never trust a communist because communists always lie.  China apparently has been experimenting on such a “vaccine”.  Who knows how far along they’ve gotten?

This one shocked me (hard to do after 31 years in the trenches) because Tom Renz doesn’t throw conspiracy theories out there for click-bait headlines; video embedded:

Beef Producers Panic Over mRNA Vaccine News, April 18, 2023 – “Last week, I reported that pork producers have been using customizable mRNA-based “vaccines” on their herds since 20181 — without telling the public. This issue really only rose to the surface after attorney Tom Renz started promoting new legislation in Missouri (House Bill 1169,2 which he helped write) that would require labeling of mRNA products.3 In an April 1, 2023, tweet (and no, this was not an April Fool’s joke), Renz stated:4

“BREAKING NEWS: the lobbyists for the cattleman and pork associations in several states have CONFIRMED they WILL be using mRNA vaccines in pigs and cows THIS MONTH. WE MUST SUPPORT MISSOURI HB1169. It is LITERALLY the ONLY chance we have to prevent this … NO ONE knows the impacts of doing this but we are all potentially facing the risk of being a #DiedSuddenly if we don’t stop this.”

The Transhumanist Agenda and Its Focus on Food

“The pushback by Big Ag lobbyists against this bill to require industry transparency on this important issue has been enormous, and one potential reason for that is because they’d have to admit that all sorts of foods may have been vaccinated with mRNA vaccines, have genetic modifications, or be modified to serve as vaccinations for humans…

“What’s causing significant confusion on this issue is a statement made by National Cattlemen’s Beef Association lobbyist Shannon Cooper17 before the Missouri House.18 Cooper told the House members he had recently “double-vaccinated” his herd with “vaccinations that have this mRNA.” According to Cooper, the mRNA “vaccine” given was for bovine respiratory disease.

“Is he confused? Did he mistakenly believe the vaccine he gave had mRNA in it? Or is the National Cattlemen’s Beef Association incorrect in stating there are no approved mRNA vaccines for cattle in the U.S.? Or, are experimental mRNA shots being used without approval? Who knows at this point?”

Rest at link.  I highly recommend you read it because it should scare the hell out of everyone. 

Like the first article I cited at the top, this one also covers our Texas Department of Agriculture commissioner, Sid Miller, who “issued a statement promising to conduct a risk assessment of the technology before its adoption.”

This week I will send Sid Miller a letter about how dangerous those mRNA gene editing technology shots are:

Roughly 2 In 10 Cows Injected With mRNA Vaccines Die Instantly, Oct. 31, 2022 – “In an article for VaccineDeaths.com, Belle Carter reports that, “Dairy farmers in Australia are now being forced to inject the gene-altering mRNA vaccine that contains spike protein so they could remain in business.

“Just like in humans, the experimental jabs are causing severe damage to the animals and many of them died instantly. Independent media portal InfoWars recently reported that 35 out of 200 cows died immediately after being administered the injection. Analysts consider the mandatory vaccination of cows as a direct attack on food supply. Many of them are asking if the milk and other by-products would contain the spike protein that actually harmed the animals. ‘Dairy herd DNA is altered. Milk is altered and you consume it. Butter constitution, yogurt, cheese and meat are altered. Will chicken and other meats be next?’

“Principia Scientific International (PSI), a legally registered company in the U.K. incorporated for charitable purposes, said in a statement posted on its website. According to the firm, all should be careful when consuming dairy products as well as beef products like burgers. PSI further suggested growing their own food and developing herds that are private, none tagged and never vaccinated. ‘

“Time to set up a community farm association with member farmers who are not part of the system, have herds or animals that are not jabbed or tagged so a community of private people can be consumers of organically produced livestock,’ it added. New South Wales (NSW) was the first to have cattle herds injected with mRNA.”

Since Congress removed country of origin for beef imports, their beef can easily end up in your grocery store – and maybe already is.  There’s no time to waste.  Next it will be chicken and I’ll end up a vegetarian.  This will – not could – will badly hurt our ranchers because too many Americans now know the truth about those bioweapons.  Putting mRNA technology into our food supply is criminal and those millions of us who know will not buy the meat, pork, turkey or chickens shot up.

It’s not enough just to write a letter to Sid Miller.  I will follow up with phone calls until I get answers.  Are pigs in Texas being given the mRNA experimental gene editing technology shots?  Since those injections are illegal here in Texas, what are the safety protocols now in place to track cattle ranchers; beef or dairy?  Are farmers and ranchers required to submit any forms regarding what vaccines they give any of their livestock?

Do include this in your letter, fax or email to your Ag Commissioner regarding the liars for hire in the “mainstream” media:

Reuter’s Fact Check – mRNA vaccines are distinct from gene therapy, which alters recipient’s genes, August 10, 2021 – “Vaccines that use mRNA technology are not gene therapy because they do not alter your genes, experts have told Reuters after contrary claims were posted online.” Really?

Moderna & Pfizer’s SEC (Securities and Exchange Committee) filings and from Docket No. FDA-2021-N-0965 – Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) September 17, 2021 Meeting

“Moderna, Inc., the maker of another mRNA Covid-19 vaccine, acknowledged in their 2Q2020 SEC filing(13)7 thus ”Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.” These vaccines might be more appropriately be described as “Gene Therapy Vaccines” (GTV)”.  They still are considered a gene therapy product.

Of course, the problem remains is that those mRNA injections are not a vaccine. Gene therapy is not a vaccine. Those experimental injections contain no live virus. “Gene editing is a group of technologies being used by scientists to change the DNA of an organism, such as human beings, animals…” American Gene Technologies.

What’s going on in your state right now regarding livestock being given that dangerous technology?  Yes, ranchers do use vaccines for certain diseases that plague cattle which is fine and essential for the industry.  I have no problem with that as long as they are determined to be safe for human consumption.  Just because they say USDA approved means nothing to me considering all the lying by the FDA, CDC, Dr. Death Fauci and other “experts” on those C-19 injections.

YOU have to do the same thing here in Texas or whatever state you live in because we can’t count on someone else to do it for us.  Look up your state Dept of Agriculture and who’s the commissioner.  Go right to the top and don’t be satisfied with vague responses.

HEB is the biggest grocery store chain in Texas; family owned. The Texas cattle industry is huge; we have several processing plants within our state.  I want to continue being a consumer. I’ve always been a staunch supporter of grown and made in the USA, our fishing families, ranchers and farmers.  HEB partners with farms all over the state; cattle and chicken from Texas cattlemen and dairy farmers.  BUT:  “Our Beef Buyer has shared the following about our Beef, “We do carry beef from Texas, just not under the HEB Organic (imported from Uruguay) and HEB Natural Grassfed (imported from Australia).”

They claim there’s not enough rain to produce grass year around in the U.S. and problematic for Texas to produce enough moisture content for grass growing all year.  Fine, but I’m not buying.  Now, is the pork, chicken and cattle you stock in your store “vaccinated” with the mRNA technology?  Here’s a sample of a letter.  While I would leave out the Nuremberg references, it contains good information and source reference material.  Condense it.

READ the label and ask the person in charge of meat/chicken and pork section where it comes from and are those ranchers using the mRNA “vaccines” on their livestock?  Yes or no.  You should do the same if you buy from China Mart aka Walmart.  Silence is acceptance.

I quit buying all my meat (which isn’t a great deal since I’m a widow) and chicken from HEB and China Mart many years ago and gave my business to a real butcher here in town.  We shouldn’t have to do this.  That’s what we elect ag commissioners for in our state:  Food safety is number one priority but how many of them or their staff/experts actually know what’s been going on with those COVID-19 mRNA experimental gene editing bioweapons?

But, we have to and put a stop to it because once the genie is out of the bottle, it’s too late.  You’ve protected yourself and family from those c-19 injections and now they’re putting it in food.  Priority vs importance, I always say.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on Twitter. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

Pfizer Document Exposes FDA Criminal Cover-Up Of Vaccine Deaths – Agenda #9 – BOS Meeting December 14, 2021 – document linked in that article.  It covers only to the end of February 2021.  5.3.6 CUMULATIVE ANALYSIS OF POST-AUTHORIZATION ADVERSE EVENT
REPORTS OF PF-07302048 (BNT162B2) RECEIVED THROUGH 28-FEB-2021

Strokes are skyrocketing in young people – Pfizer & Moderna COVID-19 mRNA vaccines showed safety signals for strokes as early as November 2021, but these were ignored, April 11, 2023.

Sharp Increase in the Amount of Young Men Getting “Turbo” Testicular Cancer—Cases Linked to COVID Vaccines

The Cattlemen’s Association is Telling 2 Stories – Which is True? MRNA in Our Food, April 10, 2023

From the total history of vaccines in this country, the highest number of deaths before a vaccine was pulled off the market:  50.  Study: At least 400,000 people in America have died from covid “vaccines” by Ethan Huff, Dec. 27, 2021.  (Columbia U can hardly be considered a bastion of tin-foil hat conspiracy theorists.)

Columbia University researchers have found that the true death count from Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccination” is substantially higher than the official figures from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

“The CDC claims that only 20,000 people have died from Fauci Flu injections, but Columbia’s underreporting factor estimates that 20 times that number, or around 400,000 deaths, is far more accurate.”

“Only 20,000?”  Those are men, women, teens and children with names, not just statistics.  That was Dec. 2021, the first full year of giving those injections.  The Expose’s articles are accurate, factual and sourced:  Secret CDC Report confirms over 1.1m Americans have ‘Died Suddenly’ since the COVID Vaccine Roll-Out; & further Government reports confirm the Vaccines are to blame, April 23, 2023 – “Compared to other countries, the U.S. Government has been terrible at publishing relevant and up-to-date data allowing us to analyse the consequences of rolling out the Covid-19 injections. However, we have finally managed to stumble upon it thanks to an institution known as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OEC).”

Pfizer mRNA Spike Protein Found in Deceased Man’s Brain and Heart: Peer-Reviewed Report, Oct. 2, 2022 – “We know it goes to the brain, it goes to the heart, it produces the spike protein, which damages those cells, causes inflammation… it travels… causing damage to blood vessels and blood clots…

“This is the first time we have had a vaccine go to the brain and go to the heart,” Dr. Peter McCullough, another expert has warned since last year.  “We know it goes to the brain, it goes to the heart, it produces the spike protein, which damages those cells, causes inflammation, and then from there it travels in the body causing damage to blood vessels and causing blood clots.”

URGENT: Moderna hid serious side effects suffered by its Covid vaccine recipients when it reported clinical trial results for the shot.  April 21, 2023: “Moderna scientists said in a 2021 paper no mRNA jab recipients in the trial had “serious adverse effects.” In fact, 14 ultimately did, including three miscarriages. No placebo recipients did.

Surging leukemia diagnoses, sudden, happening among children and young adults; is this due to the Pfizer and Moderna COVID mRNA technology gene injections? Lipid-nano particles (Makis), March 8, 2023

“Lipid-nano particles (LNPs) that accumulate in bone marrow, as well as adrenals, testis, ovaries, spleen, liver as per Japanese biodistribution study? The LNPs carrying the mRNA payload causing it?

Oral mRNA Delivery System Immunizes Mice Through Cow’s Milk – I buy only organic milk but I will contact the brand and find out if they are shooting up their milk cows with mRNA.




Why Islamists Persecute the Baha’is

By: Amil Imani

April 24, 2023

This is the best of times and the worst of times, as the saying goes. Humanity is struggling on the one hand to free itself from the vestiges of its barbaric past while embarking on an exhilarating new way of life. It is the same story. The old is doggedly fighting the new on many fronts. And the new in this case is a huge paradigm shift of ideas and beliefs that demands total eradication of all. This has kept mankind in a quagmire of wars, injustice, and misery. In this realm of ideas, religions play pivotal roles, and the old and the new clash, often violently. Ideas and beliefs are the software that determines how we behave. And the software of the past is no longer working because it is out of phase with the needs of the time as well as infected with destructive viruses.

Even a cursory look is enough to show that the software of Islam, over time, is so greatly manipulated by numberless sects, sub-sects, and schools that it can hardly be considered a unitary belief system. And people are their ideas. Any assault on beliefs and ideas provokes the assailed to action.

This clash of beliefs is the reason for Islamists to unleash their power against the upstart iconoclastic Baha’i faith. In fact, the Baha’is revere Islam and respect all other religions. Baha’i faith has many teachings in common with Islam, so much so that some call it “Islam light,” because, while it retains some of Islam’s principles, it also abrogates a number of outdated and counterproductive Islamic laws and practices. Baha’is say their faith is not a wrecking ball that aims to demolish the schoolhouse of God called religion: a badly divided schoolhouse where everyone claims to worship the same God, yet keeps oppressing, fighting, and killing each other in the name of the same God.

Baha’is have a very rosy and possibly unrealistic view of humanity. They say that their goal is for every human being, irrespective of any and all considerations, to be granted all his God-given rights and be allowed to worship his creator the way he sees fit. They have a sort of lovey-dovey vision of the world where everyone will live as a valued member of the larger human family. Apparently, they have hit a responsive enough cord with some 6-7 million people of the world from every ethnic, religious, and national stratum. This vision may not convert the remaining 6-7 billion people any time soon, but it sure beats hands down the Islamists’ idea to force the world under their so-called Ummah with its stone-age Shariah law.

Baha’is believe that God sends his teachers to his school, from time to time with new lessons, to help advance the people to a higher and higher level of humanness. Trouble is, they believe, that people cling to the old school-work and the old teacher and doggedly resist accepting the new teacher and his teachings. Baha’is think of God’s prophets as renovators who come from time to time to tear down walls of separation and to bring God’s children together in an open-air general classroom out of their own foolishly walled-in dungeons of exclusivity and ignorance.

Below are some of the Baha’i teachings that clash heads on with Islam’s and provoke the Islamists to do all they can to destroy the new religion:

* The people of God. Muslims believe that they are the chosen people of Allah and recognize no other system of belief as legitimate. Baha’is believe that all people are the chosen people of God: that there is only one God, one religion of God, and one people of God, the entire human race.

* Pearls on a string. Muslims contend that Muhammad is the seal of the Prophets; that God sent his best and final messenger to mankind, and that any other claimant is an imposter worthy of death. Baha’is believe that God has always sent his teachers with new and updated lessons to educate humanity and shall do so in the future. There have been numberless divine teachers in the course of human history who have appeared to various people. They say that these teachers are like pearls on a string and that Baha’u’llah is the latest, but not the last pearl.

* Independent thinking. Blind imitation is anathema to Baha’is. Baha’is believe that the human mind and the gift of reason should guide the person in making decisions about all matters. To this end, they place a premium on education and independent investigation of truth.

Baha’is consider the education of women as important as that of men since women are the early teachers of children and can play their valuable part by being themselves educated. By contrast, Muslims look to religious authorities for guidance and often deprive women of education and independent thinking.

In recognition of the importance of independent thinking, no one is born Baha’i. Once one is born to a Muslim, he is considered Muslim for life. If he decides to leave Islam, he is labeled apostate and, apostates are automatically condemned to death. By contrast, every child born in a Baha’i family is required to make his own independent decision regarding whether or not he wishes to be a Baha’i. Freedom to choose and independent thinking are cherished values of the Baha’is, in stark contrast to that of the closed-minded Islamists.

* Religion or science. Baha’is believe that truth transcends all boundaries. Scientific and religious truth emanates from the same universal source. They are like the two sides of the same coin. To Baha’is, science and religion are like two wings of a bird that enable humanity’s flight toward the summit of its potential; any religious belief that contradicts science is superstition. Muslims believe that their religious scripture and dogma, irrespective of their proven falsehood, are superior to that of science.

* Gender equality. Muslims hold the view, expressly stated in the Qur’an, that men are rulers over women. Baha’is reject this notion and subscribe to the unconditional equality of rights for the two sexes. This Baha’i principle emancipates one-half of humanity from the status of subservient domestic to that of a fully participating and self-actualized human. It aims to put an end to the heartless exploitation of women and demands that women be treated with all due respect under the law.

* Participatory decision-making. Islam, by its very nature, is patriarchal and authoritarian. Baha’is believe in the value of decision-making through the practice of consultation; a process where everyone, irrespective of any and all considerations, has a voice in making decisions. This participatory decision-making principle abrogates a major prerogative of Islamic clergy who have been dictating matters to their liking and advantage. Also, at all levels of society, including the family, all affected members have the opportunity, even the responsibility, to make their views known without fear. Baha’i teachings clearly emphasize this commitment to democratic decision-making in their scripture, “The shining spark of truth cometh forth only after the clash of differing opinions.”

* World-embracing outlook. Baha’is love their native countries, yet extend that same love to the entire planet and its people. Baha’is believe that love has no limit and need not have limits. One can love his country and love the world at the same time. This love of the world is frequently used as a pretense by the Islamists to accuse the Baha’is of Iran as traitors to their own homeland. It is for this reason that the present mullahs ruling Iran falsely claim that the Baha’is are agents of Zionist Israel and its American sponsor.

* Eradication of prejudice. Prejudice of any type is alien to the Baha’i faith and severely undermines its pivotal principle of the oneness of humanity. Muslims are notorious when it comes to prejudice. Prejudice against others is thoroughly exploited by Islamists. In contrast, Baha’i scriptures say, “…again, as to religious, racial, national and political bias: all these prejudices strike at the very root of human life; one and all they beget bloodshed, and the ruination of the world. So long as these prejudices survive, there will be continuous and fearsome wars.”

* Abolition of the priesthood. A major point of conflict involves the abolition of the clergy. Baha’is believe that humanity has matured enough that it no longer needs a cast of professional clergy to serve peoples’ religious needs. With one stroke, this Baha’i teaching puts hundreds of thousands of mullahs and imams out of business and arouses the powerful cast of the do-nothing clergy to fight to retain their highly privileged parasitic positions.

It is imperative for the free people of the world to defend freedom of conscience, including freedom of religion, irrespective of one’s own personal belief. It is for this reason that as a person who is not a Baha’i, I find it my solemn duty to speak up on behalf of a peaceful people, severely-persecuted by the savage Islamists.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




The Farcical Reality of Earth Day April 22, 2023

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 24, 2023

Created by Wisconsin U.S. Senator Gaylord Nelson in 1970,  Earth Day activists sponsor an annual event on April 22 to demonstrate support for environmental protection. First held on April 22, 1970, it now includes a wide range of events coordinated globally by EARTHDAY.ORG, including 1.0 billion people in more than 193 countries. The official theme for 2023 is: Invest in Our Planet.

Unfortunately, in 2023 some 53 years after the original Earth Day celebration that I celebrated in my senior year of college, the planet staggers forward having jumped from 3.5 billion humans to 8.0 billion humans with an added 4.5 billion more people since 1970, hundreds of millions of cars, boats, planes and motors of all kinds—spewing carbon by the billions of tons into our biosphere 24/7.

Humans were burning 50 million barrels of oil 24/7 in 1970. Today, humans burn 100 million barrels of oil, daily.  Have you ever wondered who thought that was a good idea?

“The next few decades will be the end of the kind of civilization we’re used to.  Humanity is consuming 175 percent of what the earth can regenerate. Our current way of life is unsustainable.” Paul Ehrlich, population expert. Thousands of scientists agree with him.

Remember Dustin Hoffman in “The Graduate”?  One of his buddies said, “Your future is in plastics!”  Today, our current reality of 5.5 trillion pieces of plastic floating on the surface or sunk below the waves of all the oceans of the world—makes anyone sick to their stomach. Additionally, humans toss another 8,000,000 pieces of plastics into the oceans every single day of the year.  Millions of avian and marine lives die because they swallow plastics or get caught in drift nets.  Essentially, we’re killing the oceans.  Why haven’t the leaders of Earth Day promoted a 50-cent or even $1.00 international deposit-return law for all plastic containers as well as all metal and glass containers?  Who thinks we can continue trashing the planet like this?

Special note: within America, only 30 percent of Americans recycle regularly. Seventy percent of Americans toss millions of their cans, bottles, plastics, cars, trucks, tractors, motor homes, cars, trailers, construction materials, and more, into the wilderness.  Why haven’t we created collection sites for all our heavy metal waste?  Who are we fooling on Earth Day?

With all that carbon being dumped into the biosphere, it always falls into our oceans. It’s changing the alkaline-acidity PH of our oceans. It’s killing our reefs. It’s killing the marine life on the reefs.  I’ve scuba dived all over the world since 1963.  We humans have brought devastation to our oceans with our 84,000 chemical poisons, our plastics, our carbon footprint, our human waste pumped by the quad-trillions into our oceans. The beaches off Rio de Janeiro are brown with human waste. Signs read: Poison water. I was there to see it.

“We’ve poured our poisons into the world as though it were a bottomless pit…and we go on gobbling them up. It’s hard to imagine how the world could survive another century of this abuse, but nobody’s really doing anything about it.” Daniel Quinn

I witnessed the mouth of the Ganges and Yangtze Rivers that spew uncountable poisons into the Indian Ocean 24/7 to create 20,000-mile square dead zones where vertebrate marine life cannot live.  The Mississippi River features a 10,000 square mile dead zone.  Where are the Earth Day people on that one?  Doesn’t it make you wonder why we spent $6 trillion on 20-year wars in Afghanistan and Iraq while we’re committing environmental suicide in North America?

Whether you understand “catastrophic climate destabilization” or not, what do you think of the 22-year drought now gripping the Western United States?  What about those 100,000-acre wildfires that destroy everything in sight?  What about Lake Powell that feeds water to Arizona, Nevada and California—down by 150 feet?  The Colorado River cannot feed it enough water…but Arizona stands to gain 3,000,000 people in 25 years, Nevada will gain at least 2,000,000 people, and California is projected to add 20 million people.  What aren’t those dim-witted light bulbs in Washington DC not understanding about what we’re all facing?

In 1970, animal scientists told us that we were losing 40 to 50 species of animals and plants to extinction, daily. Today, we lose 80 to 100 species of animals every 24 hours.  Why? They are being poisoned by our chemicals, run out of their habitat and destroyed by our technology. Not to mention that we added 4.5 billion of our own numbers in the last 53 years!  How do we expect to continue on this murderous path?

What do you think is causing this planetary mayhem?

In 1970, America housed 195,000,000 (million) people.  That was a decent number of people. Earth Day advocates said we needed to stabilize our population.  From 1970, American women averaged 2.03 children per mother.  But because of the 1965 Immigration Reform Act that started dumping all those overloaded countries into our country—-we house 339,000,000 (million) people in the USA.  Our cities suffer horrible consequences brought about by importing third world people who are now creating third world conditions in America. What do you think it’s going to be like in 25 years with another 100,000,000 (million) people?

We’ve got massive gridlocked cities.  We’ve got horrific air pollution. We’ve got acute water shortages staring us in the face. We’ve got environmental nightmares every summer as our countryside burns up in wildfires. Our quality-of-life spirals into the toilet in all our big cities.

Whose bright idea in Washington DC ‘s Congressional Swamp was it to flood America with the rest of the world’s poor and uneducated?  Especially when the rest of the world adds 83,000,000 more babies, net gain, annually?  Anyone answer that question?

This column could continue in a 10-part series. Actually, I wrote a book about it and what’s coming: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge.  In that book,  I show you exactly what’s coming for anyone living in 2040-2050 as water, energy and resources are exhausted.

In the end, Earth Day 2023 has failed the planet and all its animals and wildlife.  We Americans, in fact, most humans live in cognitive dissonance…also known as total denial of reality.

“At this point, it’s almost certainly too late to manage a transition to sustainability on a global or national scale, even if the political will to attempt it existed, which it clearly does not. Our civilization is in the early stages of the same curve of decline and fall as so many others have followed before it. What likely lies in wait for us is a long, uneven decline into a new Dark Age from which, centuries from now, the civilizations of the future will gradually emerge.”

Simple question: why is everyone avoiding, suppressing and stopping any mention that mass immigration is destroying America’s ability to live sustainably?  Why are we not thinking of our children?  Why are we so collectively senseless as a people?

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Communism In America, Part 4

By Pastor Roger Anghis

April 23, 2023

Another aspect that indicates that communism has infiltrated our government is the nationalization of industries. We saw this back in 2008 when Maxine Waters, a card carrying member of the Democrat Socialists of America, while during congressional hearings with the oil company executives spilled the beans on what Democrats want to do with the oil companies. California’s most influential black lawmaker, Democrat Representative Maxine Waters, made the threat during recent congressional hearings with oil company executives. She said the federal government would take over their industry if they failed to do something to stop the escalating price of gasoline.

Waters told the president of a major oil company to “guess what this liberal would be all about? This liberal would be all about socializing — uh, uh, would be about basically taking over and the government running all of your companies.” One renowned commentator, who said Waters made an absolute total fool of herself, points out that the congresswoman’s associates can be heard laughing in the video of the embarrassing exchange.

This is just the latest shameful performance in Waters’ storied congressional career. She has been crowned among the nation’s most corrupt members of Congress by a reputable ethics watchdog for awarding federal contracts to businesses owned by or connected to members of her family, including her husband and children.[1]

It is not just the oil industry democrats want to nationalize. They want every industry under total government control. We have seen in just the last few weeks their move to begin to nationalize the banks. Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, utilizing a national bank with state capital and an exclusive monopoly. The SVB bank was salvaged by the federal government, I believe because most of the depositors were supporters of the Democrat Party. Janet Yellen that Midwestern banks would not receive the same treatment. Senator Langford asked Yellen if the banks in his state would have the same protection. Sen. Lankford: Will the deposits in every community bank in Oklahoma, regardless of their size, be fully insured now? Are they fully recovered? Every bank, every community bank in Oklahoma, regardless of the size of the deposit, will they get the same treatment that SVBP just got or Signature Bank just got?

Janet Yellen: A bank only gets that treatment if a majority of the FDIC board, a supermajority, a supermajority of the Fed board, and I, in consultation with the president, determine that the failure to protect uninsured depositors would create systemic risk and significant economic and financial consequences.

Sen. Lankford: Right. So what is your plan to keep large depositors from moving their funds out of community banks into the big banks? We have seen the mergers of banks over the past decade. I’m concerned you’re about to accelerate that by encouraging anyone who has a large deposit in a community bank to say, we’re not going to make you whole, but if you go to one of our preferred banks, we will make you whole at that point.[2] Also keep in mind that there were companies invested in SVB that have connections to the CCP. I am sure that did not have anything to do with the decision to bail the bank out. Really, nothing to see here.  Move along.

Also, keep in mind that the government does not just want to control the bank they want to control your money. This is why Biden signed an Executive Order to investigate and establish a form of digital currency. The bottom line on this is there will be no cash sales. Everything will be done in cyberspace but the most important aspect of this form of banking is the government will control everything you buy. They will know what you bought, when you bought it, and where you bought it and if they think you should not have a gun you won’t be able to buy one, or the ammunition for the gun you do own. See how liberals backdoor their control policies?

Biden is doing what Obama did. Govern by executive fiat. Both use Executive Orders as if the EOs were law. They are not. Executive Orders were designed for when Congress is not in session and something has to be addressed quickly. The EOs were for the very early years of the United States but when Congress reconvened that EO was to be voted on. We no longer do that. It is just taken as if it was a law passed by Congress.  All presidents have used them but Biden is overreaching the boundaries that the federal government is allowed in the Constitution. Both parties have done this but now the Biden administration is removing rights they have no right to take away in a manner that is unconstitutional.  One could write a book on the time that the government has overstepped its bounds and nothing has been done to reign them in.

We have witnessed the government withholding information by restricting our 1st Amendment rights by collaborating with Big Tech companies like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and others to deplatform anybody who disagrees with their agenda. The federal government has no right to silence their political opposition by not allowing them an opportunity to voice their opinion. That is what Hitler and Stalin, Mao, Maduro, and Castro did. Banana republics and socialist regimes. That is the road Democrats want us on.

Everywhere you go you see products that are either grown or made in a sustainable environment. This is something the UN came up with thinking they can better control the population and control ‘climate change’ a non-existent existential threat. Their ultimate goal is the extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the State, the bringing into cultivation of wastelands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan. This is not how a free market operates. This is not what grew the wealth of America and made it the breadbasket of the world. This is the communist control of the very necessities of life.

America was not designed to be run by socialist elites. We were designed to be a free nation with a free market and sovereign unto ourselves not controlled by any foreign nation but to be governed by the people.  The World Economic Forum should have no say or control over what we do as individuals or as a nation. The United Nations is no better and has historically proven to fail at most of what it does. The time has come for us as a nation to take a stand for what America was intended to be. Free!

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Maxine Waters wants socialize oil companies
  2. Janet Yellen admits smaller regional midwest banks will not be bailed out only big chosen banks deemed worthy – video



‘Imagine’

By Rob Pue

April 23, 2023

In 1971, British rock musician and former Beatle John Lennon released what would become the most successful song of his solo career.  “Imagine” is one of the most-performed songs of the 20th century, and Rolling Stone magazine ranked it number three in their list of “the 500 Greatest Songs of All Time.”  It’s been performed during the “Ball Drop” in New York’s Times Square on New Year’s Eve, it was played during the closing ceremonies of the 2012 Summer Olympics, and notably, has become an anthem of the secular humanist and atheist movement, championed by the Freedom From Religion Foundation and the ACLU.

The song has a beautiful piano melody and lyrics that promote peace and universal harmony, a world united in love, and a society that does not covet or esteem material possessions.

Being a music lover, when I was growing up, I loved the song “Imagine.”  I thought it was truly beautiful, and I thought, “imagine if the world COULD achieve universal peace and harmony… no more war, no more prejudice or injustice.  Wouldn’t that be great?  And isn’t that what our goal as human beings should be?”

But as I got older, despite the fact that I was a fan of the music, something began to not sit right with me.  For a long time, I brushed my concerns aside, justifying the song in as many ways as I could so that I could still enjoy it and consider it “OK” to listen to.  But still, something about it, just wasn’t right.  I considered the lyrics:

“Imagine there’s no heaven, it’s easy if you try.  No hell below us, above us only sky.  Imagine all the people living for today.”   Because I was attracted to the music and a musician myself, I enjoyed the sound.  Because I was a young person, my youthful ideals yearned for a world of peace and love.  But as a Christian, the Holy Spirit was saying, “Wait a minute, you better look more closely at this, because there’s deception going on.”

Indeed there was, and is.  As much as I wanted to ignore it, the words to the song “Imagine” sounded eerily familiar to what the serpent whispered to Eve in the garden:   “Just IMAGINE…”  Imagine there’s no heaven.  He didn’t come right out and say “there’s no heaven,” just “IMAGINE there’s no heaven.”  He didn’t come right out and say “there’s no hell,” just “IMAGINE there’s no hell.”  Imagine.  And don’t worry about the consequences, or what might happen tomorrow… just “IMAGINE all the people living for today.”  Just live for today, if it feels good to you, do it, everything will be fine.  Now that I’m more spiritually mature, this first verse of the song alone, now makes me shudder at how utterly demonic the concept is.

But the song goes on:  “Imagine there’s no countries, it isn’t hard to do.  Nothing to kill or die for, and no religion too.  Imagine all the people living life in peace.”  The third verse is, “Imagine no possessions, I wonder if you can.  No need for greed or hunger, a brotherhood of man.  Imagine all the people, sharing all the world.”

In one of his final interviews before his death, Lennon talked about the meaning of his most famous song and explained what he had set out to do with “Imagine.”  He said, “It’s anti-religious, anti-nationalistic, anti-conventional, anti-capitalistic, but because it’s sugar-coated,” he said, “it’s accepted.  Now I know what you have to do.  Put your political message across with a  little honey.”

Isn’t this just how Satan gets things done?  Of course, he would NEVER come right out and give us the whole picture.  He lures us with a little sugar, a little honey — whatever bait he knows will appeal to each of us the most, and before we know it, the hook is set and we are ruined.  All sin begins in the mind and heart… as we IMAGINE.

I’ve talked before about the words “Imagine” and “Imagination.”  The root word is   “IMAGE.”  In our minds, we violate God’s second commandment as we create an IMAGE, as we IMAGINE and DOUBT what God has said.  We become wise in our own eyes, and as Scripture tells us, believing the lie and  “claiming to be wise, we become fools.”

The world has had “Imagine” for more than fifty years now;   at least a couple generations have had time to embrace the liberal doctrine put forth in the song.  So how’s that working out for us?  Are all the people living life in peace?  Are all the people sharing all the world?  “No, of course not, don’t be ridiculous,” you say.  “It never happened because only a few people got on board with the program.  If everyone would join the peace movement, it could have happened.  The trouble is all the haters in the world.”

Well, the truth is, this liberal, so-called “progressive” movement has had virtually free reign this entire time.  All these years, we have had liberal doctrine taught in our public schools and colleges.  The radical leftists who embraced this ideology in the ‘60s and ‘70s are now running things:  everything from the media to the government, even the churches.   They’ve done their best to get rid of the true God of the Bible and biblical Christianity.  It’s prohibited in the schools and now they are working hard to erase it from our national heritage, sandblasting or removing Christian monuments that have stood for generations, re-writing the text books, persecuting those who love Jesus and taking away their livelihoods — IRONICALLY — all in the name of “peace,” “tolerance,” and “equality.”

But has getting rid of Jesus achieved their goal of universal peace?  Do we now all hold hands around the world and love one another?  Is racism a thing of the past?  Are we all “one” now?   Hardly.  Because man was designed to worship, when Christianity was removed from public, a spiritual vacuum was created, which was quickly filled with the false, demonic religions of secular humanism, New Age Spirituality, Wicca, Earth Worship, and now, Islam.  Yes, ironically, ISLAM — now the number one religion embraced by these leftist, progressive college professors and government leaders — the very radicals who demanded we free ourselves from the chains of religion have now embraced Islam — the most repressive, the most oppressive, violent, NON-peaceful ideology the world has ever known.  Not to mention the cult of “transgenderism,” which has grown to monstrous proportions in just the past few years.  It is also oppressive and violent — and it specifically targets our CHILDREN!

Even the feminists who fought tooth and nail to free themselves from God the Creator and Jesus Christ His Son, wholly embrace the religion of Islam, which treats women as slaves and property to be bought and sold.  Even the homosexuals who hate Jesus with a wild, intense passion, will march in protest for the rights of Islam to grow and expand in our country, under the guise of world PEACE — even though in every single Islamic country in the world, homosexuality is punished by strict, horrific torture and public execution.  And the feminists can no longer tell you the definition of a “woman,” even as the homosexuals and “transgenders” embrace deadly ideologies and the maiming and destruction of their own bodies.

What about the elimination of capitalism and nationalism?  Has that brought about universal peace, love and harmony the way the leftists wanted?  Do we have “income equality?”  No, not at all, but our Utopian leaders HAVE managed to just about completely dismantle the foundation of our country and in just seven short years have left it in heaps of smoking ruins.   John Lennon himself stated that the song “Imagine” was (and I quote)  “virtually the Communist manifesto, even though I’m not particularly a Communist and I do not belong to any movement.  The Socialism I speak about is not the way some daft Russian might do it.  We should have a nice British socialism.”   So in other words, Lennon was advocating for socialism, but not the harsh Russian kind — dare I say a “Democratic Socialism?”  Perhaps like the Bernie Sanders variety?

This is where we have come, folks.  Our imaginations have led us astray.  We have scorned the values of our forefathers, and we have abandoned the wisdom of the founders of this nation.  In our pride and arrogance, we have abandoned the God of Creation because we are SO much smarter, SO much more advanced and progressive.  We’ve thrown off the shackles of convention, of religion, because we are so much more enlightened and wise now, no longer constrained by superstition, and we laugh and joke about those who still believe in the God of the Bible.  Even our president publicly ridicules Christians, and more than that — he has virtually declared “open season” on Christians and endorsed violence against them.

And now, as a people,  we cannot even figure out if we are male or female anymore.  We can’t comprehend something as basic as marriage.  We don’t know it’s wrong to kill our own children.  We argue and fight over something so ridiculously simple as which restroom to use.  And when someone dares to speak up with the voice of reason and common sense, they are shouted down, hauled into court, until they learn to comply; they have their businesses shut down, their livelihoods taken away, they are shunned by society and yes, some even call for their death.  Because you see, THOUGHT is now a crime.  If you have an opinion that differs from their Utopian vision, you’re a criminal and a hater.    THIS, my friends, is the “peaceful world” you get when you trade God’s Word for your  own imaginations.

Surely this is not what John Lennon had in mind, and I doubt he knew or understood that what he was putting forth in the song was demonically-inspired.  I’m sure those who advocate for “Democratic Socialism,” “Secular Humanism” and atheism believe in their cause too — they believe theirs is the only real path to world peace.  They believe that religion, and Christianity in particular, is the cause of all the world’s problems.  But friends, the deceived never KNOW they’re deceived.  As the saying goes, “when one who is honestly mistaken learns the truth, he either stops being mistaken or ceases to be honest.”

The problem goes back to the very beginning of time — the age-old struggle between God our Creator and Satan, the liar, the tempter, the deceiver.   Our Heavenly Father does not force us at gunpoint to love and worship Him.  He makes Himself known though, so that we are all without excuse.  We are all born with an instinctive knowledge of God, and the in-born need to worship Him.  We’re also blessed with the gift of freewill, and the choices we make determine our character and our eternal destiny.

The biggest problem we face is pride.  Satan himself fell from grace because of pride.  He wants us to all deny God and worship him, and many do.  Satan will do anything to deceive us.  He will lie, cheat, steal, kill and destroy us in an effort to deny the Creator the worship He deserves.  It is because of pride that we want to believe there is no heaven or hell, and so we should just live for today —  and we believe that doing so will bring about universal peace and love.  It is because of pride that we think we know better than God, that we can redefine our world, even nature itself, to suit ourselves.  For that matter, we invent new gods that suit US best — inventions in our own IMAGINATIONS.  The narcissism in the world today is incredible.  The false religions of the New Age teach that all power is “within ME,” that “I am a wonderful, capable being of infinite wisdom and strength,” that “to change the world I only need to imagine and use my personal power.”  That “god” is within ME, that indeed “I AM god, if only I can IMAGINE.”

Friends, the greatest difference between this New Age deception and the one true God and Creator of all things is where the focus is.  The New Age focuses our attention and worship on ourselves.  Christianity focuses our attention and worship on Jesus.  The New Ager will say it’s all “within me” — that I have the power.  The Christian will say, “I am nothing without Jesus.”

God created us with incredible minds, capable of so much.  He gave us the capacity to think and reason and imagine great things.  Imagination is not a bad thing in and of itself.  Mankind has learned to invent, build, fix and create too….    We are intelligent, creative and artistic — we are created in HIS image!  But that’s the point.  We are CREATED, in His image.  HE created us…  we must understand our position in the world.  We are not greater than God, no matter what our minds conceive, or how the enemy will try to deceive, truth never changes and God’s holy laws of nature will ALWAYS prevail.  We cannot change that, nor can we create other gods to suit us better.  There is only ONE God, and we are not Him!

Friends, if you are confused today, if you have believed in your heart the things the world has presented as beautiful and lovely, only to find they are an illusion, thank the Lord for your confusion!  It is the first step toward looking now at the real, honest truth of God.  You see, we can create things in our minds, in our imaginations, and dream up things that sound so wonderful to our human reasoning.  And the atheists even have a popular saying, “You can be good without God.”  But that too, is a lie, a deception of the devil.  Scripture tells us, without Him, we can do nothing.

Paul said:  “I pray that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened in order that you may know the hope to which He has called you.”  Truly, it is time now to cast down all deception and all imaginations that have exalted themselves against the knowledge of God.  Seek the truth now, today, which you will ONLY find in Jesus.

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




What’s More Important Than Power?

By Jeffery Dover

April 23, 2023

Conservatives, GOP and Independent voters, have many, many areas of concern.  Just to name a few, consider the following list:

  • Abortion
  • Schools
  • Illegal Immigration
  • Drugs
  • Human trafficking
  • Taxes
  • Ukraine or other military involvement without threat to vital American interests
  • Federal Government scope and overreach
  • Racism/Woke
  • Crime/shootings/gun freedom
  • Health/Medical Industrial Complex
  • Election Integrity
  • American Sovereignty
  • Transgender
  • Climate Change
  • Government and media lies
  • True representation in state and federal government
  • Spending
  • Two-Tiered Justice System
  • Rogue Intelligence/Investigative Agencies/Secrecy

There are most likely numerous others which I have failed to mention, either independent of this list, or derivative from it.  It’s a big, BIG list.  They are very serious issues.

What is at stake in the resolution – or not — of these issues?  I would submit that nothing less than the very existence of the United States as a free, sovereign nation with justice and liberty for all its people is what is at stake.

Why are all these issues on the table?  It seems clear that they exist because powerful forces in business here and abroad, in linkage with extremely wealthy persons, the politicians who they support, and the federal and state agencies run by those politicians are putting our nation, it’s people and our founding principles under siege.  They appear to want to remake us into a people under an authoritarian, international rule.  Creating these “issues” and perverting the government agency powers are both fronts and tools for those people who seek to divide and conquer.  They keep us distracted, partitioned and off balance making it difficult for us to unite and go after the root cause.

Their method has been and continues to be to first fracture the societies, not only of the USA, but of the other, major, free powers in the world, in order to more easily pick up the pieces and remold those societies.  They can achieve those ends by destroying the ability of the people to support themselves and their families and by incrementally whittling away at a governing consensus, creating “classes” and then pitting them against each other.  Illegal immigration of non-indigenous cultures is one of their tactics.   Sound familiar?

The various government entities are little by little, usurping the rights of the people to determine their own way.  Control by some government authority appears at nearly every level of daily activities.  Political parties no longer represent the interests of those who vote for their candidates.  They rule seemingly autonomously, in favor of international elites and corporations, constantly growing their own powers to control us all.  No amount of common sense can be brought to bear if it doesn’t suit their ends.

There is one issue and one issue only, which tops them all, individually and collectively: POWER.  Our minority opposition has it.  We, the people, do not…or rather, we have not recognized that we have it.  We just haven’t solidified and deployed it.  We outnumber them vastly and united, we can even outspend them if need be, when unified.

We cannot hope to rectify those things which must be rectified unless we first have the power to change them.  As long as we are focused on all their distractions, away from the organization of our power, they win.  They win, and we descend into whatever dystopian mire they are planning for us.  “You will own nothing and you will be happy.”, says Hitlerian Klaus Schwab, president of the World Economic Forum.  Right.  And the moon is made of green cheese…  (Ever read or see the movie “The Time Machine”?  Our opposition want to transform us into H.G. Well’s Eloi race.)

Along with the Council for Foreign Relations, the UN, the Trilateral Commission and global financial elites, Schwab’s WEF are behind this destruction.  People like Biden, Obama, Bush family and their acolytes are their tools.

If we are to prevail, we must create our own power structure.  Very simply, we do not have one.  No, it is not the Republican Party and certainly not the other.  There is NO EVIDENCE that the Republican Party represents us or will ever do so.  None, nada, zip.  Senator Hawley recognized that fact after the 2020 election when he said, belatedly, that the party is dead and that it’s time to form a new one.

As I mentioned in a previous article, the GOP is owned by the RINOs.  More than sixty years (!) of trying to work within it has resulted in us ending up exactly where we are: powerless.  To say “vote out the RINOs” is tantamount to saying “Let’s vote out the Pope and his cardinals and replace them with some Protestants!”.  The two are their clubs, played by their rules.  The disconnect between the party and its voters is both stark and obvious.

Calls for unity require a flag under which to unify.  Unifying under the aegis of the Republican Party is useless.  It’s out.  So, we must create the new party under which to unify.  We will create the new party with our rules, not the old rules, the rules our opposition has used to hamstring us.

The new party, unlike the GOP, will not permit our opposition to work within it!  Neither will it be structured such that powerful financial entities can corrupt our members.  In fact, it will be structured specifically to make such influence among our elected members impossible, for that corruption and preemption is at the very root of our national dilemma.

At this point of our national existence, gaining power is the first and only issue.  Without it, nothing else is going to happen.  I would submit that using your energy to work on those distracting issues is just what our opposition wants.   There are also plenty of pundits who seem to want to keep you involved with such things.  They write about and regurgitate all the things which we need to remedy, but never offer a solution.  Voting Republican, we have seen, is not a solution.  Because that cannot be the solution, there has to be another. As it is, our people are fragmented, working at disparate goals which won’t be realized, kept away from that which our opposition most fears: our unification under a true political force for the preservation and continuance of the America we love.

Organizing the requisite force necessary to propel us forward, must be our first priority.  So, without further ado, go to Founderspartyofamerica.org and see an outline for the new party.  Then organize with like-minded people to see how it can be used to unify us all and win that which we so desperately need to win.

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




No Pain, No Gain

By Lex Greene

April 22, 2023

Most of us have heard “no pain, no gain” before at some point in our lives, usually referencing physical workout routines intended to strengthen the body. But this rule of life actually pertains to absolutely everything.

Human nature is to avoid pain at any cost and seek pleasure. The USA is known all over the globe as the most overweight and out of shape society on earth…because it is! …and the same applies to our freedom fitness.

Americans have had it so good for so long, at little or no personal “pain” that they actually forgot that freedom isn’t free, and that in fact, it’s the most expensive commodity ever known to mankind.

In watching people flood the market with an endless stream of what’s wrong in America today, sometimes right and sometimes not in my opinion, I find myself still dumbfounded by the elephant in the room…

  • When will all of this information become actionable information?
  • And why have Americans not stood up together to end this insanity, long before now?

I recently spoke with several brilliant doctors and scientists about the facts concerning the deadly “vaccines” and they are all growing increasingly frustrated with the reality that despite how much evil they uncover and present to The People, no one ever reacts to the information with appropriate ACTION.

In other words, they are fast learning what I learned decades ago…that no matter the mountain of information, or hard indisputable evidence made available to the American people, they do not stand up together to stop any of it. While our enemies are on the move 24/7 and willing to use every asset at their disposal to destroy the USA and every American, true Americans never seem to get it together, no matter how threatening the circumstance.

In thinking about this, I was reminded of the “Pleasure-Pain Principle” that is human nature, to seek pleasure and avoid pain at all costs, until the pain becomes so intolerable that The People end up with no choice but to fight.

Our Founders knew this reality a long time ago, when they wrote in our Declaration of Independence, the following;

“Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly, all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by [altering or] abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.”

When all of the current events are accounted for and all of those dots are properly connected, one must conclude that we are not witnessing literally hundreds, of lethal “coincidences.”

  • COVID19 scamdemic
  • Lethal fake “vaccines”
  • Record inflation
  • Shrinking economy headed for total collapse
  • Death of the US Dollar
  • Teen violence in every major city
  • Rampant mental illness
  • The Fentanyl crisis
  • The worst public education in the world
  • Weekly train derailments
  • Soros AG’s and Prosecutors refusing to prosecute real crime
  • Political persecutions
  • Attacks on Faith
  • A totally unstable world on the brink of WW3
  • WEF, WHO, IMF and UN international money laundering
  • Fake elections rotten with massive fraud
  • Insanity everywhere you look
  • Mass censorship prosecuting truth, promoting outright lies 24/7
  • A totally decimated “woke” Military
  • Totally corrupted intelligence and national security agencies
  • Supply shortages in all sectors, including Military readiness
  • Tyrannical Executive Orders directly at odds with the Constitution and Bill of Rights
  • many more… and the evidence is all around us! NONE of it, properly addressed by The People!

Coincidences of this nature and magnitude just don’t happen. Someone, somewhere, is making it all happen.

Only mindless boobs think Joe Biden and Kamala Harris are capable of winning the 2020 elections, much less running even a summer lemonade stand. These are the dumbest two individuals to ever occupy any political office in U.S. history. They are also the most criminally corrupt individuals to ever occupy any political office in history and every sane person knows it.

Hundreds if not thousands of doctors and scientists worldwide have exposed the “bioweapon” attack on humanity labeled COVID19 and warned of more bio attacks on the way.

But no matter how much truth and evidence is presented to the modern American, it all draws a collective yawn and no appropriate action.

As we all watch our country and the future of freedom and liberty decline to the point of no return, Americans sit on the sidelines unable to stand up, unite with others, organize, and mobilize to prevent the end of the greatest free nation ever known to mankind.

I think it’s simply due to human nature, the desire to seek pleasure and avoid pain. The Founders were right (again), people will tolerate the intolerable until they just can’t anymore. Most will go-along to get-along until circumstances make that impossible.

Famed Psychologist Dr. Sigmond Freud noted accordingly…

“Freud contrasted the pleasure principle with the counterpart concept of the reality principle, which describes the capacity to defer gratification of a desire when circumstantial reality disallows its immediate gratification. In infancy and early childhood, the id rules behavior by obeying only the pleasure principle. People at that age only seek immediate gratification, aiming to satisfy cravings such as hunger and thirst, and at later ages the id seeks out sex.

Maturity is learning to endure the pain of deferred gratification. Freud argued that “an ego thus educated has become ‘reasonable’; it no longer lets itself be governed by the pleasure principle, but obeys the reality principle, which also, at bottom, seeks to obtain pleasure, but pleasure, which is assured through taking account of reality, even though it is pleasure postponed and diminished”

In other words, the USA appears a nation of children not yet mature enough to accept the pain associated with protecting and preserving freedom and liberty today, for the delayed gratification or pleasure of freedom and liberty tomorrow.

There’s a problem with the childish thought processes here, believing that by running towards pleasure, we can escape pain. It isn’t so…

We can only delay the pain, allowing the pain to grow greater as we seek pleasure. We can either face the pain today and preserve the pleasure for our futures – or we can seek pleasure today and guarantee ourselves an even greater pain tomorrow.

FEAR is the greatest motivator on earth. While fear moves some to paralysis, it moves others into action. But in both cases, people will do what they do, out of fear.

Similarly, it’s the perception of pain that will prevent most people from confronting things associated with pain. But the promise of a greater pain tomorrow will move others into action, confronting things associated with pain today, to avoid an even greater pain tomorrow.

The only open question is… which type of American are you?

Chronic complainers are NOT activists. “FIXERS” are activists. Those who are not part of real solutions, are an equal part of the problem!

© 2023 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




Mind Control…Better Than Bullets

By Karen Schoen

April 22, 2023

How many  American’s think LGBTQ + is a new fad? It is not. It is an ancient action we now see in many ancient artifacts. This message of depravity was often promoted in some form of theater //puppetering and was used to reinforce the desires of the ruler. Humans nature shows that man is an emotional animal. When logic and reason are shadowed by emotion and the emotional button is pushed human will do or say anything to belong. They must become part of the group and will pick up the narrative of the group regardless of truth or fact. Everything points to:  I have a desire to belong, to be accepted. So the leader will dictate what clothes to  wear, what words to say, how to act in the prescribed manner.  One must follow the script or suffer the consequences. The greatest consequence of all is being canceled.   In the meantime, while everyone focus on the horror of being canceled the Elite Globalists are stealing America.

Being canceled on social media feels just like it did getting punched by the bully in school. You know in your heart the Elite are wrong. There is no such thing as climate change.  You need CO2 and fossil fuels to live.  The economy does suck.  The border is wide open for your replacement.  Covid and vaccines were lies. Donald Trump may not be as bad as you were told. Inflation and lower wages are transitory. Eventually we learn that all their programs are based on lies. They are solving problems that they have created. They are offering solutions that don’t work. Only their Propaganda is mind control and it works. 2 generations of Americans know nothing abut America, can’t read, write or do math and have little or no common sense. rhis group will continue to do as they were told without question. Accept the dialogue regardless of whether or not it is true.

For years I have been saying that America is repeating the Roman Empire. Instead of sending the masses to the arena, we are sending them to the movies, video games or social media. Instead of clapping for the gladiators, we clap for the best performance. We become or supply prostitutes, Queen’s, Dancers,  and when everyone is drugged up or drunk, we sell our bodies. Not to worry if there is a baby from the distorted sex, we are told to have an abortion.   We are following Ancient rituals that dictate the subjects must sacrifice children aka abortion aka murder. Today the same ritual with its new name, Abortion, is paid by the US taxpayer. I call it murder We are paying for murder.   The Communist Elite made the populace dumb and compliant so we would accept their insane policies, designed to fail but be expensive. We are repeating the Roman  Empire. Is America worth saving? What are you doing? Doing nothing is complying. Boycotts work.

© 2023 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com




The Social Insecurity System Continues to Systemically Fall Short

By Sidney Secular

April 22, 2023

The Social Security system is not built to provide a solid financial foundation for seniors and is itself not built on a solid enough foundation to meet current expectations. It has actually become more untenable and unstable than the rest of crumbling America 2.0. The math behind SSI is not a formula for providing security to a vulnerable population segment. The actuaries know the numbers do not compute, but they don’t care – or rather, the ones not involved in government may care, but they know that they can do nothing in the matter. As to the government numbers crunchers, all that they care about is enriching themselves, promoting their satanic agenda, and controlling everything and everyone else.

The libertarian Ayn Rand acolytes and reactionaries and the Conservatism, Inc. crowd who don’t conserve anything, are chomping at the bit more than a bit in hopes of ending Social Security and Medicare. They callously call these “benefits” entitlements – that is, government largess for which the recipient pays nothing! – as if they are charitable privileges, something that they decidedly are not. Every worker pays into the SSI system for their entire working life and get much less out of it than they put into it. Many times over the years, models have been produced showing that people putting away far less money than they are forced to pay into SSI for their eventual returns would have come out of the whole thing far wealthier than was the case under their mandatory involvement in SSI! Many radical government systems, such as SSI, are introduced as temporary and/or voluntary, but incrementally become fixations and fixtures in the system when folks stop watching. The Social Security system is certainly not voluntary as everyone must participate, even billionaires who don’t need the pittances doled out to them when they reach “retirement” age.  Proposals for a voluntary “opt out” as was made by Ross Perot, are flippantly flipped aside. As Social Security is a legacy of FDR, it cannot be questioned and is revered beyond reason – and more to the point, once Congress got up the guts to “raid the locked box,” SSI deposits have been a very handy source of public funds to use for various political needs! The stats don’t matter to “social justice” warriors, so don’t confuse them with the system’s status or the facts. Social Security is sacrosanct to the suckers who are sapped of their Simoleans deducted from their paychecks and eventually suffer from its paltry payments and “diet colas.”

Sure, no one wants the elderly to literally be left out in the cold after they can no longer work, but the small Govmint stipends are not enough to subsist on, but having little or no choice, about half the population will still make that attempt. That portion of the population will put up with whatever comes their way and will not save for a rainy day, supposing that that option is even open to them, having been accustomed to or expecting increases in Govmint handouts which they pray will save their bacon. Once upon a time, they would have never thought that way. Up until sometime just before the Great Depression, strong family ties and social networks and not the government dole provided for the financial and “social” needs of workers when they retired. Extended families extended their caring to close family members, grandparents, and even aunts and uncles who weren’t part of the nuclear family but were in need of assistance. Nursing homes did not exist and there was no penchant for worker or old age pensions in the early part of the 20th century.

All of this changed drastically after WWII and was very much fueled by the automobile. The psychological and social trauma of the war changed much if not all of the American way of life. Men coming home found that a lot of their employment opportunities had been lost to those who remained at home during the war; in other words, they had been replaced. On the other hand, new opportunities were popping up everywhere and whole families got in the family car and migrated far away from the old neighborhood and its family ties. New parents didn’t have relatives to call upon when children were born, so Dr. Spock took their place! And it only got worse as time went on. In the 50s, older people became “gray panthers” and were advised to move far away from their children and grandchildren turning states like Florida into old folks’ preserves. Of course, the plea was to selfishness. One’s children and especially one’s grandchildren became burdens to be avoided rather than family to be succored using the wisdom gained by age. Every aspect of the family was under attack by a culture that saw this arrangement only as a means of preventing individuals from gaining their greatest desires. Women were assured that motherhood and childrearing were blocking their own personal validation; that careers were more important than their families and that being a “homemaker” was just another word for chattel slavery! And as families became more dysfunctional over time and religious faith weakened, and thus the need for the Govmint to step in and provide for seniors who would otherwise have been left to starve arose. To call it “social” as in “Social Security” was a misnomer as the Govmint in its new role as ‘big brother” had none of the social characteristics of close family ties. As we have seen, there was no real “security” in the new dispensation. The dispensing of increasingly cheapened dollars was nothing to hang one’s hat upon in the sunset years.

For head scratching reasons, Social Security has always had an income cap with regards to taxation. While it has increased in recent years, presently the first $160,000 in income can be withheld from taxation. As a result, the wealthiest Americans have always had a much smaller portion of their income taxed than the people who really need the supplemental income or the “pension” provided by Social Security. It’s ridiculous since the wealthy have no need for the pocket change that they will receive in Social Security payments. Indeed, this fact has always been known, and not only to wealthy Americans. There was even a story that went around when the system was new, that wealthy entertainer Jack Benny, having become eligible for his first payment, went down to the Social Security office, took his check and then either gave it back or gave it away with a note to the government that he was not in need of this “charity!” Whether that was fact or fiction is unknown but it shows that the least “needful” people were included in the SSI “mix.”

In any event, SSI seems a baffling tool for libbers devising a tax since it is the antithesis of their beloved graduated income tax concept. Instead, they demean the concept of helping the little man that once gave them their raison de etre. For the Social Security system to be financially secure, all income should be subject to taxation. There should also be means testing to determine who doesn’t qualify for Social Security “pensions.” Of course, the removal of the 1% from that system also means that what they presently provide monetarily will no longer be available to those who are in actual need of SSI benefits. So, of course, the less in, the less available to go out. But under the present situation, all we are doing is making the rich 1% still richer, and this has been going on for a long time without anyone seeming to notice it. The “soak the rich” battle cry of the left instead has become a means of soaking the little man. Apparently, Bernie Sanders is out to lunch on this issue. Neither has there been any attempt to reform the system to make it more equitable. Some right-wingers have no rational alternative except to advise us to “wing it” in a rigged and corrupt marketplace.  Neither is a strict libertarian approach practical, and it also smacks of being immoral, a sort of “survival of the fittest” worldview. To tell the truth, there is simply no trustworthy option for the vast majority of people, or at least that is the way most Americans see it. They have never been taught how to save and invest their money, so they feel at sea on these matters. And even those who try to be adept at their finances all cower under the might of the IRS whose rules and penalties make the reigns of ancient tyrants into periods of justice and light! A few wrong moves however innocent and the ordinary American finds him or herself in the cross-hairs of that extra-legal bureaucratic monstrosity.

As well, now the rapacious corporations have removed the offering of pensions leaving most workers adrift in a sea of untenable occupations and financial choices. This is the sea change brought about by the multi-nationalist urge to move anywhere in order to obtain ultra-cheap labor or, in the alternative, to use the current invaders. . . er, “immigrants” as a domestic labor source thus leaving American workers out in the cold. Unless you’re a retired civil servant, or a Silicon Valley techy, you’re unlikely to have a good pension plan. Federal workers have a retirement plan called the “Thrift Savings Plan” similar to an IRA, only (of course!) better. It offers a variety of investment options related to risk factors but doesn’t rely on annual funding from Congress because the funding is guaranteed. It may be that at least some states have similar plans for their employees. As mentioned previously, seniors can’t depend on families anymore as our society is becoming increasingly dysfunctional. The same sad sack situation plays out amongst all the component groups among the Deplorables, where 70% of them live paycheck to paycheck and have less than $1,000 in the bank about which they now have to worry lest it be removed and replaced with “social credit money” for which obedience and compliance become necessary components for survival.

Commingling the Social Security funds with the general federal budget was obviously foolish – or would have been foolish if it had not been a criminal (and successful) attempt to permit the politicians to raid the SSI lockbox. LBJ was responsible for that move and of course, a great deal more monkeying around. He never missed an opportunity to influence any “political misdemeanor” despite his public demeanor. Other presidents including Ronald Reagan couldn’t resist the temptation to get in on the act. The great “tax cutter” was the first president to subject Social Security pay outs to a tax. Unfortunately, Reagan was forced to give in to many Democrat demands including taxes in order to reconstitute the American military after Jimmy Carter ran out of spare parts for the air force. In a better world, individual accounts should have been set up for each worker to effectively isolate all funds. The worker should have been given the opportunity to invest their SSI contributions in government sponsored funds, which would have very likely increased the levels of their benefit returns over the guaranteed baseline formula figures. It’s too late now . . . Indeed considering how close the politicians and bureaucrats hold on to their government goodies, it was probably never a possibility in the first place. The last thing government types want is John Q. Public having access to their golden parachutes.

The other component of the supposed safety net for the elderly is Medicare, which likewise is a scam of the first order. It was sold to the American public with the notion that there were starving seniors out there – not many, but still – that this kindly nation should be taking care of. We were told that the federal government was far more able to help in this crisis than some of our poorer States and so Medicare was born. Like SSI, Medicare extracts a portion of every worker’s paycheck for their entire working lives. However, they keep on charging you a monthly fee once you are finally eligible to collect your benefits. It’s gone up to $165 per month now but it only covers 80% of your medical costs which in essence makes it a substandard and in some cases, a useless plan. Medical procedures are very expensive and few have more of such than seniors.  Individuals having to cough up 20% of such charges can be impossibly expensive for those on “fixed” incomes. This has resulted in a boom in the supplemental medical insurance industry and its purveyors and providers. And, of course, where there is insurance available, there are rapid rises in the prices of those things covered by that insurance. With the constant threats that the Social Security and Medicare systems are running or will run out of money, usually estimated to be about 10 years from whenever, and the constant FedGov boondoggles which raid the coffers to cough up money for all manner of unconstitutional and socialist schemes and to support woke regimes around the world, there’s a good chance younger people will never get to see any Social Security “entitlement” checks. Of course, as things are now going, we are assured that we “will own nothing and be happy!” so that should not be a big surprise.

Parenthetically, there is another benefit to this contest between younger workers and what they have to pay for regarding the care and maintenance of the elderly in light of the increasing lifespan of those same elderly. This is a contest in which the FedGuv engages albeit quietly – at least for now. During the COVID idiocy, many nursing homes “benefitted” from COVID stricken patients being housed among the frail occupants of these facilities. New York Governor Andrew Cuomo killed not a few New York senior citizens using this means of “culling the herd.” So, our “leaders” create yet another field of battle between senior citizens and the rest of the population with younger Americans being told that their financial (and possibly health) wellbeing would be served by a decrease in the elderly population. Already many States are passing restrictions and guidelines aimed at lessening the number of elderly people dependent upon the dole. And, of course, younger people are happy to vote into office those who support these efforts to remove this expensive population from the scene. Years ago, a state governor was quoted as saying that the old should “die and get out of the way.” Today that same man is in his 70s and no longer pushes that agenda.

Another “Damocles’ Sword” hangs over these systems which further threatens to slice benefits. That would be an amnesty for illegal aliens. Congress in its infinite stupidity – or rather cupidity! – is considering several bills that would offer legal status and a path to citizenship for illegal immigrants, a.k.a. “undocumented workers.” Of course, their “benefits” and “voting privileges” will kick in before their citizenship, but hey! You get what you pay for. In addition to the wide-ranging and destructive legal and cultural effects amnesty would introduce, the salient financial effects on our society and the additional costs to Social Security and Medicare would be profound and astronomical. The beneficiaries of this legislation would receive far more in benefits than they would have contributed in taxes –  if they ever contributed anything in taxes! One calculation is that each amnesty recipient would receive about $129,000 in lifetime benefits under Part A of Medicare (hospital insurance). Multiply that by the increasing numbers of illegals with their high birth rates and you have an enormous sum. As well, this mind boggling cost doesn’t take into account annual cost of living adjustments (COLA’s) that recipients will (may?) receive for the years inflation will continue to run rampant as the printing presses run off bogus Federal Reserve Notes (dollars) to augment the “money” supply. It is not a pretty picture!

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Looking For Answers to the Autism Epidemic in All the Wrong Places

By Joan Swirsky

April 21, 2023

According to the Atlanta-based U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s latest statistics, in 2020 one in 36 children (approximately four percent of boys and one percent of girls) was estimated to have autism spectrum disorder, estimates that are significantly higher than those in all previous years. White children are about 19 percent more likely than black children and 65 percent more likely than Hispanic children to be diagnosed with autism.

Experts offer various reasons for the general increase in this condition:

  • The role that being an older parent plays not only in the incidence of autism but also Down syndrome and other developmental disabilities.
  • Genes.
  • “Something” in the environment.
  • The increasing number of vaccines given to infants and children, which today routinely number 16.

What is consistently omitted, however, is the role that ultrasound exams during pregnancy may and probably do play not only in this seeming black/white disparity, but in the rapidly escalating incidence of the condition. More about that below.

WHAT WE KNOW TODAY

Autism is a neurological disorder that affects the normal development of the brain, causing self-defeating behaviors and an inability to form social relationships. It usually appears before the age of three. Most scientists believe that autism is strongly influenced by genetics but allow that environmental factors may also play a role.

To be diagnosed on the autistic spectrum, a child must have deficits in three areas:

  1. Communication (most children can’t make eye contact; others can’t speak).
  2. Social skills (typified by disinterest in both people and surroundings).
  3. Typically “normal” behavior (many autistic children have tics, repetitive behavior, inappropriate affects, et al).

Those diagnosed on the autistic spectrum range from high-functioning, self-sufficient people, even geniuses, to those who need lifelong supportive help.

A LARGELY-DEBUNKED THEORY

The increased incidence of autism has been attributed by legions of parents and a number of professionals to the mercury-containing preservative thimerosol, used to prevent bacterial or fungal contamination in the vaccines babies and children routinely receive.

This is not backed up by hard science.

Thimerosol, which has been used in vaccines since the 1930s, has not been used in the U.S. since 2001 and the vaccine dosages containing the preservative that were given before then had about the same amount of mercury found in an infant’s daily supply of breast milk.

Numerous studies––by the Centers for Disease Control, the Institute of Medicine, American Academy of Pediatrics, the World Health Organization, and the National Academy of Sciences, among others––have found no autism-vaccine link, while other studies have shown an increase in autism in countries that have removed thimerosal from vaccines.

Nevertheless, aided by salivating personal-injury lawyers, parents have filed multi-thousands of lawsuits claiming that thimerosol “caused” their children’s autism. Between late 1999 and late 2002, mercury was removed from most childhood vaccines, including DPT (Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertussis), Hepatitis B, and Hib [Haemophilus influenza b]. The MMR (Measles, Mumps, Rubella), which is a live vaccine, is not compatible with thimerosal.

MY THEORY

In the early ’70s, I worked as a delivery-room nurse at a university-affiliated hospital near my home on Long Island. It was a revolutionary time in obstetrics, when the Lamaze method of “prepared childbirth” and the use of sonograms to visualize fetuses were gaining popularity.

Actually, ultrasound technology was first developed in Scotland in the mid-1950s by obstetrician Ian Donald and engineer Tom Brown to detect industrial flaws in ships. By the end of the ’50s, ultrasound was routinely used in Glasgow hospitals, but it was just into the 1970s before it was used in American hospitals to check that the developing baby, placenta, and amniotic fluid were normal and to detect abnormal conditions such as birth defects and ectopic pregnancies, et al.

At the end of the ’70s, I became a certified Lamaze teacher and spent the next 22 years giving classes in my home. In a very real way, I had my own laboratory, as I learned directly from my clients about the increasing escalation of sonogram exams they had as the decades elapsed.

In the early 1980s, it was common for only one or two out of the 10 women in my classes to have a sonogram. In just a few years, every woman in my classes had had a sonogram. And in the late ’80s and ’90s, almost every woman had not one sonogram, but often two or three or four or five – starting as early as three or four weeks gestation and extending, in some instances, right up to delivery!

It was in the ’90s, in fact, that it began to occur to me that the scary rise in the incidence of autism might be linked to the significant rise in ultrasound exams. Over the years, I’ve posited my theory to a number of people, written letters to the editors of newspapers – including the NY Times, for which I wrote for over 20 years, but they still refused to publish my letter – and e-mailed my idea to one of the top news people at the Fox News Network, but the “we report/you decide” powers-that-be on that station strangely decided not to report on this subject.

I contacted autism researchers Dr. Marcel Just and Dr. Diane L. Williams, who told me via e-mail that Dr. Pasko Rakic at Yale was, indeed, exploring the autism-ultrasound link.

Then, in 2006, I found an article in Midwifery Today, “Questions about Prenatal Ultrasound and the Alarming Increase in Autism,” by writer-researcher Caroline Rodgers.
“The steep increase in autism,” Rodgers wrote, “goes beyond the U.S.: It is a “global phenomenon”… that “has emerged…across vastly different environments and cultures.”

“What do countries and regions with climates, diets and exposure to known toxins as disparate as the U.S., Japan, Scandinavia, Australia, India and the UK have in common?” Rodgers asked.

“No common factor in the water, air, local pesticides, diet or even building materials and clothing can explain the emergence and relentless increase in this serious, life-long neurodevelopmental disorder,” she stated.

However, Rodgers added: “What all industrial countries do have in common is …the use of routine prenatal ultrasound on pregnant women. In countries with nationalized healthcare, where virtually all pregnant women are exposed to ultrasound, the autism rates are even higher than in the U.S., where due to disparities in income and health insurance, some 30 percent of pregnant women do not yet undergo ultrasound scanning.” Aha! Could this be why blacks and Hispanics in America continue to lag behind whites in the development of autism?

Even in remote, rural regions of developing countries like China, ultrasound is in common use because sex determination was so important to their one-child – preferably male – policy, which they scrapped in 2016 for a two-child policy.

The cause of autism, Rodgers continues, “has been pinned on everything from ’emotionally remote’ mothers…to vaccines, genetics, immunological disorders, environmental toxins and maternal infections. A far simpler possibility…is the pervasive use of prenatal ultrasound, which can cause potentially dangerous thermal effects.

ENTER HARD SCIENCE

In August 2006, Pasko Rakic, M.D., chair of Yale School of Medicine’s Department of Neurobiology, announced the results of a study in which pregnant mice underwent various durations of ultrasound. The brains of the offspring showed damage consistent with that found in the brains of people with autism.

The research, funded by the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, also implicated ultrasound in neurodevelopmental problems in children, such as dyslexia, epilepsy, mental retardation and schizophrenia, and showed that damage to brain cells increased with longer exposures.

Dr. Rakic’s study, Rodgers said, “… is just one of many animal experiments and human studies conducted over the years indicating that prenatal ultrasound can be harmful to babies.”

In thedailybeast.com, Jennifer Margulis, author of Business of Baby: What Doctors Don’t Tell You, What Corporations Try to Sell You, and How to Put Your Baby Before Their Bottom Linewrites that Dr. Rakic “concluded that all nonmedical use of ultrasound on pregnant women should be avoided.”

In her research, Margulis said, she discovered that “there is mounting evidence that overexposure to sound waves – or perhaps exposure to sound waves at a critical time during fetal development – is to blame for the astronomic rise in neurological disorders among America’s children.”

PROBLEMS WITH SOUND AND HEAT

A 2009 article in Scientific American by John Slocum explains that sonar (Sound Navigation And Ranging) systems, which were first developed by the U.S. Navy to detect enemy submarines, “generate slow-rolling sound waves topping out at around 235 decibels; the world’s loudest rock bands top out at only 130. These sound waves can travel for hundreds of miles under water and can retain an intensity of 140 decibels as far as 300 miles from their source.”

This is relevant because many mass deaths and strandings of whales and dolphins have been attributed to the sonar waves emitted from Navy ships. Slocum writes that a successful 2003 lawsuit against the Navy brought by the nonprofit Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) to restrict the use of low-frequency sonar in waters rich in marine wildlife was upheld by two lower courts, but the Supreme Court “ruled that the Navy should be allowed to continue the use of some mid-frequency sonar testing for the sake of national security. ”

There are hundreds if not thousands of cases that point to the dangers of sound waves. As many as 3,000 dead dolphins were found in Peru during the summer of 2012. Researchers at the Organization for the Conservation of Aquatic Animals (ORCA), a Peruvian marine animal conservation organization, attributed the mass deaths to the use of deep water sonar by ships in nearby waters. In June of 2008, four days after a Navy helicopter was using controversial sonar equipment during training exercises off the Cornish coast in Great Britain, 26 dolphins died in a mass stranding.

Two quick questions: If sonar beams can kill fully developed dolphins, what effect, then, do they have on the developing brains of in-utero embryos and fetuses? And why is this never discussed or debated or mentioned on TV broadcasts?

Getting back to those embryos and fetuses, Rodgers explains that an ultrasound used in fetal imaging emits short pulses of high-frequency sound waves that reflect off the tissues of the fetus, and the return echoes are converted into images. In addition to vibration, ultrasound waves can cause heating of the tissue and bone.”

When the transducer from the ultrasound is positioned over the part of the fetus the operator is trying to visualize,” she continues, “the fetus may be feeling vibrations, heat or both.”

Rodgers then cites a warning the Food and Drug Administration issued way back in 2004: “…even at low levels, [ultrasound] laboratory studies have shown it can have…”jarring vibrations” – one study compared the noise to a subway coming into a station – “and a rise in temperature.”

Imagine how these assaults affect the developing brain of a fetus!

Just as concerning, as far back 1982, the World Health Organization’s (WHO) study, “Effects of Ultrasound on Biological Systems,” concluded that “…neurological, behavioral, developmental, immunological, hematological changes and reduced fetal weight can result from exposure to ultrasound.” Two years later, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) reported that when birth defects occurred, the acoustic output [of sonograms] was usually high enough to cause considerable heat.

And yet, in 1993, the FDA approved an eight-fold increase in the potential acoustical output of ultrasound equipment! Ostensibly, this increase was done to enhance better visualization of the heart and small vessels during microsurgery. Clearly, the health and well-being of developing fetuses was not a consideration!

“Can the fact that this increase in potential thermal effects happened during the same period of time the incidence of autism increased nearly 60-fold be merely coincidental?” Rodgers asks.

Pregnant women are always warned to avoid steam rooms and saunas, based on studies published in numerous prestigious journals in which an irrefutable relationship between elevated maternal temperature and the development of brain defects in their infants has been established.

Again, Rodgers asks the question every woman must be asking herself after hearing of the disastrous results of the new CDC study:

“Using common sense, why would anyone think that intruding upon the continuous, seamless development of the fetus, which has for millions of years completed its work without assistance, be without consequences?”

KEEPING THE HEAT ON (so to speak)

In October of 2010, Ms. Rodgers participated in a forum sponsored by the Interagency Autism Coordinating Committee of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. In PDF format, she presented a lecture about autism and ultrasound entitled “The Elephant in the Room,” which included the following information:

  • A worldwide autism boom identified by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) began with children born in 1988-1989.
  • Since the FDA approved an allowable eightfold increase in acoustic output in the early ’90s, only one prospective study has been undertaken. The study design did not expose fetuses to the first-trimester scans that are common today.
  • Ultrasound use and autism are more prevalent among higher socioeconomic groups.
  • Several studies have shown an increased prevalence of autism among better-educated, more affluent communities. Women in these communities undoubtedly have health insurance and other resources to allow access to good nutrition, prenatal vitamins, and excellent prenatal care, which, according to current practice, includes more ultrasound.

Autism surveys and studies have found the following groups of women are at higher risk of bearing children with autism:

  • Mothers who receive first-trimester care.
  • Mothers with higher educations.
  • Mothers with private health insurance.
  • Older mothers.

Rodgers concludes: Only increased exposure to prenatal ultrasound can explain all of the above.

Rodgers also elaborates on how things have changed since the FDA approved an eight-fold increase in the potential acoustical output of ultrasounds in 1993.

  • The number of ultrasound scans conducted during each pregnancy has increased, with women often receiving two or more scans even in low-risk situations.
  • The development of the vaginal probe, which positions the beam of sound much closer to the embryo or fetus, may put it at higher risk.
  • The use of Doppler ultrasound, which is used to study blood flow or to monitor the baby’s heartbeat, has increased. According to the 2006 Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, “routine Doppler ultrasound in pregnancy does not have health benefits for women or babies and may do some harm.”

Currently, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) are researching this issue in their Study to Explore Early Development (SEED).

There is a vast human tragedy – a true man-made disaster – taking place before our eyes.

For whatever reasons – follow the money? – the mountain of evidence that points to a causal relationship between prenatal ultrasound exams and an escalating pandemic of autism is being systematically ignored.

Could it have anything to do with the huge investments doctors and scientists have made in ultrasound technology, which, according to Jennifer Margulis, “adds more than $1 billion to the cost of caring for pregnant women in America each year”?

Could it have anything to do with the revenue now pouring like an avalanche into the coffers of diagnostic and treatment centers and classrooms?

Could it have anything to do with modern journalism’s almost complete abandonment of hard-nosed reporting and life-saving exposés?

As Caroline Rodgers said, there is an elephant in the room when it comes to the subject of autism ––and that elephant is the worldwide blitzkrieg of ultrasound exams on pregnant women, exams that have bombarded the babies they’re carrying with the brain-warping sound waves and heat that will continue to affect them every second of their autistic lives.

© 2023 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com




Fox News Loses $787 Million and its Credibility

By Cliff Kincaid

April 21, 2023

There is no way to spin it: Fox News has suffered a major embarrassment, with its $787 million settlement in the Dominion voting case. Dominion lawyers now promise to pursue other cases, such as collecting $1.6 billion from Mike Lindell of My Pillow, a major advertiser on Fox and other conservative outlets.

This settlement was designed to spare Tucker Carlson, the channel’s biggest star, the spectacle of going on the witness stand. Publicly, Tucker was acting like Trump’s lawyers had to be on Fox, making their case against Dominion, so that the viewers would be happy and informed.  Privately, he was sending email and text messages to colleagues and friends basically declaring Trump’s lawyers to be fools and idiots.

The failure to provide a rational case against vote fraud, compounded by the discovery process leading to the revelations about Fox’s internal deliberations, opened the door for Dominion, a leading provider of “hardware and software election tabulation solutions,” to sue for damages, and win.

In the wake of the biggest defamation case settlement in history, knee-jerk supporters of Fox such as Matt Vespa of Townhall have come to the channel’s defense, saying, “The preliminary depositions were brutal, so liberal America was anticipating a court battle, where their arch-nemesis  — Fox News — would be humiliated. That didn’t happen.”

But it did happen.

What’s fascinating on one level is that Fox Corporation, a multi-billion dollar firm, was beaten badly by Staple Street Capital Group LLC, the small private equity buyout firm that owns Dominion Voting Systems.

Dominion had promised to expose lies and misinformation and Fox conceded, “We acknowledge the Court’s rulings finding certain claims about Dominion to be false.”

Viewed objectively, the settlement itself says nothing about the nature or validity of the evidence as to whether some voting machines could have been manipulated to achieve a certain result. It only means that Fox was not prepared to admit on the witness stand that Tucker and other personalities were saying one thing in private and another in public.  That meant that a jury could use this evidence to declare the channel guilty of deliberately spreading lies. And that is one element of defamation.

Fox Corporation can easily absorb the settlement costs and proceed with business as usual. But Fox also lost its credibility with conservatives serious about the battle to save America and ensure honest and fair elections.

Even without a trial featuring the grilling of Tucker Carlson, the evidence already filed in the case showed that Tucker was concerned about airing doubts about the election fraud claims because it would drive away Trump supporters convinced the election was stolen. He believed that Fox News reporter Jacqui Heinrich’s skeptical coverage of the vote fraud allegations was “hurting” the company with its conservative viewer base and driving down the stock price.

The full quote shows Carlson telling Sean Hannity, “Please get her fired. Seriously…What the f—? I’m actually shocked…It needs to stop immediately, like tonight. It’s measurably hurting the company. The stock price is down. Not a joke.”

At one point, Carlson texted with an associate that Trump was “a demonic force, a destroyer. But he’s not going to destroy us.”

A political chameleon with a rich kid’s background, who started out with MSNBC, it appears that Tucker’s coverage was itself rigged to please viewers and retain and grow his audience, out of concern news consumers would defect to alternatives like Newsmax. But Newsmax and other outlets also face lawsuits from Dominion.

Hence, after denouncing Trump in private, Tucker recently turned around and interviewed him, giving the former president a one-hour opportunity to state his case for re-election.

While Tucker lands important interviews, such as the one with Elon Musk, he has been exposed as a two-faced character, with his finger blowing in the wind, depending on what he thinks attracts viewers. His concern with the stock price of Fox has made him millions of dollars, based on exploiting issues he thinks the viewers want covered.

I was one of those fooled by Tucker. At one time, I thought he was the new voice of the forgotten American, noting that he was urging Republicans to the return to the themes that got Trump elected.

His 2018 book, Ship of Fools, was about how the failures of the political establishment led to the election of Trump.

But the discovery process in the Dominion-Fox lawsuit exposed how the channel regards its own viewers as fools.

My column, “Trump’s Enemies May Surprise You,” alluded to the fact that although he was once associated with so-called neo-con Bill Kristol, Carlson now poses as a populist opposed to the neo-cons, bad-mouthing Ukraine’s battle against the Russian invaders. It’s difficult to figure out what he actually believes.

Carlson regularly highlights a number of other flip-floppers, including:

  • Former Bernie Sanders supporter former Rep. Tulsi Gabbard, who failed in her presidential bid, endorsed Biden for president in 2020, and then joined Fox.
  • Glenn Greenwald, a former gay porn lawyer and libertarian, attended various socialist conferences and then became a mouthpiece for NSA/CIA operative Edward Snowden, who defected through Chinese Hong Kong before escaping to Russia, where he just became a Russian citizen.

I noted as well that while we hear a lot these days from Fox commentators about alleged Soros-backed prosecutors, it was Fox which banned Chris Farrell of Judicial Watch for criticizing Soros on the Lou Dobbs show, and that Glenn Beck was actually fired from Fox News for exposing Soros.

In another case of two-faced coverage, Fox hypes the threat from the transgender movement while hiring transgender former athlete Bruce/Caitlyn Jenner and featuring him/her on the channel’s coverage of biological males in women’s sports.

Meanwhile on the ground, often without the necessary funding, those serious about the issue of vote fraud are working to ensure free, fair, and transparent elections.

In Maryland, for example, a state-wide Voter Integrity group has focused on such matters as mail-in ballots and ballot harvesting efforts, specialized in by Democrats to overcome same-day turnout and overtake Republican leads in critical state and county races.

Ballot harvesting allows political operatives to collect absentee ballots and drop them off at a polling place or election office.

Former President Trump once criticized ballot harvesting but now says Republicans should embrace the practice.

Perhaps this is where his lawyers should have concentrated their attention.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




I Will Not Comply

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 20, 2023

And from the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force.”  Matthew 11:12

Like many of you I have read, and repeated, this Scripture hundreds of times in my life but I don’t know if there is a more miss-understood verse than this in the entire Bible.

We hear a lot of talk about how much violence there is in the world, and certainly none of us want to see others get hurt.  But the connection of violence to bodily injury is a miss-application of the true meaning of the word.

Words do have meaning and nothing has been more disastrous to the well-being of America than the politicalization of language.  Years ago, 2009, I wrote a commentary entitled “Change the Words, Change the World”.  You can read it here.  This is true in so many areas of this fallen world.

Whenever I run into a language issue, I fall back to Webster’s 1828 dictionary.  Noah Webster is the one credited with bringing some commonality to the English language.  Because of so many dialects in the early days of America it was necessary for someone to clarify the COMMON meaning of words so that a common language was used in the direction of education in the nation.

Over the years, the meaning of so many English words have changed.  Hence the confusion about what someone meant when one spoke.  “Gay” today certainly does not mean what it meant in 1828.  I love the English language…I’m nerdy that way…but clarity is essential in having a true understanding of what others have communicated.

The Bible is ripe in this way as well.  Because it has been translated in so many languages it is essential that we go to the original tongue to fully understand what is being communicated.  Remember, change the words and you change the meaning.  Change the meaning and you change the word.

So, I went on a deep dive into Matthew 11 this morning and I was surprised by what I found.

There are two key words in the above quoted Scripture that are used in today’s world.  In fact, they are at the center of much of what is happening POLITICALLY in this nation.  These words are at the heart of The January 6 event in DC.

Those words are VIOLENCE and FORCE.

In today’s vernacular they are often used interchangeably, as if they had the same meaning.  Most American’s equate the two.  You often hear the nooze readers on TV reference the “VIOLENT insurrection” that took place on that day.  Something didn’t sit well with me because I was smart enough to realize that those two words did not mean the same and that they were being used interchangeably.  So, I went to Mr. Webster.

ViolateTo break; to infringe; to transgress; as, to violate the laws of the state,

ForceIn law, any unlawful violence to person or property.

Do you see it?  Violence can be done without FORCE, but force is always present in violence!

“Huh?” you ask.

Yes.  The difference is important.  The American way of life is being overthrown today not by violence, but by force.  Violence is the result of force.  Force always results in someone being violated.  Violence is a result of infringement or transgression.  Violence is the RESULT of the use of force.

(You are still not getting it. Follow me here.)  Here is my Paraphrase of Mathew 11:12.

From the days of John the Baptist until now the Kingdom of God has suffered violence (been transgressed, infringed, broken) and VIOLENT men, (those who transgress, infringe, and break) take it by (through the use of) FORCE.

Force is the weapon, violence is the result.  How often have you heard a man say “my rights have been violated!”  Does that men he was shot, punched or stabbed?  Of course not.  He was violated when he was FORCED to do something AGAINST HIS WILL.  Violence has nothing to do with guns or knives.  Violence occurs when the WILL of a person has been violated BY THE USE OF FORCE.

Millions of Americans are VIOLATED every day when they are FORCED to wear masks, social distance, use preferred pronouns, and otherwise have their God-given rights VIOLATED.  FORCE is the problem.  FORCE is the method by which individuals are VIOLATED.

George Washington said “Government is not reason; it is not eloquent; it is force. Like fire, it is a dangerous servant and a fearful master.”

We must change our focus and realize that FORCE and COERSION are the problem.  VIOLENCE is the result of the weapons of FORCE and COERSION being applied.

So, from the days of John the Baptist until now the Kingdom of God has had force applied against it resulting in transgression and infringement and those who have been violated respond by standing up and pushing back against the illegal force that has been applied against them!

In most cases, the violence that has been done against God-fearing citizens has not been against their PERSON, but against their RIGHTS!!  Look how you have been violated during the plandemic!!

Look at your own life.  Could you create a list of things that others, especially the government, has FORCED you to do?  They didn’t use guns, They used laws, orders, rules, and mandates, to strip us of our right to even worship God in public!  The Kingdom has been VIOLATED!!

Millions of God-fearing Americans showed up on January 6th because their rights had been violated.  The government used FORCE to turn them away.

Our rights have been violated and force is the weapon they used.   Courage is the counter force to tyranny.  “I will not comply” is the antidote.

© 2023 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Look Who Wants to Run the World

by Lee Duigon

April 20, 2023

When I was in grade school, our local police force used to send Sgt. Rieder into the classroom once a year to remind us to steer clear of strangers. If an adult you didn’t know offered you candy, or a ride in his car, whatever, you should bolt on out of there and tell your parents; and they should call the police. I had to do that, once: and an officer came to our house to get whatever information I could give him. I never heard anything more about it, but at least I’d done what I was supposed to do.

We all knew, because we’d been told by our parents, our teachers, and the police, that there were bad people out there who meant to do us harm. To the best of my knowledge, that was never allowed to happen in our town.

But times have changed.

Recently the United Nations formally proposed that all sexual activity—yes, all—should be “decriminalized”. This would include sex with “minors”—children, that is. But only, of course, if a child “consented” to it. That would make it OK. Well, OK with the UN, at least.

Wasn’t this the very thing that Sgt. Rieder warned us about? Suddenly we’re in a world where the kind of people the police used to warn us against are now almost to the point of running a global government. “Want some candy, little boy?” We were taught to run away from that! But now the United Nations is promoting it.

As for our teachers warning us off—have you heard of public schools offering “After-school Satan Clubs”? They’ve even got a commercial for it. Catchy tune, “Satan’s Not an Evil Guy.” Satan stands for… “Science”! And “truth.” And “fun.” These clubs have been popping up in public schools throughout the country. “And by the way,” says the jingle, “there is no Hell.” What a relief. Just do as thou wilt, and there’s no eternal punishment. If your neighborhood school doesn’t have this yet, just wait—they’ll get around to you someday.

Defund the police and fund the After-school Satan Club. How did we ever wind up here? With the people we were taught to run away from now running the store. It happened right before our eyes and no one stopped it. Now we don’t know if it can be stopped. Now it’s the teachers encouraging little children to clamor for “gender reassignment.” Our school tax dollars pay for it. And if you’ve heard of schools keeping this little caper with the children a secret from their parents—well, that’s another thing that seems to be happening a lot.

The teachers’ unions are not going to change their minds about this. Neither is the UN. The only thing we can do, to the extent that we can do anything at all, is to pull the children out of the public schools –take them away from the groomers.

Because now the predators who used to offer children candy if they’d only climb into the car have wealth, power, and a hankering for other people’s kiddies.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Ascending The Spiraling Staircase of Your Life

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 20, 2023

While sitting next to a nearly exhausted campfire on our Northern Tier coast-to-coast ride, I learned a lot from my companions Frank Cauthorn, Robert Case, Don Lindahl and Gerry Mulroy. Like all friends, each teaches a few lessons for a day, week or a lifetime. Each one of those thoughtful men brought stories, wisdom, music and their life-energy. They inspired me to write this vignette about life and its one-time ‘immortality’ on this planet for each one of us. I hope you too, during your travels, share your thoughts with all of us. It makes the world a more peaceful and happier place to live.

During your life journey, you may read different authors who share their insights with you. As a matter of fact, writers lay their guts on the line to aid, assist and support you on your own life path.

So often, you hear older people say they suffer from afflictions, lack of energy and the “gumption” to explore beyond their front room rocking chair or that ever-present Barker lounger.

One of the things I discovered as I traveled through my 20’s, 30’s, 40’s, 50’s and 60’s—once you engage fully with life, you live an eternity with each event whether work or play, good times or otherwise. Your eternity equals your lifespan. It’s endless as long as you continue breathing and ambulating.

A picture containing tree, outdoor, grass, road Description automatically generated

One of my favorite authors, John Muir, made a stunning announcement about living forever. He created a metaphor using a bear. He said, “Bears are made of the same dust as we, and breathe the same winds and drink the same waters. A bear’s days are warmed by the same sun, his dwellings are over-domed by the same blue sky, and his life turns and ebbs with the heart-pulsings like ours, and was poured from the same First Fountain. And weather he at last goes to our stingy heaven or not, he has terrestrial immorality. His life not long, not short, knows no beginning, no ending. To him life unstinted, unplanned, is above the accidents of time, and his years, markless and boundless, equal Eternity.”

Isn’t that really profound? Did it grab you? I realized by reading John Muir, that bears don’t know when they face death. They lack any understanding of morality. Thus, they live their lives eternally happy with each day, with each season, and with each moment of their lives.

If you appreciate that concept, it means you, too, may choose living at your highest and best for the eternity of your life on this planet.

Notice the title of this vignette: ascending the spiraling staircase of your life. Your lifespan offers ups, downs, flats, sunny and stormy weather. It offers romance, friends, enemies, frustrations and sadness. More profoundly than the bear, you enjoy a choice of happiness. Incorporate that understanding because life challenges every single person on this planet. It doesn’t make any difference where he or she lives or what he or she does for a living. It doesn’t care whether a person enjoys riches or poverty. Life doesn’t care whether a person enjoys fame or anonymity.

One of the things you may learn along the way: paradise stands under your feet. That’s right. It’s here and it’s now. It’s what you do daily, incrementally to move your life toward happiness.

Let’s go back to two world famous artists—Impressionist Pierre-Auguste Renoir and Frenchman Henri Matisse with modern art.

Both buoyed each other throughout their careers. They “pushed” each other as to creative endeavors. Matisse, nearly 20 years younger than Renoir, helped his friend into old age. Renoir suffered from arthritis, which crippled his hands.

At one point, Renoir barely held the brush. Matisse asked, “Pierre, my friend, why do you continue to paint when you are in so much pain?”

Renoir replied, “The pain passes, and when it does, it allows the beauty to emerge.”

We enjoy three levels of consciousness: sub-consciousness that runs us under our skulls and many times without our knowing it; unconsciousness when we do something without thinking and consciousness, where we choose our direction.

In order to live at your highest and best, you might incorporate Renoir’s legacy. Or, pick out one of your heroes or idols who touches your life-energy and inspires you. It could be Susan B. Anthony, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jane Goodall, Robert Redford, Nellie Bly, Henry David Thoreau, Jesus Christ or Ralph Waldo Emerson. It might be Robin Williams, Diane Sawyer, John Wayne or Meryl Streep. Whomever turns you on to vibrant living with their words or deeds, pursue your own spiraling staircase to heaven on Earth.

Some things you can do along the way:

—-Choose to live a cheerful life every day by reading positive authors. Choose positive friends who support you. Choose movies and plays that lift you toward your highest vibrational energy.

—-Choose tenderness and warmth with children, your mate or friends. Touch them with kind words, big hugs and smiling countenance.

—-Commune deeply with nature by walking into some woods, sitting by a pond or standing in a stream. Choose a pet to share your moments. Coffee with a girlfriend or a game of tennis with your buddy.

In the end, you live every day of your life with a sense of eternity because you’re not thinking about anything else. That’s the best immortality you can imagine. And remember Muir’s wisdom of the bear:

“To him life unstinted, unplanned, is above the accidents of time, and his years, markless and boundless, equal Eternity.”

Frosty Wooldridge, six continent world bicycle traveler

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Real Fantasyland

By Steven Yates

April 19, 2023

“The power of privilege is the right to dictate what is truth and what is misinformation. Always has been.”  ~Marc Andreessen (Netscape cofounder)

A few years ago, I ran across references to a book entitled Fantasyland: How America Went Haywire by one Kurt Andersen, which had just come out (this was 2018). I think I perused an excerpt from it in some Establishment publication (possibly The Atlantic Monthly).

I haven’t read the book otherwise. This is not a review, therefore. It is more a review of the idea that seemed to motivate it, that of the dogmatic hyper-rationalism associated with the kind of epistemic authoritarianism now known as The Science.

I gather, going by some of the Amazon reviews the book garnered, the author was quite upset that far too many people reject or at least question official narratives, scientific as well as political-economic, or supposed public health measures. To elitist defenders of The Science, we peasants aren’t supposed to ask questions, as opposed to sitting down, shutting up, and doing as we are told.

We may be talking about the Federal Reserve System, or money power generally.

Or political assassinations like those of the Kennedys, or Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.

Or stealth campaigns such as Agenda 21 / Sustainable Development.

Or “conspiracy theories” about 9/11.

Or those surrounding covid and the so-called vaccines.

Or January 6, 2021, that it was an “insurrection against democracy.”

Or countless other cases about which suspicion can be cast upon an official story that has been repeated over and over again, like a mantra, in corporate media.

This includes, for arch hyper-rationalists (Andersen appears to be one), just the idea that a God exists, as His existence is rejected by materialists and so-called “scientific humanists” and New Atheists. It annoys hyper-rationalists that there are subcultures at home, and cultures abroad, that reject the materialism baked into The Science.

Fantasyland was published before the coronavirus / Covid-19 debacle. With what we now know is provable (think: Twitter Files), that federal agencies worked very closely with Big Tech to impose censorship on anyone who questioned either the lockdowns or, when they arrived, the safety and efficacy of the mRNA shots that were forced on populations, often via employers, amidst relentless campaigns against “vaccine hesitancy,” “misinformation,” “baseless conspiracy theories,” etc., I wonder if Andersen wishes he’d waited to publish!

Andersen seems to believe — and again, I am going off some of the reviews — that inherent in the very idea of American liberty is a slippery slope: if people are able to believe and worship as they see fit, or pursue whatever ends they see fit based on their own beliefs about reality, they will end up with the relativistic idea that your beliefs are just as “true” as mine, or that what’s “true for me” need not be “true for you.”

While I’m no relativist, the title still seemed to me an apt description of the collective mental/cognitive landscape into which we’ve actually been taken at an accelerated rate over the past several years — not by QAnon types and MAGA hat wearers but by the Establishment, as it has scraped and clawed to stay in power epistemically as well as politically, amidst the upsurge of “populism” represented by the Donald Trumps of the world and those who spoke awkwardly of “alternative facts” (they mean: alternatives to the official narratives about what is fact).

This clash of narratives didn’t begin yesterday. There’s a sense in which industrial civilization itself is based on control systems, passed off under euphemistic terms like “socialization.” The best control systems work by compelling “the masses” to control themselves and each other, via public education and mass media messaging (remember: “If you see something, say something”?). Control systems, beginning in public schools, encourage obedience and conformity, not critical thinking and independence.

Hence exposés on education like John Taylor Gatto’s Dumbing Us Down (1992) and The Underground History of America (2001), among others; Charlotte Thomson Iserbyt’s the deliberate dumbing down of America (2000); and Beverly Eakman’s Educating for the New World Order (1991), among others.

Include here equivalent exposés on mass media, the development of the technologies it uses to get its messages into our heads, resulting in social control via narrative management: Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business (by Neil Postman, 1985), The Unreality Industry: The Deliberate Manufacture of Falsehood and What It Is Doing To Our Lives (by Ian I. Mitroff and Warren Bennis, 1989), Into the Buzzsaw: Leading Journalists Expose the Myth of a Free Press (ed. by Kristina Borjesson, 2002), and of course Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of Mass Media (by Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, 1988, 2002).

This is a representative sample. Note that these tomes span the ideological spectrum. I doubt anyone would classify Chomsky as a “right winger.”

There are other such exposés, many devoted to specific topics such as health and medicine, or food, or science itself. All tend to show how moneyed and therefore powerful interests have studied, and made use of, techniques ranging from clever marketing to psychological manipulation to lead audiences by their noses in desired directions — often using the latter’s own preferences for entertainment over substance against them.

What these authors all expose, in one way or another, is the fabrication of “reality” by elite (and superelite) interests and those working for them, often unknowingly, often in ways intended to entertain us in the process. If we’re finding someone’s content entertaining, we’re less likely to be on our guard.

The result is Real Fantasyland. The purpose of Real Fantasyland: more money and power for the elites and superelites; less money, power, and independence for We The People. Examples of Real Fantasyland are easy to enumerate.

Real Fantasyland is the belief that men can turn themselves into women and women can become men through “transitioning”; and that such options should be made available to children.

Reality: your sex is determined by your chromosomes. Males have XY chromosomes; females have XX chromosomes. These are fixed early in prenatal development. There may be a very tiny fraction of humans whose chromosomes are somehow different or incomplete or ambiguous, but this fraction is far too small to explain the upsurge of “transgenders” that now seem to be everywhere. The obvious explanation for this last is cultural left politics, not some sudden biological mutation. Cultural left politics may well embrace The Science but rejects the real science of biology.

Real Fantasyland is believing that the “white supremacism” of straight white Christian males is responsible for every calamity that has befallen the black community (and, for that matter, every other group), for the “systemic racism” baked into the American cake as it were since 1619.

Reality: there are probably no more than a few hundred bona fide white supremacists in America. On the other hand, straight white Christian males have been under systemic cultural and legal attack for the past 50 years. This attack has intensified over the past 30 years or so, the political correctness era. Boys and men have been under attack, the natural expression of their identity derided as “toxic masculinity.” The percentages of males enrolled in colleges and universities has been dropping for over two decades now. No one will address the real cause: an academic environment that is toxic for men who aren’t emasculated left-liberals.

Real Fantasyland is believing you can continue bullying a people, having already outsourced their jobs to foreign lands for cheap labor, deindustrializing their communities and turning once thriving downtowns into wastelands, and then continue gaslighting them about nonexistent “white privilege,” without inviting pushback.

Reality: the Donald Trumps of the world stepped into the roles they did for specific, identifiable reasons, and as long as those reasons remain valid, “populism” will remain a force to be reckoned with unless it is violently suppressed (something not outside the realm of possibility as events continue to play out this year and next).

Real Fantasyland, however, is believing you are ever going to get the truth about important current events, especially wars and their causes, from any major corporate media outlet anywhere in the Western world.

Realities: the Russian invasion of Ukraine was not “unprovoked,” as anyone who studies the history of the region — just the era since the end of the Soviet Union will do. Ukraine is not “winning” despite receiving hundreds of billions in foreign aid from the U.S. The person accused of leaking classified Department of Defense documents, Jack Teixiera, 21, an Air National Guardsman of Massachusetts, is (predictably) being demonized as a racist and an antisemite as well as a “gun enthusiast.” He is probably on his way to a deep, dark hole. That’s what happens when you expose the lies of powerful people in the U.S. war machine, and you don’t flee as Edward Snowden did.

Real Fantasyland is believing you are ever going to get the truth about any of the history-shaping events of our lifetimes from the U.S. federal government.

Realities: the U.S. federal government still has thousands of documents related to the JFK assassination that are labeled classified. The truth about the assassination of JFK’s brother five years later has never been unraveled. What some of us have learned (in my case, from a relative of someone who was there) is that the official narrative of that event has more holes than Swiss cheese. Sirhan Sirhan is almost certainly an innocent man whose life was destroyed.

We do not have the full truth about how the 9/11 attacks were accomplished; what we have are accounts by qualified scientists and engineers who argue that the official narrative of three (not two) skyscrapers descending into their own footprint is physically impossible. The official story of the killing of Osama bin Laden in Pakistan is extremely dubious. Buried at sea? No one ever saw a body. We’re supposed to just trust “authorities” who have lied to us repeatedly?

Finally we get to the “mysterious” origin of the coronavirus that causes covid, and what was known in the back rooms of Big Pharma about the mRNA shots before their being forced on a “vaccine hesitant” public. The Science would have you believe that the former evolved in a bat, and that the latter are “safe and effective” despite the fact that huge numbers of people got the vaxxes and got covid anyway, while others got the vaxxes and died or have sustained life-altering injuries. All memory-holed.

Real Fantasyland is seeing an “autocrat” or an “authoritarian” in every leader — Trump, Florida’s Ron DeSantis, Hungary’s Viktor Orbán, Brazil’s Jair Bolsonaro, others, who puts / has put the interests of his own nation ahead of those of the “liberal international order,” i.e., he refuses to play the globalist game.

Reality: the policies of such figures put the brakes on left-liberals and globalists (and corrupt mass media outlets) saying and doing anything they see fit, and since most national elites and global superelites are unused to having anyone influential, or with political power of their own, stand up to them, naturally they cry foul.

Real Fantasyland for many American conservatives, however — at least they identify as such — is believing the death culture at home can be voted out of power.

Reality: it is not that sort of thing. It seems likely, for example, that the overturning of Roe v. Wade genuinely hurt Republicans in the midterms (2022). I’ve been reading about the just-published book by one of the few living conservative political philosophers, Claes G. Ryn, entitled The Failure of American Conservatism and the Road Not Taken (2023). Ryn argues that for years now, too many who self-identify as conservative have focused only on politics. They’ve neglected culture, mass media, academia, and academic subjects and endeavors that aren’t profitable to business such as philosophy, history, theology, the arts, and so on. Hence conservatives lost every one of them. It is probably Fantasyland to believe we have any chance of winning these arenas back in our lifetimes. The reality: we are going to have to reconstruct them — in some cases, from scratch.

Real Fantasyland is thinking that if you get rid of legally-owned firearms, society will be safer.

Reality: if the U.S. ever follows the path Australia took, two classes of people will be armed: government employees (e.g., police) and criminals. Guess which one will have all the advantages at the street-level. And when the next excuse to lock down the population shows up, perhaps for months with no end in sight, those who foolishly gave up their arms will have no means of defending themselves. Ask the residents of Melbourne.

Real Fantasyland is believing that our present money system, which redistributes wealth upwards, can survive its central bank, the Federal Reserve, continuing to print money, print money, print money.

Reality: Modern Monetary Theory, which sanctions this, is a pseudoscientific fraud. In combination with the reckless incompetence of the Bidenistas, other nations are now moving away from the dollar. They are allowing China to broker agreements between them, as Saudi Arabia and Iran recently did. As the dollar gradually loses its status as the world’s reserve currency, reasons for holding dollars will evaporate. They will return to U.S. soil, causing still more price inflation and dislocation. If programmable CBDCs replace dollars, the U.S. outside elite enclaves will become a dystopia not far removed from the nihilistic world depicted in science fiction author Neal Stephenson’s cyberpunk novel Snow Crash (1992).

Real Fantasyland is believing that civil society can be maintained indefinitely on an edifice of lies, deceit, censorship, and memory-holing inconvenient truths; or on political prosecutions of the opposition (think: that of Trump in Manhattan for non-crimes), and the utter incompetence that results when identity-politics trumps qualifications in appointments at the federal level.

Real Fantasyland is believing Joe Biden will still be in the White House in 2028 even should he miraculously hang on through the episodes of word salad and physical stumbling and win in 2024 (God help us all if he does!).

Reality: Mark Milley wants to understand “white rage”; this is the woke loon presently leading the U.S. armed forces. Bidenista weakness, especially where foreign policy is concerned, has yielded the most dangerous situation since the Cuban Missile Crisis of 1961 — a potential confrontation between nuclear superpowers both of which have weapons 500 times more powerful than what was dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki!

Getting to the bigger picture:

Real Fantasyland is believing that the wealthy and powerful have never conspired against the public good, and against the world’s populations generally.

Reality: as I’ve noted previously, many of the superelite’s representatives have set down in their own words, in numerous books and articles, what they are doing and what they hope to achieve.

Real Fantasyland is believing either than the U.S. (or any other Western power) is actual democracy, or that left-liberal Democrats have any sincere interest in “protecting democracy,” whether from Jan-6er political prisoners or from anyone else. You cannot “protect” what does not exist.

Reality: the U.S. and other Western powers are plutocratic oligarchies, or plutocracies. Arguably the U.S. became such when the superelite of the time created the Federal Reserve System.

Real Fantasyland is believing that the technocratic, techno-feudalist dystopia in the making can possibly endure.

Reality: highly centralized empires based on lies and fraud, and when these fail, brute force, have never succeeded.

This one, however, when it fails, will still be powerful enough to do damage on a planetary scale!

Real Fantasyland, finally, is believing you can discount God’s watchful eye and capacity to take action because His existence cannot be proved by human logic or laboratory science (or The Science).

Since by definition Real Fantasyland is not real: when governments, corporations and whole populations are immersed in it for a long enough period of time, it exacts a price. In our case, the price is proving to be the long term collapse of everything that went into building the West, and of the West itself.

Our foundations were Christendom (our second president, John Adams: “Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”), the value of truth more broadly, and the values of life and liberty. No, our original republic wasn’t perfect, but whether anyone likes it or not, it was better than anything else accomplished either before or since, and it would be a shame to lose it all because of the present-day immersion in the Real Fantasyland, be this about “gender” fluidity, the destruction of our currency at the hands of those once entrusted to safeguard it, foreign wars we should not be involved in, or anything else.

© 2023 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________

Did one little-known American astronomer singlehandedly destroy Big Bang Cosmology? To find out, access Issue #4 of Truth, Freedom, Validation here.  (You can read it, and future issues, for just $1/month!)

ANNOUNCING: an online course/tutorial entitled The Philosophy of Responsible Freedom, directed by Jack C. Carney with myself as chief partner: a Zoom-based intellectual encounter between an atheist (Carney) and a Christian (Yates) exploring the history of ideas using Academy of Ideas videos and supplementing them with the thoughts of others. Carney is an autodidact in areas ranging across psychology, psychiatry, and anthropology who emphasizes the importance of human relationships in a world where loss is omnipresent (he also teaches English online). I am an author and trained philosopher with a doctorate in the subject who taught philosophy courses in years past, walked away from academia, still writes philosophy emphasizing the need to identify, clarify, and evaluate the success (or failure) of worldviews in civilization, stages of civilization, the quest to build free societies, and how worldviews either enhance or hobble responsible freedom. Course/tutorial outline here. For more information or to get on our email list: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com.

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.




The RESTRICTing Liberty Act

By Paul Engel

April 19, 2023

  • Once again the American people may be succumbing to fear and letting the federal government pass legislation that will be used to restrict our rights.
  • In an attempt to regulate the activities of TikTok and their alleged espionage, Congress is debating the RESTRICT Act. But would it do what Congress is claiming?
  • Are we witnessing the repeat of the PATRIOT Act?

There has been plenty of talk lately about TikTok, its connection to the Chinese Communist Party, and what American politicians should do about it. Several states, and I believe federal agencies, have banned it from government owned devices, but is that enough? There are those who are calling for drastic actions to protect the American people from this software. Just like after 9/11 though, it appears those in government are ready to use a howitzer to take care of a flea.

Senator Mark Warner of Virginia, along with a dozen others, have proposed the “Restricting the Emergence of Security Threats that Risk Information and Communications Technology Act”, also known as the RESTRICT Act. It appears the American people have not learned from our rush to protect ourselves in 2001. Then the PATRIOT Act infringed on the rights of millions of patriotic Americans. Similarly, it appears that the RESTRICT Act is setting us up to further restrict our rights and liberties.

Let’s start by making sure we understand a few points about this legislation. We’ll begin with some definitions

(B) COVERED ENTITIES.—The entities described in this subparagraph are:

(i) a foreign adversary; 

(ii) an entity subject to the jurisdiction of, or organized under the laws of, a foreign adversary; and

(iii) an entity owned, directed, or controlled by a person described in subparagraph (A) or (B).

RESTRICT Act

This act would apply to a foreign adversary, someone subject to the laws of a foreign adversary, or someone or something controlled by a foreign adversary. I think we all understand what makes something foreign, but what’s an adversary?

one that contends with, opposes, or resists an enemy or opponent

Adversary – Merriam-Websters Online Dictionary

So when this legislation discusses covered entities, they mean anyone who is under the jurisdiction or controlled by a foreign enemy of the United States. Is that clear enough for you? Wait, there’s more. This legislation has its own definition of a foreign adversary:

(8) FOREIGN ADVERSARY.—The term foreign adversary”— 

(A) means any foreign government or regime, determined by the Secretary, pursuant to sections 3 and 5, to have engaged in a long-term pattern or serious instances of conduct significantly adverse to the national security of the United States or the security and safety of United States persons; and

(B) includes, unless removed by the Secretary pursuant to section 6—

(i) the Peoples Republic of China, including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and Macao Special Administrative Region; 

(ii) the Republic of Cuba;

(iii) the Islamic Republic of Iran;

(iv) the Democratic Peoples Republic of Korea;

(v) the Russian Federation; and

(vi) the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela under the regime of Nicolás Maduro Moros.

RESTRICT Act

This is where we start seeing the fundamental problem with this legislation. Basically, this would define a foreign adversary as any government that the Secretary thinks is one. Which secretary?

(16) SECRETARY.—The term Secretary” means the Secretary of Commerce.

RESTRICT Act

Are you prepared to give the Secretary of Commerce such power? Before a country is declared a foreign adversary for the purpose of regulation, shouldn’t an elected body, such as Congress, be involved? Let’s see just how much trouble the Secretary of Commerce can make for us.

In General.—The Secretary, in consultation with the relevant executive department and agency heads, is authorized to and shall take action to identify, deter, disrupt, prevent, prohibit, investigate, or otherwise mitigate, including by negotiating, entering into, or imposing, and enforcing any mitigation measure to address any risk arising from any covered transaction by any person, or with respect to any property, subject to the jurisdiction of the United States that the Secretary determines—

RESTRICT Act

Let’s pause here for a moment. The Secretary is authorized to deter, disrupt, prevent, prohibit, investigate, or otherwise mitigate any transaction that one of the covered entities I’ve already listed has any interest in, as long as he or she believes there is a risk to the United States? Is anyone else having PATRIOT Act flashbacks? What limits can the Secretary use to identify, deter, disrupt, prevent, prohibit, investigate, or otherwise mitigate such risk? What risks is the Secretary supposed to be on the look out for?

that the Secretary determines—

(1) poses an undue or unacceptable risk of—

(A) sabotage or subversion of the design, integrity, manufacturing, production, distribution, installation, operation, or maintenance of information and communications technology products and services in the United States;

(B) catastrophic effects on the security or resilience of the critical infrastructure or digital economy of the United States;

(C) interfering in, or altering the result or reported result of a Federal election, as determined in coordination with the Attorney General, the Director of National Intelligence, the Secretary of Treasury, and the Federal Election Commission; or

(D) coercive or criminal activities by a foreign adversary that are designed to undermine democratic processes and institutions or steer policy and regulatory decisions in favor of the strategic objectives of a foreign adversary to the detriment of the national security of the United States, as determined in coordination with the Attorney General, the Director of National Intelligence, the Secretary of Treasury, and the Federal Election Commission; or

(2) otherwise poses an undue or unacceptable risk to the national security of the United States or the safety of United States persons.

RESTRICT Act

What’s an undue or unacceptable risk of sabotage of our information and communications infrastructure? Could crypto currency be considered an unacceptable risk to our digital economy? We’ve already seen claims that those who spoke out about problems in the 2020 and 2022 elections were interfering with elections. And remember when Donald Trump and others were accused of actions coercive or criminal activities? Don’t forget, the Trump organization was also accused of housing foreign servers that they claimed were used to influence the election. What about those who pointed out the illegal actions by the FDA, CDC, Attorney General, DOJ, and White House, and those who refused to take an experimental COVID jab? Could they be accused of attempting to steer policy and regulatory decisions or was it just an unacceptable risk to the national security?

You may be saying that this would only apply to foreign adversaries. What if you use a service that has servers in one of those designated countries? What if you use a VPN, or cloud service that gets routed through one of them? We’ve already seen government actors abuse their position against their political enemies; do you really think this wouldn’t be used as an excuse one day?

IN GENERAL.—Subject to section 13, with respect to any covered holding referred to the President under subsection (a), if the President determines that the covered holding poses an undue or unacceptable risk to the national security of the United States or the security and safety of United States persons, the President may take such action as the President considers appropriate to compel divestment of, or otherwise mitigate the risk associated with, such covered holding to the full extent the covered holding is subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, with respect to— 

(A) the United States operations, assets, or property of the entity in which the covered holding is held, or of any products or services owned, controlled, designed, developed, manufactured, or supplied by the entity are used in the United States; 

(B) any tangible or intangible assets, wherever located, are used to support or enable use of the product or software of the entity in the United States; and 

(C) any data obtained or derived from use of the product or software of the entity in the United States. 

RESTRICT Act

There you are, running your business, when the President decides that the equipment you purchased to run your business is a national security risk. He suddenly issues an order compelling you to sell to someone else, because he claims you are controlled by a foreign adversary. You may have to sell your assets, property, or any other holdings you have, along with any data and software, including your proprietary information. Would anyone be surprised that you would be coerced to sell to an entity favorable to the President’s political party?

Considerations Relating To Undue And Unacceptable Risks.—In determining whether a covered transaction poses an undue or unacceptable risk under section 3(a) or 4(a), the Secretary—

(1) shall, as the Secretary determines appropriate and in consultation with appropriate agency heads, consider, where available—

(A) any removal or exclusion order issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Secretary of Defense, or the Director of National Intelligence pursuant to recommendations of the Federal Acquisition Security Council pursuant to section 1323 of title 41, United States Code;

(B) any order or license revocation issued by the Federal Communications Commission with respect to a transacting party, or any consent decree imposed by the Federal Trade Commission with respect to a transacting party;

(C) any relevant provision of the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation and the Federal Acquisition Regulation, and the respective supplements to those regulations;

(D) any actual or potential threats to the execution of a national critical function identified by the Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency;

(E) the nature, degree, and likelihood of consequence to the public and private sectors of the United States that would occur if vulnerabilities of the information and communications technologies services supply chain were to be exploited; and

(F) any other source of information that the Secretary determines appropriate; and

(2) may consider, where available, any relevant threat assessment or report prepared by the Director of National Intelligence completed or conducted at the request of the Secretary. 

RESTRICT Act

If you are a broadcaster, could you have your FCC license revoked? What about a trading agreement or a contract related to the DOD?

All it takes for a country to be declared a foreign adversary for this legislation, is a finding from the Secretary.

DESIGNATION.—The Secretary may, in consultation with the Director of National Intelligence, designate any foreign government or regime as a foreign adversary if the Secretary finds that the foreign government or regime is engaged in a long-term pattern or serious instances of conduct significantly adverse to the national security of the United States or security and safety of United States persons.

RESTRICT Act

What if you are unjustly targeted under such legislation? Sure, you could fight it in court, but that would take a lot of time and money. What if you recognize the unconstitutional and therefore illegal nature of this legislation, and following court precedent, realize it’s void and unenforceable?

IN GENERAL.—It shall be unlawful for a person to violate, attempt to violate, conspire to violate, or cause a violation of any regulation, order, direction, mitigation measure, prohibition, or other authorization or directive issued under this Act, including any of the unlawful acts described in paragraph (2).

RESTRICT Act

Such a tyrannical act would be nothing without penalties for violating its illegal precepts:

(1) IN GENERAL.—A person who willfully commits, willfully attempts to commit, or willfully conspires to commit, or aids or abets in the commission of an unlawful act described in subsection (a) shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than $1,000,000, or if a natural person, may be imprisoned for not more than 20 years, or both.

RESTRICT Act

Conclusion

Just like after 9/11, we have government actors stoking the fears of the American people with calls of “We have to do something!” And now, just as then, they are taking what are legitimate concerns and stoking the flames of fear in order to pass legislation that can easily and predictably be used to deprive you of your rights. Where is your right to due process, if all it takes to have your actions declared a threat is a decision by an unelected bureaucrat? What about your rights to freedom of speech and press when this legislation would allow government to either shutdown or steal any platform that someone can claim is foreign controlled?

Should Congress consider legislation to regulate the foreign commerce of an entity controlled by a foreign government? Yes, but only to the limits of their powers, which is foreign commerce. However, that is not what they are trying to do here. They are using fear of the apparent espionage of TikTok to claim the authority to regulate, control, and destroy any technology they can somehow claim is controlled by a foreign entity.

Leave it to Congress to drop an atomic bomb when a simple hand grenade would do. And with all of these new investigatory powers, does anyone believe this one or future Secretaries won’t use it to spy on Americans and their businesses? If this legislation passes, we would not be jumping out of the frying pan into the fire, but into an inferno that may well consume all of our rights.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Mass Murderers Are Telling Us That They Are Looking For Gun-Free Zones

By Bradlee Dean

April 19, 2023

“Facts are stubborn things; and whatever may be our wishes, our inclinations, or the dictates of our passion, they cannot alter the state of facts and evidence.”  —President John Adams

Oh, my friends, if the mainstream media, which works hand-in-glove with corrupt politicians, are not blatantly lying to us about gun violence, then they are doing their best to misconstrue the facts (Proverbs 19:9).

Outside of the fact that the said Supreme court says that it is free speech to teach both young and old alike how to kill through movies, television, music and or video games, it should come as no surprise why we are seeing any of these crimes being committed (Proverbs 22:6).

[Rumble Video]

On top of all of this, we see where they then blame the innocent for the crimes of the guilty (Proverbs 17:15).

What’s worse, most of these mass shootings take place in gun-free zones, which the politicians are guilty of unlawfully creating (Psalm 94:20).  It is time to hold them accountable for the crimes committed against the innocent!

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

This is all going on while they sit behind a desk with armed security detail doing their best to strip the American people of their God-given rights protected under the Second Amendment and at the same time defending themselves against the very people that they are to protect!

Americans, a majority of the people know what this is all about and where it is that the corrupt want to bring this.  They want total disarmament (1 Samuel 13:22), and most know the history of such governments.

[Rumble Video]

Aside of all of what it is that most of us already know, here we have John Lott from the Crime Prevention Research Center bringing to light the truth that the corrupt would hope that you didn’t see, namely the facts.

He dismantles every single gun control myth right before the eyes of the people, as well as sharing with us that mass murderers are telling us that they are looking for gun-free zones in which to murder the innocent.

[Rumble Video]

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Web of Dystopian Tyranny – Part 1, The Hunger Games

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 18, 2023

Part One – THE HUNGER GAMES

The way to crush the bourgeoisie is to grind them between the millstones of taxation and inflation. —Vladimir Lenin

Communism has never come to power in a country that was not disrupted by war or corruption, or both. —President John F. Kennedy

For us in Russia, communism is a dead dog, while, for many people in the West, it is still a living lion. —Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

Everyone may be called “comrade,” but some comrades have the power of life and death over other comrades. —Thomas Sowell, 1930 -, American political thinker

In 1952, as John F. Kennedy was campaigning for the Senate, he addressed the Massachusetts Chapter of the American Federation of Labor.  He focused on the expansion of Communism and the priority of containment. The future senator referred to the Communist threat as “an enemy, powerful, unrelenting and implacable who seeks to dominate the world by subversion and conspiracy.”  He asserted that, “All problems are dwarfed by the necessity of the West to maintain against the Communists a balance of power.”  He also pointed out that containment was necessary not only for United States military safety, but also because of the threat Communism posed in “political and economic” spheres.

Here is the full transcript of that amazing speech.

Can you imagine any person running for office, or for that matter, anyone in Congress giving a speech like that today?  Congressman Larry McDonald was the last Democrat who spoke words of freedom.  He was the Chairman of the John Birch Society.

As Alexandr Solzhenitsyn said, “The simple step of a courageous individual is not to take part in the lie. One word of truth outweighs the world.”  Do Not Comply!

Compare John Kennedy’s Senate campaign speech to the speeches of the Democrat Party members today.

America’s Communist Infiltration

The slow destruction of a once beautiful and thriving people has been in the works since the first socialists arrived in America in 1824. Robert Owen created the Utopian Socialist Society of New Harmony, Indiana in 1825. He tested some of his writings and speeches in both Scotland and Indiana and his experiments were very influential on Marx, Engels, and other socialists and communists at the time and later on. This led to Owen being mentioned in the Communist Manifesto and would lead to the creation of other utopian societies around the country.

Robert Owen’s influence reached key members of society. In February and March of 1825, Owen gave two speeches to Congress when figures such as John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, James Monroe, John Quincy Adams, and others were present. Wouldn’t you love to know what our early presidents and founders thought of Owen’s speeches!

In 1848 we were flooded with immigrants from Germany, many of whom were Marxists whose socialism had failed in Germany. By 1861, there were 13 high ranking Marxist officers within the Union Army.  This is documented.

By the 1930s, communists had infiltrated our schools (The Turning of the Tides by former Congressman Paul Shafer and John Howland Snow). Teachers were being taught how to subtly teach Marxism.  Teachers’ unions were started as early as 1916.

From 1950-1954, the public was alerted to growing communism within all segments of our government and it was already late in the game. Senator Joseph McCarthy tried to save the country, but was himself destroyed and his reputation sullied with lies.

Now, Communist China owns most all of America, land, businesses, education, banks, most portions of the government and certainly the military, especially Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Mark Milley, who twice disobeyed the orders of the Commanders in Chief. First the treasonous act with China when Trump was President and his recent refusal to shoot down the Red Chinese spy balloon when Biden ordered it shot.

The doors of our country are now open, not for those with skills to increase America’s greatness, but to the dregs of the underworld, most of whom are young men, gang affiliates, drug runners, child traffickers and more. Millions of illegals have entered America since Biden took office.

We are owned by the enemies of freedom and I cannot get my fellow citizens to call and write their colluding, money hungry, power seeking basturds in DC nor their state legislatures and tell them what we want and don’t want.  Only a handful of folks will let their voices be heard.

Have we heard any politician expose the manifest evils of the Great Reset’s Klaus Schwab, Yuval Harari and the United Nations? These are the globalist organizations whose plans are to reduce the population to serfs and slaves.

They are the new communist slave masters.

Will they even wake up when they’re loaded in the box cars?

It is left to the people.

Culling America’s Breadbox

To say America’s breadbox is declining would be an understatement.

A Texas dairy farm was completely destroyed in a major explosion and 18,000 cattle are dead.  U.S. Beef cattle industry is at the lowest since 1962.

Cattle facilities are exploding everywhere.  An article in To the Point News by Mike Ryan explains what is happening.  If it doesn’t come in for you, join up, as Dr. Jack Wheeler and Mike Ryan consistently score with valuable information.

Belle Carter reporting for Natural News tells us that nearly two in ten cows injected with mRNA die instantly.  For Australian farmers/ranchers to keep their cattle and not go out of business, the government is forcing the mRNA injections containing spike protein on all cattle. Dylan Eleven reporting for Principia-Scientific that out of a herd of 200, 35 cows dropped dead from the mRNA injections.

There have been over 100 food processing plant fires in the last two years. Too many to be coincidental albeit there are around 5300 processing plant fires every year, but we don’t know how many of those process food.

Attorney Thomas Renz reported that the lobbyists for the Cattleman and Pork Associations in several states have confirmed they will be using mRNA vaccines in pigs and cows starting in April, 2023.  Renz states, “No one knows the impacts of doing this but we are all potentially facing the risk of being a #Died Suddenly if we don’t stop this.”

Since 2018, pork producers have been using customizable mRNA-based “vaccines” on their herds, and this has slipped completely under the radar.

Dr. Joseph Mercola’s article on Children’s Health Defense is essential reading. He writes:

As described on Merck’s animal health website:

“A revolutionary swine vaccine platform, SEQUIVITY harnesses RNA particle technology to create customized prescription vaccines against strains of influenza A virus in swine, porcine circovirus (PCV), rotavirus and beyond. It’s supported by a sophisticated dashboard filled with comprehensive data and insights …

“The very first RNA-based livestock vaccine, a swine influenza (H3N2) RNA shot, was licensed over a decade ago in 2012, and was developed by Harris  vaccines. The company followed up with an avian influenza mRNA shot in 2015.  Harris vaccines was acquired by Merck Animal Health later that year.”

Right, and we’re supposed to believe that eating meat from an animal who has been given all these injections won’t hurt the human population?!  Probably a good idea to do as our Jewish brethren do and avoid pork in all its forms.  No more bacon!

Dr. Peter McCullough tells you to do the very same thing in his latest Substack article, Novel Vaccine Technologies in Veterinary Medicine: A Herald to Human Medicine Vaccines.

So, baby back ribs and bacon are gone, and cattle are next.

Depending upon state laws demanding all ranchers and farmers jab their cattle, including their milk cows, which will eliminate butter, milk, buttermilk, cheese, cottage cheese, steaks, prime rib, chuck roasts, hamburgers, and my favorite, ice cream, etc., beef will also become verboten.

From an AP News article, No, farmers aren’t required to vaccinate livestock with mRNA vaccines, “There is no requirement or mandate that producers vaccinate their livestock for any disease,” U.S. Department of Agriculture spokesperson Marissa Perry said in an email. “It is a personal and business decision left up to the producer and will remain that way.”

Jason Menke, a National Pork Board spokesperson, said in a statement that the “decision to use vaccines and other medical treatments to protect animal health and well-being are made by the farmer under the direction of the herd veterinarian.”

For now, vaccinating cattle is optional, but how many states will enforce a law demanding all cattle and pork be vaccinated for the “public health.”

But hey, we still have chicken!  Whoops!  We don’t!  Over 151,700,000 Killed Birds: Massive Culling Of Chicken Livestock Under Guise Of Avian Flu Mitigation.  A massive fire at an egg farm in Wright County, Minnesota, burned down a barn housing tens of thousands of chickens. This means tens of thousands of panicked hens remained trapped in tiny cages as they were engulfed by flames. In total, around 200,000 lives were lost. Yet according to a farm spokesperson, “no one was injured.”

Hundreds of thousands of birds have been burned alive throughout the country, including the largest egg producing company in Connecticut with 100,000 chickens dead.  Egg prices are at an all-time high.

According to an article by The Guardian published Dec 2022: The World Organization of Animal Health says 140 million birds killed across the world in just one year, including 48 million birds killed in Europe and 53 million in the United States.

The CDC put out a November 3rd, 2022 press release on the destruction of the American food supply:

“Since early 2022, more than 49 million birds in 46 states have either died as a result of bird flu virus infection or have been culled (killed) due to exposure to infected birds.”

Think you’re safe if you’re a vegetarian?  Think again!  WLTreport.com tells us our vegetables may soon contain the mRNA in our salads.  The University of California states, The project’s goals, made possible by a $500,000 grant from the National Science Foundation, are threefold: showing that DNA containing the mRNA vaccines can be successfully delivered into the part of plant cells where it will replicate, demonstrating the plants can produce enough mRNA to rival a traditional shot, and finally, determining the right dosage.

Eat your vaccines, I mean vegetables!

Please realize that mRNA is messing with genome.  The genome is the entire set of DNA instructions found in a cell. In humans, the genome consists of 23 pairs of chromosomes located in the cell’s nucleus, as well as a small chromosome in the cell’s mitochondria. A genome contains all the information needed for an individual to develop and function.

Poisoned Soil, Water and Air

What about fish?  Well, the Ohio River has been turned off for Cincinnati drinking water since the E. Palestine train derailment.  The fish in E. Palestine were all dead.  The poisoned soil from that train derailment has been dumped in Indiana and a truck carrying that soil to other parts of Ohio recently overturned.  Rain will wash that poison everywhere.  And a huge barge with tons of toxic methanol recently sunk, again polluting the Ohio River.

Half of the U.S. investigators fell ill while studying the E. Palestine disaster.  Local and state authorities previously evacuated all residents within one mile of the February 3rd derailment and started a controlled burn of substances on the railcars. Governor Mike DeWine authorized the Norfolk Southern burn.  Those poisons could have been drained from the cars and carried away, saving the air, water and soil and most of all, the residents, their farm animals and pets.

But that’s not all.  One need only look at the massive problems with our oceans. Brazil’s plan to sink a 34,000-ton ship would be an environmental disaster; toxics include, asbestos and hundreds of metric tons of other toxic substances in its electrical wiring, paints, and fuel stores.

Newsweek reported a ship off the coast of Sri Lanka containing 25 tons of toxic chemicals caused significant damage to the planet.

A Nazi shipwreck is leaking toxic chemicals into the sea.  The many planes shot down and ships sunk during WWII, Korean War, Vietnam, and the continuing wars against terror have polluted our oceans worldwide.  Is it any wonder we see beached whales? I’m not saying that’s the cause, but it certainly isn’t from the globalist tax-and-control efforts of those claiming “climate change.”

Hundreds in Richmond, Indiana were forced from their homes when a plastics company continued to burn and toxic plumes of black smoke filled the air.

In Brunswick, Georgia, a massive fire at a resin plant required evacuation of local residents.

According to a new report, 2022 was the worst year for publicly reported fires at waste and recycling facilities in the U.S. and Canada,

The Midwest is farm country, and the soil, water and air is being polluted.  Ask the folks of E. Palestine as well as those around them how safe they feel when no one in the government is doing anything to ameliorate the tragedy allowed by their Governor, Mike DeWine.

There is something you can do to fight this.  So do it!

Big Ag Panicking Over Bill to Require Labeling of Gene-Altering Products

Conclusion

“Wherever the carcass is, there shall come the vultures … out of the mountain fastnesses, the rocky crags, the vultures of the sky come down to this glittering rottenness in order to devour it. These winged creatures are a kind of avenger and a punisher. They are a judgment upon death and corruption. Just as soon as corruption sets in, these winged monsters appear shrieking and croaking and winging their way to death itself…. Whenever a civilization begins to die morally or spiritually, then there begin to appear vultures. That is the mission of Communism in the world. Communism is the scavenger of a decaying civilization.”  Archbishop Fulton J. Sheen

Yes, our battle is against communism/fascism; two feathers of the same bird.  It is demonic.  We battle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.  And we’ve surely seen plenty of that wickedness.

Those of us who belong to the Creator, who worship the One True Lord, know His will is life, not death.  In Proverbs 1:33, He tells us, “But whoso hearkeneth unto me shall dwell safely, and shall be quiet from fear of evil.”

The day will come wherein the evil ones will be exposed. The masks they’ve cloaked themselves with, will be torn away.

“Vengeance is mine,” sayeth the Lord.

Part 1, 2, 3, More Archives

© 2023 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




Liar, Liar, Pants on Fire

by Kathleen Marquardt

April 18, 2023

We’ve all known habitual liars. Once we realize that we can never know when they are lying and when they are telling the truth (sadly, there is no Pinocchio syndrome to indicate what state they are in), we can never trust anything they say again. It’s too bad that the “pants on fire” part is but a rhyme, otherwise, like the burning of Rome, our nation’s capital would have long burned down, considering the number of lying pols there.

Most of our politicians today – on both sides of the aisle – would be going through pants at an alarming rate.

I started this article, then watched a video of Senator Ted Cruz questioning Secretary of Homeland Security, Mayorkas, about the border crisis. Mayorkas seemed to not have either “yes” or “no” in his vocabulary. Thankfully, Senator Cruz wanted only yes or no answers and wasn’t about to put up with the obfuscations, fibs, falsehoods, fabrications, inventions, and other departures from the truth. While it was enjoyable to watch, it hurt my heart to watch a high federal official trying to LIE at a Senate Subcommittee hearing. And it’s even more saddening knowing that he represents the norm.

Today, I read that the “bank problem” is happening because of all of us peons who don’t trust the government are taking our cash out of the banks – causing them to fail. Liar, Liar. The Global Elite and the bankers created the “bank problem” ostensibly to introduce CBDCs to gain the final area of control on we the people.

We are told that the COVID vaxx[i] is the only thing that can save us from being killed by a rather mild flu. But the public is waking up (some are really mad because they awakened after the shot). Evil lies.

We are told that the World Health Organization (WHO) needs to take control over our lives if/when there is another pandemic (you know, the one they have scheduled for later this year, or next year if they find need for a delay). Right now, the WHO (under the auspices of the UN and Global Elite) are writing up the edicts that will, literally, give them power over most of the world’s population. They will be able to lock us down (even “up” in gulags/concentration camps, called fusion centers), force the “vaccine” and boosters on us, and control our medical care. (Ah, “care”. That word may no longer be used by awake people when speaking of what is going on in medical facilities, such as hospitals and nursing homes.)

There are many pieces of legislation up now that are wolves demons in sheep’s clothing. One is the TikTok bill. (No, I don’t like TikTok, but this bill is a front to silence us – me, Tom DeWeese, Whitney Webb, Marc Morano, and so many more non-lying patriotic people speaking out, trying to save our nation by telling truths.) Those promoting it were brilliant to use TikTok as the bait – just as was the push for the Department of Homeland Security using 9/11. These politicians know the general public wants to be safe from horrors – real or imagined. Our children are being targeted in so many ways today and, if I didn’t know better, I’d think that our government created TikTok in order to have the excuse to ban free speech. The bill I am talking about is the Restricting the Emergence of Security Threats that Risk Information and Communications Technology Act – the RESTRICT Act, S.686. Oh, and it is sponsored by 13 Republicans and 12 Democrats. Bipartisan. The Woke and the RINO-woke. Liars.

Then there are the Executive Orders from those with pants afire. No, you cannot find the mention of Executive Orders (EO) in the Constitution, but EOs have been used for decades to tear apart our republic. [ii] The Congressional Progressive Caucus is urging Biden to use executive orders to get around legislation (federal and state) that ticks them off – from expanding national access to abortion and federal funding to facilitate abortions, funding transportation to abortion cities. And they are pushing for slavery reparations (to those who have never been slaves), and numerous other equally unconstitutional things that are meant to bring down America.

Under the enormous lie of Climate Change, every area of our country and our very lives has been mutated and mandated and is being put under the control of non-elected technocrats. In an article, investigative journalist Whitney Webb, said “the smart city is meant to facilitate the development of cities ‘micromanaged by technocrats via an all-encompassing system of mass surveillance and a vast array of ‘internet of things’ devices that provide a constant and massive stream of data that is analyzed by artificial intelligence (AI).”[iii] All to keep track and control every aspect of our lives.

I am speaking of our governments, but let’s not be ignorant and think that global leaders do not have sway, often greater sway, than our politicians (they have the big bucks and are in bed with the pols on these issues and any others they dream up). Here is a quote from a German site: “Even the most prominent and influential disciple of Corona, Bill Gates, joins the ranks. He now said: ‘We made a terrible mistake. We wanted to protect people from a dangerous virus. But it turns out the virus is a lot less dangerous than we thought. And the vaccine is far more dangerous than anyone could have imagined. ‘Well, ‘someone’ might not have imagined that.” [iv]Gates has never been elected to any position, but he holds more sway that 99% of our “elected” officials (sorry, I must be honest and question most elections right now). And he is one telling us about the next pandemic coming soon – not in the next century.

One of the biggest lies ever told to man was Manmade Global Warming, now Climate Change. That is the pretext for almost every other lie out there today. As Marc Morano says in his book Green Fraud: ‘Man-Made Climate Change Is Not a Threat’ “Despite former vice president Al Gore’s 2019 claim that the threat from anthropogenic climate change is “beyond the consensus of 99 percent of the scientists,” the facts say otherwise. There is absolutely no scientific “consensus” about catastrophic man-made climate change. Claims that 97 or 99 percent of scientists agree are not backed up by any credible study or poll.

The lies our governments feed us are so far greater than many of us can imagine. It is sad that it has taken so long for so many to wake up. Tom and I have been the tinfoil-hat wearing nuts out there telling people that our world is coming to an end — if we don’t stand up and take it back. There were many people far earlier than we who were declaiming the truth. They, too, were laughed at, mocked, and derided, but they spoke out so that we might have the information that would otherwise be lost. Now, the Global Elite believe they are in the home run and cannot be stopped, so they don’t care. We are just useless eaters who will be eliminated soon.

The fat lady hasn’t sung yet. May the lion roar.

© 2023 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[i] Vaxx is a poison masquerading as a vaccine, i.e., bioweapon in drag.

[ii] https://americanpolicy.org/2021/11/05/cancel-culture-reinventing-government/

[iii] https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/smart-cities-surveillance-tech/

[iv] https://www.anderweltonline.com/klartext/klartext-20231/corona-unwissenheit-schuetzt-vor-strafe-nicht/

A footnote to the above footnote: Somehow these pharmaceutical and system slaves haven’t noticed that there is an internet and that doesn’t forget anything. The hate speeches they have continuously uttered are documented. It also documents how once-respected professors have been mercilessly berated and accused of being unscientific for contributing their own knowledge. As a note, the same thing is happening to the distinguished and once-revered journalist Seymour Hersh. The impression is certainly not wrong that the same people who advocated compulsory vaccination are now the ones who let their hatred of Russia run free. They are the ones in the federal government now who are ruining our country. A word about our democracy is in order.




Classified Documents Leak: To What End?

By: Devvy

April 17, 2023

Warning: A graphic photo in this column.

When the news broke last week about a 21-year-old National Guard member allegedly leaking classified documents – not just leaking but posting to something called a chat app for months, I was flabbergasted.  Something didn’t smell right.  How could such a thing happen?

When I went to work for DoD in Northern California, I had a secret security clearance.  When I went to work at Peterson AFB, Air Force Space Command NORAD (after I became a federal whistleblower and was transferred to contracting) a serious background investigation was done to elevate my clearance.  One of my contracts was inside Cheyenne Mountain (Colorado Springs, CO) and a few at another Air Base which required I had a Retina scan in order to get on the base every visit as some of the R & D for Reagan’s “Star Wars” Initiative was housed there.  I do know a bit about security clearances.

Leaker of classified US intelligence works on military base, posted the documents on Discord: report, April 13, 2023 – “The person behind a major leak of secret U.S. intelligence documents is reportedly a man in his 20s who worked on a military base and shared the classified information on the chat app Discord.

“The details were revealed in an explosive new report from the Washington Post on Wednesday. The outlet reportedly spoke to a fellow member of the chat group the leaker ran on Discord. The Post’s teenage source claimed he knew the leaker’s real name and where he lived but said he would not help authorities locate him.

“The source told the Post that the leaker ran a Discord group called “Thug Shaker Central,” and identified himself only as “OG.”  Interesting piece.

Who is Jack Teixeira, the Air National Guardsman behind leaked classified documents?,  April 13, 2023:  “Investigators have taken an Air National Guardsman into custody in the case of leaked classified documents that shed light on the war in Ukraine and rattled the U.S. government.

“Jack Teixeira, a 21-year-old member of the 102nd Intelligence Wing of the Massachusetts Air National Guard, is the leader of a small online gaming chat group where several classified documents have been leaked over the last few months. His identity was confirmed by Attorney General Merrick Garland on Thursday.

“Teixeira joined the Air National Guard in September 2019 and was most recently stationed at Otis Air National Guard Base as a “Cyber Transport Systems Journeyman.”  He held the highest-level security clearance granted by the government to review top secret information, according to an internal Department of Defense email reviewed by Fox News.”

I was astonished when I read that.  Culling through dozens of articles I thought how does a 21-yearold gamer who apparently suffers from boredom get the highest-level security clearance issued by the U.S. government?  My late husband did two tours in Germany, was in Vietnam and when he was assigned to the Pentagon, he had to wait while a new deep background investigation was finished simply because he was elevated to top-secret clearance and that was after more than a decade of honorable service.

Washington Post Reports “Young, Charismatic Gun Enthusiast… Searching for Companionship” and ‘Minor’ Is Behind Leak of Highly Classified Documents on Ukraine Losing War with Russia and More, April 13, 2023

Act surprised:  Seems like the prostitute media knew more about this than our domestic “intelligence” agencies.  And, of course, the buck stops at the desk of the president except in this case, we have not had a legitimate president since Jan. 20, 2021.  Career criminal, liar and cheater, Joe Biden is simply an empty suit used by his abusive wife and their handlers.

From all accounts, Teizeira, is not a Russian spy, not working for Ukraine or anyone else but he is in boiling water.  During his first court appearance charged under the Espionage Act he made no plea.

The author of this piece is spot on:  Top secret security clearances have been given out like candy on Halloween.  Not so when I worked for DoD, believe me.  Squeaky clean or go apply someplace else.  I can guarantee you Hussein Obama could never get even a low-level security clearance nor could America haters, U.S. House reps. Ilhan Omar, Rashida Tlaib and Ayanna Pressley for starters.

Pentagon Leaks: The questions surrounding access to top-secret documents, April 14, 2023 //  Gaming Guardsman’s access to top generals’ secrets renews questions about security clearances

Larry Johnson is one of the best deep dive investigators on-line.  A former analyst at the CIA he then moved to the Department of State’s Office of Counterterrorism.  Johnson left all that behind in 1993 and went into the private sector and owns his own business.

The Arrest of a 21-Year-Old National Guard Member for Leaking Classified Docs Leads to More Questions than Answers, April 14, 2023

“Until I saw the document labeled, CIA Operations Center Intelligence Update, I was inclined to believe that the leaked documents were the work of a frustrated whistleblower. But I have changed my mind. This looks like a controlled, directed leak by individuals who manipulated the 21-year-old National Guard troop member into taking certain documents and posting them on a public server.

“The CIA Operations Center Intelligence Update is a document produced by analysts in the Operations Center to be delivered to the regular CIA analysts. When I worked in the Ops Center I was responsible for monitoring traffic from Latin American posts and flagging items that the analysts in the Latin American Division need to know. I would write up summary paragraphs just like the ones in the documents leaked online.

“This was an internal CIA document. It was not broadcast to the other intelligence agencies. In my 23 years working with U.S. military commands around the world, I never saw a copy of this type of report circulating among those with the highest clearances.  Never.  How did a 21-year-old kid get his hands on at least two of these?

“The classified documents now in the public domain are focused primarily on Russia and Ukraine. The CIA Ops Center docs now floating around the Internet are only partial copies. For example, there are three pages, all classified Top Secret, from an eight-page document. If you’re a goofy 21-year-old gamer simply intent on impressing your young proteges, why not take all eight pages? My guess is that the other five pages contained no intelligence information on Ukraine or Russia.”

READ the entire article because he presents why he thinks “it’s too good to be true” and timing.  And, I’ll throw in my two cents.  First, the shadow government knows full well Biden is mentally gone, just like Senator Diane Feinstein (age 89) who has suffered from Alzheimer’s for years; Democrats now calling for her to resign.  It’s a given cackling, incompetent buffoon, Kamala Ho Harris, is a 25-car train wreck.

The shadow government knows no matter how much medications are being given to Biden, it’s becoming apparent to most people his mental capacity is deteriorating by the day.  The prostitute media (referred to by some as the Mockingbird media as they all use the same talking points on the nightly disinformation channels) has been subtly dropping hints Biden is cognitively impaired and “his” foreign policy isn’t doing well on the world stage.

We are the joke of the world.  Just take a look at Biden over in Ireland last week while cameras from around the world captured the truth:  That man should be in full time assisted living in the Altzheimer’s wing with a good supply of ice cream.  Joe Biden Gets Lost After Lying to the Irish People About Being a Professor at UPenn (VIDEO).  At one point his crack head son, Hunter, had to guide him along saying, “This way dad.”

This has become a serious problem for those who control events in the District of Criminals even though they orchestrated Biden’s fake win for the presidency.  Cornered because next in line after Ho Harris is a Republican, Speaker of the U.S. House, Kevin McCarthy and the House currently holds a majority.

Next up the raping of the American people to fund a war that is NOT our war.  I’m so very sorry for all who’ve already died, been injured and are suffering over in Russia and Ukraine.  It didn’t have to be that way.  Not to mention the HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS of dollars sent to Zelensky doesn’t exist.  Its new debt borrowed from the FED with the interest slapped on our backs.  Treasury Secretary Yellen: ‘Our Support for Ukraine Will Be Lasting and Is Unconditional’

Ukraine is known to be one of the most corrupt countries on the planet and only got worse with the new penis waving president, Zelensky.  All of this is being exposed through independent media.  Eye-openers to the American people who are now (except fools who believe anything vomited by the prostitute media and Republicans who never met a war they didn’t love) saying no more of our money to feed corruption.  Video: Did largest-ever slush fund funnel money to Dems, Ukraine? – The Biggest SCANDAL Of Our Lifetime Is About To Get MUCH Worse!!!

US Veteran Working on the Ground in Ukraine: There Is NO EVIDENCE of the Billions in US Dollars Sent to Ukraine – Not Seeing Any Relief – “Chad Robichaux: No, and that’s the same on this trip. It’s sad and unfortunate. It needs to be addressed. There is no congressional oversight of this money. This money is going into a black hole.”

Pandora Papers: Zelensky Stole Public Money To Fund His Rise to Power (Leaked documents will come back and bite you in the arse.)

Hersh is not stupid.  He won a Pulitzer Prize in 1970 for exposing the My Lai massacre and subsequent cover up during the Vietnam Era (another undeclared war in violation of the U.S. Constitution).  Over the decades his sources have proven to be solid gold.

Seymour Hersh Reports that Ukrainian Leader Zelensky Embezzled $400 Million from US Payments Allocated for Fuel, April 13, 2023

TRADING WITH THE ENEMY – “Zelensky’s been buying discount diesel from the Russians,” one knowledgeable American intelligence official told me. “And who’s paying for the gas and oil? We are. Putin and his oligarchs are making millions” on it.

“Many government ministries in Kiev have been literally “competing,” I was told, to set up front companies for export contracts for weapons and ammunition with private arms dealers around the world, all of which provide kickbacks. Many of those companies are in Poland and Czechia, but others are thought to exist in the Persian Gulf and Israel. “I wouldn’t be surprised to learn that there are others in places like the Cayman Islands and Panama, and there are lots of Americans involved,” an American expert on international trade told me. “

Zelensky: “US Will Have to Send Sons and Daughters to War”, March 2, 2023.  (Just like the other nine disasters the U.S. has stuck its nose into and failed, i.e., Afghanistan back in control of savage thugs called the Taliban under oppressive Sharia Law.)

Body of U.S. Solider Dragged Through City, Oct. 4, 1993 – “Somalis dragged the body of an American soldier through the streets of Mogadishu Monday and danced around the wreckage of U.S. helicopters and armored personnel carriers destroyed in a firefight.”

Black Hawk Down, crap hole called Somalia.  OUR soldier.  Killed and dragged through the streets of Mogadishu while Somali’s cheered and celebrated; he wasn’t the only U.S. solider dragged around like garbage.  We had NO business being in Somalia.

2022 unconstitutional foreign aid:  Somalia received a whopping $475 million borrowed dollars with the debt slapped on our backs.  Is that what you work so hard for each day at your job? 

Tucker Carlson: Zelenskyy sits atop a money-laundering scheme so brazen Democrats won’t let it be audited, video, Nov. 30, 2022

French politician Filippo called for Zelensky to be stopped after he refused to negotiate, Feb. 25, 2023 (Zelensky has refused to negotiate several times over the past six months.  We are his cash cow and he is a narcissistic maniac who knows all the players and their money schemes.)

All of this is just the tip of the iceberg.  The unlawful “Biden Administration” is one GIANT catastrophe everywhere. Ukraine is not winning the war against Russia despite what the prostitute media upchucks.  Innocent men, women and children on both sides continue to suffer while Zelensky refuses to even negotiate.

Again, do read the column below by Johnson.  Someone who was involved with highly classified operations who gives a very valuable lesson and insight about the problem with this latest scandal.  A five-star article:

The Arrest of a 21-Year-Old National Guard Member for Leaking Classified Docs Leads to More Questions than Answers, April 14, 2023 – “Let me explain why I think the story currently being sold to the public about this young man is too good to be true and, in my view, is a smoke screen.”

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

These three are Johnson’s writing on this new scandal:

READ:  The 21 Year Old Leaker — Something Is Not Right, April 15, 2023 – “During our 18 years of working on these highly classified exercises we have never seen a E3 (i.e., an Airman First Class) anywhere in the SCIF. The enlisted personnel who worked on these TOP SECRET exercises were at least a Staff Sergeant (E5). So what is a lowly E3 doing in a SCIF with TOP SECRET material and no supervision? That is the first red flag.”

We’ve known this for many months:  Several of the Leaked Military Slides Show that Ukraine is in Trouble, Contradicting Lloyd Austin and Gen. Milley Who Insist Things Are Swell

Very interesting:  One Possible Source of the Leaked Classified Documents on the War in Ukraine — A Combined Operations Center

Other writers

Lt. Col. Vindman Admitted Leaking Documents Meant To Help Dems Impeach Trump—Never Served Time, While 21-Yr-Old Jack Teixeira Was Arrested For The Same Crime by Patty McMurray

UKRAINE: A McKinsey & CO Restyled Operetta of Corruption

U.S. Troops Running Out of Arms and Munitions as Biden Keeps Sending More to Ukraine

US Military Aid To Ukraine Exceeds the Costs of Afghanistan

The U.S. House of Representatives controls the people’s purse, not the mentally absent, Joe Biden or his unelected minions:  Biden Administration Announces $10M for Ukraine’s Energy Infrastructure

Ukraine Debt Relief Included in US Defense Bill Approved by US House176 Republicans Vote for the Bill

Zelensky Sent Out Government Decree to Destroy ALL INFORMATION on Hunter Biden’s Metabiota Company on Same Day as Russian Invasion – Then Fire Spotted Outside Intel Headquarters

Zelensky Signs Law to Ban Ukraine’s Opposition Parties

What Ukrainians really think of their comedian President in the green sweatshirt, unfiltered – short video clip; they sum it up quite accurately.

Ukraine War Frontline Update: Citizens Shelled, Ships Stuck & Agriculture Struggles – “The mainstream media and Western nations continue to cover up war crimes committed by the Ukrainian military while only focusing on supposed atrocities attributed to Russia.”

U.S./NATO-funded proxy war in Ukraine fueling hatred, persecution of ancient Christian communityPriests arrested, praying Christians mocked in public by ultra-nationalists and Satanists as standoff continues at holy site

33 Years of History That Led Up to Russia’s Invasion of Ukraine that You Won’t See Taught in U.S. Schools




A Sense of Glee, Joy, Celebration

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 17, 2023

The night before, we slept in the pines along the road on the Lewis & Clark Trail in Montana. We left the main highway on a dirt road that looked very little traveled. Gorgeous scenery everywhere we looked! The night sky featured millions of stars, a full moon, and meteors slashing across the ink-black of space. It was almost like they put an exclamation point at the end of a beautiful day of riding. We cooked dinner over our one-burner stove.

For some reason, food tastes like a Waldorf-Astoria high class seven course dinner every night while pedaling all day. And the trimmings, well, you just can’t beat the sound of a Great Horned Owl hooting in the distance, or crickets chirping, or a squirrel chattering in a nearby tree. Before the sun set, we watched two hummingbirds working a flower patch near our camp.

And the sky, well, those thunderheads lit up with the setting of the sun. Purple-pink dominated the heavens while we sat on our ‘boulder’ chairs watching the Natural World entertain us.

A group of people on bicycles Description automatically generated with medium confidence

In the morning, we awoke to a sunny sky, dew drops on the grass and a few spider webs that had been weaved during the night, one of them on the corner of the seat tube and top tube of Sandi’s bike. We felt bad that we had to dismantle it.

After breakfast, we were packing up when a rancher stopped by in his pick-up truck. He rolled down his window, “I don’t want to alarm you folks, but there’s a big grizzly walking down this road in this direction about a mile away.”

“Thank you,” I said. “Sandi, let’s gracefully get these bikes packed and get the heck out of here….”

Have you ever heard of “flashing packing”? Well, we quickly, with a sense of urgency, flash-packed our bikes within minutes. We jumped on them and pedaled out to the road with a keen sense of really being alive. I mean, I’ve been face to face with grizzly bears in my journeys through Alaska. Lucky to be alive after having starred one down outside my tent on the Russian River one morning when I woke up. It wasn’t my day to die. He looked at me only five feet away, and then, walked down to the river. I nearly peed my pants. That’s another story that I will tell….

On the road, east bound, we calmed down rather quickly as we pedaled along beautiful meadows filled with flowers. One patch of white mountain daisies covered five full acres. It stunned us as it rolled with the terrain and glistened in the morning sun. We heard the bees humming from one flower to another.

“Sandi,” I said. “Let’s get a picture of you in the wild flowers.”

“Dear,” I said. “Just make it a PG picture showing that you’re enjoying yourself.”

“Well, since we just escaped certain death if that grizzly had come upon our campsite, yes, I’m thankful to be alive. Tell me why I married you again?”

“Remember, I said I loved adventure when we first met,” I said. “You said you liked adventure, too. So, here you are…let’s get a picture of you on this adventure.”

Sandi walked into the field. She gave a dozen poses from different stances. The picture I love best is the one she reclined in the flowers and stuck her feet up. She outstretched her arms as if accepting the beauty, joy, energy, spiritual blessings and warm of Mother Earth.

A picture containing outdoor, grass Description automatically generated

Ralph Waldo Emerson, a dear friend of Thoreau said, “The Earth laughs in Flowers.”

Flowers by Albert Lainghton

They are autographs of angels, penned

In Nature’s green-leaved book, in blended tints,

Borrowed from rainbows and the sunset skies,

And written everywhere–on plain and hill,

In lonely dells, ‘mid crowded haunts of men;

On the broad prairies, where no eye save God’s

May read their silent, sacred mysteries. Thank God for flowers!

They gladden human hearts; Seraphic breathings part their fragrant lips,

With whisperings of Heaven.

Sandi and Frosty, following the Lewis & Clark Trail, Montana, on tour through the endless energy of flowers lining the roads of our lives.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Young People: When Would You Want to Know?

By Rob Pue

April 16, 2023

My heart is very grieved for the younger generation.  I see so many that are so angry — and even filled with rage.  So many living in anguish, confusion, and fear.  Our children and young adults are being fed lies by just about every institution in our nation, and there are ravenous wolves out there, hungry for the hearts, minds, blood and souls of our young people.  I should add their BODIES as well, as the sexualization and exploitation of children and young adults has become sickeningly “normalized.”

I hate what our culture has done to our young people.  We’ve allowed them to be brainwashed with lies, including the lie that the best they can hope for in this life is to indulge all their carnal, hedonistic desires with an attitude of “entitlement.”  No limits, no rules, no right, no wrong.  Everything is “relative” and everyone gets a “trophy,” simply for existing.

I’m hoping to reach some of the young people out there with this message, those who are feeling lost, disconnected, without purpose and ANGRY.  I’m under no delusion that the kids and young adults I want to reach will be listening to this message on a Christian radio station, and certainly the chances of them taking the time to READ this message on the internet or in print are next to zero.  I know that.  But, young people:  my hope is that someone who loves you WILL — and will take the time to share this information with you.  You see, they LOVE you, they care so deeply for your life and your soul.  And they know that something has gone terribly wrong in the world and you have become a victim of it.  You’ve been lied to, tricked and trapped, and you need to know the truth that will free you.

Most likely you won’t listen to those who love you.  You don’t care what they have to say.  You think they don’t know you and don’t understand you — or modern life or what you deal with, struggle with and go through on a daily basis.   They may have done their best, but failed; or maybe they haven’t even tried to maintain a close, personal relationship with you, so how DARE they try to suddenly insert themselves into your private affairs and “fix” you?!  You don’t think you NEED “fixing” and you certainly don’t want to discuss personal things with THEM, especially if they’re going to challenge or question everything you believe.  For some reason you’re not quite sure of, you’re ANGRY, very angry.  But if you won’t listen to them, maybe you’ll listen to me, a stranger.  Just give me a chance and hear me out.  That’s all I ask.

Allow me to ask a couple of questions.  First, if what you THOUGHT you knew about life and the world turned out to be WRONG…WHEN would you want to know?  Think about that.  If what you THOUGHT you knew was WRONG… WHEN would YOU want to know?

Secondly, whether you’re 27, 17 or 10 years old, I assume you know someone younger than yourself.  Perhaps a younger brother, sister or cousin.  If you’re 27, let me ask you this:  do you think you’re just a little smarter, a little more “educated” and “enlightened” than you were when you were 17?  And if you’re 17, do you think you know a little bit more about life than you did when you were 10?  And if you’re 10, do you think just maybe you’ve “been around” a little longer and learned a few more things than your 2 year old baby sister?

I’m asking you to give me a chance here, and try to hear what I’m about to share with you.  Because I’m QUITE A BIT OLDER than all of you, and if you’re so much more wise than your counterparts who are 8 or 10 years younger than you; consider for a moment that I just MAY have learned a few things since I was 10, 17 or 27… things that you’re not aware of yet.

You can write me off as a right-wing crackpot if you like, but I just ask that you hear me out before you plug your ears or shout me down.  Young people want their voices heard; we all want our voices heard.  Will you give ME the same consideration that you value so highly for yourself?  The same consideration that you SAY all people should receive?  Or will you be a hypocrite?

Young people are very idealistic, and that’s a good thing.  They want to make the world a better place.  They want to do away with injustice.  They want to right the things that are wrong.  They want to live in a world where the underdog gets a shot at success and where the bullies are punished and where the “good guys” win and the “bad guys” get what’s coming to them.  But… don’t we ALL want that?  Of course we do.  It makes no difference how old you are.  Everyone wants justice, equality and fairness.

But as I watch the world around me today, I’m sickened by what I’m seeing.  I’m seeing young people being exploited and blatantly lied to — and brainwashed into “useful idiots” — eagerly doing the bidding of those pulling the strings in a sinister, wicked, evil agenda.  And MY generation has largely stood by silently and let it all happen.  For the most part, we’ve said nothing as things have deteriorated in our culture.  In some cases, we even participated in the deterioration.  Shame on US.

First of all, young people, understand this:  there are sinister, evil, wicked forces out there and YOU are their most valued target.  The mask they wear gives the impression that they’re working for “good” but nothing could be further from the truth, because they’re straight from the pits of hell…. and they’re working HARD to brainwash you.  Yes, you have been LIED to by almost every institution there is.

We’re at a place in America — and the world — now, where everything has become vulgar, perverse and twisted.  Walk the hallways of any public school between classes and you’ll hear the most foul, vulgar language coming from the mouths of babes who think they’re more “grown up” because they can swear.  Just like their “music” idols.  The majority of what passes for “pop” music today is an abomination, and it’s FILLED with sexist, racist, degrading “lyrics.”  And while young people CLAIM to be against such awful things, they have no problem dancing and singing along to the pounding beat of their favorite “rapper” while he (or she) spews vulgarity and everything they claim to be against.  THAT’S the brainwashing, guys.  It’s no wonder so many today can’t speak a single sentence without dropping 15 “F-bombs.”

In our places of so-called “higher learning” civil discourse is no longer allowed.  If you don’t hold to a Leftist, liberal agenda, you’re shouted down, chased out, your voice NOT welcome.  A few years ago they came out with a thing called “micro-aggressions” on high school and college campuses.  These are “crimes” students MIGHT commit by inadvertently saying or doing something that could possibly be construed as sexist, racist or somehow otherwise offensive.  Examples of “micro-aggressions” could be holding a door for a young lady (because that would be considered misogynistic and sexist).  Or a white person having the NERVE to point out that it’s the content of one’s character that matters, not the color of one’s skin (because that would be considered “racist”).  Conservative speakers are not allowed on college campuses anymore; they’re literally “run out of town” — some have even been physicallly beaten up.  So much for freedom of speech, diversity of opinion and civil debate.  THAT’S the brainwashing.

There’s been a spiritual war — a spiritual battle — raging since the beginning of time, between the forces of good and the forces of evil.  The forces of light versus the forces of darkness.  God versus Satan.  As a created being, Satan has NO power except that which God, our CREATOR, ALLOWS him to have.  But for a time, he has been granted power over the earth.  And he — and his minions, including demons and the PEOPLE who have rejected God, rebel against God and despise God — are working HARD to lie, steal, kill, confuse, and ultimately destroy our young people.  Young people are the greatest prize because they’re the future.  Brainwash a person from the earliest of childhood and they’ll become a “useful idiot” and willing slave to the demonic agenda for life.

Thus, we have the push now for what they CALL “sexual freedom” — but it’s not freedom, it’s perversion, abomination and absolutely unnatural.  The LGBTQP+ agenda has wormed their way into the schools, colleges, Hollywood movies, pop music, sports, government, and even churches.  Under the guise of “equality” and using phrases like “love is love,” and “love wins,” they’ve managed to brainwash perfectly healthy minds into believing abominable lies.  Homosexuality — or more properly stated — SODOMY, is NOT normal and absoutely unnatural.  And it has nothing to do with genuine LOVE.  Yet it’s not only accepted, but TAUGHT now, in our schools, and even celebrated in some of our churches.  How did we arrive at this point?  By renaming it, by re-framing it so it sounds better.  No longer do we call it “sodomy.”  Now we call it “gay.”  But let’s shine the light of truth on what we’re REALLY talking about here.  We’re not talking about Bobby and Timmy living together and “identifying” in whatever sexual role they freely choose.  We’re talking about a man inserting his sexual organ into the rectum of another man.  Sorry to be so blunt.  But that’s what sodomy IS, and it’s time we called it what it IS.

Today, our young people are encouraged to “experiment” as groups like Planned Parenthood have overtaken the “sex education” classes in our public schools.  So sodomy (and now “transgenderism”) is actually being PUSHED on our young people — do you wonder why so many, now, are “coming out” as “gay” or “trans?”  It’s the brainwashing.  It’s the lies they’ve been taught to not only accept, but consider and try out for themselves.  It’s wicked.

Equally wicked is the fact that there are those now pushing for the legalization, acceptance and celebration of pedophilia.  We’re talking about child abuse, child rape, child sex trafficking…and they’re no longer even trying to hide that anymore.  And the young people are (once again) the victims, as they seek to emulate their pop music idols, singing and dancing along to filthy “songs,” that reduce a beautiful, sacred relationship between a husband and wife to nothing more than a hedonistic, animalistic act.  That’s the culture our young people are growing up in.  And when a baby is conceived, they’ve been taught to be PROUD to have an abortion.  “Shout your abortion,” they say.  More lies.  More brainwashing.  Those wielding the agenda HIDE the fact that an abortion is actually the BEHEADING and dismemberment of a REAL, LIVE human BABY.  Instead they “reframe” it to “sound good,” if such a thing were possible.  They call it “womens’ healthcare” and “female empowerment.”  Let’s call it what it is:  it’s murder.

The devil is REAL, folks.  Now, we’re seeing our young people being used as pawns by groups like ANTIFA and “Black Lives Matter.”  Again, more lies.  After YEARS of indoctrination by government schools and colleges, with history rewritten and TRUTH erased, we now have young people growing up hating their own country and their own heritage.  We now have white kids who are so confused and upset, they hate THEMSELVES just because they’re white.  And so they do what they’ve been trained to do:  they RAGE.

So now we have young people rioting in the streets, burning down their own cities, tearing down historical monuments and statues celebrating our history and those who fought for their freedom.  “ANTIFA” is supposed to stand for “anti-fascist.”  But if you take even a moment to THINK critically and investigate, you’ll see there is no more fascist group in the world than ANTIFA.  “Black Lives Matter” is supposed to support black people.  But again, if you do even a minimal amount of research into their true goals and agenda, you’ll find it’s just more lies and brainwashing.  Can you name ONE THING that BLM has done to positively impact black communities?  I’ll wait.  But you see, you can’t — because like their father, the devil, all they do — all they PLAN to do — is kill, steal and destroy.  The goal of both of these groups is the same:  to destroy America and turn it into a Marxist, Socialist, Communist nation.

But the lies and brainwashing is so heavy on our young people, they THINK that’s a “good” thing!  Friends, ANTIFA is NOT “anti-fascist.”  They want complete control, totalitarian rule.  So if you’re a young person and one of their minions, know this:  you are NOT fighting for freedom.  You’re fighting for your own enslavement.  The same is true of BLM.  If Black Lives Matter (and of course they DO), then ALL black lives should matter — especially the most innocent and vulnerable among them: unborn babies.

But you know, ALL lives do TRULY matter.  You may not realize it, but you’ve been trained to HATE.  Instead of being “inclusive” or “diverse” like they told you you’d be, you’ve become filled with rage, and the most intolerant of all.  Instead of bringing about justice and righteousness, you’ve become bigoted, racist bullies.  You won’t tolerate hearing the truth.  You will not tolerate anything that goes against what they’ve trained you to think.  WAKE UP!

Young people, if you want freedom, if you want justice, if you want GOOD rather than evil in this world, you MUST do away with the brainwashing and challenge yourself to study and learn on your own.  In order to be successful, you have to FORCE yourself to learn the things you don’t want to learn — the things that go against all that you’ve been taught by your teachers, by pop culture, and by simply living in this fallen world full of lies.

Finally, know THIS:  there IS a God who created you.  He created you with value and purpose and you’re living at this EXACT point in time FOR that purpose… you can either go along with the crowd, or you can be “counter-cultural.”  You can either be like everyone else your age, or you can STAND OUT from the crowd and be one of God’s heroes in this End Times spiritual battle — and save not just lives, but SOULS currently bound for hell.  No interest in God?  That’s the saddest thing I’ve heard yet.  I wouldn’t have though that YOU would give up so easily and let the enemy of your soul just “take” you.  You’re smarter than that.  Think for yourself instead of following the lies you’ve been taught.  Never opened a Bible?  Do it.  If you TRULY seek God, He WILL reveal Himself to you.   Check it out and see if I’m right or wrong.  Let me ask you again:  if what you THOUGHT you knew turned out to be wrong, WHEN would you want to know?

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




Communism In America, Part 3

By Pastor Roger Anghis

April 16, 2023

Another thing that points to the building blocks of communism being embedded in America is the graduated income tax system we have. Democrats call it ‘paying your fair share’ but we saw especially during Obama’s administration that the party that demands ‘pay your fair share’ too often didn’t pay any of their ‘fair share’.  A new report just out from the Internal Revenue Service reveals that 36 of President Obama’s executive office staff owe the country $833,970 in back taxes. These people working for Mr. Fair Share apparently haven’t paid any share, let alone their fair share.

Previous reports have shown how well-paid Obama’s White House staff is, with 457 aides pulling down more than $37 million last year. That’s up seven workers and nearly $4 million from the Bush administration’s last year.

Nearly one-third of Obama’s aides make more than $100,000 with 21 being paid the top White House salary of $172,200, each.[1]

Al ‘The Race Pimp’ Sharpton has a long history of not paying taxes: The Rev. Sharpton, the civil-rights leader who has become a close confidant to President Barack Obama and New York City Democratic Mayor Bill de Blasio, has more than $4.5 million in state and federal tax liens outstanding against him and his for-profit businesses.[2]  Biden himself appears to have been lax ‘paying his fair share’. President Biden may have improperly avoided paying Medicare taxes before he took office and could owe the IRS as much as $500,000, according to a Congressional Research Service report.[3]

The progressive income tax that we have is one of the tools of the communists that helps undermine a society. In 1913 the income tax was ratified though there have been some doubts about that.[4] From the research that I’ve done it is seriously questionable that it was ratified, It was not opposed by Taft, a republican, and didn’t become ‘ratified’ until Woodrow Wilson, a socialist democrat to the core, was in office. It is understandable why Wilson did not object to it.

The next signal that communism has crept into our government is the fact that we see the democrat party demanding an exorbitant tax on an inheritance. What has become known as The Death Tax is actually a step towards the elimination of the right to an inheritance.  Right now if your estate is worth $5.4 million the tax is 40%. If the estate goes to a spouse there is usually no tax but if it goes to the children then the tax is assessed. I would like to know why the government feels that it is entitled to any of the estate, period. I remember hearing Nancy Pelosi attempting to explain the tax saying that if the estate goes to the children that the children didn’t earn it so the government has the right to take 40%. Well, the government didn’t earn it either.  There are ways to get around this gross violation of your rights by putting the assets into a trust. Taxation is nothing but theft anyway and that is definitely taxation without representation the principle that we fought the Revolutionary War over. It starts with this and works its way up to larger percentages and will end up with laws that outlaw inheritances altogether.

The confiscation of property is also a sign that communism has crept into our government. The government does this with tax liens and outright seizures. Some seizures I can understand like drug dealers, human traffickers, and money laundering but way too many times it is an opportunity for a crooked cop to take your property and never charge you with a crime.  “Asset forfeiture is the government’s new, twisted form of guilt by association. Only it’s not the citizenry being accused of wrongdoing, just their money,” said constitutional attorney John W. Whitehead, president of The Rutherford Institute and author of Battlefield America: The War on the American People. “What this adds up to is a paradigm in which Americans no longer have to be guilty to be stripped of their property, rights and liberties. All you have to be is in possession of something the government wants.”

Civil asset forfeiture is a practice where government agents (usually the police) seize private property they “suspect” may be connected to criminal activity, then whether or not any crime is actually proven to have taken place, the government keeps the citizen’s property, often divvying it up with the local police who did the initial seizure. Relying on the topsy-turvy legal theory that one’s property can not only be guilty of a crime but is guilty until proven innocent, government agencies have eagerly cashed in on this revenue scheme, often under the pretext of the War on Drugs. By asserting that someone’s property, a building or a large of amount of cash for example, is tied to an illegal activity, the government—usually, the police—then confiscates the property for its own uses, and it’s up to the property owner to jump through a series of legal hoops to prove that the property was not connected to criminal activity or that the owner had no involvement or knowledge of the criminal activity. But challenging these “takings” in court can cost the owner more than the value of the confiscated property itself.[5]

America has seen way too much of the influence of communism be forced onto the population. Most people do not even see it happening even when you point it out. This is why we need a complete overhaul of our so-called education system. It has become nothing more than indoctrination camps for the liberal ideology of socialism/communism. FDR even stated: In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way. Trump exposed the Deep State and they hate him for it. They’ve tried to stop him but have only delayed him. We must stand with him so he can do what I believe God has called him to do. He stated recently that if we lose 2024, we lose America. The choice is ours. Freedom or tyranny. Let us not forget the powerful speech by Patrick Henry: I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty, or give me death.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

  1. https://www.investors.com/politics/columnists/obama-white-house-staff-back-taxes/
  2. https://www.newsmax.com/us/al-sharpton-owes-taxes-network/2014/11/18/id/608137/
  3. https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2021/sep/24/joe-biden-may-owe-much-500000-back-taxes-report/
  4. https://michaelruark.blog/2020/09/12/states-did-not-legally-ratify-the-16th-amendment/



No More Goodbyes

by Rolaant McKenzie

April 16, 2023

The science fiction story Winter on Sharlania describes a man named Riif Kenshtor on the far away planet Mijlania taking a trip to spend some time with a friend on Sharlania, closest of the planet’s three moons.

Mijlania is a world of warm oceans and many thousands of islands, but no continents. Its uniform mild climate is similar to the continual mid-70s degrees Fahrenheit temperatures of Loja in south-central Ecuador on earth.

In contrast, due to the axial tilt of Sharlania much of the moon experiences seasonal changes similar to those on earth. Sharlania also features a few oceans and several continents, some with great plains and woodlands, and mountain ranges of varying heights.

Riif boarded a shuttlecraft for the short trip to Sharlania, where he landed near a small lake glazed with ice surrounded by hills wrapped in white in the northern hemisphere. He was welcomed into his friend’s warm, inviting lakeshore home.

Over the next month, in addition to the hospitality of his host, Riif saw many extraordinary wonders of the moon and enjoyed culinary delights not had on Mijlania. Most of all, the warm friendships he formed transformed the place into what he imagined heaven would be like.

When the shuttlecraft came to return Riif to Mijlania, he recalled the joy, peace, contentment, and togetherness he experienced. Instead of bidding his friends farewell, he waved away the shuttlecraft and remained on Sharlania with them.

In his second letter to the Christian church at Corinth, written around 56 AD, the apostle Paul shared in the third person an extraordinary experience he had 14 years earlier (2 Corinthians 12:2-4). At that time, while preaching the gospel in Lystra, a hostile mob formed who stoned him (Acts 14:8-20). His friends thought he was dead.

In his explanation of what happened, Paul himself did not know whether he was in or out of his body. He said he was caught up to the “third heaven.” In the Bible, the “first heaven” refers to the sky or atmosphere around the earth; the “second heaven” refers to the celestial realm where the sun, moon, and stars reside; and the “third heaven” refers to the dwelling place of God — Paradise.

What Paul heard and saw in Paradise was so wonderful that it was beyond his capacity to describe it. One can imagine that he did not want the vision to end or have to return to earth from the joy of the timeless presence and glory of God.

Paul may have had this experience in mind in the first letter he wrote to the church in Thessalonica about nine years later (51 AD). In addition to calling on believers to live holy, sanctified lives, he wanted to encourage and comfort them with the assurance that because they believed in the death and resurrection of Jesus, they would also see the Paradise of God when the Lord Jesus returns to take them home.

“But we do not want you to be uninformed, brethren, about those who are asleep, so that you will not grieve as do the rest who have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so God will bring with Him those who have fallen asleep in Jesus. For this we say to you by the word of the Lord, that we who are alive and remain until the coming of the Lord, will not precede those who have fallen asleep. For the Lord Himself will descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first. Then we who are alive and remain will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so we shall always be with the Lord. Therefore comfort one another with these words.” (1 Thessalonians 4:13-18)

They would see the new country that Abraham and all throughout history who trusted in the Lord Jesus (Hebrews 11:8-16) desired, and the new city with twelve foundation stones named after the twelve apostles, and twelve gates named after the twelve tribes of Israel. It would be a place where the riches of God’s grace, beauty, and goodness are fully manifest.

Most of all, they would experience the consummation of their reconciliation with God (Romans 5:8-10), and reunion with friends and family who trusted in Jesus, nevermore to part.

Near the conclusion of Ridley Scott’s 2000 epic historical drama film Gladiator portrays the moving scene of the last moments on earth of the Roman general Maximus Decimus Meridius. Having fulfilled his purpose and succumbing to his wounds after defeating his enemy in the arena, his spirit was taken to an open door. Walking through it led him to an abundant field of wheat, where he could see a short distance away his wife and son who had gone before there to eagerly welcome him home.

This resonates with the phrase “gathered to his people,” which appears several times in the Bible (Genesis 25:8-17, 35:29, 49:33; Numbers 20:24, 27:13). It was an ancient Hebrew expression referring to the death of the body and the gathering of the person’s spirit or soul to his ancestors among the people of God in the afterlife.

Many of us have family and friends that are near and dear to our hearts. They add an incalculable richness and joy to life, and they are sorely missed when they leave our lives.

While Riif Kenshtor was able to remain in joyful fellowship with his friends on Sharlania and General Meridius was reunited with his wife and son, those who trust in the Lord Jesus have something real and much better than imaginable. We will like God’s people in the Bible enjoy fellowship with Him and be reunited with dear friends and loved ones gone before us when our lives on earth are done.

If you have not trusted in the Lord Jesus for the forgiveness of your sins, please do so today. The invitation to drink freely of the water of life coming from the throne of God is for you (Revelation 21:1-4, 22:17).

Those who believe the gospel of Christ have the assurance that they will be gathered to their loved ones in the Lord again with no more pain, tears, or death (1 Corinthians 15).

No more goodbyes.

© 2023 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Right on Time

By John Dyslin

April 17, 2023

“…I am God, and there is none else; I am God, and there is none like me, Declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times the things that are not yet done, saying, My counsel shall stand, and I will do all my pleasure… (Isaiah 46:9-10).

In the Resurrection season we celebrate Jesus’ ultimate sacrifice and victory; we look forward to family gatherings, humble celebration, and for too many the infrequent church sermon.  This is my favorite holy day, as we celebrate Tetelestai!It is finished! – Jesus’ victory on the cross over the tyranny of sin for all who would receive His free gift.

Yet this season also carries an astounding confirmation of the veracity of Jesus’ claim as Messiah.  An ancient foretold historical account – Daniel’s Prophecy of the 70 Weeks – bears not only astounding fulfillment, but gives even the greatest skeptic real reason for joy this season.

“Seventy weeks are determined…to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity…from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks…And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself… (Daniel 9:24-26 selections, for clarity)”

Daniel recorded this prophecy around 550 B.C., long before anyone involved in its fulfillment was even born.

Sir Robert Anderson was an acclaimed Scotland Yard detective in the latter 19th century of formidable intellect and investigative gifts.  He was also a devout believer.  In The Coming Prince Mr. Anderson details years of research pertaining to this prophecy, which I summarize here.

“It is the glory of God to conceal a thing: but the honour of kings is to search out a matter (Proverbs 25:2).”

  1. Stick with me…

The “70 Weeks prophecy” of Daniel 9:24-27 has some complexity to it; I’m focusing for our purposes on the first 69 weeks of the 70 weeks (“seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks”).  The ‘weeks’ referred to are prophetic ‘weeks,’ or ‘sevens,’ of years.  So, instead of a ‘week’ or ‘seven’ of days, think of 69 weeks here as 69 ‘sevens’ of years – or, 69 x 7 = 483 total years.

As is longstanding Jewish custom, prophetic years are comprised of 360 days.  So, the timeframe proscribed in Daniel’s prophecy is

69 weeks x 7 years/week x 360 days/year = 173,880 days.

So, when does this all start?  Well, secular ancient history gives us the timing of “the going forth of the commandment,” or the issuance of a royal decree, while Jewish prophetic convention begins from the first day of its month’s fulfillment.  The history and backstory are detailed in the Book of Nehemiah, where King Artixerxes Longimanus issues a decree for the Israelites to rebuild Jerusalem.  The date for our calculation, then, is the 1st day of the Jewish month of Nisan, or 14 March, 445 B.C.

I long wondered, Why is this timeframe divided into “seven weeks, and sixty-two weeks?”  The interceding event at the end of the initial 7 weeks or 49 years was two-fold – first, the completion of the restoration of the city of Jerusalem.

Far more dramatically, however, it also marks “the great crisis of Jewish history” – the close of the testimony of the Lord’s prophetic messengers to his chosen people, ending with Malachi.

434 years of haunting silence.

Back to our exploration of the sixty-nine weeks…so what day is pointed to through Daniel’s mysterious prophecy?

The considerations clouding our view through the epochs of time are many and complex, including the mislabeling of 0 A.D. as 1 A.D., all the 5-day additions on Julian versus Jewish prophetic years, leap years, etc., resulting in 476 Julian years plus 24 days (see The Coming Prince for all the gory details).  According to Sir Robert’s exquisitely detailed research, the day at the end of the full 69 weeks (of years) resolves to…the 10th day of Nisan on the Jewish calendar, or Sunday, 6 April, 32 A.D.

We followers of Christ know that day for its unique title – the day of the triumphant entrance into the very City of Peace of the Prince of Peace, Who was greeted by cries of “Hosanna!  Hosanna!”, but who by week’s end would be brutally assassinated and buried in a rich man’s tomb.

Palm Sunday.  The Palm Sunday.  The Matthew 21, John 12, Zechariah 9 Palm Sunday.

___________

Needless to say – the implications of what this means for all of mankind is far-ranging.

If you’re someone who’s been railing against God all these years, blaming Him for your woes – well, He sent His Son Who paid the ultimate price so you could live.  And, Who arrived on the very day the Prince was prophesied, more than half a millennium beforehand.

What more would you have Him do?

If you’re following some cult, a facsimile of the truth that can’t hold a candle to the astounding power and undeniable Truth of Scripture – and Jesus as the hero of it all! – why continue on with a lie?

Run to the One Who died that we all could live.

___________

As demonstrated in the above-detailed prophecy, Jesus the then-coming Messiah literally was right on time.  To the very day prophesied.

Right.  On.  Time.

So we know that the soon-returning same Messiah will be right on time – as always.

For those of us who know the truth, you may have noticed that these days are getting kind of bad.  Well, He told us it would be like this; just go read Matthew 24, Mark 13, and Luke 21.  And I could go on (Romans 1; 1 Timothy 4; 2 Timothy 3).

He forewarned us so we wouldn’t worry.

He also said, “These things I have spoken unto you, that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world (John 16:33; my emphasis).”

What about you?  Is there something you’re late on?  Something you ought to have done but haven’t?  Thankfully Jesus is a gracious God Who offers us grace.  (Consider the 11th hour workers of the vineyard parable, Matthew 20:1-16.)

Maybe that’s you – alert, aware, alarmed, yet not where you ought to be, nor doing what you know you ought to do.

“A righteous man falling down before the wicked is as a troubled fountain, and a corrupt spring (Proverbs 25:26).”

Find your place on the battlefield.  Get busy with His business to confront and put down evil, lift up and comfort those around you, all while speaking unashamedly of Him.

Let Him worry about your protection, preservation, and provision.  He’s got you in the palm of His hand!   He’ll see you through.

And, when your race is through, He’ll be right on time, again – as He has always been.

© 2023 John Dyslin – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail John Dyslin: jnd22@johndyslin.com

Website: https://johndyslin.com/




When Will the Republican Party Get A Backbone?

By Jeffery S. Dover

April 15, 2023

Who among conservatives still believes that our answers can be found working with the Republican Party?  Oh…there are some of you out there?  Okay, then please present some evidence that that will work for us.

There isn’t any you say?  You say that even though conservatives have striven for GOP leadership since Barry Goldwater, that just because their efforts have failed for the past sixty-one years, that doesn’t mean that it can’t work?  All we have to do is just vote out the RINOs?

I see…like the stock market: all you have to do is buy low and sell high.  The only difference between the two is that, with the stock market, oftentimes it’s actually successful!

The Republican Party began its life as a third party.  Imagine that!  A third party, which became dominant!  How could that have been?  Third parties are supposed to lose, always and irrevocably!  Well, maybe it was like this: the people then didn’t know that third parties always lose (how utterly naive of them!).

What Whig voters knew was that, despite being told otherwise by the voters, their Whig Party leadership and congressional delegates wanted to keep slavery lawful.  So did the Democrat Party.  Whig voters also knew that slavery was inhuman, intolerable and had to end.  If their party wouldn’t end it, then they, the Whig voters, would form a new party dedicated to ending it.  Thus, they formed the Republican Party.  In four years, they had a party member, Abraham Lincoln, in the White House.  Slavery was abolished and the Whig Party disappeared.

Today we face a different set of circumstances, of at least equal importance as abolition: the very salvation of our nation, its sovereignty and our freedom.  As it was in the mid-1850’s when Whig voters proved to be the majority, so it is today also.  Those citizens who wanted a return to America First and American founding principles were the majority in 2016 when, despite the GOP’s efforts to prevent his candidacy, the people gave president Trump a landslide victory.

Trump’s 2016 victory was a proxy “third party” win.  In the primary of that year, he bested 16 other of the usual bland GOP offerings, political careerists for the most part, devoid of imagination or credibility.  The GOP would have preferred any of those primary candidates to Trump, whether or not they stood a chance of defeating Hillary Clinton in the general election.  There’s a clue there, is there not?

That the people voted for Trump instead reveals for all, the total disconnect between the GOP and its voters.  Nonetheless, ignoring the voters entirely, following that victory those in the party blocked president Trump in everything that he, and we, wanted to get done.  They failed to even repeal Obamacare when they had the clear power to do it.

It’s clear that the party, it’s leadership and those who maintain it in the states are in opposition to the will of their voters.  It’s not just the congress.  We see it in the governors’ mansions and in the state houses: the GOP always has a stopper in place, in key states, to block significant conservative legislation.  Vote out the RINO in Arizona and we get one in Texas. Vote out the RINO in Alabama and we get another in Alaska…etc.

It’s now 2023 and following yet another suspicious “election” in 2020, nothing has changed.  Once again safely out of office, the GOP excels in blaming the Democrats for everything, conducting “investigations” leading nowhere and all the theater we are so accustomed to seeing from them.  It’s a con, folks.  It’s totally obvious today that they hold us in contempt.

The GOP’s reasons for opposing us are really immaterial.  What is material is their refusal to perform for their electorate as a party.  Because RINOs run the party unshakably, conservatives never occupy the positions of power.  Never Speaker, never Majority Leader.  Only RINO hacks in those positions.

The party also makes certain that they have just enough “stoppers” in place.  That’s all that they need to squash sensible law and sensible policy actions of the few which any RINO Speaker is compelled by circumstance, against his will, to bring to a vote.   It only takes a few stoppers in the right places.  Having performed those stopping votes – as Senators McCain, Murkowski and Collins did in voting with Democrats to keep Obamacare for example – they are welcomed back to the party, no problem!  How can that be? They had just blown up the wishes of millions and millions of GOP voters, not to mention in doing so perpetuated the material damage to the nation of the Act itself – but that was okay with the party! That’s what matters.  What matters is what they do as a party.   TRM: True Representation Matters.

The people of the United States in the mid 1850’s saw a better way than the way their two parties were taking them.  They did something about it and as a result, they got what they wanted.  Were those in congress then as corrupt and beholden to money as those of congress are today?  We can only guess.  There was something holding them away from abolition, though it was clear that their electorate wanted that.  Whatever that “something” was, it was stronger than the logic of slavery as abhorrent.  The voters recognized that reality.  Rather than continue to cry about the same old thing over and over again without effect, they formed a power to work for them.

“Yes We Can!” Thanks, Obama!  He was right about that, if only that.  Yes, we can form a political fighting force to represent us faithfully and begin the transition back, from a nation going downhill and into some sort of feudal serfdom, to our founding principles.  And, by the way, how is it that with a minority, Obama and his people can prevail, taking us in their direction and yet with our majority voters, we are unable to stem that evil tide?  Mustn’t there be something on “our side” terribly in the way?

We must back away from the GOP, forming a new party to take up our policy and legislative agenda and win it.  A format for such a party structure can be found at FoundersPartyofAmerica.org.  However, it’s only a framework.  The new party could be anything but must feature several currently missing rules:

1.The Party, not members of congress/legislature decide the detailed legislative agenda, posting it for all voters to see prior to all elections.

2.Members of the Party sitting in congress or legislature or candidates for same, having taken an oath to support every agenda item, will take voting instructions from the party, only.

3.Failing to vote as instructed by the Party, they are summarily expelled from the Party.

4.Party leadership will be appointed, not voted.  There’s no room for “personalities” in the new party, but only dedication to achievement of a known political end and the demonstrated ability to bring it about.

At a minimum, these are vital measures to ensure the fiduciary to the voters. They will effectively eliminate the corrupting influences currently taking our country down.  Engage your imagination, don’t listen to the inevitable naysayers with no solutions, and let’s show the shades of those in our nation’s mid-1800’s that we too can act in our own interests!

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




Our Constitution is Unique, Highly Valued and our Most Powerful Asset

By Andrew Wallace

April 15, 2023

Our Constitution is the Supreme Law of the Land, the sole final and ultimate legal authority for all government in the United States. Getting this fact to the American people is the primary purpose of this paper.

It is the greatest document ever written, second only to the Holy Bible. We are the only country in the world to be blessed with the protection of such a document. But we must protect it from enemies, both foreign and domestic.

The Constitution protects our right to keep and bear arms; otherwise we would be slaves like Canadians and Australians, who recently gave up their firearms.

After giving up firearms, they immediately found themselves in a dictatorship. People came to America to escape the wretched life in European cities, and now our cities are more dystopian than in Europe!

Our Constitution protecting the people is despised and hated by the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families, and their Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations, and government.

Why? Because they want to rule the world with the “Great Reset”, the New World Order where average people are slaves of the self- proclaimed nobility, as in the past and in other countries.

It is imperative that you understand that our Constitution is the ONLY LEGAL BASIS for government in the United States of America.

The PSRRC, elected officials, bureaucrats, judges, and military flag officers have created a counterfeit façade of our Republic.

I call it the Big Dictatorial Blood-Sucking Machine constructed of all the unlawful actions by courts, elected officials and bureaucrats, of which there are many.

Those who oppose the traitors have every legal right under the founding documents to do so. If only there was an honest law-enforcement agency who could arrest the criminals and an honest court to hear the cases!

The Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) constructed a completely fake government .

It consisted of unelected law-making bureaucrats (the Administrative State), unconstitutional laws, open borders, two-tier system of justice, unlawful executive orders applied to the states, unlawful expenditure of government funds, unlawful Federal Reserve Bank and currency, wars for profit without Declaration of War, foreign aid, etc, etc, etc.

Concentration of power was the ultimate objective so they could fund countless unlawful activities, steal and control the Communist indolent with money from WORKING Americans.

This was accomplished by constructing unlawful federal departments to transfer money to the PSRRC and the Communists. The most important of these fake departments are: Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development. Most people assume that these departments are legitimate and constitutionally-authorized; they are not!

These faux departments are unlawful usurpations of state powers that bribed or cowardly governors refuse to nullify when  they have the power to do so!

It is estimated that 70-80% of federal government is unconstitutional and is sucking the life-blood out of the people to finance wars for profit of the PSRRC.

Most Economists agree that the excesses of the government are on the verge of destroying the economy, productivity, government and related benefits in a “Depression of Soup-Line Magnitude.” Our Communist dictatorship can only survive by stealing from productive workers as long as they exist!

Our current economic situation is rapidly deteriorating to a point where the government can do nothing to prevent absolute and total collapse.

My objective in writing is to make people more aware of the power of the Constitution and how they are being screwed. No one likes to read long articles so I try to keep my writing succinct and interesting. I hope that my writing motivates people to read the work of scholars of the Constitution to learn more details and specifics as a method to survive the coming times. Your Courage, the Constitution and God are the keys to survival! I don’t believe that you can sit on your hands and pray for God to do the heavy lifting without your involvement. Victory requires much more knowledge of the Constitution, and a commitment to enforce it!

I highly recommend the following scholars who write for Newswithviews.com: Publius Huldah, Lex Green, Paul Engel, Devvy Kidd, Edwin Vieira Jr., Jeff Dover, Cliff Kincaid. If you read some of their papers you will be well-prepared to confront our traitors and the ignorant graduates of our brainwashing educational system.

God Bless Our Constitutional Republic.

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




As We Face the Battle Ahead, We Need to Find Our Friends, and Come Together

By Kat Stansell

April 14, 2023

At this point in our national existence, we all know that something big is coming, and it probably isn’t good. We can feel it, whether or not we can define it. We feel it, in both little ways and big. It is making us question our very senses. How we
handle it may determine our very survival.

Here’s the message: We must form community with those around us. How and with whom we move forward may determine the stability, indeed the very existence, of our lives, for the near future. It will certainly affect our forward progress against the evil afoot. We need each other now, more than ever. Just raise your tent flaps and bring in as many like-minded people as you can find around you at work or play, down the block or across the street. It’s honestly not that hard if we hold to a few truths.

First, understand that old political party labels (“R”, “D”, “I”, and “L”) are now meaningless; they only serve to inflame the already dangerously dry timber of misconceptions. They’ve been confounded by the hard slide to the left of about 90% of our politicians. If we are to work together, we as a society, must understand that our only remaining choices are between our Constitution and Communism not “R”: or “D”. It’s imperative that we help as many as possible to see that.

The old party labels only serve to anger and frustrate those who are searching for their old political allegiances, so just stop using the old terms.

Once, politicians of various ilks compromised to solve America’s problems. NOW, one side thinks that America IS the problem.

Now, money buys votes, and determines public policy. The money that is doing the buying, is for the most part, that dark money that demands sacrifice of everything from our bodies to our property rights, to feed the maw of their One World government. That, is where we are headed. Fast.

While it seems that 90% of Congress has leaned into the Uniparty (aka, Globalist/ Deep State/socialist) system, the fact remains that 90+% of those whom they are supposed to represent, choose the Constitution. Both ends of the spectrum are unhappy with DC because their choices are not being respected. Draw this common thread through any discussions you may have on the subject.

The rapidity with which this has all becoming apparent, has a lot of people confused and sputtering. In real fact, we have suffered from creeping Marxism for decades but many have, somehow remained unaware. We were, in fact, asleep at the switch. We were complicit in our lack of awareness, and thereby, we helped it to happen. We can no longer just let things ride, because today, if you are still clueless you are also complicit. There’s “woke”, and there’s “awake” We must be the latter.

“I am sick and tired of being called a ‘socialist’ ”, an old Leftist friend once told me. I met his gaze and said, “…and I, a ‘racist’ !” “We are actually on the same side,” I reminded him. “You are angry because you know you are NOT a communist, and I, because I believe that we chose those we respect by their morals and values, NOT by the color of of their skin. YOU believe in freedom, and you want to keep it.”

You could see his upstairs light go on, even though a little steam still escaped from the windows…. I’ve found that we can electrify many brains if we use only these terms: constitution or communism. Drop the old party labels. They just cause rancor. Really, it is that simple. And that fundamental.

Face it. NO NATION chooses its own destruction. No citizens of a free country have EVER voted themselves into bondage.

Totalitarianism has never been the choice of free people, and it is NOT in this country. History and I both guarantee that. And, socialism will still be the historic murderous failure it has always been, whenever tried. It’ll be no different this time, just because yet another group thinks they will get it right “this time”. Whenever I talk to a group about the challenges facing our Republic, I ask everyone to check their party labels at the door.

I pass around a small basket, as you might collect keys from party-goers who have been over-”celebrating”, and ask everyone there to please throw their old party labels into it. Try that at a meeting, family gathering or house party if anyone wants to talk politics. Those around you will get the message, and begin to understand real “community.” Most will smile as well. A grin is better than salt for breaking ice.

To get past this potentially deadly mess coming in the days ahead, and survive with our sanity and our freedom, we must form communities of like-minded people, and learn just how each will help the other should crises come.

It is imperative that we include only those people with their morals intact. That is the key. Lift the tent flaps of community to include all who prefer living in freedom, and under the law. I predict that your tent will get crowded, and that’s a good thing. A wise friend told me recently, that he applies the “80/20 rule”…if we can agree on 80% of the important stuff, we can put aside the other 20% and work together. Often those “20% issues” fade away or resolve themselves as the community grows.

Send the same message to your elected representatives, of all parties. Get them under freedom’s tent. Ask them to publicly commit to upholding their oath of office to “protect and defend” our Constitution and its body of law. If they will not, or (worse yet) if they pretend to stand by our Republic, then fail, you have the stuff of real publicity, and that is power. I know that I don’t have to remind you how important is good publicity to a politician. And vice versa. It won’t be hard to see what they do. We will know them by their fruits.

Yes, I’m going to say it again: our choice today is bondage or freedom. not “R” or “D”. Tell everyone you know. It will sink in. Some of the more left-leaning, the hard core, may not listen – but that seed you sowed will remain planted in their heads.

They will remember it from time to time, and apply it to something they confront. When it begins to ring true to them, your little “plant” will have taken root and begun to grow. You will have become a Freedom Farmer, and there is no more essential crop.

Please remember, sometimes a seed planted in even the most improbable place, will flourish and grow.

This is a picture of the courthouse in the little town of Greensburg, IN. This improbable Aspen and its offspring has been thriving in the courthouse gutter for well over a century. From the time the first sprig was spotted by passersby in 1871
there has been live greenery where none was supposed to grow.

I saw it as a child; in my mind, that incredible Aspen will always be there. If it is not, I don’t want to know. That improbable tree came to represent a miracle to me – the miracle of hope, and hope springs eternal. Even the seemingly craziest among us may still sprout sanity.

And, for those who don’t? Well, you will know them, also, by their fruit.

Be safe, take good care, and live in the strength of your communal bonds. Lift those flaps whenever you find the opportunity. We CAN save this republic and the freedoms is provides if we do it together.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




The Slow Death of the American Dream

By Karen Schoen

April 14, 2023

Recently I was talking with a friend. I remarked how sad it was that what I envisioned  for America in the 1960-70s are coming true. Once fully implemented the Plan calls for complete control of every aspect of human activity by the communist UN as your one world government under your new world order. Once small and regional banks go under,  desperate people will take government jobs and will become the new group of indoctrinated slaves.

It is important that you know this fact: The authors of the initial plan, were addicts Each had their own habit as the addiction of choice but they were mostly incoherent. Nothing has changed.  They are supreme marketers but due to affirmative action there is little upstairs. Most plans were written under the influence of something.  They lack common sense and create chaos.  Which is the point so you won’t notice inflation, regulations, and the fact that the plans don’t work but cost a lot of money.  Boy was George Washington was right about a 2 party system. The big difference between the 60s – 70s and today is that we are now living with the results of these destructive policies. The intent is to keep you ignorant. divert your attention to something emotional, and most important stop you from talking to each other. Get Americans to fight Americans and America will fail.

The 60s set the stage. The children of the Baby Boomers were the second generation of indoctrinated youth. Life overall in the beginning of the 60’s looked good. We had a lot to look forward to. Then the assassination of Pres. John F Kennedy, Martin Luther King, Robert F Kennedy, Malcolm X, and others, brought depression to the populace. When a void is created, it will be filled. The kids were ripe for Communism. We hated everything to do with the establishment, family and G-d.  Communism was slipped in by offering a platform for hatred.

Read the 45 Goals of Communism in the 1963  Congressional Record.

45 Declared Communist Takeover Goals (1963)
Congressional Record–Appendix, pp. A34-A35

https://rense.com/politics6/com.htm

Communists tell you exactly what they want to do. So why are we surprised when they do it? They are not playing.  Their desire is to turn America into another Venezuela hellhole, or Argentina hell hole. They will not rest until you own nothing and they are happy.

The phrase, ” you will own nothing and be happy”. Should be burned in your brain. Communists are not fooling but what they really mean is, you will own nothing and they will be happy. Your new home will be determined by your government job. You are told,  “The government will take care of you. The government will tell you what to do and how to do it. What to wear or to drive, what to eat, what job.” Now someone else will make your choices, your destiny, YOUR AMERICAN DREAM. How will you feel knowing as hard as you work you are nothing special? Your achievement doesn’t count.

Everyone is addicted to something. If it is drugs we call it an addiction. If it is a good addiction we call it a habit. When to take away a person’s burning desire to do something a void is created and they are emotionally ready to be manipulated by its replacement.  They are prime for hate and ready for communism.  Ready to be turned into a vulnerable victim. When what you have to do to succeed is granted by someone else, it’s not really your victory. So you turn to sex, drugs, music, activism, media, technology, pornography. What’s the difference? All actions are under government control all departments singing the same song, “you will have nothing and be happy.”

Bye, Bye Miss American Pie… The American dream to be an owner and be able to use your ownership as leverage to help make you successful is now gone. Motivation to invent something new is gone. We must acknowledge there is always going to be evil.  Before you prepared for the fight against evil  read history and know what you fight.  Print and constantly read the Goals, form your plan.  The TRUTH is our salvation from escaping this evil. Prepare your family, then take on your local community. When you do nothing your enemy takes that as compliance and the rope gets another notch tighter.

After World War II the country was celebrating. The assassination of President John Kennedy, Martin Luther king Jr, Robert Kennedy, Malcolm X and others changed  everything. Hatred was allowed to rule the day all across the country. Thanks to Bill Ayers and his Weather Underground over 2,000 Federal, government buildings were bombed. Every day we would wake up to a riot someplace else. Do not think for one minute that what you see today never happened before. Riots and Chaos are their plan.  Transformation means destruction. Once Kennedy died the country was so depressed that most did not pay attention to politics because they were busy getting high. And by design those who wish harm to America were able to put their evil plans in place as the American Dream became American Drugs.

Pay attention to Goal number 33:  “Eliminate all laws or procedures which interfere with the operation of the Communist apparatus.” Karl Mark’s had a deep hatred for the idea that people would own private property.  To him nothing should be private.  Everything including you, your land, your person, your belongings, your religion, and your family should belong to the state. Today’s communist in the 20th and 21st centuries believe Marks and focus on land ownership which they deem as racist. After all if I own property and you don’t that is not fair. The fact that Americans can own the land and what is below their land is a horror to the elite.  If you own your land you can do whatever you want with it.  So the Communists will tax it and restrict it in any way possible making up any lie they feel to take your land away from you so that you no longer have equity  or leverage for loans and business expansion. Their goal is to force you to live on the government and that is called control.

What do the  say about land ownership :

Maurice Strong former UN Secretary General –Oil Billionaire, one of the Architects of Agenda 21 –stated: “Land, because of its unique nature and the crucial role it plays in human settlements, cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market. Private land ownership is also a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth and therefore contributes to social injustice; if unchecked, it may become a major obstacle in the planning and implementation of development schemes. Social justice, urban renewal and development, the provision of decent dwellings and healthy conditions for the people can only be achieved if land is used in the interests of society as a whole.”

Communist want your land and they will lie, cheat and steal in order to get it.

According to Dr. Coffman’s map of the Wildlands project, humans will live in smart cities which are those little black dots you see on the map. More than 50% of the land will go back to the WILD.  Today Americans live on less than 5% of America’s land. If farming was not restricted due to lies, America could feed the world.  Communist lie about land and they lie about food.  They CRAVE shortages and will use the shortages  to create riots where neighbor will fight neighbor.  The revolution will be destruction, riots and Americans fighting each other. Get your kids out of public schools or their minds will be twisted and they will hate you, G-D and America.

It is up to us to make sure our local communities do not feed this destruction of privacy with the implementation of Smart Cities.  “Smart city development typically focuses on the implementation of technologies like the IoT, 5G, cloud and edge computing, and biometric surveillance to track, manage, control and extract profit from an array of urban processes.”  Brenda Baletti, Ph.D, childrenshealthdefense.org

Remember: Everything is connected. Nothing is random, Everyone follows the same plan. ALL PLANS ARE BASED ON LIES. Communists, RINOS, Democrats lied about: Covid, Vaccines, Climate, Energy, Fossil Fuel, Guns, Food, Land, Trump, MAGA, Afghanistan, Iraq, Education, Everything…

Globalists only care about MONEY, POWER and CONTROL

Is America worth saving? What are YOU doing to Save America?

© 2023 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

FootNotes:

Wildlands Map: https://images.search.yahoo.com/

Tennessee farmers forced to fight for their land/

JP Morgan CEO Jamie Dimon eminent domain green energy

Critics warn of a dragnet of surveillance as us pushes ahead with plans for more smart cities

Klaus Schwab the wood and the trees

More Podcasts and Articles: Karenschoen.com

Show Link https://www.americaoutloud.com/the-prism-of-americas-education/




The Anachronism of Apostasy

By: Amil Imani

April 13, 2023

Whereas the practice of slavery enslaves the body, the dogma of apostasy ensnares the mind. Whereas slavery is a shameful practice of the past, some shameless religionists still use the doctrine of apostasy to intimidate and severely punish people who elect to choose their own beliefs.

Islam is extremely possessive of its subjects. It is a religion that admits anyone into its fold by the person simply uttering a one-sentence statement of faith, shahada: I bear witness that there is no God but Allah, and Muhammad is Allah’s messenger. By so saying, one becomes Muslim for life and surrenders the right of ever leaving it. Anyone who leaves the Islamic fold is murtad (revert), apostate.

The notion of apostasy is best understood within the overall Islamic dogma. Islam forms a binding covenant with the believer. Once a person is Muslim, he and his issues are considered Muslim forever. In this covenant, Islam promises to bestow its beneficence on the faithful conditional on the person’s total and unquestioned surrender to it in all matters. Some of the rewards offered by Islam to the truly obedient believer, particularly the privileged males, are of this world as well as a great deal more promised to him in the next. If a Muslim faithful does not reap the rewards of his devotion in this world, Islam assures him of his inestimably cherished and limitless compounded rewards in the next world.

Islam demands the subjugation of the individual’s will to that of Allah and permeates the thinking, actions, and speech of Muslims by prefacing commitments they make contingent on the will of God (inshallah)

This total surrender and submission to the will and decree of Allah also absolve the individual from taking full responsibility for his conduct or honoring commitments he may make. For it is Allah who has the unquestioned authority to consummate or contravene any action or promise made by a faithful.

Within this overall framework of complete acceptance of Islam as the perfect living charter for the believer, the rules pertaining to apostasy can be better understood. Islam considers an apostate as a person who unilaterally breaks the covenant he has made with the faith. An apostate is condemned as guilty of turning his back on Allah’s immutable eternal religion. Anyone born to Muslim parents and leaving Islam is stigmatized as murtad fitri (natural apostate) because he was born genetically Muslim and rejected his gift of birth. And anyone who converts to Islam and later leaves it is condemned as murtad milli (a person who has turned his back to the Ummah).

The severe stricture against leaving Islam is consistent with other main principle beliefs of the religion. Islam is a faith of surrender and not that of free will. A Muslim is to surrender his freedom of thoughts and actions to the will and dictates of Allah. The very principle of freedom is alien to the Islamic belief system.

With regard to apostasy, the two main branches of Islam, the Sunni, and the Shiite, are in considerable agreement. The great majority of Muslim scholars of both major camps agree that the Quran stipulates death for the apostate.

Islam, by its very nature, is an all-encompassing belief system that proscribes and prescribes every detail of the person’s and society’s conduct. The Sharia law, a comprehensive code of Islamic jurisprudence, purportedly is based on the Quran, and the Hadith (the reported enunciation of Muhammad and his conduct.)

Furthermore, Islamic societies rule by the Islamic laws of Sharia. Any new societal legislation must be harmonious with those of the Sharia which are conclusively anti-democratic. Sharia law is in explicit contradiction and violation of the foundation of democracy. Sharia law places Allah’s dictates and rules over the people’s sovereignty. It discriminates against non-Muslims to the extreme of disenfranchising them from their rights of citizenship of Baha’is barring them from jobs, higher education, worship, etc., not only in Iran but Saudi Arabia, and even Egypt. It is blatantly discriminatory against women, Muslim or not. Men have a greater claim to the inheritance, their testimony in the court of law is worth twice that of women and they may marry multiple women at the same time. It stipulates even different rules and privileges governing free Muslim men as opposed to slave Muslims, implicitly condoning slavery. Saudi Arabia, the flagship of Islam, was finally forced by the free world to abandon slavery, I believe, only in late 1960, but it has been reported that it has not been completely abandoned.

Apostasy is defined both in the Quran as well as the Sharia and its punishment is clearly stipulated.

“Those who blasphemed and back away from the ways of Allah and die as blasphemers, Allah shall not forgive them.” [Qur’an 4:48]

Islamic law does not allow the freedom to choose one’s religion.

“Let there be no compulsion in the religion: Clearly the Right Path (i.e. Islam) is distinct from the crooked path.” [Qur’an 2:256]

The Quran also specifically addresses the issue of murtad milli:

“But those who reject faith after they accepted it, and then go on adding to their defiance of faith, never will their repentance be accepted; for they are those who have (of set purpose) gone astray.” [Qur’an 3:90]

The Hadith further restates the provision of the Quran regarding the punishment of the apostate.

The Sharia law stipulates that any Muslim who turns his back on Islam should be given a chance to revert to the religion. For an un-repenting male apostate, death is the punishment, and life imprisonment for a female apostate.

“Kill whoever changes his religion.” —Sahih al-Bukhari 9:84:57

“The blood of a Muslim who confesses that none has the right to be worshiped but Allah and that I am His Apostle, cannot be shed except in three cases: In Qisas for murder, a married person who commits illegal sexual intercourse and the one who reverts from Islam (apostate) and leaves the Muslims.” —Sahih al-Bukhari 9:83:17

At present, apostasy is illegal in most Islamic countries. Although execution of the apostate is not common, it does take place from time to time by frequently buttressing the “crime” with additional charges. The Islamic Republic of Iran, for instance, often adds the charge of mohareb (one who wars with God) to further legitimize its execution of apostates. A case in point pertains to the treatment of the religious minority Baha’is by the Islamic Republic. A number of Baha’is have been charged as apostates and mohareb, executed and some secretly buried in unmarked graves.

The late Ayatollah Khomeini in his Tahrir al-Wassilah adjudicates how a person’s apostasy is established: “Apostasy is proven in two ways: First, the person himself confesses to his apostasy twice. Second, two just and truthful men bear witness to the person’s apostasy. But women’s testimonies do not prove apostasy in any case; either they bear witness individually, in a group, or beside a man.”

The misogynistic nature of Islam is once again evident in Ayatollah Khomeini’s blanket disqualification of women’s testimony solely on the basis of gender.

“Apostasy — or the formal renunciation of religion — is already punishable in Iran with death. But now, Iran wants to make the death penalty for apostasy part of the penal code. The European Union is concerned and has asked Iran to reconsider.” Who is an apostate according to the legislation? Anyone in the world, not just Iranians, born to a Muslim parent; also, any convert to Islam who leaves it. Only one parent needs to be a Muslim at the time of conception for Islam to own that child for life. Islam is Ummahist. Islam doesn’t recognize nationalities and national boundaries. And these Islamist zealots are very serious and have no sense of humor. Some say they have no sense at all, and they may be right. They certainly have a thirst for blood, particularly for the blood of infidels and apostates.

It is noteworthy that Islam considers the world as its Ummah and overarches national boundaries. Hence, Islamic clerics feel free to issue fatwa and other adjudications regarding any person, group, or nation anywhere in the world. A celebrated case of this practice was the fatwa of Ayatollah Khomeini against the British author Salman Rushdie for his book The Satanic Verses. Hence, individual Muslims anywhere in the world take it upon themselves to carry out fatwa issued by Islamic high divines. In another high-profile case, the killing of Theo van Gough, a Dutch film director, and the recent attack on the Danish cartoonist, Kurt Westergaard, clearly demonstrates this primitive practice that runs counter to the civilized world’s due process and has a seriously intimidating impact on the freedom of expression.

Free people and nations should not sacrifice their God-given liberty to please the Islamists by muzzling dissenters and even endangering their safety and their lives.

The concept and practice of apostasy are a shameful stain on the conscience of humanity. It is despicable for any belief system to stubbornly cling to the dehumanizing anachronism of apostasy while its counterpart, slavery, is already buried in mankind’s graveyard of past infamy.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




A Peek Into 2100

by Lee Duigon

April 13, 2023

Time to peer into our crystal ball again! Okay, it’s a mostly-empty jar of Miracle Whip—who can afford a genuine crystal ball, these days? But if you know the right incantations, all you need is a Miracle Whip jar.

So let’s take a peek at what awaits us in the year 2100.

Ooh! This looks bad!

If you’re not familiar with cryptozoology, well, it’s just the search for animals that have either gone extinct or never existed in the first place—Loch Ness Monster, Bigfoot, the dinosaur that lives in that big swamp in the Congo, etc., etc. Of course, the moment a cryptid-hunter actually discovers a cryptic animal, it’s no longer cryptozoology but just plain zoology. It takes a special kind of determination to track down cryptic creatures.

And in 2100, we have the most frantic search for a cryptid that’s ever been seen. Never mind the Loch Ness Monster! In 2100, cryptozoologists the world over are trying to track down a creature that, throughout all of human history, and in all human societies everywhere, was universally recognized as real but which seems to have disappeared sometime in the first half of our current century.

You guessed it! The cryptozoologists in 2100 will be searching for…

Grandchildren!

Once upon a time, grandchildren were as plentiful as the passenger pigeon. You could look it up. What family didn’t have them?

But that was before the 21st-century Transgender Mania inspired the global ruling class to “reassign the gender” of children all over the world—largely, I am sorry to say, through the public schools. “Reassignment” drugs and surgery, totally irreversible, rendered an entire generation of children permanently sterile.

Oops. Should’ve thought of that, shouldn’t they? Children emerged from public schooling without the capacity to reproduce. Their parents would never have grandchildren. This was hailed as a triumph of “transgender rights.” That generation of children would never have children themselves.

Oh! But there must be children, somewhere, who were not made sterile, whose “gender” was never “reassigned.” The world’s a big place. Somewhere in the tropical rain forests—the ones that haven’t been cut down and paved over to make space for nail salons—or the vast Siberian steppe, or the high and little-traveled mountains of the Caucusus… Somewhere, anywhere, there must be grandchildren.

Cryptozoologist Farfel Meshugga has been searching high and low for grandchildren. “It’s kind of urgent,” he explains, “what with the human race going extinct and all. Against all expectation, Transgender turned out to be a bad idea.”

Last year, in the unmapped wilderness of the Likouala Swamp in the Congo People’s Republic, Meshugga’s camera failed him at the very moment in which a fabulous discovery would have made him world-famous.

“I saw a grandson!” he recalls. “I know I did! The little fellow was riding on one of those dinosaurs. I know, I know—skeptics insist it was only a Bigfoot. And when he saw me, he slid down the tail of the dinosaur and disappeared among the trees. He’s somewhere in that swamp today! And he must have parents, and even grandparents, somewhere out there. Remember families? That kid almost certainly had one!” He sighs deeply. “I’ll just keep looking,” he vows. “And then there’s that sighting, last month, in the Badlands of Alberta, Canada. A prospector swears he saw a little girl. And I’m inclined to believe him.”

So we’re looking at a future in which the survival of the human species depends on the success of cryptozoology! Who would have thought it?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit… with your grandchildren, if you’ve got some. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




True Grit: Dave Carder Running Across America

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 13, 2023

Have you ever met a person in your life that inspired you? Did that person raise your energy for living a more creative life? Did they rouse your soul to become greater?

In my bicycle adventure across America in 2010, near Denton, Texas, a man drove up behind me. He waved at me to stop. I pulled my bicycle to the side of the road.

Seconds later, the driver walked up to me, “My name is Dave Carder.”

“Frosty Wooldridge,” I said, extending my hand.

“I couldn’t help but wonder what you are doing on a 100-degree day riding a bicycle through Texas,” said Carder.

“Sweatin’, lots of sweatin’” I said. “Just making my way coast to coast across America.”

“I’m an endurance runner,” he said. “So, I have a feel for what you’re doing.”

After some small talk, we exchanged business cards and he drove away. Over the past two years, we kept contact through Facebook. While he didn’t say very much about his life when I met him, his website activities astounded me. He moved to Yellowstone National Park shortly after I met him. Over Facebook, I asked him why he had left his very successful life in Texas to move to a remote area in Wyoming.

“I needed to get out of the box,” he said. “I wanted to live a more minimal and happy life in the woods. Big city living may bring lots of money, but it also brings lots of stress, pressure and a feeling of being in a box.”

I said, “John Muir said something about.”

Muir said, “Thousands of tired, nerve-shaken, over-civilized people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going home; that wildness is a necessity; and that mountain parks reservations are useful not only as fountains of timber and irrigating rivers, but as fountains of life.”

In 2011, I bicycled down the Continental Divide through Yellowstone National Park, but Dave Carder ran in a 100-mile endurance race in another state. We just missed each other as I pedaled through Yellowstone.

On Facebook in 2012, he told his 1,600 friends that he and three women and four other men would run 2,400 miles from Chicago to Santa Monica Pier 59 in California on old Route 66. You can see the run at www.runitforward.cc . To tell you the truth, his running escapades defy my imagination, but at the same time, inspire me to my own greater potential.

All in all, I didn’t think much more about his run as I bicycled across the USA in 2012. But as luck would have it, his brother moved within several blocks of me in September. Dave Carder decided to visit his brother in Golden, Colorado last week.

He called and we made a lunch date. During the discussion, he talked about his run across America. Not only did he and his companions run across our country, they stopped at dozens of schools along Route 66 to start running clubs in disadvantaged communities. They brought healthy food to kids without food.

They worked with local dentists to drill and fill as well as teach kids and parents how to brush and floss. They inspired kids to work through obesity problems toward healthiness in their lives. They created support systems to keep kids enthusiastic about health, wellness and doing well in school.

As I sat there listening to this man who is a boyhood friend of the seven time world champion of the Tour de France, Lance Armstrong, I felt my spirit move. I felt inspired by his true grit, his compassion for humanity, his sense of responsibility to others. Later, I talked about taking a backpacking trip to one of my favorite locations in the Colorado Rockies—a small pond at 11,000 feet near Vail, Colorado in the Mount Holy Cross area.

“You got time to go backpacking?” I said.

“I’m in,” Dave said.

On the weekend, my old friend Bob, Dave and I hoisted our packs over our shoulders and hiked from 8,000 feet to 11,000 feet to a little-known pond with lodge pole pines surrounding its crystal-clear waters. I call it my “Walden Pond of the Rockies.”

After a three-hour hike through the golden colors of autumn, we reached the pond and set up camp. We hiked around the pond. Stunning beauty in magnificent colors!

A picture containing tree, outdoor, yellow, plant Description automatically generated

“Hey, you might like this,” said Dave, as he pulled a flat smooth rock out of his pocket. “Do you see this?

It read, “Meg Annette Rork.”

On the other side, it read, “May the force be with you.”

“Yeah,” Dave said. “I found it while I was running along the Teton Range this summer. I couldn’t figure out why anyone would leave such a beautiful flat rock with a person’s name and a quote from Star Wars. I looked up her name and found out that she was a really beautiful woman who died at the age of 41. She had lived a fantastic life. She got married a month before she died. I Googled her to find out about her life story. From now on, I am going to carry this rock with me and take Meg on many adventures in my lifetime. It seems like a good thing to do.”

“Man,” I exclaimed, “that’s heavy-duty profound. You have touched me deeply with that story. Good grief, what a terrible early death, but she lives on through her friends and that rock that you will carry on your adventures. Deeply touching my friend.”

“No telling what life brings to us or how fast it will end,” said Bob. “Nice to see you’re advancing Meg’s life a thousand-fold.”

As usual around any campfire, mountaineers tell stories. We laughed as we sipped more hot chocolate. I told of my love affair with Henry David Thoreau.

“Well, I’ve got a surprise for you,” said Dave.

“Yeah, what’s that?” I asked.

Henry David Thoreau said, “If you advance confidently toward your dreams, and endeavor to live the life which you have imagined, you will meet with success unexpectedly in common hours. You will pass through invisible boundaries and you will live with the license of a higher order of beings.”

“Since you’re a Thoreau admirer,” he said. “You might like this.”

At that moment, Dave pulled out his smart phone and turned on the audio from the book Walden. In a split second, Henry David Thoreau began talking about his experiences on Walden Pond. He spoke quietly and simply. He spoke to us as we sat around the campfire. He spoke about life and the pursuit of living. He spoke to us from 150 years ago—through the amazing technology of a smart phone with an audio book download.

“Good grief!” I said. “This is fantastic! This is incredible.”

“Pretty neat,” said Dave.

For the next half hour, we listened to Thoreau espouse his wisdom, his ideas, his thoughts on life. He described everything about living on Walden Pond.

“I can’t thank you enough,” I said to Dave. “Just amazing!”

“I thought you might like this as a special treat in the wilderness on your special pond that you have shared with us,” said Dave.

A few moments in life stand out. Somehow, those moments cement themselves into your memory banks—never to be forgotten. That night, as I sat there with my college roommate Bob and my new friend Dave whom I had met on my bicycle ride across America in Texas in 2010, I knew that I would remember the magic of Walden Pond at 11,000 feet, the campfire and the amazing voice of Thoreau reaching out to all of us over the endless tracks of time. Dave showed us the rock with Megan Annette Rork that he would carry to further her life adventure.

A picture containing tree, outdoor, plant Description automatically generated

Bob sat back with a sense of peace and tranquility for his own remembrances in the woods. All three of us gathered for a photo flash near the campfire. It turned out fantastically with three dudes enjoying a singular moment in time.

“I went into the woods because I wanted to live deliberately. I wanted to live deep and suck out all the marrow of life…to put to rout all that was not life; and not, when I came to die, discover that I had not lived.” ~Henry David Thoreau

“Rise and shine dudes,” I said next morning, slapping their tent nylon. “The sun is coming up over the mountains and will soon be upon the lake. Get out your cameras.”

We stood on the shoreline to watch the sun first hit the mountain tops, then work its way into the tree line, and finally, with slow moving drama, it reached the glass still waters of Walden Pond. The tall pines reflected off the water followed by the jagged rocks from the mountains above—they created a sublime tapestry of nature’s artwork. The combination of huge rocks along the shoreline, criss-crossing logs, dragon flies, water bugs and sunbeams—gave Thoreau’s musings a special accent on the transcendent.

We watched the magic unfold. Slow moving, changing colors. Certain evolving of sunbeams on the still waters. A slight breeze kicked up to create ripples on the far end. The pine needles seemed to spin on their own with the water ripples.

After the lake filled with sunshine, we filtered some fresh water, ate some breakfast and loaded our backpacks.

We stood on the edge of the water for a group shot. Three smiling faces. Three exultant spirits. Three souls plus Megan Annette Rork smiled into the camera. Seconds later, we headed into the deep woods too silent to be real. Walden Pond would continue shimmering throughout the day while we made our way along the mountain riches and pure golden memories.

Down the mountain, we walked on golden gilded trail replete with endless fallen golden leaves raining down from branches above. Golden ribbons hemmed the slopes and traced the streams that meandered down the valley—orange to red, saffron to copper and yellow to gold. They rained down on us like gentle golden butterflies. They decorated pine trees like Christmas lights. They caught in the purple asters and snagged themselves in the heavy under brush.

Next summer, Dave Carder and his team will run from El Paso, Texas to Orlando, Florida to help establish running clubs in cities along the way. I urge you to donate your money and time to their efforts to make America a better, healthier and kinder place. You will be inspired and happy to be a part of his legacy to serve the youth of America. His work will inspire you to create something good in your own community.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Dear President Trump

By Lex Greene

April 12, 2023

The public now knows that democrat officials and party operatives have used foreign agents, federal agencies, local Soros District Attorney’s, and millions in illicit global money to launch repeated false accusations against you since 2015. In fact, the entire world now knows that global leftists worked through the Democrat Party and their controlled news media to remove you from office in 2020, via massive election fraud.

The massive operation to “take you down” has been exposed and anyone interested in the truth knows that nothing they threw at you has turned out to have any truth to it at all. There’s been multiple ongoing attacks against you, none of them true, and all of them apply to what I’m about to say here.

WHY HAVE YOU NOT GONE AFTER THE PERPETRATORS OF EVIL?

Although what I’m about to say applies to every attack launched against you over the past seven years, I want to focus on just the Russia-Gate matter today. Every perpetrator involved in the Russian Collusion lie is legally liable for their actions. Yet, you have not taken any action against them to date, and none of them have any legal immunity.

WHY?

You could have already “drained the swamp” by going after the perpetrators and purveyors of wrongful prosecutions, outright lies, fake news, treachery, foreign collusion, federal corruption, election interference and essentially, blatant acts of treason against the United States, all based upon what they have done to you.

In looking at Russia-Gate alone, why have you not filed suit against the following people for their participation in assaulting you (and the USA) with outright lies?

  • Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Campaign
  • The Clinton Foundation
  • The Democratic Party
  • George Soros & Co.
  • Adam Schiff
  • Nancy Pelosi
  • Barack Obama
  • Joe Biden
  • Chuck Schumer
  • James Comey
  • Lisa Page
  • Christopher Steele
  • Igor Danchenko
  • Olga Galkina
  • Donna Brazil
  • Kevin Clinesmith
  • Brian Auten
  • Andrew McCabe
  • Peter Strzok
  • Crossfire Hurricane Group
  • ABC, CBS, NBC, PBS, NPR, CNN, MSNBC, and Fox News
  • The Gang of Eight
  • DETAILS

This list is just a starting point for “draining the swamp” Mr. President, and you don’t need to hold office to take all of these people down and drain all of their financial resources in damages you and the USA have experienced as a direct result of their criminally corrupt actions.

The foundation for these cases exists in the many “criminal investigations” that cleared you and proved beyond any doubt that these people are the real criminals. Both you and our country have suffered extraordinary damages…financial and far worse. People are dying as a result. Young democrat Marxist generations are in the streets committing mass “insurrections” in cities across America, all due to the lies these people tell.

In speaking with a co-worker recently, they asked me why you have not already gone after these anti-American traitors in targeted civil suits for their blatant unlawful actions and the damages they have caused to you and our country. I don’t know the answer to that question…

So, I pose this question to you, sir. You could have and should have already sued all of these people and taken everything they own.

WHY HAVE YOU NOT GONE AFTER THE PERPETRATORS OF THIS UNPRECEDENTED EVIL?

They aren’t just destroying you! They are destroying EVERYTHING and EVERYONE!

Sadly, although I expect you will see this, I don’t expect you to answer. But in fact, every Trump supporter deserves the true answer to this question, TODAY!

© 2023 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




Truth is Hate to Those Who Hate the Truth

By Bradlee Dean

April 12, 2023

“Him we preach, warning every man and teaching every man in all wisdom, that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus.” —Colossians 1:28

Today, the world speaks much of love and, of course, their love is equated to man’s fallen state rather than the love of God proclaimed through Jesus and His Church (Romans 5:5).

Friends, Jesus promised us that we would be hated for His love.  So, when you preach and exhibit Christ’s love to a world that hates the Lord, you will then understand.

In John 15:18-19 Scripture tells us:

“These things I command you, that ye love one another.  If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you.  If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.  Remember, Jesus said to His brothers that “The world cannot hate you; but me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the works thereof are evil.” -John 7:7

Scripture is very clear that God is love and if “love worketh no ill” for love is the fulfilling of the law (Matthew 22:37), and we are to owe no man nothing but the truth, then this is what we are commanded by God to deliver to the world in hopes of making men free (John 8:32).

Let me say it this way, compromising the Scripture by overlooking people’s sins before God is not being a faithful witness that delivereth their souls (Proverbs 14:25).  Instead, this is hate, and this now leads me to the point concerning what it is that we hear coming from the world today.

When you love those in the world and tell them the truth as to why they need to repent according to the Word of God, they again believe it to be hate (Acts 20:21; Romans 3:20).  However, the deceptions here is that you are actually hating them when you choose to withhold the truth from them from the Word of God in exposing their sin and bringing them to godly repentance (2 Corinthians 7:10-11).  In their carnal, worldly minds, they think you are loving them by not telling them the truth or by preaching another gospel that does not line up with Scripture (Galatians 1:8).

We are to be the salt of the earth, not the sugar (Matthew 5:13).

Furthermore, I think of Paul, who stated: “…I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears” (Acts 20:3).

I also think of him and what he said concerning his ministry that he would give “no offence in any thing,” and “that the ministry be not blamed: But in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God…” (2 Corinthians 6:3-4).

In assuring that our ministries do not offend God and man, and that the ministry be not blamed in finding ourselves approved of the Lord, we are to preach to the world the unadulterated truth.
Remember, the message is “…Repent ye, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand” (Matthew 3:2).

This is the very reason he held faithful to the Word of Lord as an ambassador of Christ and, in the end, he could say that he was “pure from the blood of all men” (Acts 20:26).

Again, the love that the world portrays is to withhold the truth that makes them free.  This is what we are to preach and yes, it will offend!  Friends, the world is offended by everything but sin.  This is why we must remain faithful to the Word of God so that sinners may be converted (Psalm 19:7)!

Do not worry about those who will be offended, not that we seek to purposely offend to simply be offensive, but consider those who will be misled, deceived, and destroyed if you don’t preach the truth.

The Prince of Preachers Charles Haddon Spurgeon said:

“Avoid a sugared Gospel as you would shun sugar of lead. Seek that Gospel which rips up and tears and cuts and wounds and hacks and even kills, for that is the Gospel that makes alive again. And when you have found it, give good heed to it. Let it enter into your inmost being. As the rain soaks into the ground, so pray the Lord to let his Gospel soak into your soul.”

© 2023 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Abortion Drugs Kill Women and Children

By Cliff Kincaid

April 12, 2023

The U.S. Supreme Court may be the only hope for America.  And that’s because President Trump made three conservative appointments to the Court. But he also named other judges. One is Matthew Kacsmaryk, a U.S. District Court Judge who has cited substantial evidence that the FDA’s approval of chemical abortion drugs was illegal and that the drugs themselves are dangerous to women and children.

Evidence cited in the case demonstrates that the FDA approved the abortion drugs on an illegal and expedited basis even though they are associated with the deaths of not only the unborn babies but the pregnant women, as well as hospitalizations, blood transfusions, and cases of infection that jeopardize the lives of women and their children.

This Trump-appointed judge’s ruling is noteworthy for how he addresses the main issues, such as how the FDA ignored a petition challenging approval of the drugs for over 16 years, even though the law requires an agency response within “180 days of receipt of the petition.” He explains, “Had FDA responded to Plaintiffs’ petitions within the 360 total days allotted, this case would have been in federal court decades earlier. Instead, FDA postponed and procrastinated for nearly 6,000 days.”

Pro-abortion publications such as Axios are hoping that the judge’s “explosive ruling” will put Republicans on the defensive and enable Democrats to seize on the ruling “to paint Republicans as extremists on abortion.”

On cue, the far-left Women’s March Network counters that the Trump-appointed judge in Amarillo, Texas “went rogue,” adding, “We’re f*cking pissed off…”

“Mifepristone now,” they say, referring to the abortion drug. “Mifepristone forever.”

This kind of rhetoric scares some meek and mild Republicans.

One pro-life exception is Senator Cindy Hyde-Smith (R-Miss.), who called the ruling “a victory for pregnant mothers & their unborn children.” She said she was grateful the Court reined in the FDA “for recklessly violating the law & jeopardizing patient safety.”

In providing the facts, the judge writes in clear and direct language that the drugs result in the killing of a human baby and the extinction of a human life. There is simply no dispute over this.

He writes, “Mifepristone —  also known as RU-486 or Mifeprex —  is a synthetic steroid that blocks the hormone progesterone, halts nutrition, and ultimately starves the unborn human until death. Because mifepristone alone will not always complete the abortion, FDA mandates a two-step drug regimen: mifepristone to kill the unborn human, followed by misoprostol to induce cramping and contractions to expel the unborn human from the mother’s womb.”

The legal reasoning in the opinion is important but I think his description of the unborn baby as an “unborn human” is also significant. He recognizes the scientific facts about the nature of unborn human life. This is why this judge is so hated by the feminists and the media.

Judge Kacsmaryk also referred to “abortion providers,” the politically-correct language of the media, as “abortionists.”

The judge’s ruling is notable not only for his clear language about the stakes but the history of the abortion movement, detailed in very significant footnotes. He traces demand for the abortion drugs to the Population Council, founded by John D. Rockefeller in 1952 after he convened a conference with “population activists” such as Planned Parenthood’s director and “several well-known eugenicists.”

Eugenics is associated with the Nazis and other totalitarian movements and is an effort to “improve” the human condition through “science” and genetic manipulation.

In practice, this has meant separating those deemed “superior” in quality versus “the inferior.”

In fact, the judge adds that the conference attendees discussed “the problem of ‘quality’” and that they concluded that “[m]odern civilization had reduced the operation of natural selection by saving more ‘weak’ lives and enabling them to reproduce,” thereby resulting in “a downward trend in . . . genetic quality.”

The Nazis called these people “life unworthy of life.”

In other words, abortion is a central element of a new population control strategy, once employed by Hitler, to eliminate people considered weak and inferior. Mimicking Nazi Germany’s “race purification” program, Margaret Sanger of Planned Parenthood had openly endorsed the euthanasia, sterilization, abortion, and infanticide programs of the early Reich. Such an approach ultimately resulted in the Holocaust.

Today, however, the abortion holocaust is packaged in terms of “women’s rights,” giving women the “right” to destroy their own offspring and call it “progress.”

For some feminists, it has become a sacrament. Some pro-lifers call it child sacrifice.

Ever since the 1994 U.N. Conference on Population and Development, the effort has been global, conducted through the U.N to make abortion somehow a government guaranteed right. But it is not a right guaranteed to the individual. In chapter four of my U.N. book, Global Taxes for World Government, I examine how government “birth control” or “family planning” efforts are not designed to give individuals the right to make decisions, but rather to empower government to regulate and control the human species for its own purposes.

The evil genius of the Democratic Party is selling the culture of death as a positive good for women. Part of that plan involves the lie that abortion drugs are “safe and effective.”

The judge doesn’t speculate about where all of this is heading, but I explored this topic in my first book, Global Bondage, which examines U.N. support for forced abortion and forced sterilization. China’s policy, funded by the U.N., is that “reproductive rights” belong to the state and they are not something for an individual or even a family to possess. Of course, Communist China’s program of forced abortion, sterilization, and infanticide, is what makes this regime attractive to the elites.

This is the Biden Administration view. For the time being, they are content to sell this insidious program as one of a “woman’s right” to control her own body. Their propaganda, without an effective rebuttal, seems to be effective and many women are being duped into thinking legalization of this dangerous drug somehow guarantees their “freedom” and bodily autonomy.

Once the facts are understood, the FDA process used to legalize these drugs will be properly viewed as far more dangerous than that used to legalize experimental COVID-19 vaccines. After all, whatever you think of their effectiveness, the vaccines were authorized by President Trump to counter the deadly China virus while the abortion drugs are explicitly designed to kill people and have been doing so for more than 20 years.

As the judge’s ruling demonstrates, abortion drugs are anti-human and were imposed on America by a rogue federal agency. More than that, these drugs are anti-unborn human and anti-woman. It is the Nazi program dressed up in feminist garb, with women and their children as the guinea pigs.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

  • Cliff Kincaid is the president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org



America Living the Lies of the Ages

By Glynn Adams

April 11, 2023

America is no longer a Republic!!!!  America has been captured; we are being ruled by New World Order demonic occult elites.  In reality, we are being ruled by the Kingdom of Satan and not by the Kingdom of God!!!  These elites have been in a spiritual war against this nation since our founding.  “Why are the nations in an uproar, and the peoples devising a vain thing?  The kings of the earth take their stand, and the rulers take counsel together against the Lord and against His anointed.” (Psalms 2:1-3)

During the early 1800s, two things of significance happened.  The Rockefeller Foundation begin laying the ground work for the Federal Government to take over education.  The government will determine what your children are taught.  Since Biblical times, Satan has come after the seed (the next generation).  God is very clear in His Word.  THE PARENTS are totally responsible for what your children are taught.   You can delegate the teaching of your children but you had better know WHO is teaching them and WHAT they are being taught!!!  God will surely hold parents responsible for what their children are taught in these government schools!!!!

The Banker Cartel elites of Europe begin laying the ground work for the passing of The Federal Reserve Act in 1912.   As the Rothschild of the Banker Cartels said, “Give me control of the money supply of a nation and I could care less who the President or Prime Minister is.”  The Federal Reserve System is not a government system but owned by the Banker Cartels.  It’s a pretty sweet deal for them.  They create and print Reserve Notes (fiat money) out of thin air and then loan the money to our government and charge us interest.

The Federal Reserve System in America is a debt based system.  God has a lot to say about being in debt.  It is a curse – the borrower is a slave to the lender.  Our government owes 32 Trillion dollars plus about 38 Trillion in unfunded liabilities such as government retirement, Social Security, Medicare, etc.   Let me show you what $32 Trillion looks like:  $32,000,000,000,000.  A typical U. S. household making $50,000 per year, to earn enough to pay off a $l trillion debt would take 20 million years.

If you paid out $1 per second (60 dollars per minute) to settle a $1 million debt would take less than 12 days.  To pay off $1 billion debt would take 32 years.  Paying off $1 trillion debt at a dollar per second, it would take nearly 32,000 years.   Do you see the curse of debt on our nation?  You cannot break God’s economic laws year after year and expect things to turn out well.  In America we have lived a lie for years – the reality is you do not have prosperity living on credit.

I would say we must heed the warnings of history but in America, the government schools have rewrote our history so the generations behind us have no knowledge of our history.  What do you think the tearing down of statues were about?   The citizens allowing lies to be taught to our sons and daughters, we dishonor those who gave so much and our liberty is in serious peril.

If you receive the finish works of Christ on the cross and receive Him as Lord, then you are saved but you will not go to heaven if you “pretend obedience to Him.”  God assigned to each Christian spiritual responsibilities and to ignore those spiritual responsibilities is pretended obedience to God and sin.  God has made it clear in the Book of James that we are to submit to God and resist the devil and he will flee from you.  Peter says we are to be of sober spirit, be on the alert.  Your adversary, the devil, prowls about like a roaring lion seeking someone to devour. But resist him!!!  If God warns you to beware of an adversary who wants to devour you and you ignore him, he will devour or overcome you.  That is the war folks, resisting Satan in the power and authority of God.

We have ignored the schemes of Satan and his demonic New World Order occult elites and they have captured this nation, Satan rules this nation, and we have become a dwelling place of demons.  That is not what I would call winning!!!  God Word is clear.   Jesus Christs wins in the end.  The devil is defeated and sentenced to hell.  But today he is not in hell.  He is on this earth and he knows he has a short time left and If you think Satan is bound today, you are deceived and believing a lie.  IF YOU ARE NOT OVERCOMING SATAN; HE IS OVERCOMING YOU!!!

We in America have failed to contend for our faith.  We have not obeyed the covenant agreement we made with our Lord and King Jesus Christ.  “Beloved, while I was making every effort to write you about our common salvation, I felt the necessity to write to you appealing that you contend earnestly for the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints.  For certain persons have crept in unnoticed, those who were long beforehand marked out for this condemnation, ungodly persons who turn the grace of our God into licentiousness and deny our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ.

Now I desire to remind you though you know all things once for all that, the Lord, after saving a people out of the land of Egypt subsequently destroyed those who did not believe.  And angels, who did not keep their own domain but abandoned their proper abode, He has kept in eternal bonds under darkness for the judgment of the great day.  Just as Sodom and Gomorrah and the cities around them, since they in the same way as those indulged in gross immorality and went after strange flesh, are exhibited as an example in undergoing the punishment of eternal fire.” (Jude 3-7)

We think America is the New Jerusalem.  We have made Jesus in our image and He is soft on sin and He loves everybody.  We actually believe that God will not let America fall because we are so special.   We have ignored, misread, and thumbed our noses at the goodness of God shown to America.  We have been given an abnormal life here in America as we have not suffered persecution as others in this world have.  But as a nation, we have taken the goodness of God for granted and we are spoiled and arrogant and we take our freedoms from God way too lightly.   Godly people all over the world are in prison and dying daily for their faith.  We don’t have what we have in America because we are more Godly than other peoples and nations.   We have failed to recognize the grace and mercy of God!!!

We will face the consequences because we have fallen into the hands of an angry God because of our disobedience.  God freed us from our sins and made us worthy to worship Him.  We owe Him.  He is God, the faithful witness.  He is worthy to be obeyed and worshipped.  We were to be a witness to Him to the nations because of what God has done for us.  “But we have committed two evils.  We have forsaken the Living God, the fountain of living waters to hew for ourselves cisterns, broken (religious) cisterns that can hold no water.” (Jeremiah 2:13)

Most of our pastors are corrupt, too many of our churches are corrupt, our culture is corrupt, and our nation is corrupt.  Too many people who claim to be a Christian have despised God’s blessings and goodness, turning to indulgence and religion.  And when this happens, judgment follows.  Paul writes, “…..despises thou the riches of His goodness and forbearance and longsuffering not knowing that the goodness of God leads thee to repentance?  But after thy hardness and impenitent heart treasures up unto thyself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God, who will render to every man according to his deeds: eternal life to those who by patient continuance in doing good seek for glory, honor, and immorality but to those who self-seeking and do not obey the truth but obey unrighteousness – indignation and wraith, tribulation and anguish on every soul who does evil…….’ (Romans 2:4-9)   We are under the judgment of God because we are tolerating evil and we refuse to resist this evil in our nation!!!

But it is really much more serious than despising His goodness, forbearance and longsuffering.  I believe I can prove with Scripture that the pastors and institutional church systems in America and around the world are following Satan and not the Living God!!!  Jesus makes it clear in Matthew 12:25-28, Mark 3:23-27, and Luke 11:17-20 that Satan does not cast out Satan or else his house would be divided.  But Jesus said He cast out demons by the finger of God, then the Kingdom of God has come upon you.”

Now in 1 John 2:15-17, the Apostle John wrote, “Do not love the world nor the things in the world.  If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him.  For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the boatsful pride of life is not from the Father but is from the world.  And the world is passing away and also the lusts, but the one who does the will of God abides forever.”

The Greek word for “world” here that John uses is “Kosmos.”   A research in depth does not mean the earth but the “demonic entities in the world system.”   John in essence is telling us not to love Satan and his Kingdom of Darkness world system.  Immediately we think of John 3:16, “For God so loved the world (same word Kosmos) that He gave His only begotten Son……. Here this word Kosmos refers to mankind within this world system.  God does not love the world system but the mankind in this world system.

Jesus commanded His followers to live by His Kingdom rules which is in part resisting evil, casting out demons, and bringing down demonic strongholds.  This is being obedient to our Lord and King Jesus Christ.  It is clear the pastors and the institutional church refuse to cast out Satan and his demons in the Name of Jesus and the Kingdom of God.  So these pastors and church members are by default loving the world system of Satan because in that worldly system Satan does not cast out Satan and neither do the pastors and institutional churches in America.  Jesus said in Matthew 6:24 that no one can serve two masters, you will love the one and hate the other or he will hold to one and despise the other.

“You adulteresses, do you not know that friendship with the world is hostility toward God?  Therefore, whoever wishes to be a friend of the world makes himself an enemy of God.  Or do you think that the Scripture speaks to no purpose:  “He jealously desires the Spirit which He has made to dwell in us?”” (James 4:4-5)

Jesus said in Luke 11:23, “He who is not with Me is against Me and he who does not gather with Me scatters.”   Pastors and their institutional church systems in America today place church growth ahead of faithfulness and as a result, few pastors are willing to defend the Christian faith in this nation in a way that matters to our culture that has no moral compass and is in freefall.

Folks, we have lived the lie long enough.  Pastors have lied to us that Christianity is easy and peaceful and does not require any spiritual responsibility or obedience.  Pastors have lied to us and have told us there is no war going on.

Whenever someone explains something better than I can, I gladly share with you what he said. Such is the case with Pastor Andrew Isker who is the pastor of 4th Street Evangelical Church in Waseca, MN.  Here is what he wrote in part:  “Today you live in Negative World and Negative World just became deadly. No longer do you live in a place where there is a distinction between being a Christian and “fighting the culture war.” Those three nine-year-olds that the monster shot were not consciously combatants in the culture war. They were just Christian kids being raised in the nurture and admonition of the Lord by Christian parents. But we have reached a point where simply being a Christian means participation in the culture war is unavoidable. You may not want your children involved in the culture war, but if they bear the name of Christ, they are part of it whether you like it or not. Your enemy has made them a target, if not with bullets, with a poisonous mind virus that they constantly want them exposed to.

It is well past time for Christians, particularly Christian leaders, to recognize this. You have enemies. You have enemies that want you and your children dead. You have enemies you need to fight. Your desire to “win them over” through niceness is a weapon they wield against you. They manipulate your desire to avoid conflict. They know that you are terrified of offending anyone since that will negatively affect church attendance. And so they have rolled over you, they have destroyed your culture, and have now made you a pariah in your own country. You are not going to winsome your way out of this. You can choose to remain silent out of cowardice, or you can begin to fight an evil ideology that could not be in more stark rebellion against the Creator of Heaven and Earth.

You need to be preparing your schools, churches, homes, and selves for this spiritual war. You need to have a plan in place. You need to have men willing to protect your people. Hard times are here. It is no time for soft men. And lest you think this is an unprecedented time in the history of the church, it is not. Violent individuals provoked by the government to attack dissident Christians is nothing new.

It is even part of the Anglo-American Christian tradition.  The 1689 English Bill of Rights guaranteed the right of Protestants to bear arms to protect themselves against anarchy allowed by the government. The government didn’t send goons to attack them; they just let armed thugs loosely aligned with them do their dirty work for them. Sound familiar? We are in a very similar place and will require similar courage and strength of will. The Protestant churches of 17th-century England had strong leaders, strong fathers, and men who believed so strongly in the Lord Jesus they were ready to die for Him. Do we have such men and such leaders? If you are reading this, you are the answer to this question, one way or the other.

We have reached a crossroads in our country. Either biblical Christianity or sexual degeneracy will be tolerated. One will be eradicated by the other. This will not be the last time Christians will be martyred by mentally ill leftist freaks. Will you have the courage to take a stand for righteousness and truth, or will you submit to the hideous and disgusting abusers and murderers of children? The choice is yours.”  Now that is my kind of pastor.  “God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman.” —Glynn Adams

© 2023 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Parental Notification and a Single Dissent

By Paul Engel

April 11, 2023

  • When should a minor’s wishes supersede their parent’s?
  • Should the courts be deciding when and if the parents of a minor child is notified of their attempts to receive an abortion?
  • The case of Doe v Chapman deals primarily with the actions of one of the employees of the court, there is plenty of discussion of the fundamental question of parental rights vs children’s.

When should a parent be denied the right to know about medical procedures performed on their children? Most of us have been rebellious teenagers, sure that our parents are out to get us, only to grow up and realize they were right. When does a teenager’s right to liberty supersede a parent’s right to oversee their minor child’s upbringing? These are all questions in the case Doe v. Chapman, which was decided in the Eighth Circuit in April, 2022. This decision was appealed to the Supreme Court, which decided the case in March of 2023, with a single justice dissenting. This case not only turns on the questions I’ve already posed, but the procedures of the court.

One of the most difficult parts of being a parent is preparing your children to be independent and make decisions on their own. Let them make decisions before they are ready and they can be lost to any number of bad decisions. If you hold on too long though, and don’t allow them to decide for themselves, then they will be dependent on you and unable to survive on their own in a hostile world.

As a general rule, the people closest to the situation are best positioned to decide. That means the parents should be the ones making decisions for their children. Yes, there are situations where parents are not the best decision-makers for their children, but shouldn’t that be the exception, not the rule?

In Missouri, an abortion may not be performed on a woman under the age of 18 without, as relevant here, the informed written consent of one parent or guardian. § 188.028.1(1), RSMo 2016 . A minor may bypass this requirement by obtaining a court order granting the right to self-consent (for mature minors), or judicial consent (for best interests” minors). §§ 188.028.1(3), 188.028.2(3) . 

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

The State of Missouri included this idea of parental control over their minor child’s medical treatment in their abortion laws. These laws require a minor get informed written consent from a parent or guardian before receiving an abortion, or receive a court order granting the child self-consent or judicial consent. Under what conditions can a court grant such a bypass?

The juvenile court may then (a) find the minor is sufficiently mature and grant the right to self-consent, (b) find the abortion is in her best interests and give judicial consent, or (c) deny the petition.

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

This brings up a couple of questions. How can a court determine if a minor is “sufficiently mature” to “grant the right to self-consent”? What could the court possibly base its decision on? Has the court lived with the child for any period of time? Does it have examples of the history of the child’s decision making? Also, how does the court know what is in the best interest of the child? Yes, there are situations where such a decision would be easy to determine, for example if the child was the victim of abuse at the hands of the parent or guardian. Beyond that, what we have is an opportunity for a judge to substitute their opinion for the parents, based on little more than a judge’s beliefs or political biases. Based on this, I would hope the times when a judge imposes themself between a parent and child are not only extremely rare, but well founded. This case though, isn’t about judicial interference in the medical decisions of a parent.

Jane Doe, then 17 years old, discovered she was pregnant in December 2018. Seeking an abortion, she went to the Randolph County Courthouse to apply for a judicial bypass. An employee at the clerks office hadnt heard of the judicial bypass procedure, said they would do some research, and told Doe to come back later. A few weeks later, Doe returned. An employee told her they were pretty sure that [she] could not open the petition without notifying a parent.” 

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

Jane Doe was seeking an abortion. Since she was under the age of 18, she needed either her parent’s consent or a judicial bypass. That’s when an employee of the county court’s office told her that they could not open the petition without notifying the bypass.

She offered to provide an application form but said that our Judge requires that the parents will be notified of the hearing on this.” Returning to the courthouse in mid-January, Doe was again told that a parent would be notified if she filed an application. She eventually traveled to Illinois in March 2019, obtained a judicial bypass, and had an abortion without parental consent or notification.

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

So Jane Doe could get an application, but was told the judge would require her parents be notified of her petition.

Let’s pause here a moment and consider this dilemma. It’s apparent Ms. Doe is not only looking to get an abortion without her parent’s consent, but without them being aware of it either. Hence the issue with parental notification of the hearing. However, Ms. Doe is still a minor. That means not only is she unable to give consent, but her parents are legally responsible for her as well. Does this include any healthcare that might be required post abortion? Or will they be ignorant of the fact that their daughter had an abortion, which could have serious medical consequences?

Doe sued Chapman in her individual and official capacities under 42 U.S.C. § 1983, alleging that Chapmans refusal to allow her to apply for a judicial bypass without parental notification violated her Fourteenth Amendment rights.

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

While not specified, it seems likely that the Fourteenth Amendment violation Ms. Doe alleged was being violated was:

No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

As a minor, she does not have full possession of her rights. This is evidenced by her need to get a judge to allow her to get an abortion without her parent’s permission. This is where Ms. Chapman’s case gets a little sticky..

Chapman testified she chatted with [Associate Circuit Judge] James Cooksey” and his ad– his words were that he would require us to send notification to these parties.” She added that Judge Cooksey advised that he would not hear the case without giving notice to the parents,” and that she was simply following what he said he was going to require to hear the case.”

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

Ms. Chapman was claiming quasi-immunity since she was acting under the direction of the judge, but that particular argument fell apart.

However, when Judge Cooksey was asked if he ever told Chapman not to accept an application without notifying Does parents, he testified, Not to my recollection. I wouldnt have had any authority to do that unless something was filed and I looked at the law. Its not how I usually would operate.”

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

What to do, what to do? Ms. Chapman says that the judge told her the court would need to notify the parents upon Ms. Doe filing the petition, but Judge Cooksey does not remember giving any such instruction. Furthermore, he says such direction would be counter to his routine practices. The District Court had denied Ms. Chapman’s petition for summary judgment, which is why the case is at the Circuit Court. How did the court find?

Because Does constitutional right to apply for a judicial bypass without notifying her parents is clearly established by Supreme Court precedent, this court need not address Chapmans other arguments about qualified immunity.

The district courts order denying summary judgment is affirmed.

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

The Circuit Court affirmed the District Court’s order to deny summary judgment for Ms. Chapman. There was one dissenter.

The bottom line is that there is no genuine issue of material fact here. The unrebutted evidence is that Chapman was acting at [her] judges direction,” which entitles her to absolute immunity. Martin v. Hendren , 127 F.3d 720, 721 (8th Cir. 1997) (citation omitted).

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

Justice Stras disagreed with the rest of the court, claiming the the evidence that Ms. Chapman was acting under her judge’s direction was unrebutted. I would disagree with that statement, not because the judge did not recall the conversation, but because he said it was not the way he would routinely handle such a question. The case was appealed to the Supreme Court, which gave a terse reply.

The petition for a writ of certiorari is granted. The judgment is vacated, and the case is remanded to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit with instructions to dismiss the case as moot.

Chapman v. Doe – On Petition For Writ Of Certiorari

That terse reply was, yes we’ll take the case, no, the circuit court was wrong, now go dismiss the case. Why did the court think this case should be dismissed? Because, in their opinion it was moot.

An issue presenting no real controversy.

Moot refers to a subject for academic argument. It is an abstract question that does not arise from existing facts or rights.

Moot – The Free Legal Dictionary

Most of the court thought the case was now an academic argument, and that it was no longer based on existing facts. Since the court did not give a reason for their opinion, we can only speculate. I say most of the court though, because one justice, Justice Jackson, disagreed.

When a case becomes moot, the losing party is generally deprived of the right to appeal the merits of an adverse decision.

Chapman v. Doe – On Petition For Writ Of Certiorari

Justice Jackson is correct. Now that the judgment affirming the District Court’s denial of Ms. Chapman’s request for summary judgment has been vacated and the case declared moot, there is no place for Ms. Chapman to go to appeal the District Court’s decision. Justice Jackson based her dissent on the way previous courts had handled the vacatur of a case by mooting, using the case United States v. MunsingwearInc., as precedent.

While these core principles warrant an exceedingly cautious approach to Munsingwear vacatur requests, our recent practices reflect a sharp uptick in the number of vacaturs awarded. I would not add this far-from-exceptional case to that growing list.

Chapman v. Doe – On Petition For Writ Of Certiorari

Conclusion

So where does that leave our analysis? As frequently happens, this case can trace its origins to a failure of the legislature when it wrote the law.

The current text of § 188.028 neither requires nor prohibits pre-hearing parental notification.

Doe v. Chapman, 30 F.4th 766, (8th Cir. 2022)

Missouri law does not state whether or not parents or guardians were to be notified about a hearing for a minor requesting a judicial bypass to the state’s parental consent laws. This leaves the question in the hands of judges rather than the representatives of the people. While I think that parental notification should be the norm, I can also see situations where that would be detrimental to the child. Without good laws specifying under what situations parents should and should not be notified, it really comes down to the whim of the court.

Perhaps Ms. Chapman honestly believed there was a duty to notify the parents of the hearing. Where she or Judge Cooksey were mistaken was they were put in this situation because of the need for a judgment call. Because of that ambiguity, I cannot say for sure who was right in this case. It does show one important point we should all remember when dealing with the legal system: When it doubt, get it in writing.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Every Move You Make…I’ll Be Watching You

By: Devvy

April 10, 2023

Those are a few lyrics from the song, Every Breath You Take, by The Police.

How many Americans know what Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) means?  It’s all over the Internet on web sites that deal with the economy and independent media. I doubt it’s being exposed on the prostitute media’s nightly news or any of their “all the news that’s fit to fake” newspapers and web sites.

What is it exactly and how will it impact every one of us?  Catherine Austin Fitts, a woman I greatly respect knows this issue well.  Central Bank Digital Currency Prison, March 4, 2023:

“The CBDC is the ultimate lockdown tool, and they can lock anyone down whenever they feel like it.  The Fed’s biggest fear is losing control of the financial system.  CAF says, “The Fed is scared to death of the global debt growth model, and they kept this model going by growing the debt more and more and more.  Now, interest rates are accelerating in a way… it shrinks your productivity.

“So, the pie that is supporting the debt, is shrinking. . . This is a coup model just like in Ukraine.  You push all the people out or you kill them.  You have war conditions so you can pick everything up cheap.  You can do this with government money to ‘help’ Ukraine.  No, it is government money to help the insiders to buy Ukraine, control Ukraine, own Ukraine.”

Make a donation to Trump, a pro-life organization, a Second Amendment organization – your bank account can be shut down without notice.  That’s what happened with supporters of truckers up in Canada protesting mandatory COVID experimental injections being passed off as vaccines.  People who donated to the trucker’s efforts, their accounts were simply frozen without warning.  Think it can’t happen here?  Get out of denial America and wake up.

Usurper, habitual liar, cheater and career criminal, fake president, Joe Biden, signed off on this Executive Order 14067—Ensuring Responsible Development of Digital Assets, March 9, 2022.  As he is in the first stages of Altzheimer’s, Biden, obviously didn’t write it a year ago with his dementia nor would he have any understanding of what it says and means.  But, YOU need to know.  Oh, it reads so altruistic but beware of the wolf in sheep’s clothing.  Protect banks, protect you, protect assets, national security; climate change is included! What rubbish.

I’ve selected just a few articles I feel really hone in on the danger and ultimate goal for Central Banks who ALWAYS protect themselves first.  They’re boxed into a corner now so it’s time to implement the final tools for their world government.

DoubleLine: The Pandora’s Box Of Fed’s Digital Currency Will Ignite An “Inflationary Conflagration“, Tyler Durden, Zero Hedge, Oct. 8, 2020: “That’s why we were happy to read that none other than Jeff Gundlach’s DoubleLine, one of the highest-profile asset managers today, published a paper authored by fixed income portfolio manager Bill Campbell exposing what it called “The Pandora’s Box of Central Bank Digital Currencies”, in which it echoed our claims, writing that “such a mechanism could open veritable floodgates of liquidity into the consumer economy and accelerate the rate of inflation.

“While central banks have been trying without success to increase inflation for the past decade, the temptation to put CBDCs into effect might be very strong among policymakers. However, CBDCs would not only inject liquidity into the economy but also could accelerate the velocity of money. That one-two punch could bring about far more inflation than central bankers bargain for.”

“It then proceeds to blast this new development:  The temptations of CBDCs are not limited to excesses in monetary policy. CBDCs also appear to be an effective mechanism for bypassing the taxation, debt issuance and spending prerogatives of government to implement a quasi-fiscal policy. Imagine, for example, the ease of enacting Modern Monetary Theory via CBDCs. With CBDCs, the central banks would possess the necessary plumbing to directly deliver a digital currency to individuals’ bank accounts, ready to be spent via debit cards.

“Which, of course, is precisely the intention and not only the beginning of the end of fiat and paper currencies but also the catalyst that will send alternative assets and especially gold soaring.” (And do remember:  Debt cards only work when there’s power. Oh, sorry, our machines are down. A cashless society that means no groceries or gas.  Hurricanes, Polar Vortex…)

Think about that for a minute (after you read the full article).  Ultimate goal:  End of paper currency which has been on the menu for the global elite for a long time.  Every move you make in a cashless society they’ll be watching you and that includes the IRS.  Every personal hygiene item, male or female, restaurant, dinner, hotel, order on line.  Groceries, gas even a baby sitter, you name it.  PRIVACY WILL NO LONGER EXIST IN YOUR LIFE.

What about no cash and say, a hotel or airport bell hop, waiters, waitresses?  (Oh, I know, it’s supposed to be food servers but there is no disrespect on my part.)  If you can’t hand them a $5.00 bill for a tip, how will that work?  Tip your barber or hair dresser – the IRS will be watching to see if they claim that tip because they’ll be watching you.

In 2007, 2009 and 2011, former Congressman Ron Paul introduced the TIPS Act to stop federal income taxes on tips for bar tenders, waitresses; service sector employees.  Act surprised:  Their big union, SEIU (Service Employees International Union) didn’t support his bills and neither did Congress.  ZERO cosponsors in Congress.

Fighting back

Ted Cruz introduces bill blocking Fed from adopting central bank digital currency – Republicans cited privacy concerns as a reason for opposing a central bank digital currency for consumers, March 21, 2023

“Senate Republicans are introducing a bill to block the Federal Reserve and the Biden administration from moving forward with a central bank digital currency.  “The American people ought to be able to spend their money how they choose without the possibility that every transaction could be tracked by the government,” Grassley added. “Policy this impactful should be made by Congress, not government bureaucrats, and our bill would ensure that no one is snooping on the finances of hardworking Americans. Every American deserves that peace of mind.”

Stop Digital Currency Tryanny:  “Members of Congress are seeking to enact H.R. 1122. This bill would prevent the Federal Reserve from issuing a digital currency, which would decimate personal privacy and implement a full-fledged surveillance state.”

H.R. 1122, titled the “CBDC Anti-Surveillance State Act,” is sponsored by Representative Tom Emmer (R-Minn.) and cosponsored by nine other representatives. If enacted, this bill would ban the creation of a Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC); for example, it states:

“Except as specifically authorized under this Act, a Federal reserve bank may not offer products or services directly to an individual, maintain an account on behalf of an individual, or issue a central bank digital currency directly to an individual….

“The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Open Market Committee may not use any central bank digital currency to implement monetary policy.

“In a press release announcing H.R. 1122’s introduction, Representative Andy Biggs (R-Ariz.) stated:

“A government run digital currency presents a real threat to Americans’ freedom to use their hard-earned money, and fundamentally, to the value of that money – Emmer’s bill ends this threat before it can begin.  “From Big Tech censorship to COVID mandates to now regulating digital currencies, unelected bureaucrats continue to push our nation toward an authoritarian state. This rogue behavior must stop and this legislation gets us closer to achieving that.”

Of course, my House rep, Jodie Arrington is not a co-sponsor nor did he support Rep. Thomas Massie’s bills (session after session) to stop double taxing social security.  Congress – both parties – don’t give a tinker’s damn about seniors or they would have passed Massie’s bill six years ago.

DeSantis Announces Florida Ban on Government-Backed Digital Currencies – “Having a CBDC is just part of the federal “agenda” to monitor and “control the behavior” of US citizens, DeSantis says.

“Saying this move would open up a big “can of worms,” DeSantis added that the state of Florida will use its Uniform Commercial Code to ban any future transactions run under some kind of CBDC system.

“Nigeria rolled out its digital currency. It pressured and manipulated citizens into using it by limiting their ability to access other forms of money.  As DeSantis noted, Communist China also has a CBDC and uses it to follow everything citizens do, blocking them from “goods and services” when desired.  In other words, a CBDC gives the government power over your wallet completely in terms of whether or not you have any ability to access or spend money.”

Nigeria is a disaster:  “Nigeria has been used by some as an example of what may be coming to the U.S. in terms of rolling out a CBDC, as Nigeria is the first major country to do a mass rollout of CBDCs and attempt to replace cash.

“But now one year later, it appears that the rollout of the Nigerian CBDC, the eNaira, has been a total failure, as their Supreme Court has ruled it is “unconstitutional,” and there are calls for arresting the head of the Central Bank in Nigeria.

“Nigeria is the world’s first largish economy to launch a nationwide central bank digital currency, the so-called eNaira. So far, it has been a complete flop.  One year in, just 0.5% of Nigerians had downloaded the eNaira app. Of those, only 8% were actually using it, according to the IMF’s 2022 staff report.

“So, the government and central bank doubled down on their strategy. In October, they unveiled plans to replace all high-denomination cash bills in the economy as well as restrict cash withdrawals.  That, too, has been an unmitigated disaster.”

(Governor South Dakota) Citing overreach, Noem vetoes banking regulation bill, March 10, 2023 – “Rep. Julie Auch (R-Yankton) spearheaded the effort to get the bill vetoed by Noem down the stretch.  “As soon as I went to the Senate and was turned down for any help in trying to get this bill “killed” in the Senate, I knew we had to work fast to get the governor to look into the possibility of vetoing this bill.”

“Auch and other’s concerns goes a step farther than Noem’s. They fear that the legislation opens South Dakotans up to draconian currency regulations in the long term.  “This information inside of this bill, sets the means, and allows the state of South Dakota, the federal government, or the people in charge of our money to track your money,” Auch said. “If they don’t want you to have access your money five miles from your home, they can shut your money off.”

Republicans held a majority in the South Dakota state House and Senate for their 2023 session.

Texas Lawmakers Introduce Bills to Create Digital Currency Backed by Gold, April 7, 2023 – “On March 10, Republican Senator Bryan Hughes proposed Senate Bill 2334 (SB2334). On the same day, a similar bill, House Bill 4903 (HB4903), was submitted by Republican Representative Mark Dorazio.

“According to the proposed law, the state comptroller must issue a digital currency that is fully backed by gold and fully redeemable in cash or gold. The comptroller would also be responsible for developing a system for regularly transacting with this digital currency guaranteed by gold.”

The possible snag could be a legal issue although this case deals with a tort claim.  I have no doubt my dear friend, Dr. Edwin Vieria, could set us straight on this issue of whether Congress can tell the privately owned unconstitutional “Federal” Reserve they can’t implement a digital currency surveillance system.

John L. LEWIS, Plaintiff/Appellant, v. UNITED STATES of America, Defendant/Appellee.  680 F.2d 1239 (1982)

United States Court of Appeals, Ninth Circuit.  Submitted March 2, 1982.  Decided April 19, 1982.  As Amended June 24, 1982.

“Each Federal Reserve Bank is a separate corporation owned by commercial banks in its region. The stock holding commercial banks elect two thirds of each Bank’s nine-member board of directors. The remaining three directors are appointed by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board regulates the Reserve Banks, but direct supervision and control of each Bank is exercised by its board of directors. 12 U.S.C. § 301.

“The directors enact by-laws regulating the manner of conducting general Bank business, 12 U.S.C. § 341, and appoint officers to implement and supervise daily Bank activities. These activities include collecting and clearing checks, making advances to private and commercial entities, holding reserves for member banks, discounting the notes of member banks, and buying and selling securities on the open market. See 12 U.S.C. §§ 341-361.

“Each Bank is statutorily empowered to conduct these activities without day to day direction from the federal government. Thus, for example, the interest rates on advances to member banks, individuals, partnerships, and corporations are set by each Reserve Bank and their decisions regarding the purchase and sale of securities are likewise independently made.

“It is evident from the legislative history of the Federal Reserve Act that Congress did not intend to give the federal government direction over the daily operation of the Reserve Banks:

“It is proposed that the Government shall retain sufficient power over the reserve banks to enable it to exercise a direct authority when necessary to do so, but that it shall in no way attempt to carry on through its own mechanism the routine operations and banking which require detailed knowledge of local and individual credit and which determine the funds of the community in any given instance. In other words, the reserve-bank plan retains to the Government power over the exercise of the broader banking functions, while it leaves to individuals and privately owned institutions the actual direction of routine.”

As Catherine Austin Fitts said in her interview, use cash for everything.  I look at my errands, where I’m going to spend money, approximately how much, add it up, go to the bank (or ATM), get cash and use it.  After all, you’re going to use that debit card anyway.  Use cash instead.  Flood the country with cash but don’t flash it around.  Fitts:

“CAF says if you want to fight against the CBDC, then start spending cash every day instead of electronic payments.  CAF started with “Spend cash on Friday,” and it took off.  CAF says, “Cash Friday became cash every day.  You know why?  It was so successful.  We get these incredible stories . . . hundreds and hundreds of stories of people starting to engage with their local businesses about what are we going to do about all of this?  It starts with cash because businesses pay 3% on their credit card fees… This can be the difference between making a profit or a loss if everybody pays cash.”

This is quite a long read and encouragement regarding gold.  One thing that caught my attention:  U.S. Govt. Docket No. OP–1670 Gives FED Power to Seize Control of U.S. Bank Accounts!

“Because, according to this official government document I’m holding in my hand, starting as soon as May 2023, you could wake up one morning, log into your bank account and…Stare at a red flashing alert that your account’s transactions have been frozen.  Your ability to send money and receive money — frozen.

“Your crime? You didn’t commit one.  It’s all because of the U.S. government’s horrifying new program that gives unelected officials the power to closely monitor or even freeze your account based on your behavior, and potentially even based on your political views.  It starts with this 93-page government document.”

I found it; a long read over a few lunch times:  FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM – Docket No. OP – 1670, Federal Reserve Actions to Support Interbank Settlement of Faster Payments.  AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System – ACTION: Notice and request for comment

Request for comment?  From who?  One hundred million working Americans who have NO idea the truth about the “FED” or what’s going on?  That was back in 2019, so we’ve now fast forwarded to today and this CBDC.

Make sure you call your member of Congress (House and Senate) and tell them NO on CBDC as well as your state legislators and senators.  He who roars the loudest gets heard.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2023 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

NEW E-Mail Devvy:  devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

WEF launches digital currency project to ‘reward’ climate action, Sept. 26, 2022

Dealing with the next downturn:  From unconventional monetary policy to unprecedented policy coordination, BlackRock Investment Institute (Had to laugh at reference to helicopter money.)

On May 23, 1933, Congressman, Louis T. McFadden, brought formal charges against the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank system, The Comptroller of the Currency and the Secretary of United States Treasury for numerous criminal acts, including but not limited to, CONSPIRACY, FRAUD, UNLAWFUL CONVERSION, AND TREASON.  The petition for Articles of Impeachment was thereafter referred to the Judiciary Committee and has YET TO BE ACTED ON.

“Mr. Chairman, we have in this Country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks, hereinafter called the Fed. The Fed has cheated the Government of these United States and the people of the United States out of enough money to pay the Nation’s debt. The depredations and iniquities of the Fed has cost enough money to pay the National debt several times over.

“This evil institution has impoverished and ruined the people of these United States, has bankrupted itself, and has practically bankrupted our Government. It has done this through the defects of the law under which it operates, through the maladministration of that law by the Fed and through the corrupt practices of the moneyed vultures who control it.

“Some people think that the Federal Reserve Banks are United States Government institutions. They are private monopolies which prey upon the people of these United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers; foreign and domestic speculators and swindlers; and rich and predatory money lender. In that dark crew of financial pirates there are those who would cut a man’s throat to get a dollar out of his pocket; there are those who send money into states to buy votes to control our legislatures; there are those who maintain International propaganda for the purpose of deceiving us into granting of new concessions which will permit them to cover up their past misdeeds and set again in motion their gigantic train of crime.

“These twelve private credit monopolies were deceitfully and disloyally foisted upon this Country by the bankers who came here from Europe and repaid us our hospitality by undermining our American institutions. Those bankers took money out of this Country to finance Japan in a war against Russia. They created a reign of terror in Russia with our money in order to help that war along. They instigated the separate peace between Germany and Russia, and thus drove a wedge between the allies in World War.

“They financed Trotsky’s passage from New York to Russia so that he might assist in the destruction of the Russian Empire. They fomented and instigated the Russian Revolution, and placed a large fund of American dollars at Trotsky’s disposal in one of their branch banks in Sweden so that through him Russian homes might be thoroughly broken up and Russian children flung far and wide from their natural protectors. They have since begun breaking up of American homes and the dispersal of American children. “Mr. Chairman, there should be no partisanship in matters concerning banking and currency affairs in this Country, and I do not speak with any.”

Rest at link.




Iranian Diaspora

By: Amil Imani

April 10, 2023

Over the past forty-four years, many of us have seen various Iranian opposition groups and TV channels pop up, one after another, but none united or supported their competitors. Each group had its own agenda. A typical Iranian dilemma: “Too many chiefs, not enough Indians.” This has been our dilemma until the new generation of Iranian women rose up and said no more.

Protests are not a new event in Iran. They’ve erupted over the years — over election fraud, economic malaise, and civil liberties. But this time is different — an unprecedented revolution led by women and the support from men. What’s fascinating about this revolution is the first time in history that women have been both the spark and engine of the revolution.

Although Mahsa Amini’s death sparked massive and widespread protests. These protests did not transpire spontaneously. They are a symptom of deep-seated and festering dissent. The list of grievances is sorely long. Decades of excessive corruption and widespread maladministration have tattered the economy. The middle class is virtually nonexistent, and the working class has sunk into desolation.

Unity

Iran’s Prince Reza Pahlavi says the Charter of Solidarity and Freedom of Iran creates the basis of cooperation among opposition forces to oust the Islamic Republic. Prince Reza Pahlavi is right. If Iranians remain divided, there won’t be a chance against the powerful Islamic regime with the vast and destructive power apparatus that has no problem using it against its own population as it did during the  2009 Green Movement.

Sadly, Iranians are inherently too stubborn to work within a group like the Japanese are.  A Japanese proverb says “A single arrow is easily broken, but not ten in a bundle.” This means that ten arrows are stronger than a single arrow. If you change the arrows to people, you will understand more about why the Japanese are so group-oriented.

If my assessment is accurate, we are in it for the long haul.

After forty-four long and draining years since the arrival of Ayatollah Khomeini, I am puzzled as to why our political activists or groups have never compromised or found common ground to work with one another for the sake of Iran in order rescue her from further drift into the abyss.

The MEK

It is no secret that our wealthy competitor, known as “Mujahedeen Khalgh” or just MEK, is a Marxist Iranian opposition group that claims to be the government in exile. It is known as the cult of Rajavi and feels it has the upper hand with the unlimited support of many current and former US and European officials and funds, but with zero support of the Iranian people from the inside.

Personal note

The Iranian opposition groups abroad have one thing in common, they agree that the situation in Iran is dire indeed. Anyone who believes that sane rational people on both sides are engaged in brinkmanship to secure the best advantage, but would eventually work out a compromise, is deluding himself. In some cases, time works as a healer and even as a solution to thorny problems. Yet, this problem will not go away, and time would only make the cataclysmic clash more likely and deadly.

Iranians, by tradition and temperaments, are activists in the true sense of the word. We have always taken an active interest in any community in which we live. You can observe that in the United States as well where Iranian-Americans run for office and participate actively at all levels of civic and political life. We are not inclined to be spectators of life since we had to be active participants in order to survive in the hostile environment of our neighborhood.

I never had the privilege of meeting Prince Pahlavi in person, but after forty-four years of crusading, his maturity, knowledge, charisma and full understanding of the current events in Iran are quite impressive and noticeable. He has become quite articulate politician. Whether we like it or not, Prince Pahlavi is the only asset that can unite Iranians in order to topple the Islamic Republic from power.

Undeniably, Prince Pahlavi is very popular among the Iranian people (young and old), and recent protesters on numerous occasions have been chanting his name to return home and “Make Iran Great Again.”

Prince Pahlavi’s calm temperament and demeanor make him an ideal catalyst among different opposition groups.

Question to opposition groups: What are you afraid of? It is either now or never. It is freedom and democracy-seeking secular Iranians who are thoroughly capable of dislodging the tyrannical Mullahs. They will eventually accomplish this task with or without any help from the outside, yet, it would be expedient to give these valiant fighters a hand so that future generations can recall this generation of expatriate Iranians as trailblazers who had the courage to break from the bleak past and launch a bright future.

Conclusion 

Great opportunities don’t come every day — recognize and seize them with every chance you get. If we fail to take action with this golden opportunity now, future historians will ask: how could the entire group have seen it coming and done nothing about it? What kind of drugs were these people on?

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




It’s the Tiniest Things That Create Wonder in the World

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 10, 2023

As you bicycle travel in this world, normally, you take pictures of El Capitan in Yosemite, or perhaps the Old Faithful Geyser in Yellowstone, or maybe a shot of the epic coastline of Big Sur in California.  Who doesn’t take a shot of themselves in front of the Eiffel Tower or the Great Wall of China?  What about you intrepid cyclists who rode through Torres del Paines at the bottom of South America?  What about that Vicinhu (camel-like creature…only smaller version on the way to Torres del Paines) that spit in your face when you stopped to take a picture of him?  His snot stunk like hell and I still can’t get that odor out of my mind these many years later.

Those provide the ‘big’ moments of a ride.  They last a lifetime, and more often than not, you’ve got an 8X10 photograph on your office wall or hanging where you can remind yourself of your explorations into the world when you were young or even older.

I show a 36”X40” canvas of my two friends and I standing in front of the sign: Frontera Peru Bolivia.  It reminds me of our grand year in South America with my cycling mates Doug, Bryan and Bryan.

At the same time, I love the little things in life.

On a recent tour of the West Coast, we found a dirt road to follow back into the woods.  After traveling far enough into the wilderness, we parked the bikes near a barbed-wire fence.  We tore the packs off, pitched the tents and ate dinner.  As usual, I always lock my bike to anything that will deter would-be thieves from stealing it in the dead of night.

In the morning, I noticed that a spider has spun its web across the back of my seat, on the top strand of the barbed wire, and attached part of his web to my cable. He spun a perfect formation of insect-catching web in the dead of night.  Such perfection in the middle of darkness!  How do you do that?  There, in the morning, his handiwork had collected dew drops.  As the sun hit the strands, they sparkled like colorful gems.  When he saw me approach, he scampered away.

(Look closely at the spiderweb between the seat, barbed wire and steel post.)

Since I worship the Natural World, it pained me to break the spider’s web in order to pack my bike…but I knew it would spin another in order to catch its dinner.  As I pedaled out of that campsite, the web remained on my mind as to the power of creative design of Nature. Also, the delicate tenderness of insects.  They are going about their business in this life just as you and I are going about our own.

At one point, we camped on the southern shore of Lake Superior during the fall leaf changes.  If you haven’t seen the astounding fall leaf changes in the mid-west, northeast or even the Rocky Mountains on a bicycle tour—you’re in for a stunning visual treat.

While we sat there watching the sun set over Lake Superior, the surrounding birch, maple and poplar trees sprayed the colors across the woods. Sitting facing west, the backlighting of the sun’s rays provided a kaleidoscope of brilliant colors.  Of course, I wore a very bright yellow, red and green jersey.  At a few minutes before the sun sank below the waters of the lake, a hummingbird flew within 12 inches of my face.  It hovered there for maybe five seconds thinking my jersey was a nectar-filled flower.

Its wingbeats dazzled me. I looked right into its eyes.  Hummingbirds must be the most delicate and phenomenal flying wonders on the planet.  They  can fly up, down, backwards, sideways, forward and do summersaults in mid-air. Their wings beat 70  times a second.  Their hearts beat 282 to 396 beats per minute.   Anna’s hummingbird flies at 60 mph.

After finding out that I wasn’t good nectar material, that tiny creature zipped out of my life.  But it wasn’t done with me.  At a hummingbird feeder down the road at a farmer’s house, he told me to place my little pinky in front of the feeder.  Within seconds, a hummingbird settled onto my finger.  Its little talons ever-so-delicately dug into my skin. I have never experienced such a sensation as that moment ever again.

Whether it’s a spider and her web, or a hummingbird with its ephemeral journey into and out of our lives—we each learn that the Natural World sustains us in the big moments…and most certainly at the most delicate times of our lives.

Are we blessed or are we blessed?  Anything like these experiences ever happen to you?

Sandi and Frosty Wooldridge, on tour, West Coast. Latest book: The Kickstand Chronicles: The Miraculous, Sublime, Funny and Downright Terrifying.  Subtitle: Inevitable Moments of the Journey,  Bicycling Across Six Continents, 45 Years and 150,000 Miles

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Is Fox News the Leading “Trans” Channel?

By Cliff Kincaid

April 9, 2023

There are some rather peculiar goings-on at the Fox News Channel.

On the one hand, it presents shows about the Life of Jesus, interviews with Catholic officials, and promotions for religious books. On the other hand, it offers viewers a steady stream of gays and transgenders, including Guy Benson, Tammy Bruce, and Bruce/Caitlyn Jenner.

The coverage is schizophrenic to the point where viewers can’t help but notice.  Consider the case of Riley Gaines, the courageous female swimmer opposing the idea of “trans women” destroying athletic opportunities for women. She appears regularly on Fox News, making the case for separating biological women and men in sports based on physical differences. It makes sense and puts the DNA deniers on the defensive.

But this is the same channel which hired transgender activist Bruce Jenner as a paid contributor. A former track and field star who won a gold medal, Jenner is still identified as Bruce on a website on Olympic champions.

But Fox calls him Caitlyn.

It is yet another example of the two-faced approach to current events employed by this so-called conservative channel. Conservative and God-fearing viewers are being played as suckers, as the channel paves the way for changes in society based on communist-inspired gender ideology.

“Male and female he created them,” the Bible says. But Fox doesn’t accept God’s definitions.

On the one hand, during Holy Week, the most sacred time in Christianity, Fox News featured a Martha MacCallum interview with Catholic priest and author, Friar Mike Schmitz. Ahead of Easter Sunday, Brian Kilmeade spent the day with Archbishop of New York Cardinal Timothy Dolan at St. Patrick’s Cathedral in New York City.

But the interviews were notable for the failure to cover the release of another grand jury investigation of child sex abuse in the Catholic Church in America. The report from the Maryland attorney general concerned the oldest Roman Catholic Church in the U.S. based in the Archdiocese of Baltimore.

It is getting to be an old story – the sexual abuse of hundreds of children and official cover-ups by church officials.

Yet Fox News anchors and personalities trumpet their Catholic ties without bothering to consider how hollow and disturbing their proselytizing sounds to the knowledgeable viewer.

On the matter of transgenderism, a topic that seems to preoccupy Fox News coverage, the fact is that the decision by Fox to hire Bruce/Caitlyn Jenner as a contributor helped pave the way for more general acceptance of “trans” people in athletic competitions. In other words, Fox created the problem it now claims to oppose.

Is the Fox position such that “trans” people can compete for paid positions in the media but should not compete in the athletic arena? That seems to be a bizarre stance, especially since Jenner was an athlete.

After hiring Bruce Jenner, CEO Suzanne Scott announced, “Caitlyn’s story is an inspiration to us all. She is a trailblazer in the LGBTQ+ community and her illustrious career spans a variety of fields that will be a tremendous asset for our audience.”

According to the Fox bio, “Caitlyn Jenner was named a FOX News contributor in 2022. A television personality, Olympic gold medalist, motivational speaker, entrepreneur, and former California gubernatorial candidate, Jenner provides commentary and analysis across FOX News Channel programming and various FOX News Media platforms.”

His/her run for governor was a total disaster.

The Los Angeles Times commented, “Caitlyn Jenner was not embraced by the Republican Party in her bid to replace Gov. Gavin Newsom in the California recall election. She didn’t have the support of the LGBTQ community. Nor did she win the public praise of her famous family members.”

The latter was a reference to the Kardashians pulling down millions from “reality TV” programs about their personal lives.

In the recall election on September 14, 2021, Newsom was retained 61.9 percent to 38.1 percent. Jenner got 1 percent as a replacement candidate.

Nevertheless, his/her candidacy was promoted on Fox News.

It was all a publicity stunt.

Nevertheless, she is still being promoted by Fox. Look at the headline on the Fox website: “Caitlyn Jenner blasts ‘woke’ Nike for making transgender Dylan Mulvaney paid ambassador: ‘This is an outrage.’”

Making money at the expense of Fox and its “conservative” viewers is just fine. But another trans making money from Nike is an “outrage.”

Does anybody see the blatant two-faced hypocrisy here?

The Fox story, based completely on a tweet from Jenner, features two big photos of Jenner, one of him/her playing golf. So can a “trans woman” compete with other women on the golf course?

On Fox News on Friday night, Tucker Carlson made the absolutely correct observation that the sexes are defined by their DNA and that these scientific facts cannot be changed by surgeries or chemicals ingested by those wanting to appear to be someone else.

So shouldn’t this analysis apply to Jenner? If so, Jenner is still Bruce.

At the time this became a big story, I noted that there is no evidence that Jenner had changed his male DNA or even that his name has been legally changed to Caitlyn. I still wonder about this.

After Bruce Jenner declared himself “Caitlyn,” the National Lesbian & Gay Journalists Association declared that “Now that Jenner has publicly announced a gender identity, the best practice is to refer to Caitlyn Jenner by the name she announced.”

On this basis, I commented at the time, journalists are supposed to disregard reality and accept whatever various sexual minorities or psychologically disturbed individuals claim to be the case.

This flies in the face of normal rules of objective reporting, which require that things be covered in the way they are, not as people wish them to be.

By this standard, Jenner can claim to be a man one day and a woman the next, and the media are supposed to adjust their coverage accordingly.

But to repeat: there is no way a “he” can actually become a “she,” since DNA determines whether a person is male or female. One is born a male or a female and this information is recorded on a birth certificate.

Now they want to change birth certificates to conform with what they want to claim they are.

Tucker should do a real and honest expose of this movement, including the role of  his own channel is making this acceptable.

The transgender movement has its roots in the work of Harry Hay, a homosexual member of the Communist Party who dabbled in the occult, wore dresses, and called himself a “Fairie.” Leslie Feinberg, a male-to-female transgender member of the communist Workers World Party, also pioneered this “lifestyle.”

Along comes Jenner, a key player in America’s cultural wars who claims to be a Republican.

Two years ago, when Jenner ran for California governor as a Republican, I asked, “How can a Jenner candidacy, with a man appearing as a woman, do anything but support ‘the normalization of radical gender ideology?’ Having surrendered to gay ‘marriage’ and other perversions, the Republican Party and their conservative house organs are now ready to hop on the trans train. It leads to destruction – of the party and the nation.”

This is still the case. But the road to destruction has proven to be profitable for Fox News and its two-faced anchors.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Communism In America, Part 2

By Pastor Roger Anghis

April 9, 2023

The citizens of America have gotten too soft. They have allowed themselves to be duped into believing that something like communism could never take hold in America. It not only can and it has a stranglehold on our schools, businesses, and our government. Trump wanted to give us back our government and that is why the left’s heads were exploding. I came across an excellent article by Paul Engel, a fellow writer on NewsWithViews.com which you can read here.[1]

He discusses what freedom is, explains what has happened to us that has restricted us in so many ways, and gives direction as to what we need to do to get back on track. Excellent article!

We were founded to be free to do and say what we want. Of course, this is all within reason. The government we were given allows us to speak our minds, and have differences with others without the fear of the government taking us away never to be seen or heard of again. If we don’t like what the government is doing we can address that and demand a change if necessary. Our 1st Amendment gives us the right “to petition the government for a redress of grievances.” But when parents confronted the school boards about the pornographic trash, they were allowing our children to access, we were labeled domestic terrorists. On Monday, Garland sent a memo to the federal law enforcement agency directing it to coordinate with the nation’s 14,000 school districts. This action comes after the Biden administration received a plea from the National School Boards Association (NSBA) to protect schools from the “imminent threat” of parents sending “threatening letters and cyberbullying” school officials. The association considers such activities to be akin to “domestic terrorism.”

“As these acts of malice, violence, and threats against public school officials have increased, the classification of these heinous actions could be the equivalent to a form of domestic terrorism and hate crimes,” wrote the NSBA.

Has some great number of teachers, principals, and district leaders come under violent attack? Of course not. What both the Justice Department and the concerned school boards are really talking about it is the increased number of recent community meetings that have featured angry feedback from parents. These parents are sick of COVID-19 mitigation efforts that have relegated actual students to afterthought status within the education department: the farce of virtual learning, mandatory closure when asymptomatic cases are detected, ceaseless masking.[2]

These actions are the actions of a communist government, not a free and sovereign nation. The House passed this week a Parents Bill of Rights bill pointing out the obvious rights that parents have over their children and denying school unions a free hand to do what they want. All democrats voted against the bill and one Democrat even stated that if the bill did not pass “can we finally classify parents as domestic terrorists?” Seriously? When did the democrats decide that the government has more rights over a child than the parents?

Another little aspect of how communism has crept into our government is our lack of free speech. We can say it, write it, and post it, but Big Tech decides who, if anybody, gets to see it.  “Thousands of pages of documents have exposed a censorship campaign both unprecedented and formerly unimagined in scale and in scope,” said Younes.

We also heard today from the attorney general of Missouri; an excerpt follows:

In May, we filed a landmark lawsuit against top ranking Biden Administration officials for colluding with social media companies to censor free speech. We have already received documents that show their cozy relationship, and now we’re demanding more.

In July of 2022, MO and LA served discovery requests and third-party subpoenas, demanding documents from top-ranking Biden Administration officials and social media companies over their alleged collusion to suppress freedom of speech.

The Department of Justice is refusing to produce communications between the most senior officials and social media companies – yesterday we filed a joint petition asking the Court to compel them to produce those documents.

Here’s what we know so far. DOJ identified 45 federal officials who have interacted with social media companies on misinformation.[3]

Our Constitution gives us the right to free speech but this administration has decided to take on the role of determining if that speech is ‘misinformation’. I have found that if it doesn’t line up with what the administration is pushing, then it is misinformation. I have also found that 98% of what the administration classifies as ‘correct’ information is actually misinformation. Case in point, COVID vaccines stop you from getting COVID. COVID vaccines are safe. I could write a book on how unsafe that jab is. How about global warming? Government studies have even shown that the planet has not warmed in the last 18 years but Biden wants to spend billions on getting America to a net-zero carbon position. That will be impossible but they plow ahead with it anyway not caring how many people are hurt in the process.

As you have heard recently Biden wants 96% of gas stoves eliminated. I have not found in the Constitution where the federal government has the right to control what kind of stove we have. He is also after our washing machines. I understand that the new design will take longer to wash and won’t clean as well. Typical democrat policy. His new target is our air conditioning units. I have not found the provision for that in the Constitution either.

This is what happens when we let the government have its way. We have forgotten and many have never been taught that the government gets its power from the people. The Constitution is a document that tells the government what it can do not a document that lets the government tell us what to do.

There is a guy out there that is trying to put together a Constitutional Convention which is allowed in Article V of the Constitution. Dumb idea because he has a complete rewrite of the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Seriously dumb. We already have the best government document ever designed by man, with the help of Holy Spirit, why change it? We just need to get people who will follow that Constitution. It is what made us the greatest nation in the world and if we get back to it we will regain that title.

The creep towards communism has been slow but it has to come to a complete stop and the people that are pushing us down that road must be removed from government. Remember there are about 70 members of Congress, all in the Democrat Party but one, that belong to the Democrat Socialists of America. Joe McCarthy tried to warn us after WWII that they were infiltrating our news organizations, Hollywood, big businesses, and everywhere they could get a foothold. He was mocked but who is laughing now?

We either wake up or we will be where Klaus Schwab wants us in 2030, owning nothing. For me, that dog don’t hunt.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://newswithviews.com/teach-the-rising-generation-to-be-free/
  2. https://reason.com/2021/10/06/ag-merrick-garland-fbi-critical-race-theory-parents-schools-domestic-terrorists/
  3. https://www.lewrockwell.com/2022/09/thomas-woods/847352-2/



The Legacy We Leave Behind

By Rob Pue

April 9, 2023

AUTHOR’S NOTE: THIS ARTICLE WAS ORIGINALLY WRITTEN AND PUBLISHED IN 2018.

This message is going to be a bit more personal than usual.  You see, as I am about to turn fifty-three years old in a few weeks, I confess, I am starting to feel my age and doing a bit more reflection lately.  Emotionally and spiritually, I don’t really “feel” fifty-three.  In fact, it seems like only yesterday that I was a teenager or a young adult, vibrant and strong and full of ambition.  I’m still full of ambition and I will probably always be what people call a “driven” person… but the reflection in the mirror is not what it used to be.

It’s probably around this time that a lot of people begin to think about their legacy…their accomplishments, and wonder if they have made any sort of positive difference in the world.  Is the world better off for us having been here?  Or has our existence been completely in vain?  Have we touched any lives?  Has our life had any meaning, or if we had never been born, would anyone have noticed?  I don’t mean to get off on any narcissistic tangent here, but I hope you’ll indulge a few personal thoughts.

One of my hobbies is studying our family history.  I find it fascinating to learn about my ancestors, where they came from, what they did, what sort of legacy they left after they were gone.  The Pue family comes from Northern Ireland.  Our family had the first printing press, and thus the first newspaper ever published there, starting in the 1600s.

I don’t remember my grandfather; he died when I was just two years old.  His parents raised eight boys and three girls in a small Irish cottage near the seacoast.  My grandfather’s name was Alexander Pue, or “Alec” as he was called.  He left home as a young man and traveled to Scotland, where he learned a trade as an architecht, builder and stone cutter.  I believe he was about 20 years old when he left the old country for good and emigrated to Canada… he never saw his mother again.  He started a business there, and in 1910, at age 28, he married my grandmother.  Several of his brothers also followed him to Canada.  His sister Margaret came over in April of 1912.  In her memoirs, she writes about sailing in the path where the Titanic disaster occurred just a week before, and seeing all the debris still floating in the water.  Her ship stopped there, and they held a Christian  memorial  service   in honor of those who lost their lives on Titanic.

Some time later, my grandparents moved to Chicago where my grandfather continued his business.  He built many of the huge, ornate buildings in that city, many of them still standing, some historic landmarks.

My Dad was born in August of 1925.  He was four years old when the Great Depression hit.  Though the country was in turmoil, my Grandfather, a devoted Christian, weathered the storm and kept food on the table for his family, even as a self-employed builder.  I’m blessed to have as keepsakes some of the tools he used in his business.  My grandparents raised two daughters as well as my Dad, and sadly, a fourth child, my Dad’s young brother, died in 1917 at just four months of age.  Life must have been tough.  I can’t imagine it.  But they made it, as they kept God at the center of their family.  My Grandfather insisted on it.

He was also an Elder at Chicago’s well known Moody Church for many years.  He even preached the sermons there on occasion.  My Dad attended there as a child and recalls when a young Billy Graham came to teach them as their youth pastor.  Moody’s Senior Pastor at the time was Dr. Harry Ironside, one of the most prolific Christian writers of the 20th Century, having published more than 80 books, a number of which are still in print.  On my office wall, I have my Dad’s Sunday School Diploma, dated 1939 and signed by Dr. H.A. Ironside.

I never found out, until after my father’s death, that he had never completed high school.  Instead, at age 17, he joined the US Navy and went to fight in World War II in the South Pacific.  When you watch the old documentaries and newsreels about the war, and see our servicemen on those ships, and see those planes on life-and-death missions…and the amphibious vehicles landing as the Philippines were liberated by the Allies in 1944… my Dad was actually there.  He did that.

I believe it was the highlight of his life, and of course, it would be.  Few of us will ever be involved in anything quite that significant.

As all Americans during that time worked together for the one common goal of freedom and liberty, and ending the bitter tyranny our enemies were bringing upon the whole world, my mother, too, joined in the efforts.  Raised in a tiny, rural town in northern Wisconsin, she grew up studying in a one-room schoolhouse a mile or so down the road from her home.  When she and her siblings did not walk to school, my grandpa would take them there in a horse-drawn wagon, or a sleigh in the winter.    I cannot even begin to imagine what that sort of life was like.  She grew up in a time and place where electricity was not commonplace, going to a one-room schoolhouse, heated by a wood stove.  Telephones were rare, radio was the tool for mass communication, if you were fortunate enough to have electricity.  TVs did not exist.

After leaving school, she went off to Chicago to join in the war effort, building war planes for McDonnell Douglas Corporation.  When you see those old newsreels of ladies building airplanes for the war effort — (they called them “Rosie the Riveters”) — my Mom was one of them.  I can’t imagine the intensity of it all.  The work must have been extremely hard, and the pay, not much.  It took a toll on her later in life, as she ended up with severe hearing loss, undoubtedly caused by the work she did as a young lady, serving our country.

My parents left Chicago with their four kids before I was born.  Knowing nothing about country life or farming, my Dad bought a farm near Marshfield, Wisconsin and moved his family there.  That’s where I was born, and five years later, my youngest brother.

I’m blessed in that we have a few old silent movies of those days, and lots of pictures remain, showing what our family life was like.  We think our winters now are harsh… but I remember snow storms on a regular basis that completely covered the cars and drifted as high as the garage rooftops.  Our family farmed, but my Dad also took another job working for Sears as a repairman, where he was employed for more than 30 years.  He had a hard time retiring.

It was March of 2007 when my Dad had an episode with his heart and was having severe blood pressure issues.  My sister and her husband came and took him in to the Emergency Room that night.  He had no idea as he left home for the hospital, that he would never come home again.  Complications happened.  We can second-guess the doctors and the procedures that were done, but they can never be reversed.  My Dad went from the hospital to a nursing home, then to Palliative Care… and four months after his visit to the ER, he passed away.  My Mom changed dramatically and quickly after that.  It was as if she suddenly realized her job on this earth was done, no one left to take care of, no more work to do… she followed him into eternity just four months later.

We do not know the number of our days, none of us does.  Our end can come quickly, like a thief in the night.  Or we may experience some health issue that will come upon us suddenly, and nothing will ever be the same ever again… we, too, may one day go to the Emergency Room and never again return home.  We don’t know.  God knows.

And so as I grow older, my kids now all gone from home… one about to become a father to his SECOND child, (making ME a Grandfather again!!), and my two daughters now graduated from college, my life has changed as well.  My wife and I are adjusting to this “Empty Nest” business.  We’re doing fine, but it’s a different life than when we had little ones at home every day.

So I look back on my own life, and wonder what I’ve accomplished.  I’ve never left my home and family and sailed to a new country by steamship, starting a new business and a new life in a foreign land.  I didn’t leave school at 17 years old and go off to fight for my country in wartime.  I have survived many challenges, but I’ve never lived through the Great Depression, or moved my family to a different state to live a lifestyle I’ve never known before.  And while I’m honored to be working in full time ministry in service to the Lord, I’ve never studied under the likes of Billy Graham or Dr. Ironside.

I DID accomplish quite a bit as a young person.  Even from the age of 12 I was very industrious… in fact, as I have lamented the fact that today’s youth often seem to lack motivation and focus, my wife has informed me that, “Rob, you are not normal.  It is not normal for a kid to do the things you did.  You did things that most kids would never dream of attempting.”  I won’t go into those accomplishments, but suffice to say, I probably wasn’t normal, and probably still am not normal.  I did start two businesses from scratch and (praise the Lord) they were successful and helpful to people;  I did start a Christian newspaper in a place there wasn’t one before, but then GOD did that, He just did it THROUGH me.  But regardless, I still seem to fall way short of the accomplishments of those who came before me.

I’m very proud of my own kids too, the things they have and are accomplishing, the things they’re doing with their lives.  It’s a different world now, with new challenges, things I never dealt with at their age.  But I look back at my parents and grandparents in awe… truly, I don’t think I could ever have done the things they did… and I wonder where our future generations are headed, given the way our country’s leadership has changed our collective worldview.

It seems the age of industriousness, innovation, and self responsibility is just a fading memory in the rearview mirror.  I look at my grandfather, sailing across the Atlantic to a whole New World at 20 years of age, and wonder… what are 20 year-olds doing today?  I think of my Dad, leaving the comfort of home and family and all he ever knew and going to fight a brutal enemy in a very foreign land, at 17 years of age… and I wonder, what are 17-year-old kids doing nowadays?  Will any of us ever measure up to that Greatest Generation?

Today, as our country is in decline, we are not united as a nation.  Many of us support our enemies and defend their religion, while vilifying our allies and denigrating the one true God who created us and who provides all our needs every day.  On our college campuses, privileged kids, many of whom have never known what it’s like to work a day in their lives,  sit under the tutelage of liberal teachers and professors with even Communistic worldviews, as they learn to hate their country.  Most of us, even most Christians, no longer attend church or have any regular connection to a church home or family.  And for that matter, I dare say that today, MOST of the churches have engaged in the Great Falling Away.  We have cell phones, tablets and smart boxes with the world at our fingertips, but we can’t carry on a human-being to human-being conversation anymore.  We cannot even agree what Marriage is or what makes up a family.

As I look around my community, and all across our state, I see there are job openings nearly everywhere.  Even part time employees at a fast food place or gas station start out at $12 an hour.  When I was a kid, $12 an hour was a dream — something I could only hope to achieve in my life…someday.  But today, employers cannot find people to fill the jobs.  And workers are in a tough situation too.  Today in America, the official full time work week is 30 hours.  Our government has so arranged things that if business owners have full time employees, they are penalized and regulated to the point that they cannot afford to keep them.  So they keep their employees on as part-timers.

On the employees’ side of things, many survive only because they’re able to receive subsidies and gifts from the government… but if they work more than 29 hours a week, or if they work two jobs equaling more than that, then the government considers them “too wealthy” to continue receiving aid.  So the hardworking individual who wants to make something of himself and provide a better life for his family is relegated to a part time job and partial gifts from “On High.”  If he dare work more, assuming an employer would be willing to get taxed and regulated into bloody submission by the government by providing a full time job, then the poor soul actually LOSES  money and his situation is worse for having a chance and wanting to work harder.  We cannot win with these kinds of rules.  But I digress…

Each of us has but one life to live on this planet, and then we meet our Creator.  I pray that each of you is prepared for that eventuality, for we never know when that day will come.  It may even be today.  But what will our legacy be, when our life here is over?  Legacies are made moment by moment, by the little choices and decisions we make each day…. you can’t throw together a “legacy” at the last minute and expect it to simply “look good.”  A legacy is borne out of character, and something that can never be faked.

So how will we be remembered?  Are we doing our best to make the world a better place for us having been here?  Are we putting God first in our lives, being good examples, role models, and providers for those whose lives the Lord has entrusted us to care for and nurture?  Are we influencing the world around us, leading the lost and lonely back to God?  Are we standing in the gap for the most helpless among us?  Are we pushing back against the forces of the evil one?   Are we doing GOD’s work as we live our lives each day?  If we are, then the legacy we eventually leave behind will be truly something future generations can look back on with admiration, joy and love.  There will be smiles, and people will be proud for having known us.   If we are not going about the Lord’s work and living righteous, holy, admirable lives, our legacy will be quite different.

We only get one chance here in this world, and then comes the judgement.  A life is a terrible thing to waste, but how much more awful the wasting of a precious soul? How are you doing today?

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




The Light of Life Never Goes Out

by Rolaant McKenzie

April 9, 2023

One of the occurrences of midwestern winters in the United States are ice storms, which are characterized by freezing rain that accumulates and forms a heavy, icy glaze on virtually all exposed surfaces, causing hazardous conditions for driving and walking, and road obstacles in the form of tree branches and electrical power lines falling from the weight of the ice. Such weather conditions can disrupt electrical power for several days or longer.

A severe ice storm took place on February 22, 2023, in southeastern Michigan. It was quite a sight to see the ice forming on the tree branches and a transparent film growing on the vehicles parked on the street and in house driveways. The beauty of it all was quite extraordinary.

However, the following day the increasing weight of the ice started causing tree branches and power lines to snap and fall, causing power outages for hundreds of thousands of homes in the area.

Many of the things we take for granted and use throughout the day depend on consistent electrical power. Losing it even for a little while may seem to some like temporarily losing the use of an arm or a leg. It can be a very humbling situation not to be able to do the usual tasks of the day or to have to engage in workarounds to do basic things.

The power in our neighborhood went out shortly after 11 a.m. While some homes intermittently ran gas-powered generators, most had to endure freezing temperatures and darkness for days. The focus of home activities changed from the routine to doing whatever could be done to keep warm and preserve food.

What helped keep our spirits up during this situation was prayer and being thankful. We were reminded of the Scripture, “Rejoice always; pray without ceasing; in everything give thanks; for this is God’s will for you in Christ Jesus.” (1 Thessalonians 5:16-18)

Notice that it does not say to give thanks for everything, but in everything. We did not give thanks for the power outage and the inconvenience that caused, nor the suffering and loss it caused others. But we did give thanks that we still had each other, warm blankets, running hot and cold water, a functioning gas stove to cook food, and that perishable food could be preserved by loading them in securable bins and placing them outside overnight in the below freezing temperatures.

On the third day, while away from home having lunch, our neighbor texted us to let us know that the power was restored. We finished our food as quickly as we could and rushed home. We joyfully thanked God for the restoration of power as warmth and light started to fill the house again.

It must have been a great shock and dismay to the disciples of Jesus when, in the Garden of Gethsemane, they witnessed their beloved Master betrayed by one of their own and taken away by armed guards to the chief priests and members of the Sanhedrin for an illegal night trial that could only lead to one terrible outcome.

When Jesus was condemned and handed over to the Roman authorities to be crucified at the behest of a mob howling for blood, it must have been like everything going dark for His disciples. The power that fueled their hopes and dreams of the restoration of the kingdom of Israel with Jesus as its King went out. Freezing cold sorrow and despair filled their hearts as He was taken off the cross dead and buried in a dark tomb.

But on the third day, the first day of the week, the disciples received word from Mary Magdalene that the tomb of Jesus was empty. Peter and John ran to the tomb to see this incredible sight for themselves, but they did not see Jesus.

Later that day, out of fear of the religious authorities who condemned their Lord to death, the disciples were huddled together behind secured doors at an undisclosed location. But Jesus appeared in their midst, much to their joy. The Light of Life was restored to them (John 20).

Then the Son of God Himself gave His disciples the greatest Bible study of all time:

“‘These are My words which I spoke to you while I was still with you, that all things which are written about Me in the Law of Moses and the Prophets and the Psalms must be fulfilled.’ Then He opened their minds to understand the Scriptures, and He said to them, ‘Thus it is written, that the Christ would suffer and rise again from the dead the third day, and that repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in His name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem. You are witnesses of these things. And behold, I am sending forth the promise of My Father upon you; but you are to stay in the city until you are clothed with power from on high.’” (Luke 24:44-49)

After Jesus ascended back to His Father, His disciples were granted from God the indwelling of the Holy Spirit, who empowered them to proclaim the gospel message to the world (1 Corinthians 15:1-5). We who believe their witness regarding Jesus and His resurrection from the dead are the fruit of their ministry and will enjoy the light and life around the throne of God that never fades or goes out (John 8:12; Revelation 7:9-17).

We were overjoyed and thankful when we returned home to find the power restored, but we were also thankful for the reminder that the resurrection of Jesus assures the power of true life that no storm can extinguish.

“I am the resurrection and the life; he who believes in Me will live even if he dies, and everyone who lives and believes in Me will never die. Do you believe this?” (John 11:25-26)

© 2023 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




“Woke” Will Be the West’s Downfall

By Steven Yates

April 8, 2023

Conservative writers, when challenged, have trouble defining what it means to be Woke.

Bethany Mandel, co-author (with Karol Markowitz) of the recently published Stolen Youth: How Radicals Are Erasing Innocence and Indoctrinating a Generation, struggled with the term in an interview on The Hill, hosted by Robby Soave and Briahna Joy Gray. When pressed for a definition of Woke by the latter, what she said was:

“Woke” is, sort of, the idea that— “Woke” is something that’s very hard to define … it is sort of the understand that we need to totally reimagine and redo society in order to create hierarchies of oppression … [struggles] … it’s hard to explain in a fifteen-second soundbite.”

Soave tried to help her out.

“It’s one of those things that … you definitely know it when you see it…. It’s the tendency to punish people, formally or often informally, for expressing ideas using language specifically that is new, that no one would have objected to five seconds ago, so it is easy to come with examples like punishing people for using the wrong pronouns, or identifying structures of that kind….”

These are more the effects of Woke, and not a definition of it.

In a recent article I quoted Florida governor Ron DeSantis’s general counsel Ryan Newman’s attempt to define the term:

The belief there are systemic injustices in American society and the need to address them…. To me, it means someone who believes that there are systemic injustices in the criminal-justice system, and on that basis, they can decline to fully enforce and uphold the law.

This should help us see a bit more clearly what is going on here, and why conservatives have trouble pinning it down. But before elaborating, it might be helpful to see what those who are sympathetic to the idea mean by it. For example, Damariyé L. Smith, PhD, Assistant Professor of Contemporary Black/African American Rhetoric and Media Studies at San Diego State University had this to say:

So there’s a lot of things in language that have the same meaning, but just have a different terminology. I would argue that woke really starts around the early 1960s and ’70s with the Black Power movement and civil rights issues of the time. It wasn’t just called woke, it was called consciousness. And so consciousness or this idea of staying woke was about Black people, in particular, thinking about and questioning what are the ways in which our government is not necessarily protecting us as citizens, not just in the South, but everywhere…. Somewhere around 2012 and 2014 we started seeing stuff about “staying woke” because again, at this time, you have cell phone videos of people capturing police brutality. I would say around 2013 is when you kind of really start seeing that term being used more especially under the umbrella of Black Lives Matter. When social media becomes bigger and bigger and bigger, people start to pay more attention to it.

In other words, it’s not a new term or concept, but what’s new is its public currency. Social media is indeed responsible for a lot of that currency.

The term or concept has obviously (as did affirmative action) spread beyond race/ethnicity. It is now used by radical feminists and members of the Alphabet Soup Mafia (LGBTQIABCXYZ+++).

Emory University professor of political science Andra Gillespie stated, referring to those using the term negatively:

“If you ask people what woke is, I think what they mean is they want to stand against people who are engaging in some type of advocacy for marginalized people…. It’s kind of this lumping together of anybody whose views could be construed as being progressive on issues related to identity and civil rights.”

One wonders who is more marginalized now that the white working class is struggling with substance abuse and falling off the economic cliff, but never mind that just now. There are doubtless several dozen other comments floating around. The most compelling one I’ve seen is this one, from one Freddie DeBoer (credentials not given) which I have from a philosophy blog I look at every few days. Warning: it’s not light reading. But don’t be intimidated. We’re going to dissect it. All italics are the author’s:

“Woke” or “wokeness” refers to a school of social and cultural liberalism that has become the dominant discourse in left-of-center spaces in American intellectual life. It reflects trends and fashions that emerged over time from left activist and academic spaces and became mainstream, indeed hegemonic, among American progressives in the 2010s. “Wokeness” centers “the personal is political” at the heart of all politics and treats political action as inherently a matter of personal moral hygiene – woke isn’t something you do, it’s something you are. Correspondingly all of politics can be decomposed down to the right thoughts and right utterances of enlightened people. Persuasion and compromise are contrary to this vision of moral hygiene and thus are deprecated. Correct thoughts are enforced through a system of mutual surveillance, one which takes advantage of the affordances of internet technology to surveil and then punish. Since politics is not a matter of arriving at the least-bad alternative through an adversarial process but rather a matter of understanding and inhabiting an elevated moral station, there are no crises of conscience or necessary evils….

… Central to woke discourse is the substitution of older and less complicated versions of socially liberal perspectives with more willfully complex academic versions. So civil rights are out, “anti-racism” is in. Community is out, intersectionality is in. Equality is out, equity is in. Homelessness is out, unhousedness is in. Sexism is out, misogyny is in. Advantage is out, privilege is in. Whenever there’s an opportunity to introduce an alternative concept that’s been wrung through academia’s weird machinery, that opportunity is taken. This has the advantage of making political engagement available only to a priestly caste that has enjoyed the benefits of elite university education; like all political movements, the woke political movement is captured by the urge to occupy elevated status within it.

I think that if you give that a close reading, you’ll see two things.

First, as I’ve insisted from the get-go, this did not begin yesterday. I’ve been warning about it for over 30 years now, since it was called simply political correctness, the pejorative that began to be used back in 1991.

Statements that “the personal is the political” started to be used around that time by radical feminists who, in professions like mine anyway, were reaping the lion’s share of affirmative action benefits.

Second, and more importantly, you’ll see what amounts to an admission that Woke, however it started, is a fundamentally totalitarian impulse.

Note that near the end of the first paragraph, persuasion and compromise are rejected.

To persuade is to try and convince another person that something you believe is true, using arguments and evidence. Although the term persuasion doesn’t necessarily exclude psychology (a lot of marketers are very good at this), it does suggest that the use of force is verboten.

Compromise has been part of the warp and woof of civil discourse in America for as long as there’s been an America. Compromise means that each side in a disagreement puts self to one side, rises to the occasion, and agrees to give up a little of what it wants in order to gain something that would be better for everyone. This does not mean abandoning principles. The country’s Founders all wanted a Constitutional republic with limited government based on “life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness,” but they did not agree on every detail how to obtain it. Volumes of their debates over various passages in the Constitution show this clearly. They compromised among themselves to make the document work as best as any product of human minds and hands could, and get as many states as possible to ratify it. The consequences of not doing so: everyone would soon fall back under rule by the British.

For ensuing decades, compromise between competing political parties and less structured groups continued to be the mainstay. Fortunately, each group wanted the country to work. The only exceptions here were the secessionists of the South who believed they were being more truthful to the principles of American founding documents, and that defenders of the Union had betrayed those principles.

Now we’re back to that, in spades. It’s doubtful that both sides in any of our current disputes really want the U.S. to continue to work.

Compromise, like persuasion, implies that intimidation, bullying, and if these fail, brute force, are off the table.

But according to the above author, under the regime of woke, “Correct thoughts are enforced through a system of mutual surveillance….” Departures from an “elevated moral station” are to be “punished” and “there are no crises of conscience or necessary evils….”

What follows is a contrast between the humane liberalism many of us grew up with, replaced with the extreme-leftism that began to infest academia in the 1980s — not the 2010s which saw a ratcheting up of something that had been there all along, waiting for a triggering event. The first such event was the Michael Brown shooting in 2014, after which campuses exploded. Then came George Floyd’s death in 2020, after which the country itself nearly exploded.

Most important in the piece above is the ending: only a “priestly caste” really understands any of this. The concepts have been “wrung through academia’s weird machinery” to which very few (white male) conservatives are privy. Well, obviously not, as conservatives are nearly an extinct species in academia: we’ve all either taken early retirement or left in disgust.

What makes Woke an easy word to use but difficult for conservatives to define is its embeddedness in the hard-left conceptual machinery that now controls academia, the legal profession, much so-called journalism, and a lot of corporate leviathans from Disney to Google.

One result is that a lot of job descriptions now include requests for applicants to state how they can contribute to the university’s Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion program (what we might call the Unholy Trinity of Wokeness).

Consider the relevant portion of this one:

….The College of Arts and Sciences is committed to building and supporting a diverse, inclusive, and equitable community of students and scholars. [Redacted] University is an equal employment and affirmative action employer and a provider of ADA services. All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment based on individual qualifications. [Redacted] University prohibits discrimination based on age, ethnicity, color, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, genetic information, marital status, national origin, disability status or protected veteran status. Applications from women and minority group members are especially encouraged.

A full dossier will include a cover letter, CV, dissertation abstract, writing sample, at least three letters of recommendation, a research statement, a teaching statement, a statement on fostering diversity, equity, and inclusion in and out of the classroom, and evidence of teaching effectiveness, such as teaching evaluations.

The italicized statements completely contradict and render null and void the statements that “all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment based on individual qualifications.” This, and “fostering [the unholy trinity of] diversity, equity, and inclusion….” are not compatible goals!

But in contemporary academia, war is peace! Freedom is slavery! Ignorance is strength! Etc. Orwellian linguistic gymnastics consumed higher education long ago. The above is not an aberration. It is now standard. I still receive solicitations for applications for teaching positions, a list from which I never unsubscribed. I’ve seen dozens of calls for Woke-supporting statements.

There’s a sense in which Woke is no more — and no less — than an affirmation of the Unholy Trinity of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion, applying not just to race but “gender” and the Alphabet Soup Mafia, now including the idea that children should be encouraged to “question” their “gender identity” which seems to me to border on child abuse. (Even sex education in schools was once governed by standards of age-appropriateness.)

Here, though, is the conception of Woke I also came across recently that is my personal favorite. It is from a letter to the editor (fancy that, that a letter writer should articulate this with greater clarity than an academic with a PhD). I’ve removed the person’s name since I’ve no reason to think that he planned on becoming a public figure:

… here are a few examples of wokeness and its absurd consequences: A Supreme Court nominee who cannot define a woman. A biologically male athlete proudly displaying the medal he won competing in women’s sports; the women he defeated being advised to shut up. Lower college admission standards. The near disappearance of humor from late night TV. The demotion of Elon Musk from media darling to pariah. Overuse of the term “conspiracy theory” by people who imagine oppression everywhere. The suppression of rational discussion of the COVID pandemic and vaccines. Hyperventilating about perceived fascism while advocating for censorship of those who disagree.

The danger of being woke is that it permits only a single viewpoint and diverts attention from real problems. Practical solutions require trade-offs. In the end, we must work together. That requires dialogue and respect for the views of others, not wokeness.

Compare this with the lengthy statement from Freddie DeBoer, and you are looking at the totalitarian implications of Woke. Its expanded version, from race/ethnicity to every other group that can wear the mantle of victimhood in our Age of Entitlement, will be a major contributing factor to the West’s downfall if it is able to continue unabated. The only American in a position of authority whom I know of that is challenging Wokeness forcefully in his own state is Florida governor Ron DeSantis, and he may be overreaching — because he underestimates the cultural power of what he is up against. Disney recently outmaneuvered him, after all.

We need to return to promoting equality under the rule of law, as it was promoted back in the 1960s. We need to affirm that there is nothing fundamentally wrong with either diversity or inclusion, so long as they are voluntary and not coerced. “Equity,” on the other hand, cannot be accomplished without massive social engineering including thought control via censorship. I don’t know to what extent any of this is still possible in the 2020s New Normal. But once we understand what Wokeness really is, we should see it as a central part of the path to the West’s downfall, into ever-increasing degrees of totalitarianism.

© 2023 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

_________________

Issue #3 of Truth, Freedom, Validation is now available, with its offer of a method and a system for achieving your Biggest Goal over the next six to eight months. To gain access, go here.  (You can read it, and future issues, for just $1/month!)

ANNOUNCING: an online course/tutorial entitled The Philosophy of Responsible Freedom, directed by Jack C. Carney with myself as chief partner: a Zoom-based intellectual encounter between an atheist (Carney) and a Christian (Yates) exploring the history of ideas using Academy of Ideas videos and supplementing them with the thoughts of others. Carney is an autodidact in areas ranging across psychology, psychiatry, and anthropology who emphasizes the importance of human relationships in a world where loss is omnipresent (he also teaches English online). I am an author and trained philosopher with a doctorate in the subject who taught philosophy courses in years past, walked away from academia, still writes philosophy emphasizing the need to identify, clarify, and evaluate the success (or failure) of worldviews in civilization, stages of civilization, the quest to build free societies, and how worldviews either enhance or hobble responsible freedom. Course/tutorial outline here. For more information or to get on our email list: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com.

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, he has also written a novel of cosmic horror. The Shadow Over Sarnath will be published later this year.




Stop Using Workers’ Taxes to Unlawfully Support the Indolent

By Andrew Wallace

April 8, 2023

Working people are paying income taxes to unconstitutionally support the indolent and thugs in Communist  inner-city plantations.

These Communists include the thugs in Antifa and BLM who riot, burn, loot and kill for the Democratic party and are protected by the faux government. Their motto seems to be if they are old enough to bleed, they are old enough to breed; half of their babies are of course aborted like good Democrat Communists.

It must be stated that these people are victims of a corrupt system that brainwashed them with fake media, inadequate schools, and employment.

With government welfare handouts, and without moral and ethical education by families and churches, these outcomes were predictable.

All of this is possible because of the “Enemy of the People”, wealthy families known as the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC).

They have usurped and perverted our government into a “Big Dictatorial Blood- Sucking Machine”.

They are unconstitutionally taking income taxes from working people all over the United States, and using it to support their indolent Communists.

This includes the Democratic thugs in Antifa and BLM and other able-bodied people who refuse to work in the Communist cities and elsewhere.

This unconstitutional process is administered by one or more of the  faux unlawful departments that were conjured up out of thin air and are part of the “Huge Dictatorial Blood- Sucking Machine” that has replaced our Republic.

 These departments are fake, without any Constitutional backing: Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development. All of these faux departments represent usurped state functions (see the Enumerated Powers in the Federal Constitution).

People in the working (Red) states have been enraged for years over this Democrat practice.

In a few words, the Democrats have been using income taxes and faux government departments and laws as a means to support the indolent, thugs, and “victims” in the Communist cities. I repeat, the taxes are from working Americans. Remember Communism works until it runs out of other people’s money. You must give the Communists credit for being able to concentrate power, by constructing fake and unlawful departments out of thin air, funded with our taxes, that were accepted as legitimate by the public. And of course our elected whores said nothing.

Expenditure of federal funds in the cities using faux departments and laws is unconstitutional, as are most government expenditures.

States have the Constitutional Power to nullify all unconstitutional federal departments, agencies, and laws…unless the governors are bribed or cowards.

 So far only Tennessee has plans to do so. The states could also secede from the nonexistent Union, but that would not be a good choice. Elected officials could sit on their hands and wait for citizens to bring about change, but this would not be an optimal choice either.

Most economists will tell you that we will soon be in a period of severe Economic Depression. It has already started.

Resources required to live will be in short supply, if at all. It is at this point when normally compliant people are enraged and turn against  government and those responsible for the suffering. It is also the time when Democrat thugs will loot and burn, as they have in the past.

Seceding from the government could be fatal because it would separate you from the Constitution, which I don’t think could be duplicated today.

Even though we are effectively ruled by the barrel of a gun and not our Constitution, it is still the supreme law of the land and the only lawful authority!

Part of the ultimate solution is to replace the income tax (which is unconstitutional in its manner of application) with tariffs, which we used until 1913. At this point, states would perform their lawful Constitutional functions in place of the usurping federal government.

I must point out again that most federal government expenditures are unconstitutional.

A few examples are foreign aid, welfare, medical care, education (state functions), wars without declaration of war by Congress, support of illegal invaders, support of wars between other countries, etc, etc, etc.

A Huge Blood-Sucking Machine was built with the fake unlawful departments using fake laws by the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families.

This “Machine” and all its supporters and beneficiaries are enemies of the people and guilty of treason and corruption, may they burn in hell. Retribution may be slow, but it will be certain.

When I see most elected officials and bureaucrats of both parties in the dock for treason, misfeasance, malfeasance, incompetence, and cowardice, I will think it is a good start.

May God Bless Our Constitutional Republic

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




HOW the RIGHT Can UNITE

By Lex Greene

April 7, 2023

Marxists, socialists, communists, Maoists, fascists sheep never fail to march together as a single unit, because they are slaves to their governments. If they want their daily rations, their taxpayer funded gifts from the public trough, designed to keep them on the plantation forever, they will do what they’re told.

The U.S. Democrat Party is a tyrannical political body built upon the backs of those they enslaved a long time ago. It wasn’t democrats who freed the slaves, or passed the Civil Rights Acts in our country, it was Republicans. But because democrats have used inner city gang violence and union labor education to keep their slaves dumbed down for decades, many in their minority groups know no better.

Every minority group in the USA was coopted by Marxist democrats more than a hundred years ago. But they were “community organized” into violent destructive political tools in the 60’s by people like Obama mentor’s Bill Ayers and Bernadine Dohrn of Weather Underground. Until “big mouth” Trump showed up representing every freedom loving American, these groups largely remained no smarter than they were during the 60’s and 70’s riots.

Today, the democrat party only controls BLM (Marxist militant Black Lives Matter) and ANTIFA (a children’s violent and destructive fascist group), both responsible for attacking, burning, looting and destroying cities across the USA. All others, from all corners, are awakened to the reality that the political RIGHT will fight just as hard for your freedom and liberty as they will their own. They are moving in mass to the Republican Party as a result.

I’m not referring to Trump fandom here. But he is the most likely leader of a second AMERICAN revolution today, which is why the LEFT must do everything they can dream up to destroy him.

Still, the RIGHT has never been any good at unity and that alone, has left the usually “silent majority” at a distinct disadvantage as Marxist Global Democrats work around the clock to destroy all things American, and all Americans.

Why can’t the RIGHT UNITE for the fight of their lives?

  1. In the USA, the RIGHT is made up of self-made success stories. They made their own future and depended upon no one else to do it.
  2. The political RIGHT gets up every day and goes to work to take care of their own, refusing to be a slave to anyone.
  3. The RIGHT is made up of true independent thinkers, marching to the beat of their own drum.
  4. The RIGHT not only pays the vast majority of taxes in the USA…they also donate the most to an endless list of charitable causes. They’re busy.
  5. The RIGHT shares a moral compass based upon the foundations of freedom. They know and accept the fact that freedom can only belong to those able to self-govern.

But also, the RIGHT is full of those with an entrepreneurial spirit, real true over-achievers in life. They expect much of themselves and work hard every day to live up to their own expectations. They take dreams and turn them into reality by the sweat of their own brow. They use their freedom and liberty, instead of begging politicians for it, or taking it for granted.

As a result, it’s challenging to get all conservatives in one room working together. They are used to cutting their own path. They are highly opinionated, intelligent, and motivated types. Type A+ personalities in almost every case. So sure, they often have strong egos too, having earned the right in most cases. They understand Trump and anyone like him.

So, the following things present a challenge to unifying them, even when their country, their freedom and liberty, their family’s well-being, hangs in the balance…

  • There are literally thousands of small freedom and liberty groups in the USA. Most have no interest in uniting with other groups for fear of losing control over their followers and their donations.
  • Some are better at gathering followers than they are at developing viable strategic solutions, causing their followers to eventually lose faith.
  • Others use the “freedom movement” to build another business, selling books, T-Shirts, hats, you name it. If they can make money from it, they will probably sell it, all in the name of fighting for freedom.
  • And still others are so overly impressed with themselves that other than the sound of their own voice, they are deaf to the words of others trying to help them protect the freedoms they claim to care about so much.

And of course, there are always a few who are just as rotten as the LEFT, either infiltrating the RIGHT to cause distractions and divisions…or just those who are so egotistical and ill-tempered that they spend all their time attacking their own, rather than their stated enemies…People who are too hate-filled, full of themselves, and too bitter to be of any use to anyone!

I have read many well-intended contemporaries as they suggest “compromise” as a means to unify.

Well, some things you just can’t compromise on, when it comes to freedom and liberty. Some things are just non-negotiable, in particular, the foundations of freedom. There is no freedom or liberty, without the foundations of freedom and liberty.

I submit for your consideration, that the only way we can ever unify for the battles we face ahead is not compromise…but rather to prioritize. I want the brightest minds in one room so that together, we can develop how we will save our beloved country from the pure evil gripping it today.

In most cases, I agree 90% or so with everyone on the RIGHT. I will NOT allow the 10% we might disagree on to stop me from achieving the 90% we agree on. Instead, I will choose to make the 90% we agree upon my primary priority. Once we achieve all of that together, we can sit around over a cocktail discussing the other 10% that we see differently.

It’s a matter of all of us setting the RIGHT priorities so that we can move together as ONE to achieve all the things we agree on. It’s not about compromise, it’s that we all have to prioritize.

What’s more important, my ego, or freedom?
Is it making more money, or defending freedom I care about more?
Is it safety and security, or freedom and liberty I care about most?
Is it leading a small group nowhere, or being part of a winning group somewhere, that is most important to me?

These are questions we must all ask and answer, if we are ever going to unite as AMERICA FIRST AMERICANS so that together, we will win the critical things which we will most certainly lose…if we fail to unite for this fight.

It’s just about our priorities…

I seek no fortune, no fame, no favor, or notoriety. I only seek UNITY in our collective effort to save this Constitutional Republic from certain ruin. I seek only freedom and liberty, for my children and grandchildren and yours. I seek a morally, spiritually, and mentally fit society for all to grow up in and prosper from.

Equity is a farce, a blatant con job aimed at the weak and ignorant…

I seek equality for all. I seek a constitutional form of government of, by and for all decent freedom lovers. I seek a sane society, where you are free to own whatever you earn…but threaten no one else with it. I seek the America that used to be, where every Citizen is free to dream, work, build, own, enjoy and pass on to the next generation, the fruits of their labor.

I seek a country free from any “cancel culture,” or violent gangs, are mentally ill mass shooters. I seek a country where black lives really do matter, most of all in the black community. I seek a society where all lives matter, and politicians don’t!

If you are like me, let’s unite upon our shared priorities. There will be plenty of time to discuss our disagreements later. Let’s put first things first, can we?

If you agree, let me know. My email address is below!

© 2023 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




The Church Needs an Exorcism

By Cliff Kincaid

April 7, 2023

Jesus Christ went to his death willingly. His mission was to save humanity. We are saved if we believe. On earth, however, we as mortals also have an obligation to save ourselves and our loved ones. But the clergy have no credibility left and leading church officials, including Pope Francis, have gone AWOL.

With a new “supernatural” horror movie on the way, entitled “The Pope’s Exorcist,” starring Russell Crowe, we are being reminded of the evil forces in the world trying to capture souls and send them to hell.

Here’s the official description of the film: “Inspired by the actual files of Father Gabriele Amorth, Chief Exorcist of the Vatican (Academy Award®-winner Russell Crowe), The Pope’s Exorcist follows Amorth as he investigates a young boy’s terrifying possession and ends up uncovering a centuries-old conspiracy the Vatican has desperately tried to keep hidden.”

I know a pastor in our nation’s capital who is a true Christian fighting the tide of moral degeneracy running rampant in society, including within his own church. He even feeds the vagrants and homeless who camp out nearby. Drowning in alcohol and drugs, they tell those helping them that they deserve “respect.”

This pastor was recently mugged outside his church.  The church was vandalized during the May 2020 George Floyd riots conducted by Black Lives Matter and the communist-inspired Antifa movement.

Not too far away, a Virginia woman was murdered in a Washington, D.C., hotel room. The perpetrator, career criminal George Sydnor, had avoided prison and was free to kill, having been released in many other “pending cases.” He stabbed his victim, 31-year-old Christy Bautista, more than 30 times, so hard that the knife blade broke off and he severed her spinal column.

In my opinion, this is more than just a violent crime. This is evil of a demonic nature.

Meanwhile, in neighboring Maryland, one of the most Catholic states, a “four-year investigation into allegations of child sexual abuse by members of the clergy and cover-up of that abuse by the leadership of the Catholic Church” has been released.

But the names of the guilty have been “redacted.”

Some of the victims may sue but it is unlikely the perpetrators will ever see the inside of a jail cell. Instead, the church will collect donations on Sunday and use the money to pay for settlements.

It’s no wonder that a recent poll that found values like religious faith have become less important to the nation over the last 25 years.

In order to understand this problem, we need to go back in history and look at just one hub for the fundamental transformation of America that began even before Barack Hussein Obama took power.

Years before hedge fund operator George Soros assumed funding of various Marxist and “progressive” groups, to the tune of billions of dollars, the Institute for Policy Studies in Washington, D.C. was the headquarters of those looking for ideas and funding of the communist revolution in America.

During the 1980s it served as a base of operations for those opposed to President Ronald Reagan’s anti-communist foreign policy.

The 1987 book Covert Cadre by Scott Powell documented the communist intelligence connections of the IPS and even featured photos of Soviet intelligence agents at IPS events.

Soviet spy Alger Hiss, the United Nations founder and a U.S. State Department official, spoke at the IPS on March 23, 1984. IPS regarded him as innocent and launched a series of “Alger Hiss lectures” in 2002, after receiving a bequest from the estate of Alger and Isabel Johnson Hiss.

Saul Alinsky, whose disciples trained “community organizer” Barack Obama, also spoke at IPS. One IPS “Educational Seminar” featured Bill Ayers, future Weather Underground terrorist leader.

IPS associate I.F. Stone postured as an independent writer whose mission was to expose corruption in U.S. policies and the U.S. Government. He was later exposed as a Soviet agent of influence.

Top Catholic official Father J. Bryan Hehir once taught a course at the Institute for Policy Studies called “Matthew, MARX, Luke and John,” while the organization also sponsored a “Liberation Theology Lecture Series.”

At one time, the Catholic Church opposed Marxism. Anti-communist analyst James Tyson wrote, “For decades after the Russian Revolution in 1917 the Catholic Church world-wide was one of the strongest opponents of communism.” John Paul II, who became Pope in 1978, understood the reality of communism, having lived under it in his native Poland. He criticized Marxism and Marxist-oriented Liberation Theology.

Miguel D’Escoto, a Catholic Priest of the Maryknoll Order, advocated Liberation Theology and became the foreign minister of Communist Sandinista Nicaragua. He received the Lenin Peace Prize from the old Soviet Union and later became president of the United Nations General Assembly.

Pope John Paul II had suspended D’Escoto from the priesthood. Pope Francis reinstated him.

In a local example of how this spiritual and political battle is taking place, the Catholic Church actually intervened against and admonished a Wisconsin pastor who had urged parishioners to vote against state Supreme Court candidate Janet Protasiewicz, who campaigned for abortion. Rev. Brian Dulli had said in the church’s bulletin that “Abortion is the intentional taking of a human life. It is murder.” He added, “As a Catholic, I urge you, for the salvation of your soul; do not vote for her in the Supreme Court race on April 4.”

Challenged on his views, he said, “My heart is filled with love for you and for our nation. My comments are coming from a place of love. I don’t want anyone of any faith to suffer eternal fire in hell for supporting the killing of the unborn. You are in my prayers.”

Protasiewicz had received funding from billionaire hedge fund operator financier George Soros, who donated $1 million through the state Democratic Party for her campaign.

Liberation theology has come to America, courtesy of George Soros and Pope Francis. The trouble (for Catholics) is that Soros is an atheist and Francis claims to be a disciple of Christ.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




We Have to Stop Kidding Ourselves

By Jeffery Dover

April 7, 2023

“Third Parties Always Lose!”  “You’ll Split the Vote and the Democrat Will Win!”

So go two of the stock deprecating statements of those who want no solution to the dire straits America and Americans find themselves in today.   They who are in league with that Establishment responsible for the current state of affairs or who are perhaps merely weak, lacking vision, play on our trepidation when attempting anything out of the ordinary. Their statements are redolent of TV sportscasters saying at a critical moment “no one in the past thirty years has done thus and such and succeeded…” and then the guy goes and makes it happen.  He didn’t care about what had happened in the preceding thirty years, if he even knew.  That was then, not now; it was them, not him.  He knew he was right and was determined to make it happen.  To fail was to lose. Determined to win, not to lose, he pressed on.  We’ve seen similar situations countless times.

Those two hysterical responses to creation of a political fighting force to regain our country and its founding principles, are patently false.  Yet it’s undeniable: we who champion America’s founding precepts and values have no true representation in US Congress or the White House, nor have we had any anywhere in Washington since Reagan and Trump occupied the White House.  But those two excellent men couldn’t get it done alone.   Reagan had nothing but Democrat congressional majorities for his two terms. Then, Trump’s own party, the GOP with the congressional majority we gave the Republicans, left him totally alone.   Worse, many of them were also stabbing him in the back, hampering his ability to even accomplish that which he had no need of congress to accomplish. That GOP congressional majority supported none of the policies for which we elected the president in a landslide, blocking them at every turn.  In so doing, the larger Republican Party belied once more their refusal to work for their electorate, while continuing instead to serve the interests of global elites and corporations.

Inevitably however, anytime someone brings up “new party” the naysayers come piling out.  Some of them come at you with derision and others adopt learned tones, explaining at length in terms of “conventional wisdom” why such a movement is doomed to failure from the start.  Challenged to explain what the Republican Party has done to answer the needs and wants of its voters in the past thirty years however, one is met with silence.  The reason is simple: the GOP done absolutely nothing to advance any single one of our goals.  There is nothing for them to point to.  Instead, we get the same, monotonous, nowhere exhortation: “Vote the RINOs out.”

RINOs are the Party!  They run it, they choose who gets money and who gets press.  They decide who will be the state’s chairman.  They decide who becomes Speaker of the House and Senate Majority Leader, and they, in turn, decide what comes up for a vote in congress, in what form it comes up and when it comes up.  They also decide what will not be voted on.

Question: how do Americans vote out RINOs in a party which the RINOs own?  It’s their club!  They decide who advances within it in the states and nationally.  How does Mitt Romney’s niece become the Party chairman?  To exclaim “Vote out the RINOs!” one might just as well say “Let’s vote out the Pope and his cardinals and replace them with some Protestants!”

So what is the solution?  How do we take our majority to a new party, a party dedicated to returning all those things lost in our country now?  For starters, we must create the form, a party structure within which people can work to bring things aright.  It can’t be modelled after the existing form, or the same conditions will once again come to prevail.

The new party cannot be run like a social club.  It must instead be run like a corporation dedicated to the production and distribution of a product.   The “product” will be the policy goals and agenda.   “Popularity” must not be the prime reason for installing persons in high party office either nationally or in the states.  Such appointments should not be solely based on one’s financial or social prominence.  They must have ideological prominence.  Competence and demonstrated, single-minded dedication to bringing the party’s goals to reality must be the prime characteristics sought for party leadership.  There is no room in the new party for “personalities”.

The Party’s goals cannot be watery.  If one goes to the GOP website one finds no defined, detailed set of legislative objectives.  There is no agenda or strategy for achieving the few watery statements which do appear there.  All must be there for the voter to see.  Why is it the practice that no specific goals or policies are available to be seen?  The result is that there is no true leadership in the party where it counts.  There are only those who get elected running around with their own agenda without open direction from the larger party.

The new party must put detailed legislative objectives on its website for all to see.  They can be goals set out to be achieved within given timelines, including goals for the acquisition of new congressional seats from the various states.

There can be no deviation from the achievement of the stated goals among any party members who are voted to congress.  What is the point of having members of a party, sent to Washington, DC, who do not believe in every one of the larger party’s policy goals and legislative agenda?  Given that the party’s goals will all be published prior to any election, one can assume that those who vote for members of the new party are in agreement with most of those goals.  So, how can it be that any member of congress sent there by those voters is free to vote against one of the party’s goals – or by failing to appear for the vote, do so by proxy?  Such treachery from a party member will not be tolerated in the new party.  Those who violate their fiduciary to the voters will be summarily expelled from the new party.

How does the party remove the influence of money in congress?  Voting decisions must be removed from the members of congress.  We’re all aware of lobbies and the influence of money in Washington.  In one way or another, there’s no denying its influence.  Its influence is how we got to where we are.  The only way to eliminate its effect is to take voting decisions out of the hands of the individual members of congress in the new party.  That means as well, that should the new party find one of its members of congress to be House Speaker or Senate Majority Leader, that decisions of votes, timing and content would also be taken outside that person’s authority.

An unelected body of persons within the party structure would supply the decisions on a vote of any question before congress.  There could be any number of forms for such a body, but it would seem reasonable that two party members from each state would meet with all the others to decide on questions and them relay their decisions to the party’s sitting members of congress.  Those persons would then cast their votes as directed by the party, not by or due to any outside private influence of the many forms that could take.  Lobbying no longer matters with the new party.  Only the voters matter.

A potential framework for such a party exists at FounderspartyofAmerica.org.  It’s just that: only a framework waiting for some visionaries with energy and clean hands to run with the concept and take our people out of the swamp the corrupt people we have sent to Washington, DC have put us into up to our necks.

That corrupt body is now seeking to cement its corruption as the norm with the indictment of former President Trump.  Meanwhile consider  the kinds of people who currently occupy the halls of our government!

Is there any time to lose?  Isn’t it past time to stop kidding ourselves, thinking that “voting out the RINOs” is a useful strategy?   As for “hope”, that’s just an excuse to do nothing. “Hope” is not a strategy.  How about closing our ears to the naysayers and pressing on with a real strategy based on a new method?  As Missouri senator Hawley-(R) tweeted following the 2022 elections, “The old party is dead.  Time to bury it. Time to build something new.”

Let’s get started!

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




Throwing Away the Steering Wheel

by Lee Duigon

April 6, 2023

Let’s dust off my Political Science degree and see if I learned anything, back then, that helps me understand events today.

In studying “game theory,” we envisioned two cars racing toward a head-on collision: “playing chicken.” How do you win a game of “chicken”?

Simple! Just throw your steering wheel out the window. When the other driver sees it, he will realize that you can’t change course—it’s entirely up to him whether there is a collision or not. He will have to swerve out of the way: otherwise, it’s a head-on crash. He can’t throw out his steering wheel. So you win.

Unless, of course, the other driver has the same idea, at the same time, and he throws away his steering wheel, too. But then the crash becomes inevitable, so he doesn’t dare do that.

Which brings us to the politically motivated “indictment” of President Donald Trump and the weaponization of the Justice Dept. against conservatives. And if Republicans retaliate in kind, Victor Davis Hansen warns, down the tubes goes our republic. That was the fate of ancient Rome’s republic. That’s how they lost it.

Democrats, liberals, progressives are all pursuing policies which can hardly lead to any good result. To cite just one example: a “transgender” invades a school and murders half a dozen people, including three little children—and what does the shambling jidrool in the White House say? “Transgendered people shape the soul of our country.” (Oh! So that’s what’s wrong? Well, we knew it had to be something serious.) So they use our public schools to “reassign gender” of children, subjecting them to drugs and surgeries that will render them incapable of having children themselves. If everyone did this, obviously it would lead to the extinction of the human race.

They thumb their noses at us, convinced that their political opponents wouldn’t dare retaliate in kind. They put the FBI to work spying on parents who complain about their local school boards’ insane racial doctrines. If Republicans were to come to power, what would happen to America if they used that power to sic the Justice Dept. on their own political rivals? Presto! No “justice” at all! Just a lot of people playing tit-for-tat while our cities burn. Plutarch gives us a chilling description of the waning of Rome’s republic: armed bands wandering the streets on election days, looking for “wrong” voters to be kept from the polls by… violence.

They, too, both sides, threw the steering wheel out the window.

The reason it’s a guaranteed win is that the other side dares not do the same things. You can’t win at “chicken” if the other driver is just as determined as you are, not to swerve out of the way of the collision. Our “game theory” offered no solution to the problem. The only hope would be to vote the opposing party out of office—forever—and then try to undo the insane policies that brought us all here in the first place. And that’s hard to do when the other side controls the voting machines.

The Left does not care if it trashes our constitutional republic. They speak as if they welcomed it. Then, on the ruins, and without any meaningful opposition, they could build their socialist “gender-fluid” utopia. I mean, who wants to run for president if losing the election means the winner gets to jail you? “Not caring” is the same as throwing out the steering wheel in a game of chicken.

Rome’s solution was to keep the republic in name only and surrender all power to strong leaders who re-made the state as an empire, with an emperor in charge, a rubber-stamp Senate, and a populace kept politically anesthetized with free bread and circuses.

This is where we’re headed if we don’t change our ways.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2023 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Harvesting Plastic From The Pacific Ocean For Art

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 6, 2023

You never know what you’re going to see on your bicycle while riding down the West Coast.  It could be dolphins “surfing”  the waves while you pedal along an unknown beach.  You might sit on the edge of a cliff to watch 10 pelicans flying in a line across the surf.  At some point, you might see 200 seagulls gathered in one spot in a secluded cove. Out beyond the surf, whales blow 30-foot columns of spray when they surface for air.

(A shark created totally from ocean plastic washed up on Oregon beaches.)

Your pedaling efforts render many rewards. The Oregon coast may be one of the prettiest, if not most unusual in North America.  High cliffs, white sandy beaches, towering redwoods, quiet coves, waterfalls, endless sea life, light houses and centuries-old sailing ports.

We rolled into Bandon, Oregon featuring two sections of a small coastal town.  We pedaled through New Bandon with its modern stores, apartments and homes, and “Old Bandon” right out of a 1900’s picture-book of three-masted schooners, old sailor’s bars and piers that jut out into the water.

Old Bandon features an arching sign over the roadway leading into that section of the city.  On our right, a pedestal featured a plastic fish made up of hundreds of plastic pieces.  It featured every color of the rainbow and then some.  We pedaled up the main drag before taking a right turn along a row of buildings.

“Hey,” said Sandi. “Let’s check out this “Washed Ashore” business.”

“Looks different to me,” I said, parking my bike against the building frame.

When we walked into the store, a huge plastic skeleton of a whale, made up of gallon plastic milk jugs ushered us into this unusual store.  On the right, hundreds of plastic pieces of junk resembled a jellyfish.  On the left, a huge bird made of plastic pieces seemed to flap its wings, trying to get airborne.  In the back, a half dozen women and several guys worked on plastic collages.  Each carried a specific theme.

Plaques showed that humans have tossed 5.5 trillion pieces of plastic into the planet’s oceans over the last 50 years.  Humans continue tossing 8 million pieces of plastic into the oceans every day of the year.  An average of 46,000 pieces of plastic float on every square mile of the Earth’s oceans.  Plastics now have sunk into the deepest parts of the oceans.  As some plastic break down, they find their way into the food chain where fish eat them.

One plaque spoke about the “Great Pacific Garbage Patch”  with 100 million tons of plastic floating in an area the size of Texas…about 1000 miles west of San Francisco.  It runs 30 to 60 feet deep in places.  It kills millions of  seabirds, whales, dolphins,  turtles and many other marine creatures. It’s jamming up reefs all over the world.

“This is really quite depressing,”  Sand said.

“Yeah, I’m not too thrilled to read about all this human destruction of the oceans,” I said.

“This lady Angela Pozzi started this artwork in 2010,” I said. “Over 14,000 volunteers picked up 300 miles of Oregon coastline, and 30 tons of plastic were transformed into artwork.  She’s trying to educate the public as to the damage plastics do to ocean life and marine creatures. She organizes it through WashedAshore dot org.”

For someone like me who has picked up over 1,000,000 pieces of trash on six continents during my lifetime, it’s particularly painful. I began scuba diving in the Florida Keys as a teenager. I saw pristine reefs, perfect sandy bottoms of the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic.  Today, I’ve witnessed plastic in all the oceans where I have been diving.  It’s painful visually as well as ecologically.  I hope at some point, humans develop plastic from corn or any other biodegradable sources.  In the meantime, we need a 50-cent deposit-return law, internationally. That would solve a great deal of the tossing of plastics.

We spent the rest of the day walking on the piers, watching the crab people throw their crab cages into the water, and enjoying the artwork presented along the fence-line of the pier…all by little kids painting ocean scenes.

In the afternoon, we grabbed our bikes for the ride south.  I am thankful for women like Angela Pozzi, 14,000 volunteers who keep picking up the coastline in Oregon, and those who pick it up around the world.  I salute anyone who cares about our planet and for all animal and plant life sharing this planet with us.

The one thing about being on tour on your bicycle, you run into unexpected people caring about things that you didn’t really know about until you ran across them.  For certain, I love the Natural World and I do everything I can to help all plant-life, all animals, all birds, and all living creatures on this planet.  We’re all in this together.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




News You Missed: Media Miscreant Machinations Musings and Uncommon Commentary

By Sidney Secular

April 6, 2023

1- “REASON 99 TO BE WARY.” If the price of an item ends in 99 cents, have more sense than to think you’re getting a bargain. Whether its $4.99 or $499.99, you’re likely paying about 18% more for that item than you should, per a recent study. Dressing up a price to the “nines” is called “charm pricing” because it seems charming and works like a charm to hide the fact that they have just raised the item’s price. (P.S. This price gimmick was invented by a gentleman named Woolworth who found that people were more apt to purchase something if the price appeared to have been reduced from the “rounded off” version; that is, $2.99 was more appealing than $3.00!)

2- HIDING THE FACTS ON THE VAX. The sudden surge in heart disease that coincided with the Covid lockdowns is now blamed on Covid itself and the restrictive “lifestyles” that the perps forced on us to accept and that they claim made us eat more bad snacks, drink more alcohol, get less exercise, get more stressed out, miss health screening and medical appointments, and drive more carelessly than before. These are all trotted out to hide the truth that the vaxxes are behind the sudden surges in heart disease and many other maladies, including disabilities that prevent workers from preforming their usual functions. It has also been discovered that the viral cause of AIDS also appears in these “medicines,” further weakening our immune systems and assuring that survival will only be maintained by constant “updates” on our vaxxes!

Of course, there’s much more mendacity on the way as they are constantly monkeying around to create new Covid variants and other harmful biological modalities to further weaken already compromised systems to set the stage for creation of new vaxxes and boosters to boost big pharma’s and big med’s – and Big Govmint’s – already burgeoning billions as the sheeple cough up more dollars and do a lot more coughing while they wind up worse off until they eventually become corpses. This process goes by the hard to decipher term, “gain of function,” a particular matter that is illegal in the United States, by the way. The functionaries sure gain power in the process as they develop more powerful modalities to kill us. The increasing number of corpses are more than offset by the increasing bodies invading the “land of the freak” from south of the border and other places experiencing disorder. But as those new bodies are tools of the Deep State, the Biden Administration doesn’t mind the trade-off!

3- GASEOUS “EMISSIONS” FROM – AND OMISSIONS OF – THE EXPERTS. Biden’s war on fossil fuels has tremendously increased both “greenhouse gases” and the price of energy. It’s ironic in a sense because if you grow crops in an actual greenhouse you can keep the said gases from escaping to the outside environment and they can be “recycled” to be used in growing the plants within the greenhouse, so a greenhouse gas can be a good thing for growing things. Biden has hobbled the production of natural gas on both federal and private lands. Because Biden shut off the flow of oil and gas in the pipelines, they now must be moved by truck or railroad, both of which use diesel fuel. The use of diesel furel produces a lot of greenhouse gases and pollution where there wasn’t any before that use became necessary by government mandates. The shortage of oil and natural gas has raised their prices considerably and has resulted in our buying oil from supposed enemies Russia, Venezuela, and Iran, and of course, Saudi Arabia, which has now formed an alliance with Iran . The oil is shipped in 1,000 foot long vessels with big diesel engines going 24 hours a day for approximately 2 week stretches to reach their destinations, spewing out vast amounts of pollution and greenhouse gases along the way. The huge amount of pollutants and greenhouse gases spewed out by the scores of vessels going to and from China at any one time to bring us all that Chinese junk has gone unnoticed and unreported, although it vastly dwarfs cow farts in effluent produced. If we produced our products domestically, we would have no ersatz problem with these so-called greenhouse gases. To add more pollution, China produces goods with little concern over the pollution produced. Since the electricity necessary to now power production is produced in plants powered by cheap coal, the pollution problem is compounded. China is only adding more coal to the mix of fuels it uses in energy generation in disregard to international treaties and concerns, and thus the problem will only get worse.  With the increasing reliance on solar and  wind, which are intermittent and operate only 35% of the time, the remaining nearly 65% of our needs must still come from gas, nuclear, and coal powered plants. You will soon have to get used to rolling brownouts and blackouts because of that unreliability.

Get used to all kinds of pressure for you to replace your gas ranges and gas appliances with electric alternatives. New York State is already planning to outlaw gas stoves in new construction. They are starting to especially harp on the pollution caused by gas ranges whereas all these years their emissions were apparently of no concern.  Here again,  most of the electricity used in electric ranges is created by gas, nuclear, and coal so the entire anti-gas campaign is nonsense and a tempest in a teapot. How will all that new electricity be produced for the soon to be largely EV fleet of vehicles? That’s no problem for the libbers, since wishing and hoping will supposedly solve all our problems as we approach the coming utopia.

Now, let’s consider some “basicks”, which are enough to get you sick. All the flapdoodle in the flap over greenhouse gases are really much ado over basically nothing. CO2 is only a trace gas comprising just 0.04% of the atmosphere. All the C02 that we have hitherto released into the atmosphere comprises only 1.63% of that already trivial trace. We are supposed to believe that these miniscule amounts are changing the climate and are an existential threat to life on Earth. Has anybody stopped to examine these statistics or smell the output of the Green campaign? The same scare, suddenly coming out of nowhere is now being focused on methane, the other greenhouse gas the environmentalists are creating lot of hot air over. Methane is even rarer the CO2 in the air. It makes up only 0.00018% of the Earth’s atmosphere. The 94 million cows in the US produce only 0.1014% of the already extremely tiny amount of atmospheric methane. It is probable that Congress creates more and is less useful than the cows! How can this miniscule amount be dangerous? It’s all a willful delusion and a diversion when you consider that the biggest pollutants in the world will shortly be the decaying materials from the millions of wind turbines and solar panels in landfills that will be leaking chemicals into the groundwater. At present, there is no practical methodology for recycling these incipient mountains of waste material. Meanwhile, significant numbers of dead whales are washing up on east coast beaches. It is suspected that the sonar used on the wind farms are the cause. Environmentalists make much ado about saving whales, but not anymore. That’s a whale of a change even for these change agents.

GLOBAL CITIES: MESSY MUSHROOMING MEGALOPOLISES.  We are entering the era of the stultifying and stupefyingly large super cities forming long urban “archipelagos” of unchecked cheek by jowl living. Today, 60% of people live in urban areas, and by 2100, if the vaxxes haven’t done their damage sufficiently, it is forecast to be 85%. Already in New York, you have to walk in the streets, especially during the lunch crunch. Cities across the world are merging as they grow and spread.  They spread across borders making nations and boundaries superfluous. One such metropolitan is emerging in Africa made up of 9 cities in 5 countries. This is one of the reasons put forth to support the creation of so called “15 minute” or “SMART cities” where you find what you need within 15 minutes by going up in the skyscrapers and down underground without leaving the confines of the latitudinal and longitudinal limits of your geographic “cage.”  This sort of thing is an old government tactic: create a problem and then produce a solution that is usually infinitely worse than the original problem. These “SMART” cities reduce your latitude to expand and their real reason is contained in their name:

S: Surveillance; M: Monitoring; A: Analysis; R: Reporting; T: Technology

This is all part of the “Great Reset”. Into the US, much of Mexico and Central America and some of South America and the rest of the world is streaming and being corralled into the already burgeoning big cities. The elites are not happy unless they keep the world in a maddening state of motion where we are flummoxed by the fluidity of genders, merging of the masses, and the amalgamation of the races to eliminate the diversity they like to spout about. These megacities sort of adopt the concept of sovereignty as mini nation states that are driven to adopt all the goals of Agenda 2030 since their evaporating nations are not doing it quick enough to suit them. Thus, a revolutionary new system is being adopted without a shot being fired and there will be no shot heard around the world to wake everyone up. All of this makes it easier to spread pandemics at will to wipe out the clustered, flustered and confused sheeple.

TRACKING TREMENDOUS CHILD TRAFFICKING TRAFFIC. The kidnapping and coaxing of kids and the assaults on their bodies seems bound to continue increasing as the adults of this adulterated society seem to be either the undersexed or the oversexed. Normal is no longer the norm. Adults purchase children for sex over 2.5 million times a year in the US. In Georgia, a state where black bestiality seems to be rising exponentially, a girl might be raped by 6,000 men over a 5 year period! As many as 300,000 American children are in danger of being trafficked each year. Some are forcibly abducted, others are runaways coaxed away from normal ways, and still others are sold into the system by relatives and acquaintances. The internet is a primary vehicle for the transactions of buying and selling flesh. Modern technology facilitates and feeds the phenomenon with 1 in 5 kids propositioned via gaming platforms and other social media. These forums facilitate exploitation since they are easy and fun to play with to attract disposable playthings. Life is one big game to these gamers. The average age of the victims gets younger and younger by the year, with the average age now 13. One can only shudder that some victims must be under 10 years of age. Girls make up about 60% of the victims, boys make up about 36%, and the other 4% are the confused gender-bender types. The trafficking is not only occurring in the big cities but all across the fruited plain. It’s not only fruits and nuts that are engaged in the vile practices but “ordinary” men who represent a cross section of American society including police officers who have become predators and pimps. Finding victims is easy for pimps. They do the gaming, check the social networks, cruise malls, check the high school and middle school grounds, bus stops, foster homes, and youth shelters. Those sold for sex have a life expectancy of 7 years! A common story is that girls are forced to go without sleep or food until they have met their sex quota of 40 men. Besides the apparently all-consuming consumer demand and the pervasive corruption, the tendency to look the other way and not speak out or provide information identifying the miscreants allows the practice to morph into a major menace. Post Scriptum: Apparently such facilities were widespread in Ukraine. No wonder the Bidens love that place!

ANOTHER COVID PANDEMIC PREPARATORY EXERCISE HELD. You know the drill. Eerily similar to the infamous Event 201 exercise that presaged the Covid plannedemic, another drill was held October 23, 2022 to develop solutions to solve key global health problems associated with a mock pandemic called Severe Epidemic Enterovirus Respiratory Syndrome 2025″ or SEERS, which will have caused one billion cases worldwide with 20 million deaths of which 15 million are children, along with countless millions left alive but with paralysis and brain damage. Staying a step ahead of disruptive naysayers and obstructionists and preventing spread of mis- and disinformation by force of law through international collaborative efforts was covered. It looks like individual nations will not be able to opt out of the mandates or allow medical choice next time around. For some reason, probably because of their now bad reputation, the infamous WEF was not involved – at least openly! – in the latest planning session.

EQUALITY MORPHS INTO EQUITY THAT ALLOWS ALL TO SUFFER EQUALLY. The supposedly delusional and daffy Biden can’t be dissuaded or distracted from doubling down on his deviltry. His (supposed) dementia could be an act and part of a demented plot to get what he got originally through artful artifice. Now that he wants to run again for 2024 and as there is no move to oust him now, the dementia thing is getting to look like a sham. Upon his inauguration, he signed an executive order directing the FedGov to pursue a comprehensive approach to advance “equity” for all. On February 16, 2023, this “imp” implemented a follow-up executive order mandating that federal agencies create annual plans and teams to insure equity within all agencies  and to utilize GovMint programs to compel/coerce equity in the private sector.

Don’t confuse or conflate equity with equality. Equality means equal access to opportunity or equal protection before the law. Equity is the Marxist concept of the redistribution of economic goods and status (jobs and material possessions) in a manner supposedly “equal” regardless of merit or achievement. This is accomplished through preconceived notions of demographic detriment and political advantage and disadvantage – never taking into consideration, of course, the lion’s share of everything that goes to the elites; equity is for the “masses.” The system is a manipulation of those masses making them think they are getting what they deserve or were meant to get despite the fact that the know they haven’t earned it. As a “pre-wreckquisite”, the population must first be segmented and tribalized into opposing and competing factions, which are designated as either oppressor or victim. The latter must feel they are deserving of special treatment, coddling,  or “social justice” actions to attain equal outcomes. White heterosexual males – always “oppressors” – have the least status, are the easiest to pick on, and have the most pickings available to be picked clean so that this Marxist game can be played without blowback with only the society taking the telling blows.

There are 14 essential occupational categories that cannot be compromised and must be composed of competent individuals for the society not to descend into third world status or duly deteriorate altogether. These include construction trades and specialties, maintenance and repair of equipment and essential systems, aircraft engineers and pilots, farmers and ranchers, and physicians. These are still largely dominated by white males, most of them politically conservative. The Marxists are determined to replace this demographic with minority and largely unqualified workers, a group that increasingly includes unskilled and barely literate armies of illegal invaders and refugees. The military is already suffering big time from failing to attract the skilled white demographic which is essential to its effective operation. The armies of illegals – comprised largely of men of military age many with minimal occupational skills – will soon fill in as fodder for these vacancies. So the people drones will complement the aerial drones to corral the sheeple into the corridors and boundaries of acceptable thought – or else.

SHOPLIFTNG PENALTIES LIFTED AS THE LEFT LEGALIZES LIFTING/LOOTING. As a result of police budgets being nullified by leftist political loons, many blue cities have left areas most prone to crime bereft of needed protection. As a direct result, many so-called minor or lesser crimes have been reduced to misdemeanors or eliminated from designation as crimes altogether. This is excused by asserting that the men in blue can now concentrate on the bigger crimes in the blue cities in order to get a better handle on crime, if you  will. Such distinctions just result in an atmosphere of greater permissiveness and lawlessness and are thus counterproductive, acting as distractions from taking effective action to turn the situation around. Popular store chains such as Target were more easily targeted being bigger and providing more elbow room to romp in and more loot to easily round up. Target thus lost $600 million in 2022 and Rite Aid lost about $36 million that same year. In the worst cases, stores have had to close altogether while others, including 46% of small retailers, have raised prices to pay for private security  guards to protect against the practice. In early March 2023, Walmart announced it is closing its stores in Portland, Oregon due to shoplifting losses.

Overall, crime at retail stores is up 26.5% from a year ago, and retailers say the shoplifting gangs are becoming more violent. All of this will wind up creating retail and food “deserts” where “perpy-prone” populations will get their “just desserts” for tolerating the misbehavior of their “youth”. As the trend accelerates, more power and profit will accrue to the internet giants – and perhaps that is the actual motive for this. Once everything is “on line,” the Deep State is not only able to monitor what you purchase but prevent you from doing so, something they can’t do in the aisles of Walmart or Target. The “non-techy” portions of the population will have to get in line with the new normal by getting on-line to do their most basic purchasing! And so, we become easier and easier to control.

REDUCE  STRESS THROUGH “BOX BREATHING” OR “COMBAT BREATHING”. Stop yourself in a high stress or a high dudgeon situation from doing something you’’ll be sorry for such as boxing a perp’s ears to a pulp or slapping a silly libber silly for giving you excessive lip. Police recruits are taught a special breathing technique to get ahold of themselves when facing high stress situations. The technique could be used to avoid aggressive driving reactions and for use in general high stress situations to avoid heart attacks and strokes. This is the basic technique:

– Breathe in through your nose to a count of 4;

– Hold your breath to a count of 4;

– Exhale through your mouth for a count of 4;

– Do it over and over until you calm down (or flatten the s.o.b.)

For more information go to www.police1.com

SLEEP ON THIS ADVICE WHEN PURCHASING A MATTRESS. Mattresses are cheap to make and easy to sell at a high markup, making you a mark for fast talking salesmen in mattress stores. There are all kinds of illness-causing agents found in mattresses including petro-chemicals, microbial filth, formaldehyde, fire retardants, and the large amount of plastics in “memory foam”. The mattress cover can also be harmful since it consists of layers of foam glued together. Foam mattresses are loaded with volatile compounds that give off gas for 2 days up to 2 weeks before the fumes dissipate. Therefore, never sleep on a new mattress right away. Give it time to air out unless it is made of natural materials. Natural latex mattresses have less harmful added agents and are a good value for the cost involved. They are resistant to dust mites, bacteria, etc. Buy a mattress from a company that offers free trials and up to a 100-day return period if you decide the mattress is not for you.

CARJACKINGS WILL JACK UP YOUR AUTO INSURANCE PREMIUMS BY ABOUT 30%. Your insurance company will just say their costs have gone up. Press them a bit more and they’ll admit car theft are really high right now. Black boys are really getting their kicks by breaking into recent Kia and Hyundai model cars and then inserting a USB cable over the ignition switch and that enables them to start the car and take off. Videos of black teenagers instructing others on how to do it using simple procedures are all over the internet. The perps have been given the cutesy name, “Kia Boys.” Thus, car thefts are up 60% and rising in 30 major US cities. The media moguls like to blame black misbehavior on “gangs” which makes the uninitiated think that criminal behavior is something only a tiny portion of the black community is involved in. We know the misbehavior is only blacks acting in pretty much normally. Blacks have a tendency to get especially unruly at shopping malls where they easily get into disputes and fights with one another and the news reports blame the activity on “gangs.” In a sense, that may be true because they have a tendency to “gang up” on one another.

The Kia Boys leave their “calling card’ on the car seats and arm rests of the vehicles they commandeer by writing or engraving “Kia Boys” on this equipment. When the vehicles are retrieved, and they are more often than not, they usually come back with extensive body and mechanical damage, which average about $2,500 to repair. Some cars are stolen to be used in serious crimes including burglaries and drive-by shootings. Others are stolen just for joy riding and drag racing. The blue cities dance around the problem of assigning blame where it belongs by blaming car manufacturers for producing vehicles with inadequate anti-theft protection such as an on-board T-Rex, and so are starting to sue Kia and Hyundai for “cutting corners” In producing their cars. Kia and Hyundai sales are suffering because some insurers are declining to accept new customers who own the models that are most affected by the thefts and vandalism. In one way or another we all wind up paying for the sake of “diversity”. Victims of the car thefts are understandably upset because the courts will coddle the criminals who only receive probation.

Many liberals are discovering today that though you can move away from the blacks, your insurance rates will go up because of their crimes and your taxes will go up to pay for their welfare entitlements. You can’t blame Korean car companies for failing to anticipate that the blacks will take a fancy to their cars. As long as the libbers pass the blame for black misbehavior on “systemic racism” and use “bull’ to bulldoze over blaming the true culprits, the costs of DEI will continue to cause the culture to DIE.

ON THE ROXHAM ROAD TO RUIN. Roxham Road is an area along the Canadian border between NY State and Quebec Province which is attracting a massive flow of migrants/illegals from all over the world into Canada where the freebies and welfare benefits are world beaters, outdoing the US in give-a-ways that are causing it to give way into third world status even faster than the US even though we are really giving it a go. Unvaxxed invaders are accepted with open arms. New York City Mayor Eric Adams is going with that flow. He is buying bus tickets for scores of thousands of refugees that were dumped on his city by the impertinent and impetuous Governor Abbott of Texas who has adopted the liberal attitude of “sharing the wealth” of a liberal political position. The refugees are bused to and dumped on  Plattsburgh, NY where the migrants can hop a short cab ride to the Roxham Road area to facilitate their entry into Canada. Even a Democrat understands that the cost of the bus tickets will not bust his city anywhere near as much as the welfare costs of supporting the global swarmers.

MASSIVE DOLING OUT OF DOUGH TO THOSE “DUPLICITOUSLY” ON THE DOLE.  The states and the GovMint doled out at least $191 billion to ineligible unemployment claimants during the plannedemic, Over 1 out of every 5 unemployment dollars paid out since early 2020 went to the same people in multiple states, dead people, prisoners, and those with suspicious email accounts. Doling out cash quickly took precedence over safeguarding against fraud. The vulnerability to fraud was blamed on multiple layers of bureaucracy (a.k.a. “dead weight”) and outdated technology. Some 1,200 fraudsters have been rounded up for the malfeasance, which is likely a drop in the bucket compared to those who got away with stolen bucks. You’d think crosschecking information and files would be part of the daily duties of the dullards and dupes but anyone who knows how much of our tax dollars go to criminals – including Congress! – understands that they’d rather pay than work to prevent these thefts.

UKRAINIANS USED AS GUINEA PIGS IN US FUNDED JAB CAMPAIGN. In addition to taking the brunt of the deaths, despair, and destruction induced by the NATO/US irritation of big Bear Russia in the current war, Ukrainian “discardables” have been jabbed with biological concoctions related to research into HIV and Covid infections. at the scores of US biolabs in Ukraine. Military service members, prisoners, drug addicts, and the already sickly have been rounded up in undetermined numbers for the “guinea pig” research. A huge trove of 20,000 documents uncovered by the Russian military document these atrocities. In October 2022, Russia filed a complaint to the UN on these activities and requested a probe thereof, which was rejected by the UN Security Council after the US, UK, and France voted against it.

HUGE NUMBER OF CASUALTIES OF MILITARY COVID JABS. The data here are shocking and over- whelming. Unbelievably, about 43% of all US service members including those on active duty and in reserve status developed nervous system diseases during the period from August 2021 through January 2022. All kinds of cancers increased by many multiples of 100% during that period for service members. Hypertension diagnoses jumped up by 2,281% as a direct result of Biden’s vaccine mandate. A whole host of other maladies mushroomed from the jabs. Included casually in the casualty numbers is the estimate that 20,000 military members became sterile from the vaxxes. Incredible! In this case, we can truly quote Walt Kelly’s cartoon character, Pogo Possum who said, “We has met the enemy and he is us!”

CDC PROGRAMS TRACKING THE UNVACCINATED. Those who visit the hospital or their doctor are asked whether they have been vaxxed or “partially immunized’, whatever that means. Codes are entered into the patient’s electronic health record reflecting their vaxx status. The patients who haven’t been vaxxed are supposed to be advised that not being vaxxed is a significant factor for “morbidity and mortality”. It really feels morbid that they know who you are now, and can round you up for a round of jabs “for the public good” the next time a concocted plannedemic plays out.

NEW FBI BUILDING WILL BE TWICE THE SIZE OF THE PENTAGON. You read that right! Covering 29 acres plus a 5-acre courtyard, the new edifice will now be the largest office building on earth by a large margin. Up until now, the Pentagon had that distinction. The location will be in either suburban Virginia or Maryland. The cost to the taxpayer is the least important criterion in making the choice. DEI, climate change, and green energy considerations will be paramount in making the choice. “Well-paying union jobs” are also to be factored into the considerations. Somehow “environmental justice” reared its ugly head in the “delibberations”. Meanwhile, the FBI will maintain a “substantial space” in Washington, DC, close to the headquarters of the Justice Department. The House of Representatives can exercise its power of the purse to excise some or all of this semi-stealth expansion. It can conduct lengthy hearings into why such a “superplex” is needed. It sounds like a super stepped-up spying and surveillance program is about to start with about one-half the population, the deplorables, as possible targets.  The space required to post all the photos of “domestic terrorists” might take up half the new edifice.

NEW BOOK SUMS UP THE STOLEN 2020 ELECTION. “Stealing Your vote” by Christina Bobb with Introduction by Steve Bannon. Book covers every aspect of the lying, cheating, and vote dumping which disenfranchised millions of Americans and installed faux Joe as president. It covers the cover-up which was worse than the crime as politicians, mainstream media, and Big Tech colluded in an all-out assault on facts and evidence to bury the truth and slander anyone who dared ask questions.

ZUCK BUCKS ARE BACK. Expect to be “zucked” again. The Chicago based Center for Technology and Civic Life (CTCL) and its associated “U.S. Alliance for Election Excellence” will funnel $80 million to improve election technology and processes over the next 5 years. This is the program that funneled $420 million to orchestrate the 2020 elections for the Demonrats, which is a Zuckerberg sponsored enterprise. The CTCL is focused on pushing progressive voting policies and reshaping election offices to favor leftist lunacies. The CTCL officially claims to be bipartisan to cover its part of the collusion.

ELEVEN US CITIES NOW RANK AMONG THE 50 MOST DANGEROUS IN THE WORLD. Baltimore ranks #15 on the annual dangerous cities list, with Memphis and Detroit, close behind at #18 and #19, respectively. Two more cities run by Demonrats made the top 30. Albuquerque, New Mexico and St. Louis came in at #23 and #27, respectively. Rounding out the list were the Demonrat havens of New Orleans (#35), Oakland, California (#38), Chicago (#43), Philadelphia (#46) and Houston (#50).  Crime and safety factors were considered. Detroit, that lost 220 police officers last year, was long the hub of the auto industry. Now it is better known for the appropriation of hubcaps and catalytic converters &etc. The state of New Mexico uses “Land of Enchantment” as its tourist slogan. Albuquerque, its largest city, is a surprising upstart on the list. It’s designation as a “sanctuary city” has much to do with attracting the criminal element, and it has long been a haven for third world refugees. It is still a scenic city but its citizens’ barbaric behavior is causing that state to lose any aura of enchantment.

ATTACKS AGAINST CATHOLIC CHURCHES ESCALATE. Since the race riots of 2020, 275 US Catholic churches have been attacked (as of January 2023), and the number is escalating. The attacks include arson, broken windows, decapitated statues, and satanic graffiti. A spike in attacks occurred with the May 2022 leak of the Supreme Court decision in the Dobbs v. Jackson case which overturned the original abortion decision, Roe v. Wade. The organization, “CatholicVote” notes that only 25% the church attacks have led to an arrest. It should not come as a surprise to those who surmise that our society’s traditions and traditional institutions are no longer respected and as a direct result are no longer protected. Of course, that generally means that the evildoers can expect to get away with their actions.

MASSIVE JOINT US – ISRAELI PARTNERED MILITARY EXERCISE CONDUCTED. The week-long operation named Juniper-Oak conducted in January was massive in size and scope including space assets, a carrier strike group, bombers, stealth fighters, electronic warfare, Special Operations forces, and artillery weaponry. The operation is a “prelewd” towards integrating the two countries’ military forces in the Middle East region and, eventually throughout the New World Order. All told 6,400 Americans and 1,180 Israelis participated in the drills. It sounds like the Israelis want to be sure they can drag us into any conflict they generate with their neighbors in the region to assure that they prevail. It must be remembered that the ambitious “Greater Israel”  project of territorial expansion has long been put on hold, but may now be ready to proceed as the world becomes more chaotic.

BILL AND MELINDA GATES FOUNDATION – A FOUNT OF FUNDS TO UNDERWRITE ASSORTED LEFTIST PROJECTS. This foundation has made over 30,000 individual grants totaling over $300 million mainly to support the Deep State’s propaganda machine, a/k/a the mainstream media and the tech tyrants. There is a vast assortment of direct and indirect awards to national and international entities. The grants are directed towards favored far left projects, “investigative journalism” centers, teachers colleges, press associations, etc. Also included are funds for scholarships, college courses, and workshops for reporters. There is precious little information as to exactly where the funds actually wind up in many cases. This is because grant recipients turn around and issue subgrants almost innumerable in number, and the trickle down goes so far down the trails that they are lost at some point. The mass media is bathed in bucks to write stories bathed in bathos and pathos to generate uniformity and conformity of opinion. This foundation maintains a lower profile than other tech-oriented foundations, so as not too draw too much attention to its malignant machinations.

THE SUPREMES OK WITH 2020 ELECTION FRAUD.  On February 21, 2022 the Supreme Court turned down the request by Raland Brunson that the entire Congress be thrown out for violating their oaths of office for failing to investigate the evidence that the 2020 presidential election was rigged. Of course, the court didn’t deign to explain their whitewash, or even offer another wishy-washy explanation to explain its malfeasance. No vote was officially announced. Thus, no miscreants could be identified and so the corrupted zeitgeist could go on unimpeded and unquestioned. However, it could be sort of officially noted that the Court was on record with the acceptance of the country being turned into a wreck of an abomination of what used to be a nation.

SCHOOLS NEED SCHOOLING ON PREVENTING CYBERATTACKS. In what could be considered a reaction against the “wokenization” of public K-12 schooling and/or just plain what we used to call juvenile delinquency, cyberattacks against public schools as a nationwide phenomenon are increasingly occurring. Some of the attacks may be likened to a form of kidnapping where ransom is demanded that would allow school administrators to resume use of their computer systems. It’s kind of ironic that ransomware is used to extract ransom in these cases. Efforts to fight the attacks are hampered by inadequate staffing or inadequate security measures and as a result are failing overall. The number of attacks rose sharply during the COVID clampdowns as the kids and those who sought to show they weren’t  kidding had a field day where they could act like juvenile delinquents and get away with it by maintaining their anonymity. It represents a sort of reversal of roles. Back in the day, you were considered a truant if you stayed away from school and remained home during the school day. With the advent of the Covidiocy, you were considered a truant if you didn’t stay home to receive your lessons and schooling online. Naturally, the kids were given more opportunity to play with their playthings and nothing is more fun to most kids than messing with the educational establishment and creating a mess – as if that were necessary with education these days!

The CyberSecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) has been caught flat-footed without a mechanism to measure and mitigate the ensuing attacks and resultant damage. School administrators were seen as easy targets because they are less tech savvy than most and haven’t prioritized computer security. There’s no one single motive for the attacks on which to assign blame. Stealing personal data, obtaining ransom money, disruption of the system, and just plain unruliness or criminal inclinations can move both the young and older monsters to carry out monstrous attacks. Children as young a 9 have been implicated in the attacks. Both large and small school systems have been attacked. The lack of any organizational structure to bring the stakeholders together leaves the educational establishment vulnerable to the ongoing and increasing attacks. It’s an awful fishy situation when psyching for data to steal is such an easy operation.

VICIOUSLY TRYING TO CREATE A VICIOUS CIRCLE. The Left is doubling down on its demented and devilish J6 narrative. The number of criminal cases brought out by the “Injustice Department” is expected to at least double before its all over. The Left is using the J6 incident and narrative as a tool to hammer home its tyranny of discouraging and preventing any dissent from its takeover. Up to 1,200 additional people could face charges. 1,000 defendants have already been implicated by the imps in what is now being termed the “Capitol Siege”. The Biden Bolsheviks are trying to juice the numbers before the 2024 election season. They’d like to turn on the juice to fry the Trumpers. They’re trying to convert peaceful protestors into lifelong felons. Trump recently fell into the trap of encouraging “protest, protest, protest” –  albeit at its worst, the “demonstrations” by the right are no where near the summer of violence the left produced in 2020! But that does not stop the Left from talking up anything from the right as an incitement to another “insurrection”. The leftist gestapo is gestating into a force for grievous harm to what remains of our nation. US Attorney for the District of Columbia, Matthew Graves is the force behind this farce and his represents a grave attempt to create a grave for American Greatness.

DIMWITS PROPOSE DIMMING THE SUN. The UN is discussing darkening the skies to combat “climate change”  and cooling our planet by restricting the sunlight that reaches us. Nitwit “stakeholders” like Bill Gates are behind this plan which would drive a stake into our collective hearts. Since the efforts to reduce CO2 emissions are ridiculous and hopeless and can’t help but falter, the UN is pulling out all the stops in a futile effort called “Solar Radiation Modification”(SRM) to prevent sunlight from reaching the surface and warming it. The program consists of 3 elements: Injecting reflective nanoparticles or sulfur dioxide into the atmosphere (stratospheric aerosol injection); brightening low clouds over the oceans by seeding them with submicron salt particles(the clouds would then act as a mirror); and using space mirrors, that is, many gigantic mirrors launched into outer space to reflect sunlight back into space. This is an untested idea that could instead launch a new ice age. Don’t expect a careful, conservative review of this idea which is supposedly the hallmark of conventional science since the left’s doomsday scenarios just won’t allow it and the left is bereft of any common sense anymore. The UN will “turn on a dime” and propose today what it was adamantly against yesterday. Sulfur dioxide, which is a byproduct of coal and oil burning, helps produce acid rain and causes significant health problems. This was recognized long ago and billions were spent on eliminating it from coal and oil burning emissions, and also to build technology to capture it before it was released into the air. Now, it turns out it is good for us and we need to spend more billions to inject it into the atmosphere! This shows you how far we can “trust the science”! I’m sure the 1% will somehow make billions on this “about face” as the mega-rich move to save face. If this scheme was adopted, and a major volcanic eruption occurred while it was in place, the sudden increase in ash(largely sulfur) could plunge the world literally into a new “dark” age. In addition, we would starve to death because blocked sunlight will prevent the uptake of CO2 by plants and prevent them from growing or even taking root. We then would die because the plants emit the oxygen we need to breathe in for our existence.

IS A LINE IN THE SAND FORMING? Has the anti-white assault poured enough salt in our wounds to get us wound up enough to do something about it? Let’s call a spade a spade and not accept the guilt trip tirade. Elon Musk may have somewhat timidly and tentatively pushed the barrier to action back a bit, enough to get us started in doing our bit. The point is to not act contrite, apologetic or apoplectic when they try to pull our chain or feel restrained in making politically incorrect statements or acting in our interests. Musk posted comments on his Twitter outlet in reaction to the news that media organizations around the country had pulled the comic strip “Dilbert” from syndication after its creator Scott Adams called out blacks who don’t think “its OK to be white” a hate group, and he went further and expressed his aversion to “having anything to do with blacks” and expressed a desire to live in a community with few or no blacks. Musk said Adams had the free speech right to make such assertions. Musk also properly said that unarmed white people affected by police violence get only a fraction of the media attention paid to black people injured or killed by police. Musk apparently has not caved even though top advertisers have pulled back on ad spending on the site, causing a decline in twitter ad revenue of nearly 70%. Things won’t change overnight, but gradually. The wheels are starting to move and will really get moving in a big way if more big wheels get on the free speech bandwagon. Hopefully then there will be no more going back. Either we shrug off the taunts and bromides of “racist” and turn our attention to what should be our inexorable advancement or surrender our future to the fates of South Africa and Rhodesia. It’s that stark. It’s that simple.

HIGH TECH TURNOVER CAUSING INTRANSIGENT HOMELESSNESS. Mass importation of high tech workers and globalization are creating an ongoing, intensifying, intractable travail of homelessness which is particularly pronounced in left coast blue urban areas such as Silicon Valley, and coastal areas of Washington state and Oregon. The H-1B visa and similar programs favoring foreigners results in burgeoning prices and shortages of habitation in those areas displacing the resident and native middle and lower classes. The mental diseases and drug addictions, exacerbated by despair and largely blamed for homelessness are more an effect than a cause. Although what we used to term “mental cases” are now let loose to fend for themselves instead of being institutionalized, it is a fact that homelessness, once established for a certain period of time will tend to lead to mental instability and drug/alcoholic addiction coping behavior which will only exacerbate the situation. The general public, being immigration ignorant and deliberately kept that way by establishment politicians, fall for fallacious explanations that divert attention away from solutions and only enrich the high tech titans and tyrants. The high tech labor brought in from India and China are like interchangeable cogs in the global multicultural machine. Once these workers are brought in at minimal wage/salary levels and work for a time, usually about 2 years, they start seeking increased compensation. At that point they are dumped to bring in the next batch of intellectual “coolies” to start at the entry levels. There is an inexhaustible supply of this labor coaxed by the promise of America. Some of the displaced  tech labor will add to the homeless population if they can’t find suitable employment and are unwilling to return to their countries of origin. They have no reason to leave the US if they can get on the American welfare rolls. Thus, a ceaseless demand for new housing is generated and the supply cannot keep up with the demand, resulting in constantly increasing home and apartment prices and rents which will leave some out in the cold, or at least the generally mild left coast weather. Often, lower cost housing will be torn down to make way for the McMansion type meccas to accommodate the upward mobile “six-figure” occupants, leaving the former residents of the area homeless. Surveys show that less than one-half the homeless are drug addicts. There are more families with children than single people in the homeless encampments. Besides evictions and foreclosures, the loss of jobs in the fluctuating and frustrating job market and the astronomical medical bills and now high food prices create situations where consumers cannot keep up with the costs of living. Using Seattle, WA as an example, an average of 236 people move into that metro area each day, and at least 70% of them are immigration invaders. In addition to the high tech workers, the locations with the most pronounced homelessness are also “sanctuary cities” that attract riff-raff and criminals from elsewhere in the USA because of the soft-on-crime governments of these areas, which compounds the overcrowding and homelessness.

GUN RIGHTS IN THEIR SIGHTS:

A SYNOPSIS OF SOME RECENT SECOND AMENDMENT ISSUES.

CDC: THE CENTERS FOR DISINFORMATION AND CENSORSHIP. The CDC has been on a multi-decade mission to paint gun ownership as a disease, so the rats can attack it as something to be eradicated, to gun it down, so to speak. The agency is an agent of propaganda and a mouthpiece for the anti-gun activists. The CDC recently deleted a reference to a study it had previously made that showed Americans used firearms up to 2.5 million times a year to defend themselves from criminal attacks. Truth is the first casualty in this – and any – war against us and is either expunged, hidden down the memory hole, or misrepresented.  Bolshevik Biden and Senator Dick Durbin (D-ILL-ANNOY) are working in tandem to cover up pertinent facts and keep us out of touch with reality on gun rights issues.

FREEDOM IS TREATED AS A FELONY NOW. The jokers have a way to make a joke into a reality. First, you make it illegal for anyone who is crazy to have a gun. Then you assume that anyone who wants to own a gun is crazy. Presto – there you have it – gun control. This is the obvious tack taken by the states that want to obviate the intent of the recent Bruen decision. Next, they make it illegal to carry a gun in a “sensitive” place (and, no, they’re not talking about your crotch!). Then they classify all places except perhaps the surface of the moon as sensitive. And presto! Again, you have a near total prohibition on the right to bear arms. These are the approaches New York State, New Jersey, and other holdout (holdup?) states are employing right now.

STATS THE GUN GRABBERS WILL GIVE YOU STATIC OVER. Over 92% of violent crimes in America do not involve forearms. from 1998 to 2017, the US had less than 1.13% of the world’s share of mass public shooters and 1.77% of its mass public murders. 94% of the mass public murders occur in places where civilians are banned from having firearms. All of this in a country with far and away the most guns.

WILLFUL IGNORANCE AND THE WILL TO DENY IT. It’s impossible for an informed person not to notice that gun control proponents want to take away Second Amendment rights, even though they don’t understand the differences between the various “types” of firearms such as rifles, shotguns, semi-automatics and machine guns. Indeed, they are so fixated by the very word “gun” that they would probably include paint guns in with howitzers. Bolshevik Biden and other politicians will say they are for the Second Amendment but in the next breath will tell us that the Second Amendment doesn’t protect the ownership of commonly used forearms – all of this despite the US Supreme Court ruling in Heller, 2008. The smug smarties are so sure they are right they don’t want – and won’t permit – debate on the point. Debating it would indeed be seen as dangerous by their libber cohorts. Any counterpoints they might encounter would simply be the opinion of “extremists” or conspiracy theorists. It’s easy to be turned off by such harsh and snarky ridicule by the ignorant, but a lighthearted poke or joke can make someone think – and maybe click on a link.

SMOKING OUT THE LATEST LEFTIST STRATAGEM. An article in the left-leaning magazine, The Atlantic, carried a feature titled “The Ad Industry’s  Plan to Fix America’s Gun Crisis”. The article makes the statement that 30 years ago the tobacco industry was like the NRA. It argues that gun owners and manufacturers should be legally forced to pay for public service advertisements (PSAs) which would be straightforward attacks on their own products, just as big tobacco was once forced to do. In 1998, the 4 largest cigarette manufacturers signed a “Master Settlement Agreement” which was like their signing the Treaty of Versailles. It required them to amend their marketing practices and make annual payments to the states to compensate for the medical costs incurred by smoking-related illnesses. However, the major provision of the agreement was to allocate millions of dollars to a national PSA campaign aimed at dissuading potential smokers. The idea is to force gun and ammo manufacturers and purchasers of these products to pay for PSAs that would dissuade young people from learning how to use guns. This is based on the false and fabricated premise that legal gun sales increase murder rates. There is no evidence of that. Most gun purchases are for self-defense purposes and secondarily for recreational activities, and probably thirdly for legal hunting. Of course, the biggest failure to think in this issue is that the United States Constitution put nothing about the freedom to smoke into the Bill of Rights. That is a high hurdle to overcome.

THE DETAINMENT AND MISTREATMENT OF JOURNALISTS REACHING WORLDWIDE REPORTED HIGHS. The group, “Reporters Without Borders” has a good grip on the gripping story of how ethical journalists are being abused, repressed and jailed all around the world. Of course, the mainstream media would be the last place you’d hear about this. A record number of 78 women journalists were detained in 2022, a 30% increase from 2021, and which accounts for 15% of all detained journalists worldwide. China leads in worldwide surveillance and censorship generally and has 110 journalists currently jailed. The number of journalists killed is also rising. 57 paid with their lives in 2022, a 19% increase over 2021. The number  of journalists missing is now 49, with 24 of that number in Latin America. Being in war zones and around mass protests are the most dangerous places to be in trying to report the truth. On the other hand, reporting the lies of the New World Order is usually quite safe!

GOOD NEWS TIDBITS COME IN BITS AND PIECES AS AWARENESS OF THE COVID CATASTROPHE WIDENS.

  • Anthony Fauci finally retired after 54 years at the helm at NIH. Had the people knew that the word fauci translates into “jaws” in Italian, they might have thought better of allowing him to be its leader in the first place. So now he gets to eat us up with a retirement pension of $355,000 per year.
  • The Pentagram, er, Pentagon has ditched the COVID vaccine mandate for the troops. It is looking into re-instating military members who were let go and to correcting their official records. They didn’t yet say they’ll get their back pay. The Pentagon saw the error of its ways because there is no way the armed forces can meet their recruitment goals with its WOKE propaganda and agenda plus the difficulty of including panty hose into full uniforms!
  • Florida Governor DeSantis has banned vaccine passports in that state. Medical professionals’ freedom of speech will also be protected. Discrimination based on vaccination and testing status, and non-compliance with masking mandates are also banned.
  • Almost half of Americans are now questioning the safety of the vaxxes as the deaths and injuries resulting therefrom are becoming increasingly apparent.
  • Even the long suffering Chinese are getting a break as the COVID quarantines and mandatory testing protocols are being ditched.

THE COLLAPSE OF US TRANSPORTATION. The train derailments are a sort of destructive “barometer” of the “high pressure area” known as America. Everything on wheels is going to hell on those very wheels, so to speak. Rail trips are increasingly derailed while flying is becoming a gamble as affirmative actors take over the controls and airline pilots are succumbing to the effects of the mandatory vaxxes imposed upon them. On any one airline flight multiple mechanical failures and malfunctioning of equipment seem to reflect the new norm – or abnorm. Supply chain breakdowns haven’t gone away and the lack of a manufacturing base adds to the difficulties. Airline flight cancellations are becoming common and are blamed on the readily referred to ruse of “defective software problems”. To the extent the latter are a factor, it is mostly caused by low quality work by the high tech immigrants receiving low end pay. Americans are being inured to accept their new-found third world status as infrastructure failures are not treated as important issues on the evening news. Cyber terrorism from the Russian patsies is also being trotted out as another blameworthy target of the “war on terror,” with not enough credit being given to domestic devils and dunces.

SHOULD WE BE GOOD SPORTS AND FOLLOW PROFESSIONAL SPORTS? All professional and many amateur sports have been sucked into the maelstrom swirling around the promotion of racial amalgamation, multiculturalism, the woke agenda, the “trans” phenomena and the demonization of any whites who over the years tried to preserve racial integrity. Sports are one of the few areas where people of all ethnicities, and political and cultural persuasions can be persuaded to mingle and enjoy each other’s company as long as they fixate on a favored team or favored sport. The 2022 Soccer World Cup in Qatar attracted one-half the human “race” to watch at least some of the contests amongst the teams from the various countries. At these games, a strange anomaly presented itself. Only Western European teams featured people other than their own native stock. Eastern Europeans, not immersed in the “multicult” as much, still maintained their distinctive ethnic characteristics. The Western European teams, in many cases, were composed of players who were in the main foreigners while African, Asian, Middle Eastern, and Latin American squads were composed of their own countrymen. This adds to the flavor of true international competitive events.

Of course, these contrasts were never officially noted. Some “European” teams went further in their obedience/obeisance to Big Brother’s dogmas as their captains wanted to wear armbands in support of LGBT-ism, and it was only in reaction to Muslim and other traditional sensibilities that this idea was shelved. That decision, of course, was widely and wildly demonized in the global media.

During the first half of the 20th Century, it was the accepted social norm that all professional American sports teams were limited to whites. It’s amazing how mores can mutate massively in a short period of time. Jackie Robinson, the famous baseball player, broke the color barrier in baseball in 1947. In 1950, the Cleveland “Browns” broke the color barrier in professional football, as did the NBA in basketball that fateful year. By 1970, all professional sports had been fully integrated. But that was not enough – it never is since all outcomes are forever tainted by “racism” –  so the race was on for more ways to kowtow like a bunch of cows to the whims of the never satisfied. Once Colin Kapernick took a knee, every team became “knee deep” in taking knees to please the powers-that-be. On medal stands, blacks would give the “black power” fist/salute, which was first done in the Mexico City Olympics in 1968. After awhile, this observance became standard practice in American sports at all levels. Now 70% of all professional football and basketball players are black and one-half the NBA coaches are black. Baseball is forever moaning that there are not enough blacks in the big leagues, even though not enough of them can make the required grade for that level of competition in order to dominate that sport; after all they are supposedly only 13% of the population! Of course, the domination of Hispanics assuages those who cannot stand to see a white face in any but a prison uniform.

Let’s pause for a moment to consider what changes in the culture have come about because of these changes in the compositions of sports teams. Before integration, athletes celebrated touchdowns, home runs, etc. by shaking hands with teammates. Now they dance, prance and thump breasts like gorillas. Now the whites mimic these animal-like theatrics to display their own lack of civilized behavior. Now in addition to knees  taken and fists clenched, sports talk shows invariably discuss whether there are enough black coaches and owners. At the Qatar World Cup, it was only the Western European teams that took the knee and wished to promote LGBT, etc. The other nations, even the African ones, couldn’t have cared less about these virtue-signaling displays. The racial amalgamations have yielded a never-ending wave of sports-themed movies demonizing whites. This is now part of the mythology of all sports.

At a time of the disintegration of Western Civilization, sports could provide a tie that binds, but instead it is dissolving cohesion when camaraderie is broken and lost because of all the “racist” claptrap. Yet, despite the lowering of standards, whites constitute the major component of the fan bases and the attendees at major sports events, and to continue to rant and rave over sports plays despite the frequent black displays of unsportsmanlike behavior on the field, while some sports are still largely a white affair. The matter further destroys any semblance of white solidarity to have a population engaged in a frenzy of popular adulation over those not worthy of respect and who got where they are through favoritism, undeserved scholarships and sports abilities may not be nearly as great as determined when compared to the whites who are pushed aside to make the racial quotas. On top of the racial aspects and favoritism connected with today’s sports, sports teams move from city to city based on economic considerations alone with no real loyalties to their communities and the fan base they have cultivated over many years. The players are traded and shuttled around like pawns in a chess game, so the entire enterprise is one of deracination and money grubbing. Indeed, in this matter, professional sports has an unflattering resemblance to chattel slavery and in the past, many pro athletes made that assessment themselves as they were sold from club to club like property – which they are!  Certainly, they are better paid than the “field hands” of old, but their circumstances are little different.

© 2023 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Another Failure at the FDA?

By Paul Engel

April 5, 2023

  • If the mission of the FDA is to protect the public health by ensuring the safety and effectiveness of drugs and medical products, has it done a good job?
  • With all shortcuts and criminal violations the FDA took with the COVID “vaccines”, it is the first time they’ve done this, right?
  • Will the lawsuit filed by the Alliance for Hippocratic Medicine finally expose the criminal enterprise known as the Food and Drug Administration?

With its failure to properly test the so-called COVID-19 ‘vaccines’, the FDA lost a lot of peoples’ trust, but this may not be the first time the FDA criminally approved a dangerous drug.

The Alliance for Hippocratic Medicine, along with others, have filed suit against the Food and Drug Administration regarding its approval of the abortion drug Mifeprex. Their complaint claims that the FDA violated multiple federal laws and its own regulations when it first approved the drug, then again over the next three decades when it expanded its use.

This case has not been heard by a court yet, but I want to take some time and evaluate the specifics in the complaint to see if they pass constitutional muster. This will also give us a framework by which to evaluate the court’s decision when it’s published.

The Alliance for Hippocratic Medicine’s complaint is lengthy, so I will focus on the parts of the complaint I think are most relevant. Let’s start with the very first item in the complaint.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) must protect the health, safety, and welfare of all Americans by rejecting or limiting the use of dangerous drugs.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

Don’t you love it when a legal complaint starts with an unconstitutional assertion? Public safety is not a power delegated to the United States and neither is regulating drug safety. Since Congress is only authorized to create laws necessary and proper for putting into execution the powers delegated to it, drug safety is not a power delegated to the United States. It is unnecessary or improper for Congress to create it by legislation. Also, according to the Supreme Court in Norton v. Shelby County:

An unconstitutional act is not a law; it confers no rights; it imposes no duties; it affords no protection; it creates no office; it is in legal contemplation as inoperative as though it had never been passed.

Norton v. Shelby County

Since the act that created the FDA was unconstitutional, the FDA does not legally exist. The complaint then goes into some history of the illegal acts behind the approval of Mifeprex.

Beginning in January 1993, on his second full day in office, President Bill Clinton directed his cabinet to legalize chemical abortion drugs in the United States.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

It appears that, from the beginning, the push for chemical abortions was more political than medical.

President Clinton and his agency officials then pressured the French manufacturer of the key chemical abortion drug, mifepristone (also known as RU- 486” and Mifeprex”), to donate for free the U.S. patent rights of the drug to the Population Council—as its name suggests, an entity focused on population control.

After receiving the patent rights to mifepristone, the Population Council submitted a new drug application, worked closely with the Clinton FDA during the review process, and, not surprisingly, obtained the agencys approval on September 28, 2000—just over one month before the closely contested 2000 U.S. presidential election.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

That’s political extortion to get the patent for a drug, turning it over to a politically aligned third-party, and then rushing it through the approval process. Sounds like an organized crime operation to me.

Alliance for Hippocratic Medicine then claims that the FDA not only had no cause to rush Mifeprex through the accelerated approval process, but doing so violated their own regulations.

The only way the FDA could have approved chemical abortion drugs was to use its accelerated drug approval authority, necessitating the FDA to call pregnancy an illness” and argue that these dangerous drugs provide a meaningful therapeutic benefit” over existing treatments.

But pregnancy is not an illness, nor do chemical abortion drugs provide a therapeutic benefit over surgical abortion. In asserting these transparently false conclusions, the FDA exceeded its regulatory authority to approve the drugs.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

According to the FDA’s own accelerated drug approval procedures, there must be reason to rush the process, and political pandering is not a valid reason.

In some cases, the approval of a new drug is expedited. Accelerated Approval can be applied to promising therapies that treat a serious or life-threatening condition and provide therapeutic benefit over available therapies.

FDA Development & Approval Process | Drugs

As the complaint points out, pregnancy is not an illness, and in the vast majority of instances it’s not life threatening. And without a therapeutic benefit of chemical abortion over a surgical one, there was absolutely no reason for the accelerated approval process. Of course, why let the rules get in the way of a political agenda?

At least the FDA used a scientific process to make sure Mifeprex was safe and effective though, right? Tell me if you’ve heard this before: The FDA used an accelerated process to approve a drug for something that was not a generally life-threatening illness, then failed to perform the required safety testing, all while disregarding the evidence of complications?

Whats more, the FDA needed to disavow science and the law because the FDA never studied the safety of the drugs under the labeled conditions of use despite being required to do so by the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA). The agency also ignored the potential impacts of the hormone-blocking regimen on the developing bodies of adolescent girls in violation of the Pediatric Research and Equity Act (PREA). And the FDA disregarded the substantial evidence that chemical abortion drugs cause more complications than even surgical abortions.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

It seems to be a recurring theme from our “friends” at the Food and Drug Administration. If the FDA is using the same playbook for COVID as they did for chemical abortions, what can we expect in the future?

Since then, the FDA has not followed the science, reversed course, or fixed its mistakes—all to the detriment of women and girls. Instead, the FDA has doubled down on its actions and removed the few safeguards that were in place.

In March 2016—fourteen years after two Plaintiffs filed a citizen petition with the FDA asking the agency to withdraw its approval of chemical abortion drugs—the FDA rejected these Plaintiffspetition despite their explanations that the agency violated federal laws by approving these drugs and ignoring the substantial evidence that these drugs harm women and girls.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

Ignoring science, ignoring the law, and ignoring both pleas and evidence that the drug should be pulled? Yep, that sounds like the same playbook the FDA is following for COVID. The FDA would not abuse its authority for political purposes, would it?

On the same day that the FDA rejected the citizen petition and mere months before another U.S. presidential election, the FDA also made major changes” to the chemical abortion drug regimen, eliminating crucial safeguards for pregnant women and girls.

For example, the FDA extended the permissible gestational age of the baby for which a pregnant woman or girl may take chemical abortion drugs—from seven weeks to ten weeks.

Numerous studies have demonstrated that there is an increased risk from chemical abortion drugs to pregnant women and girls as the babys age advances from seven weeks to ten weeks because the surface area of the placenta as well as the size of the baby significantly grow during these three weeks.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

Wait, the FDA would change the acceptable use for an untested drug in the face of evidence of the dangers of such a move? They only did that once, right?

Also in 2016, the FDA changed the dosage and route of administration for the chemical abortion drugs, reduced the number of required in-person office visits from three to one, expanded who could prescribe and administer chemical abortion drugs beyond medical doctors, and eliminated the requirement for abortionists to report non-fatal complications from chemical abortion drugs— without requiring any objective clinical investigations or studies that evaluated the safety and effectiveness of this new chemical abortion regimen or any safety assessment of its effects on the developing bodies of girls under 18 years of age.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

Now, after all of this, the Alliance for Hippocratic Medicine is asking the court to do what the FDA should have done from the beginning.

After two decades of engaging the FDA to no avail, Plaintiffs now ask this Court to do what the FDA was and is legally required to do: protect women and girls by holding unlawful, setting aside, and vacating the FDAs actions to approve chemical abortion drugs and eviscerate crucial safeguards for those who undergo this dangerous drug regimen.

ALLIANCE FOR HIPPOCRATIC MEDICINE v. FDA

What I’ve covered so far is just the tip of the iceberg.

Conclusion

Let’s put the constitutionality of the FDA aside and ask the two very important questions we need answered. First, did the FDA fulfill its mission?

The Food and Drug Administration is responsible for protecting the public health by ensuring the safety, efficacy, and security of human and veterinary drugs, biological products, and medical devices; and by ensuring the safety of our nations food supply, cosmetics, and products that emit radiation.

FDA Mission

Did the FDA protect the public health, ensure the safety, efficacy, and security of drugs and other products? Obviously no. The FDA has shown a repeated history of not following the law or their own policies, of rushing approval of drugs that have political support, and not doing the safety and efficacy testing needed to determine if a drug is both safe and effective.

The second question, did the FDA violate the law by these actions? The simple answer is yes. The FDA is required by law to approve a drug before it enters interstate commerce:

No person shall introduce or deliver for introduction into interstate commerce any new drug, unless an approval of an application filed pursuant to subsection (b) or (j) is effective with respect to such drug.

21 U.S.C. §355

The approval of a drug can be expedited, but only in certain situations.

The Secretary shall, at the request of the sponsor of a drug, expedite the development and review of such drug if the drug is intended, alone or in combination with 1 or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on 1 or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. 

21 U.S.C. §366

Since pregnancy, in general, is not a life-threatening condition, and the accelerated approval was not limited to life-threatening situations, this approval violated federal law. Furthermore, there appears to be no evidence that a chemical abortion is a demonstrably substantial improvement over a surgical one.

In short, the Food and Drug Administration’s flagrant disregard for the law and the public health they were tasked to protect shows it to be an utter failure. Add to that the fact that the act that created the FDA was unconstitutional when it was passed, and what do we have? We have an illegitimate agency, with an annual budget of $8.4 billion, that has shown a disturbing tendency to violate the law and ignore their own regulations and policies, most likely either in pursuit of political ends or under political pressure.

Based on these facts, the Food and Drug Administration should be immediately defunded, shut down, and those who violated the law or used this agency for their own political ends, should be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. Do I expect that to happen? I would be pleasantly shocked if it did.

What about Alliance for Hippocratic Medicine’s lawsuit? I plan to follow it closely. While justice for all of the Americans who have been injured or killed by the FDA’s malfeasance can never be truly attained, it would be good to see this dictatorial and despotic agency taken down a few notches. I can only hope that doing so will be a step in rescuing the American people from this bureaucratic monstrosity.

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




DeSantis Has Been DeSerted

By Kat Stansell

April 5, 2023

His Globalist/RINO mentors don’t want him to run in ’24

I was just finishing up another installment of proof that DeSantis is not the man he pretends, when the news broke that his donors believe he should not run for POTUS in 2024! I guess the truth has become apparent to too many, too fast of late. How can someone help to divide and conquer Conservatives (his main mission) if he is losing followers like a dog sheds his coat in summer? People have been watching, learning and turning against him in droves. The more they hear, the less they like, and, on the heels of the massive Trump rally in Waco, TX, the DeSantis team led by Karl Rove is taking their foot off the gas. For now.

Put in normal speak, Ron DeSantis has stepped in it one too many times and the odor clings. Like so many, I detest a fraud, especially one that lies to take down the country I love while enriching himself. America has had their fill of liars.

Instead of a whole piece analyzing his latest “faux paws”, I’ll give you a laundry list of the last 4+ years of Gov. Ron, and be done, unless and until things change.

Election Crimes

Immediately after his inauguration in 2019, DeSantis signed the state up for ERIC, the now proven warehouse for phantom voters. His predecessor, Rick Scott, refused to join, because he saw ERIC to be nothing but a dangerous data base containing personal information for everyone in the state. It contained no program for voter roll maintenance, then or now. Scott saw that. Why didn’t DeSantis? Or did he?

That narrow margin of victory – .4% – may have really scared Mr. D. Did he sign onto ERIC knowing full well what it was and what it did? Or did his Globalist backers suggest it to make sure that their boy never just “squeaked by” again? No one will ever be sure.

I do believe more now than ever, that his “big red wave” in the Midterms was manufactured to catapult him firmly onto the national scene. Many in the position to know, agree. The hundreds of thousands of ballots mailed to and voted from a cache of KNOWN phantom addresses and uncovered before the Midterm, were NOT for his opponent. Conservatives – who had discovered and proven the fraud – had feared they were ready for use by Crist. DeSantis and his Secretary of State, Cord Byrd, told them that Tallahassee“loved” the ERIC system, and said outright that “they used it a little differently”. Hmmm.

Citizens were demanding the state resign from ERIC, but Cord Byrd told them to “back off”, that Florida “would never leave ERIC”. Just two weeks later, it did! When asked why Florida had resigned, Byrd feigned ignorance of the whole system, pretending that he was unaware of how ERIC worked. Bovine feces, I say. It just plain stinks.

The widely touted Election Crimes division be damned.

Those who tried to show proof of fraud were labeled as the criminals, called “purveyors of misinformation”. That word makes my blood run cold, and the fact that Tallahassee used it makes it even worse.

Covid Sleight of Hand

While DeSantis opened the state during Covid, and received many accolades for doing so, there was another truth, well- hidden.

In 2021, DeSantis signed SB 2006 into law, giving massive authority to state health officials to ORDER people to be examined, quarantined and injected against their will. This was to be “immediately enforceable” by law enforcement, pitting a police state against citizens. According the National File, “the law even calls for volunteers to help authorities” in this unconstitutional act, and offered rewards for those who did.

Remember the horror we felt when we heard that the Feds were training people to do this tracking nationwide? Well, Ron had it covered in Florida; he institutionalized it.

The Trump Treatment

Also in 2021, DeSantis said that he was “happy to see the arrests of violent Trump supporters on Jan. 6,” reported tampabay.com. “Those folks who took it to a violent level need to be held accountable.” He used the incident tout stronger penalties for “people involved in riots” in FL. Wonder what he says now that the whole thing has been proven to be a false flag organized by Pelosi? We’ll never know, because he will never say. He surely did nothing when Spring Break rioters destroyed parts of the beaches for entertainment a few weeks ago.

Guessing those laws, like so many of his promises, were never enacted.

In August of 2022, DeSantis utterly ignored the illegal raid on Mar a Lago, and came out with weak “statement” three days after the fact. Donald Trump – who had helped DeSantis to win the Statehouse, with that incredibly narrow margin, in 2018 – has been either ignored or pimped by the Governor, repeatedly.

Ron’s latest statement about the planned indictment and arrest of Trump over the already disproven Stormy Daniels hubub, was adjudged childish by both the Left and the Right. Check out his interview with Piers Morgan if you haven’t seen it.

He also supports Ukraine in the fabricated war. I have to wonder if that has anything to do with his girl, Pushaw – former press secretary and now head trouble-shooter on his presidential campaign. Where on earth did the poor blue collar boy from Jacksonville get connected with an unregistered foreign agent?

When Pushaw finally did register, she was not fined or penalized in any way. Hmmm.

More to the point of disrespecting POTUS 45, Ron DeSantis has NEVER acknowledged the massive fraud that caused the Coup in 2020; he still pretends there is a legitimate government behind that barbed-wire fencing in DC.

Hurricane Response

September 28, 2022, when Ian destroyed parts of his state, volunteers from all over – Samaritan’s Purse, Grunt Style Foundation and many others – rushed in with food, water and clothing. They themselves lived in trailers to be near where they were needed. State resources were there, of course, but hardly exemplary.

On Oct. 2, the Governor showed up on the scene with the fake POTUS, Biden. DeSantis took the podium to reassure the storm victims that Ronnie had come to their rescue. After thanking Biden for federal help and, apparently acknowledging that climate change had caused Ian, DeSantis then spoke of the $35 million coming from the Florida Disaster Fund, “set up by my wife”, which was to “help those in need without the regulations or strings of government policies.” (NB: That same fund gave out $6.5 million in 2017 to victims of Irma, and $16 million to victims of Michael in 2018. Obviously, the Fund was in existence long before Casey became Florida’s first lady.)

Miracle of all miracles, the Sanibel Causeway was rebuilt to bear traffic in just 14 days! The state was inaction!! The Midterms loomed.

On Oct. 5, the governor announced his intentions, and on October 19, the causeway was opened. But, think about it. Two weeks would be record time for a small deck to be built on the back of a private home, if all the raw materials were available.

Amazing! Promises made, promises kept? Not so fast, I have a few questions, which I have asked of a LOT of Floridians.

How did DeSantis get the materials and labor hustled together that fast to complete that one huge project – the bridge out to some of the wealthiest (donor’s?) homes? Half of the state had been impacted by Ian and was desperately trying to clean up and get basic needs, like power and water. There were shortages of all kinds of building materials for months.

Here’s something to think about: Ian WAS proven to be an engineered weather event. The day after Ian hit, and was barely finished destroying parts of Florida, Dane Wigginton, of GeoEngineeringWatch.org, had posted a video of definitive proof that Ian had been strengthened and steered. Climate engineering has been a proven fact for decades. Let that sink in.

The knot in my gut comes from the juxtaposition of these facts. Could Ron DeSantis have known ahead of time that that manpower and supplies would be necessary? Dear Lord, I hate to suggest it, but there is no other explanation I can find.

Nobody can answer that question, although I’ve asked many who might know. How else does an entire 3-mile long strip of road, balanced on small island outcroppings get rebuilt and opened to heavy traffic in record time, while the rest of the state flounders, waiting months for supplies to repair their homes and businesses?

Today, after that epic feat last October, much of the Ft. Myers area is still decimated. Some areas, as reported were still without shelter and water as of early March, 2023. Articles in the Epoch Times in Feb. 2023, and in the NY Times just this month, March, ’23, shows Hulls of boats destroyed by the storm still resting on land, andpiles of rubble, still there attracting rats mice and worse.

Before Ian, Sanibel and Captiva alone offered approximately 2800 lodging units. That number is, today, 155. Ft. Myers beach has 2384 hotel rooms pre-Ian; today, only 360, 15% of pre- storm totals – nearly SIX MONTHS after Ian’s destruction.

Businesses trying to open back up have been faced with stiff state permitting fees, of $20,000 or more. Tallahassee’s only suggestion to the many business owners who couldn’t afford that, was to get a loan from the small Business Administration, at 2.5% interest. What happened to “helping those in need with out the regulations and strings of government policy”? Guess that Disaster Fund was all used up with the big repairs that caught the attention of the press, before the Midterm Election.

What happened to that Constitutional Oath?

It is widely known that the Florida governor supports the red flag laws in his state. What happened to the Second Amendment?

Feb. 28, the Governor sicced his security officers on ten senior citizens wearing Trump gear in a parking lot of the book store where he was signing his new book, The Courage to be Free. What happened to their First and Fourth Amendment rights??

All I can say to that is, if DeSantis did not have the courage to be near ten elderly people who supported another candidate, how could he possibly have the courage to run a country?

* * *

In the final analysis, I think that his RINO network has realized the same things. DeSantis doesn’t look or smell good anymore. According to an NBC news report, his donors are asking him to sit this election cycle out, because they don’t think he has a chance against Trump. It was said that a number of his donors and supporters are concerned that all of these recent “faux paws” indicate that this dog is NOT ready to hunt. Those who so strongly plotted for him, now admit that DeSantis would have little effect on Trump’s momentum. Ouch.

Stay in Florida, Governor, and see what you can do to heal yourself. Start with being honest with your constituents. They may not buy it, after all this. It is quite possible, from the comments I hear, that their minds may not change back.

America is desperate for a strong leader to rescue the Republic, and we have become deathly allergic to lies and liars.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




I’m Still Waiting For My Apology, Sodomites… Teachers Caught Grooming Children On Camera

By Bradlee Dean

April 5, 2023

“Bradlee Dean is a hater, a bigot and a liar; it has nothing to do with the kids…”

Oh, my friends, I cannot even begin to tell you about how revealing the sodomites have been about their abominable agenda.

[Rumble Video]

If is not the heretical pope (1 Timothy 4:1) stating that there is a special place in Heaven for pedophiles,…

Pope Francis declares pedophiles have a special place in heaven

…Then it is the pedophiles being exposed for more crimes against the innocent (Exodus 22:22-23; Luke 17:2).

Unthinkable pedophile who identifies as baby girl breaks into daycare

[SonsofLiberty Video]

How could it be otherwise when the American people allow their representative government to rule outside of their delegated authorities (Amos 3:3)?

Gov. Tim Walz, his desk is surrounded by trans activists children wearing dresses this is very telling as well as it is criminal

Friends, this criminal activity and promotion is all government sponsored.

In other words, this is all a revelation of who it is that they are and what it is that they are doing (Matthew 7:16).

[Rumble Video]

Child trafficking documentary congress want see

Now, the teachers are being exposed for their illegal activities in molesting the minds of children through the process known as grooming.

[Rumble Video]

Conclusion: First, I want justice upon the heads of every single one of these criminals starting with the politicians (Isaiah 51:4).

Secondly, I want an apology from the mainstream media that has been pushing this illegal agenda forward and then accusing me of what they have always been guilty of doing (Revelation 12:10).

Americans, demand justice and protect the children!

[Rumble Video]

© 2023 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Trump’s Enemies May Surprise You

By Cliff Kincaid

April 4, 2023

If you want to understand what’s happening with Trump, don’t turn to Fox News. Professor Jonathan Turley, their go-to “expert,” is the guy who made a fool of himself by delivering testimony about the dangers of “Eugene McCarthyism.” He meant Joe McCarthy. Either way, he was off-base. An error of this kind means that he is not a serious academic.

Another Fox “expert,” former federal prosecutor Andy McCarthy, vouched for the honesty and integrity of Russia-gate special prosecutor Robert Mueller, a former FBI director.

It’s worth remembering that Mueller’s disastrous tenure as FBI director included implicating the wrong people in the post-9/11 anthrax attacks, working with the Muslim Brotherhood to purge FBI materials of the truth about radical Islam, and failing to reform the FBI’s internal security system after Russian spy and FBI agent Robert Hanssen was caught.

These are the two “experts” that Fox News viewers will be subjected to ad nauseam in regard to the indictment of former President Trump.

At a time like this, with an unprecedented and flimsy indictment of a former president, we need an understanding of how communist groups are working hand-in-glove with the progressive movement and its billionaire backer George Soros. He’s a convicted inside trader with mysterious off-shore sources of cash whose apologists in the media and the Democratic Party constantly claim his critics are anti-Semitic.

But Soros is a self-declared atheist who has made billions at the expense of capitalist nations and has declared, “The main enemy of the open society, I believe, is no longer the communist but the capitalist threat.” This strange observation is matched by his devotion to Karl Popper, whose “Open Society” approach is what has justified the destruction of America’s Judeo-Christian heritage. Popper had been a communist in his youth.

Soros is not a communist but his impact has been much the same.

My group America’s Survival, Inc. sponsored “The Soros Files” conference on October 27, 2011, more than ten years ago. After YouTube censored my group, America’s Survival, Inc., and we were de-funded by new liberal leadership at the Scaife Foundations, these videos and reports disappeared from the Internet. Click here to learn more.

How Fox Served Soros

We hear a lot these days from Fox commentators about alleged Soros-backed prosecutors, a popular topic, but it was Fox which banned Chris Farrell of Judicial Watch for criticizing Soros on the Lou Dobbs show. Conservative commentator Glenn Beck was actually fired from Fox News for exposing Soros. (Dobbs was fired as well).

​Beck now likes to appear on Tucker Carlson’s Fox show but he once had a show of his own on the channel, where he touched a raw nerve by naming Soros as a Nazi collaborator in his youth. Soros operatives then pressured Fox News CEO Roger Ailes and the channel’s advertisers to dump Beck.

Last July, the Wall Street Journal published a Soros op-ed about his backing of “reform prosecutors.” The Journal is published by the same company behind Fox News.

But the coverage of Soros hasn’t been the only aspect of the Fox News Channel exposed as two-faced and duplicitous.

Fox Hates Trump

The release of internal emails and text messages in the current Fox lawsuit involving criticism of Dominion election systems reveals that various Fox commentators such as Tucker Carlson privately said they hated Trump while publicly appealing to his audience. “I hate him passionately,” Tucker said of the former president.

Once associated with so-called neo-con Bill Kristol, Carlson now poses as a populist opposed to the neo-cons.

The court documents in the Dominion case also show him using profanity-lace tirades against attorney Sidney Powell, who was trying to uncover foreign interference in the 2020 presidential election.

One has to wonder if Fox is seriously interested in exposing Soros.

Congress Must Act

We hear a lot these days about “Soros-funded prosecutors,” without any plan by congressional Republicans to haul the atheist billionaire into a hearing so his plans and contributions can be scrutinized. America’s first Marxist president, Barack Hussein Obama, was his crowning achievement.

It is safe to say that Soros has led the way in transforming and destroying the American system, a campaign articulated in public by Barack Hussein Obama upon assuming the presidency in 2008.

Soros backed Democratic Presidential candidate John Kerry in his first major attempt to take control of the White House, back in 2004. Kerry went down to defeat, but Obama, backed by Soros in 2008, was a successful candidate. The financial crash in 2008 guaranteed his election.

More significant than the prosecutors are the sources of his money and the causes that Soros supports. This work is what made the election of the prosecutors possible.

Much of Soros’s wealth has been put into causes such as abortion rights, gay rights, drug legalization, voting rights for felons, transgenderism, euthanasia and rights for immigrants and prostitutes. Soros has also financed various Marxist groups, such as Critical Resistance, a group founded by communist Angela Davis and dedicated to abolishing prisons. Terrorist lawyer Lynne Stewart, sentenced to 10 years in prison for violating a prohibition on providing material support for foreign terrorism, received Soros support.

Until Congress subpoenas Soros personally and his financial and political records, we should not take their defense of Trump seriously.

For his part, Trump has to keep the heat on the atheist billionaire and his puppets. He simply cannot comply with an unconstitutional gag order from the judge in the case to restrict what he can say about the Soros operatives and communists trying to jail him.

© 2023 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




U.S. or Them

By Lex Greene

April 4, 2023

By now, millions of you have figured out that our country has been intentionally and systematically divided into two groups, those who love, revere, and have chosen to defend freedom, liberty, and justice for all…and those who hate everything about America, freedom, liberty, and justice for anyone.

By now, millions of you realize that this war on America from within is EVIL vs. GOOD, Marxism vs. Freedom, and unbridled governmental power vs. the unlimited power of The People. It’s totally insane and maniacal democrats against all Americans!

This war will end only one of two ways… in total tyrannical government authority and no freedom, liberty, privacy or justice for anyone, or, the Power of a Free People.

Before you send me your parroted “uniparty” comments, I’ll state for the record that we have plenty of problems in the Republican Party ranks too, such as Mitt Romney, Susan Collins, Lisa Murkowski, Liz Cheney, Mitch McConnell, essentially the “progressive” William Howard Taft leftist wing of the Party. A total GOP house cleaning is necessary for certain.

However, today’s Democrats are no longer democrats. They not only hate our Constitutional Republic, but they are also the most undemocratic organization in the USA today, technically run by only eleven self-appointed anti-American international powerbrokers, all of them, Klaus Schwab’s Obama puppets. Their determination to totally control you, like every tyrannical communist dictator in history, should tell you everything you need to know.

  • Jaime Harrison – DNC CHAIR
  • Governor Gretchen Whitmer – DNC VICE CHAIR
  • Senator Tammy Duckworth – DNC VICE CHAIR
  • Henry R. Muñoz III – DNC VICE CHAIR
  • Congressman Cedric Richmond – DNC SENIOR ADVISOR
  • Ken Martin – ASDC CHAIR, DNC VICE CHAIR
  • Jason Rae – DNC SECRETARY
  • Virginia McGregor – DNC TREASURER
  • Chris Korge – DNC FINANCE CHAIR
  • Chuck Schumer – SENATE DEMOCRATIC LEADER
  • Hakeem Jeffries – HOUSE DEMOCRATIC LEADER

Now, in truth, none of these eleven people are actually in charge of running anything. They are only in charge of driving the Nazi Klaus Schwab, WEF, NATO, UN and WHO global agenda in their areas of influence, as directed by Klaus Schwab field general Barack Obama. These eleven democrat/Marxists hold these positions only due to their willingness to sell their soul for money and power.

To sum it up, the Democrat (Marxist) Party is well beyond salvation. Anyone who still supports this evil maniacal party today, is also beyond redemption, beyond rehabilitation, and a direct threat to national sovereignty, security, freedom, liberty, and justice for every sane American.

If you don’t know this yet, you’re not paying attention. If you still want to deny this reality or redirect attention away from this reality by parroting “uniparty” crapola, well, then you are part of the problem and incapable of being part of any solutions.

Millions of Americans once thought they were part of the “silent majority.” But now, they have been silent so long that they find themselves in a moral and ethical minority in their own country, watching their country being demolished daily by the same people we used to put in mental institutions.

Once again, democrats are focused on a massive gun grab and power grab by way of their B.S. Tik Tok bill and new gun laws. But do you realize that if DEMOCRATS stopped shooting people, it would eliminate more than 90% of all gun deaths in the USA? It’s true, go look up the stats on shootings in the USA. Research the shooters!

They want your guns because they need you to be defenseless in their future America. They want pedophiles and freak shows in your classrooms because they need all future generations to be morally bankrupt. They want total control of all information sources because they need to totally control the dialogue in the USA and around the world. They want digital currency in their controlled digital system so that they can take everything you have at will, for their political ambitions.

You don’t have to be a genius to figure this all out at this late stage. You just have to be awake and paying attention.

But you do have to be smarter and more determined than them to stop them!

WAR IS A TEAM SPORT

If you’re not on a team, you’re not in the game…You’re a mere bystander, a fan of one team or another in the stands, incapable of affecting the outcome of the game. Or maybe you’re a fan of “independence,” belonging to no team, in a team sport arena. A fools errand.

Yes, both major political parties are wrecks today because WE let it happen! We have not been “forever vigilant” for more than a hundred years. How did you think that would turn out? It’s like refusing to weed your garden and still expecting a bumper crop to exist at harvest time.

WE ARE REAPING THAT WHICH HAS BEEN SOWN, after more than a hundred years of failing to ever weed that garden! It’s just that simple! (Galatians 6:7-8)

Marxist democrats have sown evil across this nation and conservatives “went along to get along,” failing to weed until our garden is nothing but weeds today.

The silent majority has been silent so long that it is still largely silent, but a MINORITY today.

I applaud everyone out there spending all their time “exposing the truth” for all to see. But at some point, the information must become ACTIONABLE INFORMATION and The People must take ACTION, together, or all of that information is useless!

Does our government possess unbridled ultimate power in this country, or do The People? If The People are no longer the final word, the ultimate power in the USA, then the government is, by mere default.

Is the USA a country of, by, and for The FREE People? Or is the USA now just another member of some maniacal global commune governed by international criminals and thugs focused on only serving themselves?

The People of the USA will decide this, not the government or Klaus Schwab. Global psychopaths are helpless against a UNITED America. But America is currently divided and helpless against a united and well-funded global criminal cabal of destroyers.

The People will decide what happens next. They can quietly surrender, go-along to get-along, and shrink from the call of duty for these generations. Or, they can take control and determine what the future will look like. The choice is ours…

God Help us all, if real Americans are a dead and dying breed. If freedom no longer exists in the USA, it will no longer exist anywhere on earth. There’s nowhere to run and nowhere to hide.

As America goes, so goes the entire world!

It’s U.S. or THEM now! Choose…and join forces.

© 2023 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




Net Zero and the Carbon Capture Pipeline: Renaming Things to Condemn Them

By Kathleen Marquardt

April 4, 2023

According to the UN, “Net zero is broadly the same as carbon neutral: Emissions are still being generated, but they’re offset by the same amount elsewhere. The “net total” of your emissions is then zero.”[1] [1]

A pipeline is being set up to transport carbon dioxide (CO2) captured from ethanol, fertilizer, and other agricultural industrial plants to North Dakota and Illinois where it will be sequestered permanently. Three companies partnering with Wolf Carbon Solutions – Summit Carbon Solutions, Archer Daniel Midlands, and Navigator CO2 Ventures – plan to use pressure to liquify the CO2 so it can be transported via the pipeline, and then injected deep underground where it will be permanently sequestered.

Interesting. They are planning to bury something they consider highly dangerous to Mother Earth, underground, and hope (pray?) that it stays there. Let’s think about that. This whole scheme (and many more equally very possibly deleterious to the earth and its inhabitants – humans, wildlife, and plants) is designed to unhook us from oil and petroleum. Why? Shortly after oil was discovered to be the great replacement of whale oil for lighting and lubrication of machinery, those in power saw the value of this natural resource and wanted full control of it – or as much as they could get.

But they soon realized that it benefited every stratum of society, down to the poorest. That wasn’t in their plans.

Now we are to be unhooked from so-called fossil fuel — petroleum. Why? Because, we are told, it produces much of the carbon emissions that are causing Climate Change, nee Manmade Global Warming. So, the power elite have declared petroleum (the most readily available energy source that is reliable, doesn’t cause black lung disease, and isn’t “laced with radioactive thorium and uranium, which result in especially detrimental health effects to the people mining it (often children), as well as the air, water, and soil around it”,[2]  [2] is fairly easy to access, is found all over (actually under) the earth, and is renewable. So, it must be banned! In true Newspeak, the powers vilify it and claim it must be canceled as soon as possible.

Instead of ever asking the necessary questions here, we are to accept the International Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC) initial document that had to be rewritten in Newspeak after it was pulled together because initially, it was no dire warning. It had to be injected with direness on steroids to make it fulfill the Club of Rome warning: The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.” — There was no unusual global warming – manmade or otherwise, thus also, the name change.

Next question: where is the proof that CO2 damages our environment? It isn’t there. CO2 is an integral part of our atmosphere. The Climate Accord is based on information that has been tweaked out of any scientific certainty.

Another necessary question here: why is petroleum called a fossil fuel? From what I read some time ago, Rockefeller, after having made a great deal of money shipping the crude oil on his rail system, bought out many oil drilling companies. Then, to keep his share a large one, he claimed it was from the underground fossils and, being there were just so many fossils and wouldn’t be new ones of any number, there was a limited amount of petroleum. Thus, the number of producers must be limited.

But is it a fossil fuel? According to L. Fletcher Prouty, “oil is a renewable and abiotic fuel” (not from fossils). “The Origins of Oil and Petroleum”,

“Oil is often called a ‘fossil’ fuel; the idea being that it comes from formerly living organisms. This may have been plausible back when oil wells were drilled into the fossil layers of the earth’s crust; but today, great quantities of oil are found in deeper wells that are found below the level of any fossils. How could then oil have come from fossils, or decomposed former living matter, if it exists in rock formations far below layers of fossils – the evidence of formerly living organisms? It must not come from living matter at all!” (Note: read the entire clip, it’s well worth it.)

Any geologist will tell you, well, most geologists will tell you that OIL IS CREATED BY THE MAGMA OF THE EARTH. The oil wells in Pennsylvania that were pumped out dry at the turn of the century and capped are now filled with oil again.”[3]  [3]

That alone should shut down the idea of going for Net Zero – along with the extremely foolish schemes of air and wind power, at least in the state they are in now. And electric cars! All are ridiculously expensive, are producing a very small fraction of the power we need now, and are damaging the land and killing birds. If we were to eliminate all the power except wind and solar, they would produce a mere 4% of the energy we need today.

Then there is the issue of CARBON. The world is programmed (again via Newspeak) to believe carbon is BAD. According to News of Medical Life Sciences, “The human body is approximately 99% comprised of just six elements: Oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon, calcium, and phosphorus”. Oh dear, that should make you go jump off a very high cliff to save the Earth’s climate because of your body’s carbon percentage alone. And, according to the National Institutes of Health (NIH) “Carbon dioxide or CO2 is an essential part of the cycle of life. Without CO2, plants will die off, and without plants, the earth’s biological food chain would be terminally broken. We cannot live without carbon dioxide.” (Emphasis in the original) So, either those trying to get rid of carbon want to get rid of us or are beyond stupid. Those making the rules are very intelligent; so, you should be able to conclude what they have in mind (yes, go jump off the cliff or they will help you in other ways. Think diseases, pandemics, and starvation).

To continue explaining the Newspeak, blue smoke and mirrors, gobbledygook, this time re why Net Zero is impossible. In an in-depth report explaining just that, David Wojick from CFACT notes:

  • Renewables cannot be made reliable with storage so their penetration must be constrained and managed.
  • Grid scale storage at the scale needed to replace fossil fuels with wind and solar is impossibly expensive. Even assuming fantastic price reductions, analysis shows the cost of the required battery storage still nearly equals the $23 trillion annual American GDP.
  • We now know that the battery storage for the entire American grid is impossibly expensive … Based on his work, which only covered 48 states, our working estimate of the required storage is an amazing 250 million MWh. America today has less than 20 thousand MWh of grid scale battery storage, which is next to nothing. Grid scale batteries today cost around $700,000 a MWh. For 250 million MWh we get an astronomical total cost of $175 trillion dollars just to replace today’s fossil fuel generated electricity needs with wind and solar. Even the fantastically low-cost estimates that some people are proposing puts the cost around the total GDP of America. Even worse, if we get the electric cars the Biden Administration is calling for, these astronomical numbers could easily double.

On top of those, he adds “America’s grid is steadily becoming more and more unreliable. The grid is sick and getting sicker.”[4] [4]

We have pipelines being constructed for no legitimate reason other than to redistribute middle-class income because there were just so many fossils to provide us with oil and petroleum. Oops, that isn’t so, but there are many more things to do with Sustainable Development and forming a new-world order that are as real as Climate Change (check out Just Transition {goes with Smart and 15-minute cities} in APC’s Activist Handbook, p.85)

Ask yourself why people would want to construct a pipeline to sequester CO2 underground in five states when that pipeline will be 1,300 miles long across these states, ripping out, permanently, all the topsoil along it, thus it will no longer provide crops for food, or land for homes, churches, hospitals, playgrounds or anything else. It will cost billions of dollars to do what? Obviously, it is not needed for the purpose we are told it will serve; we have no need to rid the earth of carbon; it is a true fairy tale – and an evil one, to boot. What is the real purpose? In my humble opinion, besides uprooting many people, redistributing our wealth, and making millions of acres forever worse than fallow, it will aid in fulfilling the Wildlands Project.[5]  [5].

It may not be in your state now – or ever. But you may just want to support, by words, those fighting it. You never know when it will reach you. And if it never does, you are paying for this by way of your tax dollars to provide the strings to feed the non-governmental organizations (and their global elite leaders) who are behind this nasty piece of illusion dressed up as vital to the entire Earth’s survival – with lipstick, so you know it’s a sow.

© 2023 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

  1. https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/net-zero-coalition
  2. https://www.theguardian.com/sustainable-business/rare-earth-mining-china-social-environmental-costs
  3. https://prouty.org/oil.html
  4. https://www.cfact.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/WOJICKREPORT.pdf
  5. http://www.narlo.org/Wildlands%20project_war.pdf



School Shootings: Congress Butt Out

By: Devvy

April 3, 2023

On March 27, 2023, we had yet another school shooting which killed three 9-year-old children and three adult staff members.  No amount of words can ease the pain and suffering for the family and friends of those innocent lives lost.  I’m a mother.  My daughter is 48 and Dept. Head of Mathematics at one of the largest school districts in the metro city where she lives.

There were no school shootings when she was growing up (I kept her in private Christian schools), but Satan’s Pimps hadn’t yet begun the big push for their agenda:  Completely erase the Second Amendment.  Only police and criminals would then have guns.

We know the Nashville killer was a biological female pretending to be male.  Audrey Hale, 28, “identified” as a male commonly called a transgender.  There is no such thing as a transgender:  You Can’t Eradicate “Transgender” People — Because They Don’t Exist, March 8, 2023

“Oh, “transgenderism,” which is a political and social movement, certainly exists.  What should be called sexual identity disorder also exists.  And people masquerading as the opposite sex exist.

“But no one is “transgender” because humans don’t have “gender” (words do) but the quality called “sex” — and you can’t transition from one sex to the other.”

No amount of “support” from doctors (hormone treatment) and surgeons making big bux mutilating boys and girls, school personnel, special interest groups or Hollywood nitwits can change the fact there are only two sexes, male or female.  What they’re doing is ignoring the issue of mental illness and confusion – especially for children and teens.  A person can “identify” as a tree if they want but it doesn’t make them grow limbs and shed leaves.

Gamers, parents shocked after popular kids video game promotes new transgender ‘top surgery scar’ update, Feb. 1, 2023 – “The popular Twitter account “Libs of TikTok,” shared the update with its over 1.8 million followers.  “They’re teaching young healthy girls that it’s ok to chop off their breasts.”

From my May 23, 2016 column:

Princeton Prof: Transgenderism Not Scientific, ‘Superstitious Belief’ – Robert P. George, McCormick Professor of Jurisprudence at Princeton. “A noted Princeton University professor has attacked the very notion of transgenderism, saying that the belief “that a woman can be trapped inside a man’s body” is ludicrous and superstitious, with no basis in medical fact.”

American College of Pediatricians: Gender Ideology Harms Children

“No one is born with a gender. Everyone is born with a biological sex. Gender (an awareness and sense of oneself as male or female) is a sociological and psychological concept; not an objective biological one. No one is born with an awareness of themselves as male or female; this awareness develops over time and, like all developmental processes, may be derailed by a child’s subjective perceptions, relationships, and adverse experiences from infancy forward. People who identify as “feeling like the opposite sex” or “somewhere in between” do not comprise a third sex. They remain biological men or biological women. 2,3,4

“A person’s belief that he or she is something they are not is, at best, a sign of confused thinking. When an otherwise healthy biological boy believes he is a girl, or an otherwise healthy biological girl believes she is a boy, an objective psychological problem exists that lies in the mind not the body, and it should be treated as such. These children suffer from gender dysphoria. Gender dysphoria (GD), formerly listed as Gender Identity Disorder (GID), is a recognized mental disorder in the most recent edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM-V).5 The psychodynamic and social learning theories of GD/GID have never been disproved. 2,4,5”

Johns Hopkins Psychiatrist: Transgender is ‘Mental Disorder;’ Sex Change ‘Biologically Impossible’ – very important read. “Dr. Paul R. McHugh, the former psychiatrist-in-chief for Johns Hopkins Hospital and its current Distinguished Service Professor of Psychiatry, said that transgenderism is a “mental disorder” that merits treatment, that sex change is “biologically impossible,” and that people who promote sexual reassignment surgery are collaborating with and promoting a mental disorder.

“Dr. McHugh, the author of six books and at least 125 peer-reviewed medical articles, made his remarks in a recent commentary in the Wall Street Journal, where he explained that transgender surgery is not the solution for people who suffer a “disorder of ‘assumption’” – the notion that their maleness or femaleness is different than what nature assigned to them biologically.

“He also reported on a new study showing that the suicide rate among transgendered people who had reassignment surgery is 20 times higher than the suicide rate among non-transgender people. Dr. McHugh further noted studies from Vanderbilt University and London’s Portman Clinic of children who had expressed transgender feelings but for whom, over time, 70%-80% “spontaneously lost those feelings.”

Ms. Hale owned seven guns purchased legally from five different gun stores.  Hale was being treated for an emotional disorder.  The manifesto she left behind will no doubt be released to the public at some future date.  Has anyone else noticed these so-called transgender individuals have gotten more violent and hateful over the past few years?  The Science Is Settled: Trans People Undergoing Female to Male Testosterone Injections Experience Increased Rage and Aggression  //F** You!” Trans Individuals Launch Violent, Bloody Assault on Canadian Conservative Activist During Rally (VIDEO), April 1, 2023

Trans and Antifa Activists Protest at Michigan Capitol Days after Nashville Slaughter, Demand More “Direct Action //  Another Insurrection! Trans Activists Invade Florida State Capitol Chanting “Whose Schools, Our Schools!” – Outraged Over Legislators Voting to Protect Children (VIDEO) 

There was a time when families were mother and father regardless of race or ethnic origin.  Fast forward to the destruction of the family, massive number of children born out of wed lock, churches of every denomination abandoning their flocks to protect their 501-C (3) tax exempt status.  Dopers or drunks for “parents”, forcing children to accept sexual deviants (homosexuals, lesbians, bi-sexual) as normal, natural and “healthy”, and now the “trans” CULT – is it any wonder so many have mental health issues and tragically, suicides rates are so high?

So-called ‘trans’ communities accuse people like me of hate which simply isn’t true.  Personally, I feel great pity and compassion for them.  Brainwashing is a powerful weapon.  But for the ‘trans’ people, their hatred of anyone who disagrees with their demands has become like red-hot lava after a volcano erupts.  Well, here’s a news flash for all of you:

Demand all you want but you don’t get special rights nor will we allow males who “identify” as female into girl’s locker rooms and bathrooms.  Schools can accommodate mentally confused students with a separate bathroom for your scientifically debunked 79 different genders.

Of course we never hear about the rapidly growing “de-transitioning” groups and organizations here in the U.S. and other countries.  Teens, young adults and even adults in their 50’s who deeply regret getting mutilated and sterilized.

‘I literally lost organs:’ Why detransitioned teens regret changing genders, Jan. 18, 2022 – “Now 17, Chloe is one of a growing cohort called “detransitioners” — those who seek to reverse a gender transition, often after realizing they actually do identify with their biological sex. Tragically, many will struggle for the rest of their lives with the irreversible medical consequences of a decision they made as minors.”

Rate of detransition among ‘trans’ youth higher than activists claim, Dec. 13, 2022 – “Zacchigna is one of a rapidly growing number of young people who are speaking out about the harm gender-affirming care did to them. The Detrans Subreddit now has over 40,000 members, and malpractice lawsuits are starting to bring an end to what one pediatric neurosurgeon recently called “an extraordinary medical atrocity.”

New York pediatric neurosurgeon speaks out against sex changes for kids, Nov. 2, 2022 – In an interview with The Federalist, Dr. Michael Egnor, a pediatric neurosurgeon and professor at the Renaissance School of Medicine at Stony Brook University in New York, called the advice parents are being given regarding so-called gender-affirming treatments “basically criminal.”

Assault:  “An unlawful physical attack upon another; an attempt or offer to do violence to another, with or without battery, as by holding a stone or club in a threatening manner.

This can be used to assault or kill someone:

New Jersey man who killed wife with frying pan gets 30 years in prison  //  Wife Kills Husband With Frying Pan // Bozeman man sentenced to 105 years in prison for murdering wife with frying pan

This is can be used to assault or kill someone:

Texas Woman Bludgeons Husband With Baseball Bat, Stages Murder As Hit-And-Run // Garner woman beat her husband to death with a metal baseball bat, police say  //  Minnesota man accused of beating ‘mean’ wife to death with baseball bat // Las Vegas man accused of killing wife with baseball bat

AK-47:  Avtomat Kalashnikova.  It is a rifle that expends bullets at high speed; a semi-automatic rifle.  AR-15.  Same.  Just like a frying pan or baseball bat, they are inanimate objects.  Yes, they all can be used to assault and/or kill someone.  But, they cannot simply and magically act without a human being controlling them.  AK-47’s and AR-15’s are rifles, not assault rifles.

Oh, and by the way:  Surveillance Footage Shows Nashville Shooter Used a Carbine Which Fires Pistol Rounds, Not an AR-15, March 29, 2023 – See it with your own eyes.  The View should be renamed The Imbecile Hour.  Whoopi Goldberg goes off on AR-15s, calls for ban of ‘that damn rifle’

But such logic escapes Second Amendment haters.  Their emotions explode when one attempts to reason with facts.  Not that the cadaver imposter president, Joe Biden, has any but he upchucks what he’s told to say with as much zeal as he can muster:  Biden Admin Won’t Rule Out Gun Confiscation; Calls Americans Owning AR-15s ‘Unacceptable’

Following the horrible Nashville shooting, predictably, out come all the Second Amendment haters.  Ban assault weapons!!!   Same old using a tragedy to advance an agenda.  Yes, people should be upset schools haven’t done more to make campuses safe with all the mentally ill running around.

The screaming for Congress to enact more unconstitutional, worthless gun laws was at a fever pitch last week.  WATCH: Protesters Storm Tennessee Legislative Chambers, Screaming for Gun Control

The usual inane garbage flowed from the mouths of professional politicians.  Good for campaign donations.  Elizabeth Warren on Nashville Shooting: ‘Our Children Die’ Because of Republicans

UNHINGED Democrat Rep. Jamaal Bowman SCREAMS at Republicans as They Leave House Chamber — Rep. Thomas Massie Confronts Him with Facts and Bowman Loses His Mind, March 30, 2023 (My comment:  Hard to lose something you never had.)

Democrats want your guns.  They’ve turned ALL of our cities into violent sh*tholes and now they want YOU to give up your only protection!

“These people are just crazy.  Representative Jamaal Bowman of New York screamed at Republican lawmakers as they exited the Capitol building on Wednesday evening.  Rep. Bowman was captured on video screaming “They’re cowards! They’re all cowards. They won’t do anything to save the lives of our children at all. Cowards.”

From the woman who helped Biden get away with stealing the 2020 electionSen. Blackburn Introducing Legislation to Hire Officers to Harden Schools.  Here’s a clue for you, Marsha:  Congress HAS NO LEGISLATIVE AUTHORITY to fund what school districts do to beef up security.  Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution clearly defines those areas and those areas only where Congress can legislate and fund.

Apparently “Senator” Ted Cruz hasn’t read that section of the Constitution, either.  Cruz infuriated by Dems’ move that killed more school security, April 1, 2023 – “Last year, I filed legislation to substantially enhance the physical security of schools & to double the number of police officers in schools. Dems blocked it with ZERO justification. I cannot tell you how angry I am about this! Senate Dems weren’t willing to do what it takes.”

Sounds good, but…read the Tenth Amendment, Ted.  Well, it’s good for campaign donations in 2024.

I covered this before in a column.  After my late husband passed away, I became a part-time substitute teacher in 2017 as the district was begging for substitutes.  When they implemented the worthless, dangerous face mask mandates, I never went back.  But, oh, I think, 2018 at the start of the school year, I walk to the front doors of the high school and there’s this HUGE sign:  Our Staff and Teachers are armed and will use lethal force to protect students, teachers and staff.

That sign is in front of every school in our school district from elementary to high school.  Prior to that, the doors were open, anyone could walk in.  No more.  ALL doors are locked except the front door and you must show your pass to the camera to get inside.  Anyone coming to the front door will know they will be killed if necessary should they decide to bring a gun into the school.

Up until the mid-1960’s kids brought their rifles to school where they were kept in the principal’s office until time for some target practice after school.  You could purchase firearms through the mail.  Kids were taught to respect guns and safety.

Back in maybe 2003, 2004, I was invited to speak at the state Capitol in Sacramento where we lived at the time.  Second Amendment haters were holding a huge rally of mothers against guns.  We all want to see children protected from gun violence despite flame-throwing rhetoric to the contrary.  Up the street came a mob of angry mothers led by the “progressive” mayor as I was giving my speech – as Patrick Henry!

Not many people know Patrick Henry filibustered for 33 days to get the Second Amendment included in the Bill of Rights.  He refused to back down.

As I was speaking a group of Second Amendment supporters went over to the other side of the capitol where the Mom’s March was being held.  They offered yard signs to all of them:  GUN FREE ZONE.  Guess what?  Not one of those mothers took one to put in their front yard.  In fact, those women had hissy fits you wouldn’t believe.

School districts can do what ours has done. Get teachers and staff who volunteer to pass an arms proficiency test and provide them with weapons.  Schools can allocate funds to keep one or two armed guards on campus during school hours with help from state budgets.  Lock down the campus.  Everyone must have ID to get in the building.  Yes, I’m aware the Nashville killer broke the windows on one of the doors to enter.  Had staff and teachers been armed, she would have been taken out a lot sooner.  Many teachers and staff on school campuses across the country are former military or police and know how to shoot.

Unlike the cowards who responded to the school shooting in Uvalde, TX last year and allowed the slaughter to continue.  Thank God Nashville Police officers responded within a few minutes.  Well trained, focused even though they put their lives in danger.  With precision they cleared the rooms, went upstairs and sent Hale to Hell.  It was over in less than six minutes.

I also think all school districts should hold a parents town hall meeting in the cafeteria, auditorium or whatever room holds the most people and talk to parents about gun safety.  Hold two if necessary to accommodate numbers and parent’s schedules.  Talk to parents about warning signs regarding the mental health issue.  Remind parents guns – regardless of hand guns or rifles – are inanimate objects.  It’s people who use them to injure and kill.  Give parents facts:  New FBI Report Shows Armed Citizens STOP Mass Shootings, May 24, 2022

The same should be for students.  Get them at the junior high level into an auditorium and talk to them about warning signs from a student.  If they see something on social media where a student is talking about shooting up a school or hints about committing gun violence:  Take it seriously.  Tell your parents or principle so they can stop a potential tragedy.  Let students know it can be very real so you don’t wait until it happens and then tell everyone on social media or a TV camera that Johnny was talking about killing Jimmy at school.  By then it’s too late.

Stress to students this isn’t a video game.  No, it’s not like you see in movies.  Dead means exactly that when you shoot someone (unless they survive).  That means they don’t get up and walk away, dead means dead.  Life has become so cheap in this country but we can turn it around.

Tell your Congress critter you have no jurisdiction so stay out of this which I will do this week.  Both my House Rep and two Senators.  Forget throwing a couple hundred MILLION dollars that doesn’t exist (more debt piled on our backs) at schools to “stop gun violence” and school shootings.  State legislatures and school districts already have the tools to deal with this they just need to make it a community priority.

Congress: Butt out.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

It was canceled:  REVEALED: Group Behind Trans “Day of Vengeance” Raised Money for Firearms Training – Trans Activists Pose with Firearms Threatening Christians Ahead of Rally at US Supreme Court (PHOTOS), March 29, 2023

WATCH: Five Times Pro-Trans Protesters Turned Aggressive, Violent, March 28, 2023

REPORT: CBS News Executives Barred the Word ‘Transgender’ From Coverage of Nashville Shooter, March 30, 2023

Transgender activist tells MSNBC ‘God made me in her image’ – Clymer also defended drag shows for kids, saying, ‘children are only unsafe at drag shows when a shooter shows up to kill them’, March 30, 2023

The walking cadaver in the WH never fails to exhibit his rank stupidity and blathering:  Biden says transgender people ‘shape our nation’s soul’ in official proclamation – President Biden declared March 31, 2023, to be Transgender Day of Visibility

Federal judge strikes down Minnesota law banning 18-20-year-olds from obtaining gun permits, April 1, 2023

Self-flagellation:  Longtime sports journalist, best-selling author refuses to travel to Texas for Final Four over gun laws, March 31, 2023

Legally Armed Civilian Shot El Paso (Texas) Mall Shooter, Preventing More Casualties, Feb. 18, 2023

Good Guy With a Gun’ Who Stopped Church Gunman Receives Texas’ Highest Honor, Jan. 13, 2020.  If he hadn’t been armed it would have been a slaughter.   He used an AR-15.

Texas Church Shooting stopped by two armed parishioners legally carrying guns, Dec. 19, 2019




My Take on Islam

By: Amil Imani

April 3, 2023

All of Islam has the potential for ensuring a violent result because it is an inherent quality of the belief. I refuse to call it a religious faith…that would be a far kinder treatment than it actually deserves. It is essentially a death cult…a political/cultural and social ideology based on the violence of the Qur’an…it shares much in common with Nazism and in fact, these two beliefs have a dual history in which they connected almost eighty years ago prior to World War II…their anti-Semitism is a common thread that ties them together and resulted in the Nazi death camps of the Holocaust ..their actions to deny this and turn it around on those who disagree with them is profoundly telling. It remains rather conclusive of Muslims’ identification with extreme liberal/progressive elements of the political class within the United States. Sadly, We are not only fighting the Islamic ideology. We are fighting its co-conspirators, the Democrats.

With each passing day, the death of Western Civilization – specifically, the death of Europe, will not have been a suicide, but a cold-blooded, premeditated murder, carried out by the western ruling oligarchy. This tragedy is happening in the United States. Muslim organizations have been busy working “stealthily” changing America in what is called “Soft Jihad,” or “Cultural Jihad,” or Stealth Jihad” in the United States. Soft Jihad is practiced where the sword of jihad is not advisable, where Muslims are not strong enough to unsheathe their sword, where the true nature of Islam is exposed, and when the public would likely stamp them out.

A critical tool of soft jihad, involves penetration of the American educational system, by use of means such as Da’wa-a religious duty of each Muslim to convert non-Muslims in order to strengthen the Islamic Ummah.

This is alarming. But regrettably, too few Americans are aware of all this.

We see examples of creeping Sharia (the canons of Islamic law) throughout the country and we are doomed if these specific actions are not stopped and our Constitution is not upheld as the law of the land. Adopting parts of Sharia in this country is both a lunatic move and unconstitutional and should be shut down now.

Will Muslims abandon Islam?

Let me be clear, there are many many good people who consider themselves Muslims. And indeed, they are as good as any other good people. Yet, by sticking with Islam, knowingly or unknowingly, they play into the hands of criminal Islamists. So, it is good to do what we can to invite these Cultural Muslims to sever their ties with Islam altogether.

Let me use a metaphor to help in understating this enigma. Islam is a type of dependence-inducing “potion.” In the same way that, let us say, alcohol is. Millions and perhaps billions imbibe alcohol. A great majority of these consumers qualify as moderate and social drinkers. Drinking alcohol may do them some psychological good and may exact some physical health and monetary price. Yet, this vast number finds enough “comfort” to put up with the monetary, health, relationships, and other costs of their drinking. A certain number are heavy drinkers who are severely dependent and reliant on the drug. And there are those who are infrequent drinkers. They may have some wine at Xmas or on their birthday. And finally, there are those who are teetotalers. They never touch the stuff. So, you have a kind of what statisticians call a normal curve in that people distribute themselves along the drinking dimension as a bell-shaped function. Some on one extreme, some on the other, and the great majority between the two extremes.

The same applies to Muslims. Islam is habit-forming. Just like alcohol. How strongly is habit forming? It depends on the person and his circumstances. Is Islam “beneficial” to the person? Apparently yes it is. For some, it is life itself, just like the skid-row alcoholic, to others it means something, and yet to others, it is something to be avoided altogether.

Short answer. In the same way that people need to go through detoxification programs to free themselves from physical dependencies, they also must undergo detoxification programs to wean themselves from Islam.

What to do? Expand the re-education effort greatly by writing in translating into numerous languages, and other Muslim nations’ languages. Radio and television programs are also vital. It is a long process. Yet, the bottom line is that the problem is this blind dependency on Islam that hooks the masses to its greatly enticing promises and provides easy answers for much of humanity’s underclass.

Unfortunately,  it is going to be a slow process. Much slower and much more difficult than we would like it to be. This Islam thing is a long-term deep dependency of many attractions to many. It is going to take a great deal of work and perseverance to free Muslims from its grip, in it. As sad as it is, that’s the way this world is. Far, far from perfect. Not even close. So, that’s my take.

© 2023 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Indicting President Trump: A Form of Warfare on America’s Justice System

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 3, 2023

This is a targeted, political prosecution! Legal scholar Alas Dershowitz explains why judge may quickly toss out Trump indictment: “Foolish, foolish decision.”

Whatever comes from Trump’s absurd indictment for “imagined”  crimes that he committed; it’s not going to go well for any of us. It’s going to split our country into opposing factions that may never be healed.

We’re seeing a “personal crime vendetta” from an incompetent “affirmative action” recipient named Alvin Bragg out of New York City.  He has personally caused the accelerating crime wave in New York City during his tenure.  He has made charges against former President Trump over a payment to Stormy Daniels that have no basis for a crime.  At the same time, Bragg encourages crime by allowing hardened criminal back onto the streets within hours of their arrests for crimes.  In a few words, Alvin Bragg is the product of “affirmative action”, where he was given a law degree from Harvard University, without the brainpower to earn it.   It’s the whole “Inclusion, Equity, Diversity” mantra coming to fruition.

If brains were gasoline, Alvin Bragg wouldn’t have enough gas to fill an ant’s motorcycle and drive halfway around a BB.  What’s worse, there’s more like him being “placed” into positions of power throughout the USA by a man named Soros.  That man hates America with every fiber of his body.  But he’s got billions of dollars to fulfill his agenda and destroy this country.

Who loses?  We, the American people lose our justice system that’s devolving us into a third world banana republic.  With intellectual midgets like Bragg, we will devolve into another Somalia, Congo or Ethiopia.

At the same time, Joe Dementia Biden invites millions of invaders across our borders without lifting a finger to stop them.  His Homeland Security chief Mayorkas is as useless as flat tire on a 747-jet plane.  Does anyone understand that this invasion is changing our culture into a lawless, homeless, illiterate, and ultimately, fragmented and collapsing future?

Look at our southern border!  Biden invites Chinese nationals, drug cartels, endless drugs, Jihadi terrorists and worse at an average of 150,000 a month for the past 26 months.  Who thinks that’s going to work out well for any of us?

It’s already not working out in Chicago, St. Louis, Los Angeles, Detroit, Denver, Miami, San Francisco, Seattle, Portland and most big cities where shoplifting, drugs, homeless and the loss of the rule of law has destroyed any sense of what it is to live in America.

Bragg takes Trump to court for a money payment to a whore, which is not a crime in the first place, but Bragg has allowed downtown New York City to become a drug infested, homeless, crime-ridden war zone.  Who dreamed this kind of a reality up for The Big Apple?

At the same time, Joe Dementia tells us that the Chinese are our greatest enemy, but he invites endless Chinese nationals to cross over our borders.  He allows China to buy up hundreds of thousands of acres of American farmland. The Chinese are buying up our meat factories. They are intertwining themselves into every aspect of American life.  Over 80 percent of the items you buy at Lowe’s, Home Depot, Walmart, clothing stores, equipment, tractors, et al., come from China.  We have become a dependent stepchild.

With Bragg weaponizing the justice system, it ultimately means he could indict you for any imagined crime he wants.

Do you think this is going to end well for any of us? Whether you’re a liberal, independent or conservative, this is not going to end well for you, your family or your friends. We cannot continue to fracture our country with endless immigration, multiculturalism, illiteracy and third world customs.

We need downhome, common sense, and patriotic Americans to run for office to change course toward a rational and stable future.  We need reasonable Americans to vote all of this nonsense of transgenderism in women’s sports, I.E.D., reparations, affirmative action, lowered academic standards, and sexual perversions being taught to our children—into the trash can.

Finally, we, the American people need to fire Alvin Bragg for gross incompetence, stupidity and arrogance.

© 2023 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




America’s Economic and Spiritual Woes

By Rob Pue

April 2, 2023

Let me tell you about an incident I experienced recently that got me thinking about the entitlement mentality of Americans today.  I was in a convenience store, waiting in line.  Ahead of me, at the counter, was a young couple, who may or may not have been married.  They were trying to purchase some “junk food” items — a case of soda, a large bag of chips, a frozen pizza and a few candy bars.  My guess is that they were about 20 years old or so, maybe a little older, and both were seriously overweight and covered in tattoos.  Please don’t tell me I’m judging them because of their obesity and tattoos — I’m just describing their appearance, which is indicative of their lifestyle.

Their transaction was taking a long time, and then it became clear as to why, because the young man began shouting at the clerk. His welfare debit card was not going through for some reason and he began to get angry and belligerent with the clerk. “Run it again!” he demanded.  The poor clerk, trying her best to stay calm during what was becoming a loud disturbance, ran the debit card at least three times.  Still not working.

Then the young man got even more angry. “I’m going to call my Mom,” he screamed. “These are my benefits, and you don’t have any right to stop me! I’m going to just take my stuff and go!”

“That would be shoplifting,” the clerk replied. “Unless you have money to pay for these things, you can’t just take them.”  That made him even angrier, but finally, he and the young woman he was with went outside, without the items they wanted. When I left, he was yelling into his cell phone, apparently talking to his Mom, using filthy, foul language and talking about how he was being denied his “benefits.”

“How sad,” I thought to myself. Under other circumstances, I might have paid for their items myself, as I’ve done several other times, when I’ve been able to, for people who were truly in need and just didn’t have enough money for their necessities.  But these were not needs — it was soda pop, potato chips, pizza, and candy bars.  My guess is that this young man and his companion (wife or girlfriend) most likely live with his mother, are unemployed and live on government handouts, which they believe they’re entitled to.

It’s not just the young people. We’re now living in a society that has learned to depend on Big Government for all their needs. It’s become multi-generational. Indeed, there are many who know no other way of life.

Understand, I have no problem helping the poor and needy.  As Christ-followers, we are called to help the poor.  This is commanded throughout Scripture.  In Deuteronomy 15, we have this: “There will always be poor people in the land. Therefore, I command you to be open-handed toward your fellow Israelites who are poor and needy in your land.”  Proverbs 28:27 says, “Those who give to the poor will lack nothing, but those who close their eyes to them receive many curses.”  Proverbs 22:9, “The generous will themselves be blessed, for they share their food with the poor.”  Proverbs 19:17, “Whoever is kind to the poor lends to the LORD, and he will reward them for what they have done.”

And Jesus Himself said, “If you want to be perfect, go, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow Me.”  You see, it should be the the Christian churches helping the poor, not the government. When government does it, it’s simply a redistribution of financial resources. In other words, theft. The government steals the paychecks of the workers so they can enslave the non-workers, lulling them into a mind-numbed sense of entitlement and complacency. These non-workers subsist on their government “benefit” checks and they’re happy with that arrangement. This always creates an attitude of entitlement.

But let’s be clear on this: these are not “benefits.” “BENEFITS” are things you get with a JOB. A good job will include a “Benefits Package” as part of one’s salary. You work, you get paid, and a generous employer will include additional benefits as rewards for your hard work and dedication to helping build the company. So these government handouts are not “benefits,” and they certainly aren’t benefitting anyone, except the politicians seeking to dumb people down and keep them controlled.  Just look at the state of our impoverished inner cities.  Because the Nanny State takes care of them, there’s no incentive to work, no incentive to strive for something better — or for people to better themselves.

The help we give should be a “hand up” rather than continuous, multi-generational hand-outs.  Paul wrote to the Thessalonians, “If anyone is not willing to work let him eat not.” I admit, I have a hard time understanding people who refuse to work and maintain an entitlement mentality. Because I’ve always worked hard. In every job I’ve ever had, I’ve always made it a point to do much more than my job description entailed. Rather than just scraping by, doing the bare minimum, I’ve always gone over and above what was called for, and that has served me well. It’s also a trait I sought to instill in my children, now all grown adults. And it’s served them well too. But sadly, most of my children’s peers were not brought up that way. This is why my kids have all excelled, while others their age have not.

Personal responsibility. Doing everything as unto the Lord. Doing your best. Going the extra mile. Above and beyond what is expected. No free lunch, but rather, working with a heart of service and humility, doing the best you possibly can and striving for perfection. These are the things we need more of in America, and things that we should be encouraging in our people.  Especially now, with our country in such dire straits. We must all pull together and work harder than ever. And we have to refuse to take the bait that results in slothfulness.  Because dependence on the government for so-called “benefits” always results in government enslavement.  Remember, the mouse never understood why the cheese in the trap was “free.” Today we have record numbers of lost souls who’ve been caught in this government trap, and it’s now coming full circle as our culture and society has reached it’s lowest point in history.

In the 1800s, there were attempts to reform how the government dealt with the poor.  Social caseworkers visited the poor, attempting to train them in morals and a work ethic.  But for those lacking morals and a work ethic, their fallen human nature always seems to keep them down. It’s just easier to take the handouts, which are actually bribes, because those who get the free stuff will always support those who supply the free stuff.  But friends, there ain’t nothin’ “free.” Those handouts come with a price. A lifetime of poverty and dependence.

With censorship now the “new normal” in America, it’s difficult to get accurate numbers, but according to government sources (which you can probably take with a grain of salt), in 2021, the federal government spent $1.5 trillion dollars on welfare programs in the United States.  If the truth were actually told, that figure is very likely much higher…just as the current unemployment numbers given to us by the government are obviously much higher than they tell us.  But $1.5 trillion dollars — that’s more than we spend on national security and the military defense of our nation. Let that sink in.  And now they’re printing even more money and handing out even more “free stuff” to people who aren’t even US citizens, but rather, coming here illegally across all of our open borders.

During the Great Depression, 25% of workers were unemployed. Despite what they tell us, from what I’ve seen lately, we have at least that many unemployed right now — and they’re not looking for work.  Even as huge numbers of businesses have been forced to shut down due to the current economic situation, the remaining businesses are still begging for workers, but nobody wants to work.

In 1935, FDR started the Social Security program, and for at least the last forty years, we’ve been warned continuously that Social Security is going broke. I believe it is broke — totally bankrupt, due to the gross mismanagement of confiscated money of those who worked hard all their lives.  The only reason it still exists is that they keep printing fake money.  But there are many who have relied on the promise of Social Security for their only means of income in their retirement years.  And while our government leaders keep giving themselves raises, usually several times a year, our elderly subsist on Social Security payments that haven’t kept up with the cost of living for a very long time now.

I have no problem with people drawing Social Security. It was their money to begin with, that was stolen from them, mismanaged by the thieves, and of course, taxed not once, but twice — when they earn it, and when they get a pittance of it back in retirement.  What a racket.

We’ve all heard about the few major bank failures in recent weeks. It’s made big headlines, even in the lying mainstream media.  But are you aware that between 2021 and 2023 there have been 563 banks that went bankrupt?  From the research I’ve been able to do, it appears at least 200 more are set to go under in the coming weeks and months of this year.

Of course, this has all been purposely orchestrated by the Globalist Great Resetters.  Our economic system must be destroyed to make way for the global digital New World currency, at which time, our enslavement will be complete.  No longer will it just be those taking the “free cheese” from the government trap. They’re planning to trap all of us, whether we like it or not.

The rage I saw in that young man, having his welfare debit card declined is nothing in comparison to what’s coming under this latest plan.  When they can turn your money on and off at will — for any reason — I see utter chaos and anarchy in the streets in our future.  When any dissent, any “wrong think” is quickly punished, most will comply, because after all, most will be completely dependent on the good graces of the “Build Back Better” tyrants.  It’s easy to see how we will “own nothing” but not so easy to see how we’ll be “happy” about it and many Patriots will not go along with this so easily.

Already, our inner cities resemble war zones. These are places where living on government handouts has become the “normal” way of life. But it’s no longer just the ghettos and slums.  Today, we have homeless encampments virtually everywhere — even in places that used to be the cleanest, brightest cities in America.  Now they’ve been fundamentally transformed into “no go” crime zones; and our government, rather than supplying food, shelter and clothing, is now providing dangerous and deadly illegal drugs, which are used openly.  People in these places are unashamedly defecating and urinating in the streets.  Insanity and madness is our “new normal.”

Recently, when a CNN news crew went to San Francisco to report on the surge in crime and homelessness there, while they were interviewing people in front of City Hall, their car windows were smashed and their belongings stolen — in just four seconds’ time.  Ironic for the “woke” CNN crew, isn’t it?

Friends, there’s no limit to which human beings will not sink without the Holy Spirit of God within them. The lost are not just lost for eternity — something most really don’t comprehend — they’re lost right now!  What an incredible opportunity for the true Church — the Ecclesia — right now, to minister and witness to so many.  Our enemies within the government meant their plans for evil, but if Christ-followers rise up and begin to push back against this wicked agenda, this can be a time like never before in history to save souls.  Though the faithful remnant be few in number, with the power, love and sound minds we’ve been blessed with, we can be a modern-day Gideon’s army, as God Himself goes before us into this battle.  What the Luciferians meant for evil can easily be turned to good — IF we’re willing to be the hands and feet of Christ in these dark days.

© 2023 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




Communism In America, Part 1

By Pastor Roger Anghis

April 2, 2023

When I was a kid the threat from communist Russia, USSR, was real. We had drills in school in case of a nuclear explosion. I remember hearing that Nakita Khrushchev warned that America would fall from the inside and not buy an outside enemy. The enemy would come from the inside. When I listen to all of our college ‘educated’ fools today I can see how that can happen. They are not educated, they have been indoctrinated into a socialist mindset. When I was in school, we had patriotism. We said the Pledge of Allegiance every morning. There was even a copy of the Ten Commandments hanging in the classroom for all to read. We even said a very short non-denominational prayer every day asking to bless the teachers and the nation.

But liberals ‘decided’ that God didn’t belong in schools. Separation of Church and State the courts said, even though if you read the Bill of Rights, there was no separation. We have to remember that the Constitution defined was the government was allowed to do not what the government could force us to do. But we have forgotten that our government is a representative government in that our elected officials can only do what the Constitution allows them to do. They have gone way beyond those bounds and seem to demand more and more control over us daily. Both political parties are at fault but the democrats have gone way overboard. I remember Khrushchev saying, “Your children’s children will live under communism. You Americans are so gullible. No, you won’t accept communism outright; but we will keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you will finally wake up and find you already have Communism.” Some sources say he never said that but either way, that statement is right. One little bit at a time until it’s too late to stop.

In 1945 we defeated fascism in Germany but since then we have seen the rise of socialistic policies become prominent in American societies and we haven’t even blinked an eye.  One of the things that are not allowed in communism is private property. Our Founders believed that the only true form of freedom must include the ability to own property and the right to pass that property on to our offspring. We are seeing that slowly be opposed. Remember the little situation in Nevada when the government tried to take land from Cliven Bundy? The feds will try anything to get their way and use any excuse. In this case, it was a turtle. Militiamen squatted among the sagebrush and crouched on a highway overpass, cradling guns and issuing barely veiled threats at the government officials massed behind makeshift barricades. The specter of a violent standoff hung over the high desert.

The hair-trigger tension seemed at odds with the arcane origins of the dispute. Twenty years ago, the U.S. Bureau of Land Management (BLM) decided to clear privately owned cattle off this patch of public land to protect the endangered Mojave Desert tortoise. Dozens of ranchers left. Cliven Bundy stayed. 

Jim Urquhart—Reuters

Bundy, 68, has refused to recognize federal authority over the land, or to pay the feds for allowing his cattle to graze there. Those accumulated fees and fines now total more than $1 million, according to the government. Armed with fresh court orders, the government moved last week to impound a few hundred of the rancher’s cows.

Bundy balked, and the far right-wing media sounded a clarion call for his cause, casting the standoff as a flashpoint in a broader struggle against federal oppression. A cavalry of patriots arrived, bearing weapons and a seemingly bottomless grudge against the government.

On April 12, BLM retreated, abandoning the round-up amid “serious concerns” over the safety of federal employees. The cattle “gather is over,” BLM spokesman Craig Leff says. No shots were fired; no blood was spilled. Bundy declared victory in the Battle of Bunkerville.[1]

They use other means as well. Imminent domain is their most common tool. It is only to be used for schools, roadways, and public buildings like libraries and city council buildings but I have seen them take property for pennies on the dollar and sell the property to large corporations at full value. The owner of the property is supposed to receive ‘fair market value’ but rarely do.

We also have to keep in mind that Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum has stated that by 2030 you will own nothing and be happy. Where this man believes he has the right to take over a sovereign nation and play dictator is beyond me. We have over seventy million people that own guns and will not just stand by and have their property taken from them. I was listening to Dutch sheets the other day on his podcast GiveHim15.com and he brought up a statement by Ronald Reagan that I thought was very appropriate for this column because it opens our eyes to the reality of the situation we are facing. “Not too long ago, two friends of mine were talking to a Cuban refugee, a businessman who had escaped from Castro, and in the midst of his story one of my friends turned to the other and said, ‘We don’t know how lucky we are.’ And the Cuban stopped and said, ‘How lucky you are? I had someplace to escape to.’ And in that sentence, he told us the entire story. If we lose freedom here, there’s no place to escape to. This is the last stand on earth…

“…If we continue to accommodate, continue to back and retreat, eventually we have to face the final demand—the ultimatum. And what then—when Nikita Khrushchev [Leader of the Soviet Union at the time] has told his people he knows what our answer will be? He has told them that we’re retreating under the pressure of the Cold War, and someday when the time comes to deliver the final ultimatum, our surrender will be voluntary, because by that time, we will have been weakened from within spiritually, morally, and economically. He believes this because from our side, he’s heard voices pleading for ‘peace at any price’ or ‘better Red than dead,’ or as one commentator put it, he’d rather ‘live on his knees than die on his feet.’

“…those voices don’t speak for the rest of us,” Reagan stated.

“We’ll preserve for our children this, the last best hope of man on earth, or we’ll sentence them to take the last step into a thousand years of darkness.”[2]

I do not accept the idea that we will capitulate to the liberal ideology of socialism/communism that is being shoved down the throats of our college students today. We must take a stand to reverse the path that we are on. We must have God’s help to do this because we have let it go too far to stop it ourselves. We have a praying church, not all the church but the remnant that God needs to get the job done.

The foundation America was built on is what we must get back to. We need to teach our kids our Constitution and the history of this great country. Each generation must be taught how to be free and stay free. John Jay, our first Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of the United States commented: Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.[3]

We must preserve this nation, the greatest nation to ever exist, for our children and our grandchildren and teach them how to do the same.

© 2023 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. The armed rebellion on a Nevada cattle ranch could be just the start/
  2. https://www.givehim15.com/post/march-24-2023
  3. “The Correspondence and Public Papers of John Jay”, Henry P. Johnson, editor, (New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1890), Vol.I, pp. 163-164, from his “Charge to the Grand Jury of Ulster County”, September 9, 1777

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them. – John Jay, First Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, “The Correspondence and Public Papers of John Jay”, Henry P. Johnson, editor, (New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1890), Vol.I, pp. 163-164, from his “Charge to the Grand Jury of Ulster County”, September 9, 1777




Making Deals With the Devil

By Pastor Butch Paugh

April 2, 2023

What?! Who?! Me?! Never! I would never make a deal with the devil! But we all have! Perhaps Ignorantly! But we have! An almost innumerable amount of deals have been entered into that absolutely however unknown at the time, were deals with the devil. The “god” of this world, (age) and in with keeping with the “times” and “accepted” limits put on us by society (the age we live in). Most “deals” seem totally innocuous and innocent and the correct thing to do at the time or “age”. Let’s name a few, shall we? Social Security, Medicare, HUD, Food stamps, and government -(taxpayer)- funded health care. Let’s add this one comment about all of these above mentioned “deals.” They have led to massive fraud, greed and tremendous amount of immorality to obtain the “benefits” of these deals with the devil. After saying all of that, I will tell you that this article is not specifically about the church playing the “whore” with the world, or current age. Although the methods used to “soften” the people to accept the deals of this world or age has worked very well. Now, let’s look at some of the other “deals” we have intentionally made with the devil, with our consent through our silence! But always though compromise, cowardliness and greed. Please keep in mind that the “few” examples I listed previously are all in direct disobedience to Gods word, (Ex20:1:4, Ps9:17, Mt 6:24, Phil4:19). As we review “some” of the other “deals” we have continued to make with the devil/world/age it will be easier to understand our journey into destruction. When we connect the dots and keep in mind that the ones who should have known better and warned society ,the church, jumped right into the “deals “ with all others (Eph4:27)

The enemy comes to us offering ease of life, freedom in all areas, but along with these “deals” come the seeds of destruction and the chains of slavery. (II Peter chapter two). In the name of freedom and prosperity we have made many deals with the devil. (Hos 4:6/7 Mat 10:10)

1- In 1962 we made a deal by compromise with the “supreme” court ruling God out of the public life including schools. We said very little, and as a nation did virtually nothing in opposition to this attack on our children’s mind and souls. After all our children have to get an education after all we can’t afford a Christian school and we don’t have the ability to home school.

2- In 1973 the same “supreme” court overruled God’s law’s proclaiming that women had a constitutional right to kill/murder the unborn Life in her womb. “Some” protested most were going to stop the slaughter with their “vote” After nearly 50 years of voting the “right” people in office 70 to 100 million children were destroyed. But we did speak up and we voted! (Pro24:11/12).

3- In 1993 Bill Clinton said that when it comes to being a sexual pervert in the military just “don’t ask and don’t tell”. We said overtly or covertly, that sounds fair. After all what an individual does in private is his own business. We made a “deal” again violating Gods law for such “crimes”! (Lev 20:13 /Roms1:26/27/II Peter2:6)

4- In 2015, once again mans “supreme” court ruled that sexual deviants could legally be “married”, and once again with very little outcry from society or the “church”. One very courageous Christian lady in Kentucky was willing to go to jail for her Christian convictions on this issue. Most made a deal to keep the peace in their families and not have others call them a bigot, racist, Nazi or terrorist!

5- In 2017 once again the nine black robed “gods” ruled that the sexual perverts, pedophiles, child molesters and rapist could legally adopt children! You say “Pastor”, that’s not fair! All of them wouldn’t do that! However,they ALL have in them the propensity to commit these abominations! Most are already reprobate and will continue to follow their pernicious ways into further decadence (Romans 1:28) If evil isn’t dealt with quickly with Gods word as the guide it will spread until it can’t be stopped by man! (Ecc8:11).[6]

6- Now praise God, we have states that have been pressured by some righteous people that are sick and tired of all the absolute insanity caused by sin affecting their society and their children’s future taking a stand! (Deut28:28). The “deal” we have made with the devil is by tolerating and allowing this perversion to “peaceably” co-exist in society. By not eradicating it as Gods law directs, this “cancer” will never stop until it finally and totally destroys its “host”. In our case we have been a willing host for all the reasons already listed.[7]

7- Lets now expose the deal with the devil that brought all the destruction, chaos and damnation to our nation. That the majority of “us” have agreed to through ignorance, apathy and compromise. All we have mentioned and much, much more came through what Christ warned us about in (Matt 6:24)! Let’s face the simple fact that as a nation, including most of the church has “worshipped” a false god! All of the “benefits” we have accepted through our fleshly lust for ease of life in this present world /age have totally enslaved us! We tolerate and accept manifold evils because we don’t want to bite the hand that feeds us. We couldn’t pay our bills without the “benefits “our “god” grants to us!

This article is not “throwing” stones at anyone in particular. I’m guilty of being a part of the “deals” made with the devil. Yes, many were made before I was born. But the agreements/contracts have still bound me and most others to the “deals”. Ignorance of Gods law is no excuse in this case. All are held guilty, but the one that call themselves Gods chosen are held much more accountable (Luke12:48/Mt. 7:15-23]

We were told clearly that the Devil/Satan the god of this world is a liar and the father of liars! (John8:44) The enemy even has “preachers” and ministers to deceive the masses (II Cor11:13)

The deals we have made with the devil have destroyed America beyond any hope of help. But praise God, we as individuals still have a blessed hope through Jesus Christ! By his grace through faith in his blood sacrifice we can make void our “deals” with the devil!

One word of warning in closing, we must be willing to lose all to receive the gift of eternal life and be willing to count our earthly possessions on earth but “dung” to win Christ (Phil 3:8) .To break deals with the devil and society WILL cost you ! (II Tim 3:12/Heb 11:35/40) It’s all part of the “BEAST” system.

© 2023 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com




The Militia Acts

By Paul Engel

April 1, 2023

  • What is the role of militia in the United States?
  • Why is the militia so important to freedom and liberty in America?
  • Is the current militia structure constitutional?

Someone reached out on the website with an interesting question. They wanted my take on the Militia Acts of 1792 & 1903 and the National Defense Act of 1916. Specifically, he wanted to know about the constitutionality of the militia system within the United States, so I took a look. What I found was interesting, but maybe not what some people would have expected.

Militias

If we’re going to talk about the militias, we need a good understanding of what they are, what they can do, and what legitimate authority the United States has over them.

The body of soldiers in a state enrolled for discipline, but not engaged in actual service except in emergencies; as distinguished from regular troops, whose sole occupation is war or military service. The militia of a country are the able bodied men organized into companies, regiments and brigades, with officers of all grades, and required by law to attend military exercises on certain days only, but at other times left to pursue their usual occupations.

MILITIA Websters 1828 Dictionary

So a militia is the able bodied men of a country, organized into companies, regiments, and brigades. They are distinguished from regular troops by the fact that they are only required to serve in emergencies. Why have militias? First of all, because the United States is not supposed to have a standing army.

To raise and support Armies, but no Appropriation of Money to that Use shall be for a longer Term than two Years;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 12

The idea was pretty simple. After fighting a war with England, the new states didn’t want the same type of military governorship they had as colonies. While the states didn’t want a large and powerful army either, they realized during the war that while not as disciplined as the regular army, the militias could be a formidable force. This also explains the first part of the Second Amendment:

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

It was expected that each state would have their own militia, and that they were necessary to keep the individual states free. It could be security from other states, foreign governments, and yes, even the central government. By making sure the states could defend themselves, it gives the union a powerful and distributed defense force. Of course, that’s not to say that the militia did not have a duty to the central government.

To provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 15

While the militia was to make sure their state was free, they could be called up to serve the union, but only to do three things: To execute U.S. law, suppress insurrection, and repel invasion.

It was important Congress not have complete control of the militia or they would not be able to provide one of their most important functions: Protecting the state from the central government. In order for this group of militias to be an effective national fighting force though, they would need to have some commonality.

To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the Militia, and for governing such Part of them as may be employed in the Service of the United States, reserving to the States respectively, the Appointment of the Officers, and the Authority of training the Militia according to the discipline prescribed by Congress;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 16

So Congress determines the organization, arming, and discipline of the militia. This would help them fight effectively when they were called into service of the United States. They also set the rules governing those parts of the militia when they are in active service to the union.

Notice that the states retain the power to appoint officers and to actually handle the training and discipline of the militia. Congress may set the rules, but the states still controlled their own militia until the units are called into actual service. Then, and only then, do they fall under the national command structure.

The President shall be Commander in Chief of the Army and Navy of the United States, and of the Militia of the several States, when called into the actual Service of the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 1

Militia Act of 1792

Doing some research, it appears there are two militia acts referred to as the Militia Acts of 1792. The first, passed in May 2nd, 1792, had an expiration date at the end of the Congress two years after it was passed. This was followed by another act that was passed on February 28, 1795. It was meant to enhance national defense by creating a uniform militia. This second of the two militia acts of 1792 established some rather concerning standards in U.S. law.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America, in Congress assembled, That each and every free able-bodied white male citizen of the respective States, resident therein, who is or shall be of age of eighteen years, and under the age of forty-five years (except as is herein after excepted) shall severally and respectively be enrolled in the militia, by the Captain or Commanding Officer of the company, within whose bounds such citizen shall reside, and that within twelve months after the passing of this Act.

Militia Act of 1792

Let’s start with the idea that every man (since I think we can dispense with the racist part of this act), between the ages of 18 and 45 was to be enrolled in the militia. The problem with this is it violates the Fifth Amendment, which was ratified in December of 1791.

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

Involuntary servitude as described in this act would certainly be a deprivation of liberty without due process of law. Granted, at that time, more people were probably willing to serve, but this section of the law does not make it optional. Militia members were expected to provide their own gear, weapons, and ammunition, and were expected to both exercise and serve with the company to which they were assigned. It should not surprise anyone that the Vice-President, members of Congress, the judiciary, and many other federal officeholders were exempt from service in the militia. Things get a bit more interesting though, in the second section.

And be it further enacted, That whenever the laws of the United States shall be opposed or the execution thereof obstructed, in any state, by combinations too powerful to be suppressed by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, or by the powers vested in the marshals by this act, the same being notified to the President of the United States, by an associate justice or the district judge, it shall be lawful for the President of the United States to call forth the militia of such state to suppress such combinations, and to cause the laws to be duly executed.

Militia Act of 1792

Does this mean any law of the United States can be enforced by the militia? That if a state were to find the law unconstitutional and nullify it within their borders, could the President simply call up the militia to enforce it? Possibly. After all, Article I, Section 8, Clause 15 of the Constitution does give Congress the power to call up the militia to execute the laws of the United States. If a single state stands up against a law they find unconstitutional, then the President did have the power to call up the militia to enforce the law. What if that state’s militia refused to execute the law in question though?

And if the militia of a state, where such combinations may happen, shall refuse, or be insufficient to suppress the same, it shall be lawful for the President, if the legislature of the United States be not in session, to call forth and employ such numbers of the militia of any other state or states most convenient thereto, as may be necessary, and the use of militia, so to be called forth, may be continued, if necessary, until the expiration of thirty days after the commencement of the ensuing session.

Militia Act of 1792

Should a state militia refuse to execute federal law in their state, the President or Congress had the authority to call up militias from other states to enforce the law. This may be one reason why the Virginia and Kentucky resolutions against the Alien and Sedition Acts never went anywhere. Only two of the states opposed it, but if a larger group of states were able to nullify an unconstitutional law, it would be harder for the President or Congress, both logistically and politically, to call up the militia of others states to enforce the law. Those who wrote this act probably assumed that before it came to the calling up of militias, the courts would offer their opinion on the law. With the corruption, politicization, and ignorance of the Constitution that runs rampant through our federal judiciary, I’m not sure the courts’ opinion would be much help. Just look at all of the unconstitutional opinions we’ve reviewed over the past few years.

Militia Act of 1903

In 1903, Congress updated the laws regulating the militia.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the militia shall consist of every able-bodied male citizen of the respective States, Territories, and the District of Columbia, and every able; bodied male of foreign birth who has declared his intention to become a citizen, who is more than eighteen and less than forty-five years of age, and shall be divided into two classes-the organized militia, to be known as the National Guard of the State, Territory, or. District of Columbia, or by such other designations as may be given them by the laws of the respective States or Territories, and the remainder to be known as the Reserve Militia . 

Militia Act of 1903

Now we have an organized militia and an unorganized militia. Was this law constitutional? Remember, Congress has the power:

To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining, the Militia, …

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 16

So Congress can organize the militia how they want. This division between the organized and unorganized militias are, I believe, attempts to deal with a problem we noted in the 1792 act.

That the regularly enlisted, organized, and uniformed active Organized militia in the several States and Territories and the District of Columbia … whether known and designated as National Guard, militia, or otherwise, shall constitute the organized militia .

Militia Act of 1903

The organized militia is the one regularly enlisted, organized, and uniformed. In other words, the National Guard we know today. The Reserve Militia is every other able bodied male who has not volunteered to serve.

National Defense Act of 1916

Which leaves us with the National Defense Act of 1916,

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the Army off the United States shall consist of the Regular Army, the Volunteer Army the OfficersReserve Corps the Enlisted Reserve Corps , the National Guard while in the service of the United States, an such other land forces as are now or may hereafter be authorized by law .

National Defense Act of 1916

This law was enacted on June 3, 1916, right in the middle of World War I. This was six months before Germany proposed an alliance with Mexico against the United States, and ten months before the United States entered the war. It’s reasonable to assume that this was Congress making preparations for a war in which the United States had declared to be neutral, but some politicians were lobbying to join.

This law gives us the organization of the militia we have today.

COMPOSITION OF THE MILITIA.-The militia of the United States shall consist of all able-bodied male citizens of the United States and all other able-bodied males who have or shall have declared their intention to become citizens of the United States, who shall be more than eighteen years of age and, except as hereinafter provided, not more than forty-five years of age, and said militia shall be divided into three classes, the National Guard, the Naval Militia, and the Unorganized Militia.

National Defense Act of 1916

Here we have the two organized militias, the National Guard and the Naval Militia, and the Unorganized Militia. This can be found in U.S. law under Title 10 §246:

  • 246. Militia: composition and classes

(a) The militia of the United States consists of all able-bodied males at least 17 years of age and, except as provided in section 313 of title 32, under 45 years of age who are, or who have made a declaration of intention to become, citizens of the United States and of female citizens of the United States who are members of the National Guard.

(b) The classes of the militia are-

(1) the organized militia, which consists of the National Guard and the Naval Militia; and

(2) the unorganized militia, which consists of the members of the militia who are not members of the National Guard or the Naval Militia.

10 U.S.C. §246

Conclusion

So where does all of this research leave us? Is the National Guard a constitutional entity? What about the Naval Militia? Is the division of the militias into organized and unorganized legitimate? Yes, because Congress has the power under Article I, Section 8, Clause 16 to provide for the organizing, arming, and disciplining the militia. Does the Congress have the authority to call up a state’s militia to enforce federal law? Yes, under Article I, Section 8, Clause 15.

This still leave us with a couple of sticky situations. First, what happens if a state finds that a federal law was not made pursuant to the Constitution and refuses to execute said law within their borders? Is it possible for the President to call on that state’s militia to enforce the law. This is where we need to look very closely at a particular situation. Mostly, for a law of the United State to be part of the supreme law of the land, it must be made pursuant to the Constitution, according to the Supremacy Clause:

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Now if Congress or the President disagree with the state about the constitutionality of the law, we are supposed to have a neutral arbiter of the situation, the federal judiciary.

The judicial Power shall extend to all Cases, in Law and Equity, arising under this Constitution, the Laws of the United States, and Treaties made, or which shall be made, under their Authority;… —to Controversies to which the United States shall be a Party;

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 2, Clause 1

Unfortunately, the judicial branch of the federal government long ago substituted their objectivity and fidelity to the Constitution in favor of their own opinions. While I have given many examples of the dangers of such a situation, the dispute between a state and the federal government over the constitutionality of a law is possibly the most dangerous. How far would a state, or the federal government, go to pursue their positions? Would a state attempt to secede from the union? Would the federal government use military force to exercise their will? Would this lead to another civil war?

The other sticky situation comes from the involuntary nature of the federal government’s definition of the militia. I would need to do more research, but I believe that being considered a part of the militia is the legal justification for the Selective Service Registration and the conscriptions of the past. As I’ve already pointed out, these deprivations of liberty without due process are a violation of the Fifth Amendment. Some may blame this on the twisted caricature of the constitutionally created government that now resides in Washington, D.C., but we find this forced enlistment going all the way back to 1792. Which brings another thought to mind.

The Senate in 1792 had such members as Roger Sherman, Richard Henry Lee, and James Monroe, while the House of Representatives had Elias Boudinot and James Madison, and let us not forget George Washington was President. These men had fought for independence; they had seen the destructive elements of military rule and forced service by the British. So why would they establish a law that could be used to conscript men into military service? I cannot read their minds, but I have an possible answer.

We often talk about our right to be free, but we rarely consider the duties that freedom places on us. We have the right to vote, but does that not include the duty to vote for people of character, who will fulfill their oaths to support the Constitution? We also talk about our right to a trial by jury, but doesn’t that imply a duty to not only serve on a jury, but to seek justice in the case that we hear? We call ourselves the land of the free, but does that not include the duty to fight to defend that freedom? When someone wants to be naturalized as a citizen of the United States, they take an oath that includes:

that I will bear arms on behalf of the United States when required by the law; that I will perform noncombatant service in the Armed Forces of the United States when required by the law; that I will perform work of national importance under civilian direction when required by the law; 

Naturalization Oath of Allegiance to the United States of America

Could it be, that membership in the militia is a duty all Americans should willingly fulfill? In several countries around the world, military service is compulsory. Under American law, it’s only necessary to be part of the militia, to be willing, if necessary, to fight for your state and your nation. If the men who brought us the Fifth Amendment did not think it too much to ask of the citizens of the United States and the Several States that they be numbered for their defense, can we refuse to answer the call when the need arises?

© 2023 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Why Do We Stay With The GOP?

By Jeffery Dover

April 1, 2023

By now it should be very apparent to Republican voters and conservatives, a growing number of which are migrating to “independent”, that the Republican Party as it is manifested in congress and elsewhere in the federal government, does not represent our interests.  They have had more than twenty years to get some of our interests passed into law.  To date their score is ZERO.  There has been nothing from them but obscene spending, a larger, stronger, more grasping federal government and twenty years of non-stop war with no winning, no WMD’s found and no vital national interests threatened.

At present, with their propaganda capital apparently spent in the Middle East, there’s been a narrative shift to more fertile ground in Ukraine.  Even more obvious than it was in the Middle East, there is no vital US national interest at stake in Ukraine.  Where is the GOP opposition to our involvement there?  Who among them is declaring our billions in aid and equipment to be wrong?  Even Trump supports the globalists in this regional conflict, a battle without meaning for the US citizen.

But then, the GOP has a long history of such involvements.  Why Vietnam for instance?  To prevent the “spread of communism”?  Well, billions and billions of dollars later, with nearly twenty years of battle, fifty thousand of our military sons and daughters, brothers and sisters dead, a million of their people dead and Vietnam is today a communist country.

How has Vietnam’s communism hurt Americans?  I see that one of my shirts was made there.  Have they launched nukes at us or something that I missed?   It has been communist since 1975.  Why were we there?

Back in the day, I had one Political Science professor tell me with a straight face that it was about protecting the Straits of Malacca, so that there would be no interference with the shipping of oil to Japan.  Whaaaat???  But then, why should I have been surprised?  With the advent of age, I understand now that whereas his father was in the Dept. of State and the prof had been Air Force intelligence before donning collegiate raiment, he was bound to sing their narrative.  Clearly though, that war was about something else.  “Preventing the spread of communism” had to have been an excuse for something else.  Yet, whereas older and wiser we can see the folly now, why was it that those in congress at the time, presumably older and wiser, were seemingly unable to see that folly?  What inducement was there for them to support it all?

Is “Going along to get along” any kind of valid excuse for not delivering what your constituents expect?  “Oh, senator so and so is a great guy, a really nice person.  He just doesn’t want to rock the boat.”  Another nice sounding, understandable, “you know how it is…”, excuse?  Not!  It’s baloney.

If you went to congress committed to honesty and the American way of life and you saw that others around you in positions of responsibility were liars, thieves, traitors and perverts, would you just shut up and “go along”?  After you had told thousands or millions of people you stood for something entirely different, would you stay quiet about such persons in places of power when they stood in the way of everything you purported to represent?

No.  You’d want to blow the whistle one way or another and get them out!  Sadly, that’s not happening, yet we know that liars, thieves, traitors and perverts populate congress, the White House and the government bureaus.  There are probably some murderers among them as well.  Why don’t we ever hear our reps telling us what’s going on?  Is it that they don’t know?  Everyone else knows, but they do not?  Is that credible?  Is it only writers like Roger Stone or Peter Schweizer and independent news sources who know, but no one in congress has a clue?  We can’t believe that.  So, what are we left to believe?

In a recent Epoch Times editorial, Victor Davis Hanson wrote in his article comparing the present-day USA to the defeated Byzantine Empire, that “Left and right seem to hate each other more than they do their common enemies”.  While I think that Hanson was referring to China as the enemy, he did use the word as a plural, “enemies”.  Given the context of the rest of the article, could it be he referred to our government as well?  We’ve become used to pundits skirting the elephant in the room gingerly, fearful of losing their syndication.

I would posit that our common enemy are the members of congress and the two parties of which it is comprised.  How else is it that we can have a man like President Trump apparently set to be arrested and indicted and yet people like the Clintons, Bidens and Bushs go blithely along without consequence?  It can only be because everything is upside down: when criminals comprise and run the government, installing all their like at the top of powerful bureaus, the innocent become the “guilty”.  Way down the ladder many rungs, it’s how the FBI comes to refer to persons unhappy with their local school board in Virginia as “domestic terrorists”.

Sure, GOP congressional figures have denounced Trump’s intended prosecution, calling it a “witch hunt”, as the former president himself has done, but it was they, the GOP, who handed us Biden/Harris.  It was they who denied us every single one of the policy initiatives for which we voted in President Trump.  Supposedly “conservative” and nominally “Republican” people in his cabinet and advisory positions, all careerists, cut his legs off at the knees at every turn throughout his presidency.  These people can now safely cry “foul!” when it’s outside their ability to change it.  It makes for good theater.  The voters seem to eat it up: “Yeah, it’s for sure that so and so has my vote next time around!”  Did so and so make any difference?

Going back a few years when Bush was president and national healthcare was an issue, recall how the GOP wanted a national healthcare plan of their own, claiming that the Democrat version would be ruinous.  Whatever the form or plan, it was clear that GOP leaders wanted one.  When Bush’s terms ended, who but the powerful and well-known Senator John McCain ran for the office against a virtual unknown, Barak Obama.  There were so many questions about Obama that it’s still difficult to believe that he was elected to the office.  For his part, McCain refused to hit him on those questions, claiming that he didn’t want to be called a “racist”.

I don’t believe that.  I don’t think McCain wanted the office.  I think that those controlling the party wanted national healthcare and Obama was their ticket. So, they put up McCain to run a losing campaign.  Following Obama’s election, we got the ACA.  Given the power to repeal it in 2016, the GOP retained it.  Since then, there has been no talk of a “Republican” national healthcare version.  Why not? They could have repealed it and then voted in their own.  (hint: they had already achieved what they wanted).

McCain’s sham was followed by Romney’s, apparently accepting the same losing role, although there was now even more to put Obama into question.   Obama mysteriously won again, serving to advance Hillary Clinton’s career and further exacerbate the war in the Middle East.  Just like the war in Vietnam, this seemingly endless war featured no winning, no vital American interests threatened, no WMD’s found and lots and lots of money made – blood money.  Hundreds of thousands were killed and displaced.  What did we, the American people, gain?  Personally, I can’t think of anything.  How about you?

During the Obama years, in all but his first two years, the GOP controlled congress.  If they were not complicit with it all, where were they?

Shifting gears, many GOP members of congress are attorneys.  Certainly, they have read our constitution at least once.  I am no attorney, but I can read and comprehend English language without “interpretation”.  Nothing in the constitution grants the power of “executive orders” to the president.  Zip.  I would further submit that we have a congress for the express purpose of preventing “executive orders” or “mandates”, for what are they other than imperial decrees?  If the president can unilaterally make law and spend without congressional authorization, why do we need congress?  Why aren’t all those attorneys, if not all the rest of congress, railing against and banning the practice?

Most of those reading here can likely point to inexplicable failures to deliver on the part of the Republican Party — and, it is the larger party which is the problem.  It permits our opposition to work within it.  They permit just enough of those who throw us the red meat to remain credible, as long as one doesn’t look too hard at their reality as a party.

What do we do about it?  How do we win?  Those who want the status quo to remain in place tell us “we have to vote out the RINOs!”  Well, that’s been going on since Barry Goldwater.  That’s been the stock recommendation.  How’s it working out?  Please…

We saw in 2015-16 how the voters threw the stock GOP presidential candidates under the bus and voted for Trump, who the GOP tried to prevent from running and then refused to support following his GOP primary victory.  That makes one thing crystal clear: those running the party in the states and at the national level are RINOs.  The people they want are far different from those who the voters want.  Yet they ran the party then and they continue to run it, deciding who gets support and press and, quietly, who doesn’t.  Later, they decide who gets to be House Speaker and Senate Majority/minority leader.

So, how do we break in?  We don’t.  They won’t permit it.  It’s their club.  Despite decades of trying to win sway, it’s all failed.

That leaves us with two options: continue to permit them to take us down, into international rule, destitution and totalitarian government – or – create a political fighting force of our own.

As it is with so many things in life, all the obstacles one imagines tend to evaporate when one finally puts the fear aside, stops listening to those ever-present sluggards telling you “it can’t be done” and begins to go after the goal.  The obstacles are much larger in our imaginations than they are in reality and there are many ways other than the conventional to achieve great things.

We all know people who feel about things the same way that we do and for their part, they too know people who feel the way that they do.  We have the people, we have the right, so, for heaven’s sake, let’s get started!   Let’s create a new political party, a party with rules which will not allow opposition to work within it, to replace the faithless GOP and begin to win back the USA!

© 2023 Jeffery Dover – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jeffery Dover: jeffd1815@gmail.com




Wake up! Double Your Income by Taking Back our Constitutional Republic from the Blood Suckers!

By Andrew Wallace

April 1, 2023

The title is no exaggeration. I can prove every word.

You must first know your enemy, and they are the Blood-Sucking Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families and their Communist minions who have been the enemies of the Republic since its founding.

The PSRRC could not have destroyed our Republic without an apathetic population, brainwashed by the corrupt media and schools under the direction of criminal elected officials, bureaucrats, judges, and military flag officers, etc.

I am enraged, as are most people, when public officials lie to our faces on TV. They know they are lying and they know that we know they are lying.

These people are, for the most part, traitors. They are beyond contempt, and we can’t have a Constitutional Republic until they are out of office.
But they will never be arrested or prosecuted because they control the levers of justice!

Most knowledgeable people will agree that a majority of these officials are bribed by the PSRRC, or are just cowards and not worthy of trust or respect.

Most of the laws they pass are unconstitutional and responsible for constructing a “Huge Dictatorial Machine” to replace the Republic, concentrate power, suck out our life’s blood, murder millions, and destroy entire countries for profit, etc.

The ancestors of the PSRRC, wealthy families and bankers, have been doing this to us for centuries.

It is a sad fact that most everything done by our usurped government is unconstitutional and designed to transfer the people’s wealth and prosperity to the PSRRC and their Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations and government.

Their ultimate objective is to concentrate power, enslave the people, and destroy the country.

One example is open borders and subsidizing of illegal invaders, most of whom don’t speak English, have no education, no skills, and bring only diseases. They will overload and destroy the healthcare and benefit programs for citizens. Government must unconstitutionally support these people or they will turn to crime. If they are not deported, it will be costly, but much less costly than allowing them to remain. Borders must be closed using deadly force if required!

Only the legislature has the power to pass laws.

Executive orders, department and agency orders and judicial opinions do not have the force of law!

To double our income, at a minimum, return to equal justice, regain our God-given and constitutionally-protected rights, we only need to do the following:

Terminate the Unconstitutional Private Federal Reserve Bank and return to Constitutional money, which is gold and silver.

By doing this, you eliminate wars for profit, deficit spending, inflation, and most government boondoggles, lessen economic changes, and—most importantly—you reduce the ability of the PSRRC to manipulate the money system in their favor. Don’t forget that foreign aid and giving support to illegal invaders is unconstitutional.

Institute tariffs sufficient to offset any cost advantages for cheaper foreign labor.

This guarantees the return of American manufacturing for sales in the United States with a viable middle class.

Save billions by eliminating the following usurped unconstitutional federal departments:

Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development.

Paul Engel has written a comprehensive and well-documented article on the State of Tennessee’s plan to nullify these unconstitutional federal departments:  Terminate the FBI, which has been unconstitutional and corrupt since its founding in 1908. The Constitution states that the Militia of the Several States will enforce the laws of the union.

But the Militia was made part of the National Guard by the unconstitutional Dick Act in 1903, because the officers would be appointed by the states. We must be able to punish corrupt officials, but even with the militia how do we get honest courts? It is impossible to have a Constitutional Republic with the FBI in existence, and until punishment for corrupt officials is swift and certain.

January 6 was a false-flag led by the FBI, consistent with their usual criminal conduct.

January 6 was not an insurrection, it was a false flag event. January 6 is a dark stain on our judicial system where more than a thousand patriots were framed, arrested, jailed and denied their Constitutional rights to this very day. Government withheld evidence that would exonerate them. Only a government in fear of its citizens or one trying to start a revolution would do such a thing. May the elected officials who did nothing or lied about this event burn in hell.

With these changes there is no need for an income tax when it is replaced by tariffs.

The income tax would only continue to enrich the PSRRC, impoverish the people, fund no-win wars for profit, and kill more millions of people.

Now is the time to bring our military home and only use them in wars to protect vital interests of the United States as declared by Congress, rather than the PSRRC.

I have stated before that everything reported by the fake media and the government about the False-Flag Ukraine War is a damn lie. Here is the unvarnished proof as reported by Jeffery Dover: https://newswithviews.com/desantis-had-it-right/ Many of you will be shocked to read the truth for the first time.

I can guarantee that when these few recommendations are followed, it will be Christmas every day for the people, not so much for the PSRRC. Real incomes for most people will more than double and the American Dream will be alive again.

The income tax would be gone, replaced by tariffs. Federal government would no longer subsidize our Communist states at the expense of the working states. Without income tax distributions, the Communists would have to actually work, and the federal government would be reduced by at least 50%. The people will no longer be forced to finance wars for profit and bury the resulting dead. Manufacturing will return with a middle-class earning living wages, while gold and silver money will mostly eliminate inflation.

These recommendations would correct only a few of the countless unlawful deviations from our Constitution, but they will generate unlimited prosperity for those who work, while protecting benefits for the elderly and disabled.

© 2023 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Founder David Becker Leaves ERIC

By Kat Stansell

April 1, 2023

“Still the best” for honest voter rolls, says he, but he’s quitting. Lol as they say.

Recently, it was announced that David Becker, the creator and head of the organization known as ERIC, has resigned from its Board. He gave the explanation that “election deniers” have ramped up their attacks on him and his system, but even so, ERIC, states Becker, is “the best tool to keep voter lists accurate and combat voter fraud.”

Look at what he just said. . .

ERIC is the best, but he’s jumping ship anyway. That’s where the “lol” comes in.

Certainly, he is not running scared from a few patriots who have laid bare ERIC’s central role in election fraud*. Becker disdains all things “conservative” and has throughout his life. He was even fired from the DOJ in 2005 for trying an end run around his own bosses to help a liberal city get around a suit brought by the DOJ for voter suppression of Republicans. He has laser driven criminal single- mindedness.

Becker has also organized other groups, most notably, the Center for Election Innovation and Research (CEIR), which he says was formed to “restore trust in American election systems”. The reality is, as always, 180 degrees different. CEIR spends millions to defend crooked election officials against the complaints of their citizens when fraud is uncovered. Wherever state election officials are caught committing blatant crimes against the system, CEIR shows up . As you might imagine, CEIR was heavily involved in Wisconsin in 2020, and in AZ as well.

As of March, 2023, the CEIR website gives extensive explanations/excuses for Becker’s past actions, and tells of a group of “GOP” leaders who have signed on with CEIR. That list is a collection of election-involved officials in the most fraudulent of states: AZ, CA, CO, GA, KY, MI, PA, as well as from the campaigns of Globalist traitors like McCain, Romney and Bush. Becker’s “brag” about them and their support of his actions, tells you all you need to know about his “GOP” supporters, and him.

Read the whole list here

You will see what I mean.

Those of his signators from Florida, who are on the list of Becker’s “GOP’ supporters deserve special mention. Most notable is Lake County Supervisor of Elections, Alan Hayes, who famously turned in those citizens who had proven the fraud emanating from his own office, to the Election Crimes group in Tallahassee as “purveyors of disinformation”!

In my last article, “Florida (+2) Resign from ERIC” I told of my suspicions that the ERIC model is being reorganized under a new name and/or its functions distributed and hidden in other organizations because we have laid them bare. ERIC has grown from innocent kid to a loud teenager who has drawn some unwanted attention.

Now, with the abdication of Becker, I am even more sure.

RINO/Deep Staters are joining him. This has never happened before. David Becker has not abandoned his embarrassing teenager. Rather they are just changing its name and address. After all, Becker is good at fooling with that stuff; what’s one more fake “location”?

Perhaps CEIR will be the new locus of creating phantoms who vote? Or, perhaps, the massive ERIC data base will just be taken possession of by the Government in DC. Who knows?

David Becker has spent a large part of his life working against conservatives. Why would he quit now? He has already proven that he will do illegal things to defeat conservatives. As the head of ERIC, he was in his glory. I don’t think he is quitting his seat as THE power behind the wicked throne of the fraud machinery in the country. country.

There is always a substrate story, when things don’t add up, and I believe that is the case this time, as well. We will sniff it out and report back. Where Becker is going or what he is going to do next remains to be seen, but you can bet we’ll stay on it. This is just too much fun.

*For anyone who is not familiar with ERIC, here is a brief explanation. Beneath it are links to some of my previous ERIC articles.

In 2012, ERIC was brought online as a membership organization to ostensibly help the states clean their voter rolls. The federal government had been planning to seize the power of election controls from the states, and have a master list of citizens, since the early 1990’s. The NVRA of 1993 (the “motor voter law” which mandated every registrant at a driver’s bureau be registered to vote) and HAVA of 2001 were two laws passed to this end. Each sunk its claws into our states’ rights to control of elections using the excuse of disenfranchisement. With the losses of both houses of Congress by Obama in 2010 the Left had to regroup, and ERIC was born.

Essentially, ERIC is a huge artificial intelligence data base which contains all the personal information of every citizen who have ever lived in an ERIC state. This was the ultimate goal.

This data comes from every person who has applied for a driving license, visited a state welfare of health agency, or worked for state elections in any capacity. That information becomes the possession of ERIC, and is never made public or returned to the states. In “exchange”, ERIC gives its members four lists: who moved within the ERIC state, who moved to another ERIC state, who died, and who had been adjudicated unable to vote for reasons of felony conviction or mental incapacity. Its mandates to members, from the bylaws, were 100% about registering unregistered voters rather than cleaning rolls, despite what they say today. I have a copy of their original bylaws; that is where I get my information.

Kris Jurski, the lead systems analyst from the Florida Republican Assembly has proven that ERIC’s out-of-state movers’ list actually multiplies the phantom addresses (those which are deemed “undeliverable” by the USPS) on the voter rolls, by a power of 3, instead of their being removed from the voter rolls of the state from which they moved. It is these “bad addresses” which are the phantoms whose votes are added to drop boxes, or turned in to County Election Supervisors’ offices. I will be talking to Kris Mar. 21, 2023, on Catching Fire News, on this subject and more about ERIC.

Florida had hundreds of thousands of this kind of VOTED AND SIGNED ballots on hand before the Nov. 2022 midterms. There are millions more across the country which are being used as the powers see fit.

They do not represent the wishes of anyone except the purveyors of fraud.

Fifty percent of all ERIC members have carried voter rolls in excess of the total number of eligible citizens of voting age living in the state, since 2020, as listed by the United States Election Assistance Commission.

If ERIC is the best way to keep our voter rolls clean, we are in trouble. Next, we will address what IS the best and only way to return honesty to our election process.

© 2023 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

Read more on ERIC:

1- ERIC – the Epicenter of Voter Fraud

2- Dissecting the Beast ERIC Laid Open

3- Settling the Confusion About ERIC